Regulations Relating to Information Reporting by Foreign Financial Institutions and Withholding on Certain Payments to Foreign Financial Institutions and Other Foreign Entities, 9022-9109 [2012-2979]
Download as PDF
9022
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Background
Internal Revenue Service
I. In General
This document contains proposed
amendments to 26 CFR part 1 under
sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code.
On March 18, 2010, the Hiring
Incentives to Restore Employment Act
of 2010, Public Law 111–147 (the HIRE
Act), added chapter 4 of Subtitle A
(chapter 4), comprised of sections 1471
through 1474, to the Code. These
provisions were originally introduced as
part of the Foreign Account Tax
Compliance Act of 2009 (H.R. 3933),
commonly referred to as FATCA.
Chapter 4 generally requires foreign
financial institutions (FFIs) to provide
information to the Internal Revenue
Service (IRS) regarding their United
States accounts (U.S. accounts). Chapter
4 also requires certain non-financial
foreign entities (NFFEs) to provide
information on their substantial United
States owners (substantial U.S. owners)
to withholding agents. Chapter 4
imposes a withholding tax on certain
payments to FFIs and NFFEs that fail to
comply with their obligations.
Since the enactment of chapter 4, the
Department of the Treasury (Treasury
Department) and the IRS have issued
preliminary guidance on the
implementation of chapter 4. See Notice
2010–60, 2010–37 I.R.B. 329, Notice
2011–34, 2011–19 I.R.B. 765, and Notice
2011–53, 2011–32 I.R.B. 124
(collectively, the FATCA Notices). See
§ 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b). The Treasury
Department and the IRS received
numerous comments in response to the
FATCA Notices, as well as on chapter
4 more generally. These comments were
carefully considered in developing these
proposed regulations.
26 CFR Parts 1 and 301
[REG–121647–10]
RIN 1545–BK68
Regulations Relating to Information
Reporting by Foreign Financial
Institutions and Withholding on
Certain Payments to Foreign Financial
Institutions and Other Foreign Entities
Internal Revenue Service (IRS),
Treasury.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking
and notice of public hearing.
AGENCY:
This document contains
proposed regulations under chapter 4 of
Subtitle A (sections 1471 through 1474)
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
(Code) regarding information reporting
by foreign financial institutions (FFIs)
with respect to U.S. accounts and
withholding on certain payments to
FFIs and other foreign entities. These
regulations affect persons making
certain U.S.-related payments to FFIs
and other foreign entities and payments
by FFIs to other persons. This document
also provides a notice of a public
hearing on these proposed regulations.
DATES: Written or electronic comments
must be received by April 30, 2012.
Requests to speak and outlines of topics
to be discussed at the public hearing
scheduled for May 15, 2012, at 10 a.m.
must be received by May 1, 2012.
ADDRESSES: Send submissions to:
CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG–121647–10), room
5205, Internal Revenue Service, P.O.
Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station,
Washington, DC 20044. Submissions
may be hand-delivered Monday through
Friday between the hours of 8 a.m. and
4 p.m. to: CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG–121647–
10), Courier’s Desk, Internal Revenue
Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW.,
Washington, DC, or sent electronically
via the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
www.regulations.gov (IRS REG–121647–
10). The public hearing will be held in
the auditorium, Internal Revenue
Building, 1111 Constitution Avenue
NW., Washington, DC
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Concerning the proposed regulations,
John Sweeney, (202) 622–3840;
concerning submissions of comments,
the hearing, and/or to be placed on the
building access list to attend the
hearing, Oluwafunmilayo Taylor,
Oluwafunmilayo.P.Taylor@irscounsel.
treas.gov, (202) 622–7180 (not toll free
numbers).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
II. Chapter 4 in the Context of the U.S.
Federal Income Tax Laws
Like the tax systems in many
countries, the U.S. Federal income tax
system relies on voluntary compliance.
That is, taxpayers are expected to
compute, report, and remit their Federal
income tax liability each year. Also, as
is the case in many countries, thirdparty payors of certain items are
required to report these amounts to the
IRS. Such reporting serves as an
important and long-standing check on
voluntary compliance.
The reporting and diligence rules
applicable to third-party payors are
comprehensive. In particular, chapter 61
of subtitle A of the Code (chapter 61),
comprised in relevant part of sections
6041 through 6049, requires certain
payors to document their third-party
payees and report certain types of
payments (for example interest,
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
dividends, and gross proceeds from
broker transactions) made to those
payees. These rules are subject to
exceptions for certain non-U.S. payors
(including many FFIs), certain payments
of foreign source income, and certain
payments to foreign persons. In
addition, chapter 3 of subtitle A of the
Code (chapter 3), comprised of sections
1441 through 1464, generally requires
withholding agents to document their
payees and to withhold and report with
respect to certain U.S. source payments
made to foreign persons. This thirdparty information reporting assists
taxpayers in correctly computing and
reporting their tax liabilities, increases
compliance with tax obligations,
reduces the incidence of and
opportunities for tax evasion, and thus
helps to maintain the fairness of the
U.S. Federal income tax system.
As a result of recent improvements in
international communications and the
associated globalization of the world
economy, U.S. taxpayers’ investments
have become increasingly global in
scope. FFIs now provide a significant
proportion of the investment
opportunities for, and act as
intermediaries with respect to the
investments of, U.S. taxpayers. Like U.S.
financial institutions, FFIs are generally
in the best position to identify and
report with respect to their U.S.
customers. Absent such reporting by
FFIs, some U.S. taxpayers may attempt
to evade U.S. tax by hiding money in
offshore accounts. To prevent this abuse
of the voluntary compliance system and
address the use of offshore accounts to
facilitate tax evasion, it is essential in
today’s global investment climate that
reporting be available with respect to
both the onshore and offshore accounts
of U.S. taxpayers. This information
reporting strengthens the integrity of the
voluntary compliance system by placing
U.S. taxpayers that have access to
international investment opportunities
on an equal footing with U.S. taxpayers
that do not have such access or
otherwise choose to invest within the
United States.
To this end, chapter 4 extends the
scope of the U.S. information reporting
regime to include FFIs that maintain
U.S. accounts. Chapter 4 also imposes
increased disclosure obligations on
certain NFFEs that present a high risk of
U.S. tax avoidance. In addition, chapter
4 provides for withholding on FFIs and
NFFEs that do not comply with the
reporting and other requirements of
chapter 4. This withholding generally
may be credited against the U.S. income
tax liability of the beneficial owner of
the payment to which the withholding
is attributable, and generally may be
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
refunded to the extent the withholding
exceeds such liability. An FFI that does
not comply with the requirements of
section 1471(b), however, and that
beneficially owns the payment from
which tax is withheld under chapter 4,
may not receive a credit or refund of
such tax except to the extent required by
a treaty obligation of the United States.
Recognizing that there are costs
associated with the implementation of
any new reporting regime, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have
considered carefully all comments
received and have met extensively with
stakeholders to develop an
implementation approach that achieves
an appropriate balance between
fulfilling the important policy objectives
of chapter 4 and minimizing the
burdens imposed on stakeholders.
Further to this end, the Treasury
Department and the IRS will continue to
engage with interested stakeholders,
including foreign governments, in
connection with finalizing these
proposed regulations regarding the
efficient and effective implementation
of chapter 4. In particular, to minimize
burden, facilitate coordination with
local law restrictions, and improve
collaboration in the battle against
offshore tax evasion, the Treasury
Department and the IRS are considering,
in consultation with foreign
governments, an alternative approach to
implementation whereby an FFI could
satisfy the reporting requirements of
chapter 4 if: (1) the FFI collects the
information required under chapter 4
and reports this information to its
residence country government; and (2)
the residence country government
enters into an agreement to report this
information annually to the IRS, as
required by chapter 4, pursuant to an
income tax treaty, tax information
exchange agreement, or other agreement
with the United States. Moreover,
consistent with the policies underlying
chapter 4, the Treasury Department and
the IRS remain committed to working
cooperatively with foreign jurisdictions
on multilateral efforts to improve
transparency and information exchange
on a global basis.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
III. Statutory Provisions and FATCA
Notices
A. Statutory Provisions
Section 1471(a) requires any
withholding agent to withhold 30
percent of any withholdable payment to
an FFI that does not meet the
requirements of section 1471(b). A
withholdable payment is defined in
section 1473(1) to mean, subject to
certain exceptions: (i) any payment of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
interest, dividends, rents, salaries,
wages, premiums, annuities,
compensations, remunerations,
emoluments, and other fixed or
determinable annual or periodical gains,
profits, and income (FDAP income), if
such payment is from sources within
the United States; and (ii) any gross
proceeds from the sale or other
disposition of any property of a type
which can produce interest or dividends
from sources within the United States.
An FFI meets the requirements of
section 1471(b) if it either enters into an
agreement (an FFI agreement) with the
IRS under section 1471(b)(1) to perform
certain obligations or meets
requirements prescribed by the Treasury
Department and the IRS to be deemed
to comply with the requirements of
section 1471(b). An FFI is defined as
any financial institution that is a foreign
entity, other than a financial institution
organized under the laws of a
possession of the United States
(generally referred to as a U.S. territory
in this preamble). For this purpose,
section 1471(d)(5) defines a financial
institution as, except to the extent
provided by the Secretary, any entity
that: (i) Accepts deposits in the ordinary
course of a banking or similar business;
(ii) as a substantial portion of its
business, holds financial assets for the
account of others; or (iii) is engaged (or
holding itself out as being engaged)
primarily in the business of investing,
reinvesting, or trading in securities,
partnership interests, commodities, or
any interest in such securities,
partnership interests, or commodities.
Section 1471(b)(1)(A) and (B) requires
an FFI that enters into an FFI agreement
(a participating FFI) to identify its U.S.
accounts and comply with verification
and due diligence procedures
prescribed by the Secretary. A U.S.
account is defined under section
1471(d)(1) as any financial account held
by one or more specified United States
persons, as defined in section 1473(3),
(specified U.S. persons) or United States
owned foreign entities (U.S. owned
foreign entities), subject to certain
exceptions. Section 1471(d)(2) defines a
financial account to mean, except as
otherwise provided by the Secretary,
any depository account, any custodial
account, and any equity or debt interest
in an FFI, other than interests that are
regularly traded on an established
securities market. A U.S. owned foreign
entity is defined in section 1471(d)(3) as
any foreign entity that has one or more
substantial U.S. owners (as defined in
section 1473(2)).
A participating FFI is required under
section 1471(b)(1)(C) and (E) to report
certain information on an annual basis
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9023
to the IRS with respect to each U.S.
account and to comply with requests for
additional information by the Secretary
with respect to any U.S. account. The
information that must be reported with
respect to each U.S. account includes:
(i) The name, address, and taxpayer
identifying number (TIN) of each
account holder who is a specified U.S.
person (or, in the case of an account
holder that is a U.S. owned foreign
entity, the name, address, and TIN of
each specified U.S. person that is a
substantial U.S. owner of such entity);
(ii) the account number; (iii) the account
balance or value; and (iv) except to the
extent provided by the Secretary, the
gross receipts and gross withdrawals or
payments from the account (determined
for such period and in such manner as
the Secretary may provide). In lieu of
reporting account balance or value and
reporting gross receipts and gross
withdrawals or payments, a
participating FFI may, subject to
conditions provided by the Secretary,
elect under section 1471(c)(2) to report
the information required under sections
6041, 6042, 6045, and 6049 as if such
institution were a U.S. person and each
holder of such U.S. account that is a
specified U.S. person or U.S. owned
foreign entity were a natural person and
citizen of the United States. If foreign
law would prevent the FFI from
reporting the required information
absent a waiver from the account
holder, and the account holder fails to
provide a waiver within a reasonable
period of time, the FFI is required under
section 1471(b)(1)(F) to close the
account.
Section 1471(b)(1)(D)(i) requires a
participating FFI to withhold 30 percent
of any passthru payment to a
recalcitrant account holder or to an FFI
that does not meet the requirements of
section 1471(b) (nonparticipating FFI).
A passthru payment is defined in
section 1471(d)(7) as any withholdable
payment or other payment to the extent
attributable to a withholdable payment.
Section 1471(d)(6) defines a recalcitrant
account holder as any account holder
that fails to provide the information
required to determine whether the
account is a U.S. account, or the
information required to be reported by
the FFI, or that fails to provide a waiver
of a foreign law that would prevent
reporting. A participating FFI may,
subject to such requirements as the
Secretary may provide, elect under
section 1471(b)(3) not to withhold on
passthru payments, and instead be
subject to withholding on payments it
receives, to the extent those payments
are allocable to recalcitrant account
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9024
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
holders or nonparticipating FFIs.
Section 1471(b)(1)(D)(ii) requires a
participating FFI that does not make
such an election to withhold on
passthru payments it makes to any
participating FFI that makes such an
election.
Section 1471(e) provides that the
requirements of the FFI agreement shall
apply to the U.S. accounts of the
participating FFI and, except as
otherwise provided by the Secretary, to
the U.S. accounts of each other FFI that
is a member of the same expanded
affiliated group, as defined in section
1471(e)(2).
Section 1471(f) exempts from
withholding under section 1471(a)
certain payments beneficially owned by
certain persons, including any foreign
government, international organization,
foreign central bank of issue, or any
other class of persons identified by the
Secretary as posing a low risk of tax
evasion.
Section 1472(a) requires a
withholding agent to withhold 30
percent of any withholdable payment to
an NFFE if the payment is beneficially
owned by the NFFE or another NFFE,
unless the requirements of section
1472(b) are met with respect to the
beneficial owner of the payment.
Section 1472(d) defines an NFFE as any
foreign entity that is not a financial
institution as defined in section
1471(d)(5).
The requirements of section 1472(b)
are met with respect to the beneficial
owner of a payment if: (i) The beneficial
owner or payee provides the
withholding agent with either a
certification that such beneficial owner
does not have any substantial U.S.
owners, or the name, address, and TIN
of each substantial U.S. owner; (ii) the
withholding agent does not know or
have reason to know that any
information provided by the beneficial
owner or payee is incorrect; and (iii) the
withholding agent reports the
information provided to the Secretary.
Section 1472(c)(1) provides that
withholding under section 1472(a) does
not apply to payments beneficially
owned by certain classes of persons,
including any class of persons identified
by the Secretary. In addition, section
1472(c)(2) provides that withholding
under section 1472(a) does not apply to
any class of payment identified by the
Secretary for purposes of section 1472(c)
as posing a low risk of tax evasion.
Section 1474(a) provides that every
person required to withhold and deduct
any tax under chapter 4 is made liable
for such tax and is indemnified against
the claims and demands of any person
for the amount of any payments made
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
in accordance with the provisions of
chapter 4. In general, the beneficial
owner of a payment is entitled to a
refund for any overpayment of tax
actually due under other provisions of
the Code. However, with respect to any
tax properly deducted and withheld
under section 1471 from a payment
beneficially owned by an FFI, section
1474(b)(2) provides that the FFI is not
entitled to a credit or refund, except to
the extent required by a treaty obligation
of the United States (and, if a credit or
refund is required by a treaty obligation
of the United States, no interest shall be
allowed or paid with respect to such
credit or refund). In addition, section
1474(b)(3) provides that no credit or
refund shall be allowed or paid with
respect to any tax properly deducted
and withheld under chapter 4 unless the
beneficial owner of the payment
provides the Secretary with such
information as the Secretary may
require to determine whether such
beneficial owner is a U.S. owned foreign
entity and the identity of any substantial
U.S. owners of such entity.
Section 1474(c) provides that
information provided under chapter 4 is
confidential under rules similar to
section 3406(f), except that the identity
of an FFI that meets the requirements of
section 1471(b) is not treated as return
information for purposes of section
6103.
Section 1474(d) provides that the
Secretary shall provide for the
coordination of chapter 4 with other
withholding provisions under the Code,
including providing for the proper
crediting of amounts deducted and
withheld under chapter 4 against
amounts required to be deducted and
withheld under other provisions.
Section 1474(f) provides that the
Secretary shall prescribe such
regulations or other guidance as may be
necessary or appropriate to carry out the
purposes of, and prevent the avoidance
of, chapter 4.
B. FATCA Notices
On August 29, 2010, the Treasury
Department and the IRS released Notice
2010–60, which provided preliminary
guidance regarding the implementation
of chapter 4. In particular, Notice 2010–
60: (i) Defined the scope of certain
grandfathered obligations; (ii) provided
initial guidance on what entities would
be considered FFIs and NFFEs; (iii) set
forth the account due diligence
procedures for FFIs and U.S. financial
institutions with respect to new and
preexisting accounts held by
individuals and entities; (iv) provided
initial guidance on the information
required to be reported by FFIs with
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
respect to their U.S. accounts and
recalcitrant account holders; and (v)
requested further comments on a
number of issues.
On April 8, 2011, the Treasury
Department and the IRS released Notice
2011–34, which modified and
supplemented the guidance in Notice
2010–60. Specifically, Notice 2011–34:
(i) Modified the account due diligence
procedures for preexisting accounts
held by individuals; (ii) provided initial
guidance regarding the definition and
identification of passthru payments; (iii)
provided guidance on initial categories
of FFIs that would be deemed compliant
with the requirements of section
1471(b); (iv) modified and
supplemented the guidance in Notice
2010–60 regarding the reporting
required of FFIs with respect to their
U.S. accounts; (v) provided initial
guidance regarding the interaction of the
qualified intermediary (QI) regime and
chapter 4; and (vi) provided initial
guidance regarding the application of
section 1471(b) to expanded affiliated
groups.
On July 14, 2011, the Treasury
Department and the IRS released Notice
2011–53, which provides for phased
implementation of certain requirements
under chapter 4, and discusses certain
substantive and procedural matters.
Explanation of Provisions
I. Executive Summary
These proposed regulations seek to
implement the chapter 4 reporting and
withholding regime efficiently and
effectively by establishing adequate lead
times to allow system development and
by minimizing the overall compliance
burdens in a manner that is consistent
with chapter 4’s enforcement goals. To
accomplish this goal, the proposed
regulations incorporate the guidance
described in the FATCA Notices and, in
response to comments and further
consideration, revise and refine the
rules discussed therein. The proposed
regulations also provide guidance on
topics that were not addressed in the
FATCA Notices.
The proposed regulations take into
account the numerous helpful
comments received, provide extensive
guidance on all major aspects of the
implementation of chapter 4, and, in
response to requests received by the
Treasury Department and the IRS,
provide detail and certainty on the
scope of obligations required under
chapter 4. To facilitate review of this
detailed operational guidance, the
following section provides a summary
of the most significant modifications
and additions the proposed regulations
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
make to the guidance provided in the
FATCA Notices, an overview of the
obligations of FFIs, and the timeline for
phased implementation as currently
proposed.
A. Modifications and Additions to
FATCA Notices
Significant modifications and
additions to the guidance in the FATCA
Notices include the following:
1. Expanded Scope of ‘‘Grandfathered
Obligations.’’ Section 501(d)(2) of the
HIRE Act provides that no amount shall
be required to be deducted or withheld
from any payment under any obligation
outstanding on March 18, 2012, or from
the gross proceeds from any disposition
of such an obligation. To facilitate
implementation of chapter 4 by
withholding agents and FFIs, the
proposed regulations exclude from the
definition of withholdable payment and
passthru payment any payment made
under an obligation outstanding on
January 1, 2013, and any gross proceeds
from the disposition of such an
obligation.
2. Transitional Rules for Affiliates
with Legal Prohibitions on Compliance.
Section 1471(e) provides that the
requirements of the FFI agreement shall
apply to the U.S. accounts of the
participating FFI and, except as
otherwise provided by the Secretary, to
the U.S. accounts of each other FFI that
is a member of the same expanded
affiliated group. Notice 2011–34 states
that the Treasury Department and the
IRS intend to require that each FFI that
is a member of an expanded affiliated
group must be a participating FFI or
deemed-compliant FFI in order for any
FFI in the expanded affiliated group to
become a participating FFI. Recognizing
that some jurisdictions have in place
laws that prohibit an FFI’s compliance
with certain of chapter 4’s requirements,
the proposed regulations, pursuant to
the authority granted in section 1471(e),
provide a two-year transition, until
January 1, 2016, for the full
implementation of this requirement.
During this transitional period, an FFI
affiliate in a jurisdiction that prohibits
the reporting or withholding required by
chapter 4 will not prevent the other FFIs
within the same expanded affiliated
group from entering into an FFI
agreement, provided that the FFI in the
restrictive jurisdiction agrees to perform
due diligence to identify its U.S.
accounts, maintain certain records, and
meet certain other requirements. Similar
rules apply to branches of FFIs that are
subject to comparable legal prohibitions
on compliance.
3. Additional Categories of DeemedCompliant FFIs. Section 1471(b)(2)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
provides that an FFI may be deemed to
comply with the requirements of section
1471(b) if it meets certain requirements.
Notice 2011–34 provides initial
guidance regarding certain categories of
FFIs that will be deemed to comply with
the requirements of section 1471(b). The
proposed regulations expand the
guidance in Notice 2011–34 and provide
additional categories of deemedcompliant institutions. The expansion
of categories of deemed-compliant
institutions is intended to focus the
application of chapter 4’s obligations on
financial institutions that provide
services to the global investment
community and reduce or eliminate
burdens on truly local entities and other
entities for which entering into an FFI
agreement is not necessary to carry out
the purposes of chapter 4.
4. Modification of Due Diligence
Procedures for the Identification of
Accounts. Section 1471(b) requires
participating FFIs to identify their U.S.
accounts. Notices 2010–60 and 2011–34
provide guidance regarding the due
diligence procedures that participating
FFIs will be required to undertake to
identify their U.S. accounts. A number
of comments suggested modifications to
that guidance, in particular with respect
to preexisting accounts, to reduce the
administrative burden on FFIs. To
address these concerns in a manner that
is consistent with the policy objectives
of chapter 4, the proposed regulations
rely primarily on electronic reviews of
preexisting accounts. For preexisting
individual accounts that are offshore
obligations, manual review of paper
records is limited to accounts with a
balance or value that exceeds
$1,000,000 (unless the electronic
searches meet certain requirements, in
which case manual review is not
required). In addition, the proposed
regulations provide detailed guidance
on the precise scope of paper records
required to be searched. Additionally,
with respect to preexisting accounts,
individual accounts with a balance or
value of $50,000 or less, and certain
cash value insurance contracts with a
value of $250,000 or less, are excluded
from the due diligence procedure. With
respect to preexisting entity accounts, a
number of burden-reducing measures
are proposed, including exclusions of
accounts of $250,000 or less and
extended reliance on information
gathered in the context of the due
diligence required to comply with antimoney laundering/‘‘know your
customer’’ (AML/KYC) rules, and
simplified procedures to identify the
chapter 4 status of preexisting entity
accounts. With respect to new accounts,
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9025
the proposed due diligence rules rely
extensively on an FFI’s existing
customer intake procedures.
Accordingly, the proposed regulations
generally do not require an FFI to make
significant modifications to the
information collected on customer
intake, other than with respect to
account holders identified as FFIs, as
passive investment entities, or as having
U.S. indicia.
5. Guidance on Procedures Required
to Verify Compliance. Section
1471(b)(1)(B) requires a participating
FFI to comply with such verification
procedures as the Secretary may require
with respect to the identification of U.S.
accounts. Notice 2010–60 states that the
Treasury Department and the IRS were
exploring the possibility of relying on
written certifications by high-level
management employees regarding the
steps taken to comply with chapter 4,
and Notice 2011–34 provides further
guidance on the certifications to be
provided by officers of a participating
FFI. The proposed regulations modify
and supplement the guidance in Notices
2010–60 and 2011–34 by providing that
responsible FFI officers will be expected
to certify that the FFI has complied with
the terms of the FFI agreement.
Verification of such compliance through
third-party audits is not mandated. If an
FFI complies with the obligations set
forth in an FFI agreement, it will not be
held strictly liable for failure to identify
a U.S. account.
6. Refinement of the Definition of
Financial Account. Section 1471(d)(2)
defines a financial account to mean,
except as otherwise provided by the
Secretary, any depository account, any
custodial account, and any equity or
debt interest in an FFI, other than
interests that are regularly traded on an
established securities market. The
proposed regulations refine the
definition of financial accounts to focus
on traditional bank, brokerage, money
market accounts, and interests in
investment vehicles, and to exclude
most debt and equity securities issued
by banks and brokerage firms, subject to
an anti-abuse rule.
7. Extension of the Transition Period
for the Scope of Information Reporting.
Notice 2011–53 provides for phased
implementation of the reporting
required under chapter 4 with respect to
U.S. accounts. Pursuant to Notice 2011–
53, only identifying information (name,
address, TIN, and account number) and
account balance or value of U.S.
accounts would be required to be
reported in 2014 (with respect to 2013).
Numerous commentators indicated that
they would need additional time to
make the systems adjustments necessary
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9026
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
to be able to report income and gross
proceeds. To facilitate the
implementation of chapter 4 by FFIs,
the proposed regulations provide that
reporting on income will be phased in
beginning in 2016 (with respect to the
2015 calendar year), and reporting on
gross proceeds will begin in 2017 (with
respect to the 2016 calendar year). In
addition, the proposed regulations
provide that FFIs may elect to report
information either in the currency in
which the account is maintained or in
U.S. dollars.
8. Passthru Payments. Section
1471(b)(1)(D) requires participating FFIs
to withhold on passthru payments made
to nonparticipating FFIs and recalcitrant
account holders. Notice 2011–53 states
that participating FFIs will not be
obligated to withhold on passthru
payments that are not withholdable
payments (foreign passthru payments)
made before January 1, 2015. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
received numerous comments
expressing concern about the costs,
administrative complexity, and legal
impediments associated with
identifying and withholding on passthru
payments. The comments indicated
that, without additional time to work
through these issues, it would be
impossible for many FFIs to commit to
fulfill their obligations under chapter 4.
In recognition of these concerns, and to
facilitate implementation of the chapter
4 rules by FFIs, the proposed
regulations provide that withholding
will not be required with respect to
foreign passthru payments before
January 1, 2017. Instead, until
withholding applies, to reduce
incentives for nonparticipating FFIs to
use participating FFIs to block the
application of the chapter 4 rules, the
proposed regulations require
participating FFIs to report annually to
the IRS the aggregate amount of certain
payments made to each
nonparticipating FFI. With respect to
the scope and ultimate implementation
of withholding on foreign passthru
payments, the Treasury Department and
the IRS request comments on
approaches to reduce burden, for
example, by providing a de minimis
exception from foreign passthru
payment withholding and a simplified
computational approach or safe harbor
rules to determine an FFI’s passthru
payment percentage. In the case of
jurisdictions that enter into agreements
to facilitate FATCA implementation, the
Treasury Department and the IRS will
work with the governments of such
jurisdictions to develop practical
alternative approaches to achieving the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
policy objectives of passthru payment
withholding. In addition, where such an
agreement provides for the foreign
government to report to the IRS
information regarding U.S. accounts and
recalcitrant account holders, FFIs in
such jurisdictions may not be required
to withhold on any foreign passthru
payments to recalcitrant account
holders.
B. Summary of Obligations of FFIs
The proposed regulations provide a
detailed explanation of how an FFI can
satisfy the obligations imposed by the
statutory provisions of chapter 4 and
thus avoid withholding. A summary of
the proposed rules follows.
1. Due Diligence Required To Identify
U.S. Accounts
Chapter 4 requires FFIs to identify
U.S. accounts, which include both
accounts held by U.S. individuals and
certain U.S. entities, and accounts held
by foreign entities with substantial U.S.
owners (generally, owners with a greater
than ten percent interest). To provide
certainty, and minimize costs and
burdens in a manner that is consistent
with policy objectives, the proposed
regulations outline the due diligence
required to be undertaken by FFIs to
identify U.S. accounts. For this purpose,
the proposed regulations distinguish
between the diligence expected with
respect to individual accounts and
entity accounts and between preexisting
accounts and new accounts. It is
intended that FFIs that adhere to the
diligence guidelines outlined in the
proposed regulations will be treated as
compliant with the requirement to
identify U.S. accounts and will not be
held to a strict liability standard.
a. Preexisting Individual Accounts
• Accounts with a balance or value
that does not exceed $50,000 are exempt
from review, unless the FFI elects
otherwise.
• Certain cash value insurance and
annuity contracts held by individual
account holders that are preexisting
accounts with a value or balance of
$250,000 or less are exempt from
review, unless the FFI elects otherwise.
• Accounts that are offshore
obligations with a balance or value that
exceeds $50,000 ($250,000 for a cash
value insurance or annuity contract) but
does not exceed $1,000,000 are subject
only to review of electronically
searchable data for indicia of U.S.
status. For this purpose, U.S. indicia
include: (1) Identification of an account
holder as a U.S. person; (2) a U.S. place
of birth; (3) a U.S. address; (4) a U.S.
telephone number; (5) standing
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
instructions to transfer funds to an
account maintained in the United
States; (6) a power of attorney or
signatory authority granted to a person
with a U.S. address; or (7) a U.S. ‘‘incare-of’’ or ‘‘hold mail’’ address that is
the sole address the FFI has identified
for the account holder. No further
search of records or contact with the
account holder is required unless U.S.
indicia are found through the electronic
search. The $1,000,000 threshold
replaces the $500,000 threshold and the
private banking test proposed in the
FATCA Notices. Accordingly, FFIs will
not be required to distinguish between
private banking accounts and other
accounts.
• Accounts with a balance that
exceeds $1,000,000 are subject to review
of electronic and non-electronic files for
U.S. indicia, including an inquiry of the
actual knowledge of any relationship
manager associated with the account. To
minimize burden, review of nonelectronic files is limited to the current
customer files and certain other
documents, and is required only to the
extent that the electronically searchable
files do not contain sufficient
information about the account holder.
b. New Individual Accounts
For individual accounts opened after
the effective date of an FFI’s agreement,
the FFI will be required to review the
information provided at the opening of
the account, including identification
and any documentation collected under
AML/KYC rules. If U.S. indicia are
identified as part of that review, the FFI
must obtain additional documentation
or treat the account as held by a
recalcitrant account holder.
Accordingly, FFIs will generally not
need to make significant changes to the
information collected during the
account opening process in order to
identify U.S, accounts, except to the
extent that U.S. indicia are identified.
c. Preexisting Entity Accounts
• Preexisting entity accounts with
account balances of $250,000 or less are
exempt from review until the account
balance exceeds $1,000,000.
• For remaining preexisting entity
accounts, FFIs can generally rely on
AML/KYC records and other existing
account information to determine
whether the entity is an FFI, is a U.S.
person, is excepted from the
requirement to document its substantial
U.S. owners (for example, because it is
engaged in a nonfinancial trade or
business), or is a passive investment
entity (referred to in the regulations as
a ‘‘passive NFFE’’).
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Æ In the case of preexisting accounts
of passive investment entities with
account balances that do not exceed
$1,000,000, FFIs may generally rely on
information collected for AML/KYC due
diligence purposes to identify
substantial U.S. owners.
Æ In the case of preexisting entity
accounts of passive investment entities
with account balances that exceed
$1,000,000, FFIs must obtain
information regarding all substantial
U.S. owners or a certification that the
entity does not have substantial U.S.
owners.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
d. New Entity Accounts
• The following new entity accounts
are exempt from documentation of
substantial U.S. owners:
Æ Accounts of another FFI (other than
an owner-documented FFI for which the
participating FFI has agreed to perform
reporting); and
Æ Accounts of an entity engaged in an
active nonfinancial trade or business or
otherwise excepted from documentation
requirements.
• With respect to the remaining
entities (essentially, passive investment
entities), FFIs will be required to
determine whether the entity has any
substantial U.S. owners upon opening a
new account, generally by obtaining a
certification from the account holder.
2. Deemed-Compliant FFIs
The statute grants the Treasury
Department and the IRS regulatory
authority to identify certain FFIs as
‘‘deemed-compliant’’ FFIs that may
avoid withholding under chapter 4
without entering into an FFI agreement.
The FATCA Notices identified certain
types of FFIs that would be deemed to
be compliant with chapter 4. The
proposed regulations implement the
exclusions provided in the FATCA
Notices, and expand the categories of
deemed-compliant FFIs to include
certain banks and investment funds
conducting business only with local
clients, low-risk entities, or
participating FFIs, subject to restrictions
designed to prevent the FFIs from being
used for U.S. tax evasion. In addition,
the proposed regulations expand the
category of retirement plans that are
treated as posing a low risk of tax
evasion and thus are excepted from the
chapter 4 requirements.
3. Transitional Rule for Affiliated
Groups
The proposed regulations provide
that, until January 1, 2016, a
nonparticipating FFI or branch that is
subject to foreign laws that prohibit that
FFI or branch from complying with the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
requirements of section 1471(b) will not
disqualify an otherwise participating
FFI group with which it is affiliated, as
long as the FFI or branch complies with
the due diligence procedures required of
participating FFIs for identifying U.S.
accounts and maintains records of the
account holder documentation it
collects. These ‘‘limited FFI affiliates’’
and ‘‘limited branches’’ will be subject
to withholding upon receipt of
withholdable payments.
4. Phase-In of Reporting Obligations
The proposed regulations phase in the
reporting obligations of FFIs as follows:
• For reporting in 2014 and 2015
(with respect to calendar years 2013 and
2014), participating FFIs are required to
report only name, address, TIN, account
number, and account balance with
respect to U.S. accounts.
• Beginning with reporting in 2016
(with respect to calendar year 2015), in
addition to the aforementioned
information, income associated with
U.S. accounts must be reported.
• Beginning with reporting in 2017
(with respect to calendar year 2016), full
reporting, including information on the
gross proceeds from broker transactions,
will be required.
5. Phase-In of Scope of Passthru
Payments
The proposed regulations phase in the
passthru payment regime in two steps.
• Beginning on January 1, 2014, FFIs,
like U.S. withholding agents, will be
required to withhold on passthru
payments that are withholdable
payments. FFIs will also be required to
report annually on the aggregate amount
of certain payments to each
nonparticipating FFI for the 2015 and
2016 calendar years.
• Beginning no earlier than January 1,
2017, the scope of passthru payments
will be expanded beyond withholdable
payments and FFIs will be required to
withhold on such payments pursuant to
and in accordance with future guidance.
In the case of jurisdictions that enter
into agreements to facilitate FATCA
implementation, Treasury and IRS will
work with the governments of such
jurisdictions to develop practical
alternative approaches to achieving the
policy objectives of passthru payment
withholding.
6. Refunds
The statute provides that, to the
extent withholding on a payment under
chapter 4 exceeds the beneficial owner’s
underlying U.S. tax liability, the
beneficial owner may claim a refund for
the overwithheld amount. No refund is
available, however, for payments
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9027
beneficially owned by nonparticipating
FFIs, except to the extent required
under an income tax treaty. In addition,
the proposed regulations provide that an
NFFE claiming a refund (other than a
refund attributable to a reduced rate of
tax under a tax treaty obligation of the
United States) must provide information
regarding the NFFE’s substantial U.S.
owners, or certification that the NFFE
does not have substantial U.S. owners.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
intend to issue future guidance
regarding the substantiation
requirements necessary for claiming a
refund.
II. Detailed Description of the Provisions
of the Proposed Regulations
A. Section 1.1471–1—Scope of Chapter
4 Provisions and Definitions
Proposed § 1.1471–1(a) describes the
purpose and scope of the proposed
regulations under sections 1471 through
1474. Paragraph (b) provides definitions
of terms relevant to the provisions of
chapter 4 and the regulations
thereunder. In order to maintain
consistency with the structure of the
statutory provisions of chapter 4, certain
terms are defined in other sections of
the regulations. For example, § 1.1471–
5 contains certain definitions that apply
only for purposes of section 1471 and
the regulations thereunder, and
§ 1.1473–1 contains definitions of
certain terms contained in section 1473.
In order to facilitate review of the
regulations, § 1.1471–1(b) contains
specific cross-references to the sections
in which each such term is defined.
Many of the relevant terms are also used
in chapters 3 and 61, and the proposed
regulations in most cases adopt the
terms and definitions provided in the
regulations under those chapters. In the
instances in which a different definition
is used for purposes of the proposed
regulations, the Treasury Department
and the IRS generally intend to revise
the definitions provided in the
regulations under chapter 3 or 61 to
conform to the chapter 4 definitions. It
is expected that these conforming
changes, and the other changes to
chapter 3 or 61 guidance needed to
conform to chapter 4, as noted in this
preamble, will become effective on
January 1, 2014, when the withholding
and reporting obligations under chapter
4 begin to be phased in.
B. Rules Applicable to Withholding
Agents
1. Overview
Under the proposed regulations, the
rules relating to the requirement to
withhold U.S. tax on certain payments
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
9028
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
apply principally to U.S. financial
institutions or withholding agents. FFIs,
other than FFIs serving as
intermediaries with respect to
withholdable payments, will generally
not be required to withhold tax on
payments made to account holders or
nonparticipating FFIs before January 1,
2017. In the case of jurisdictions that
enter into agreements to facilitate
FATCA implementation, Treasury and
IRS will work with the governments of
such jurisdictions to develop practical
alternative approaches to achieving the
policy objectives of passthru payment
withholding. In addition, where such an
agreement provides for the foreign
government to report to the IRS
information regarding U.S. accounts and
recalcitrant account holders, FFIs in
such jurisdictions may not be required
to withhold on any foreign passthru
payments to recalcitrant account
holders. The proposed regulations
generally coordinate withholding under
chapters 3 and 4 by requiring a
withholding agent to withhold on
payments of U.S. source FDAP income
under chapter 4 when the withholding
agent would be responsible for
withholding under chapter 3.
2. Section 1.1471–2—Requirement To
Deduct and Withhold Tax on
Withholdable Payments to Certain FFIs
Paragraph (a)(1) of § 1.1471–2
provides the general rule that, absent an
exception, a withholding agent must
withhold under section 1471(a) on a
withholdable payment made after
December 31, 2013, to an FFI regardless
of whether the FFI receives the
withholdable payment as a beneficial
owner or intermediary. Paragraph (a)(2)
provides special withholding rules,
including a requirement for withholding
agents to withhold with respect to
payments of U.S. source FDAP to a
participating FFI that is not a QI and is
acting as an intermediary or that is a
nonwithholding flow-through entity for
chapter 3 purposes, unless the
participating FFI provides the
documentation necessary to determine
the portion of the payment for which no
withholding is required under chapter
4. A participating FFI that acts as an
intermediary or that is a
nonwithholding flow-through entity and
that provides a valid withholding
certificate and all required
documentation is not required to
withhold or report such payment under
chapter 4 unless it knows or has reason
to know that the withholding agent
failed to withhold the correct amount or
failed to report the payment correctly.
These rules are intended to reduce
instances in which overwithholding
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
occurs because a withholding agent
applies withholding under chapter 3 to
a withholdable payment that is also
subject to withholding by the
participating FFI with respect to its own
account holders under chapter 4.
Paragraph (a)(2)(iii) describes the
circumstance in which a participating
FFI will be permitted to make an
election under section 1471(b)(3) to be
withheld upon rather than to withhold
on a passthru payment. Generally, a
participating FFI that is a QI may make
an election under section 1471(b)(3) to
be withheld upon rather than to
withhold only with respect to a
payment that is U.S. source FDAP
income and only if the participating FFI
has not assumed primary withholding
responsibility under chapter 3. A
participating FFI that is a QI and that
does not make the election under
section 1473(b)(3) with respect to U.S.
source FDAP income must assume
primary withholding responsibility
under chapter 3. The election under
section 1471(b)(3) is not extended to
withholding foreign partnerships (WPs)
or withholding foreign trusts (WTs)
because these entities are generally
required to assume chapter 3
withholding responsibilities under their
respective agreements with respect to
their partners, beneficiaries, or owners,
and the Treasury Department and the
IRS intend to expand their
responsibilities to assume chapter 4
withholding to coordinate their
withholding requirements. Similarly, a
foreign branch of a U.S. financial
institution that is a QI not assuming
primary withholding responsibility
under chapter 3 must provide a
withholding agent with the
documentation necessary to perform
withholding under chapter 4 with
respect to payments of U.S. source
FDAP income.
Paragraph (a)(2)(iv) describes the
obligation of a financial institution
organized under the laws of one of the
U.S. territories (territory financial
institution) to withhold on withholdable
payments. Similar to the rules provided
in chapter 3, a territory financial
institution that acts as an intermediary
with respect to a withholdable payment
may agree to be treated similarly to a
U.S. financial institution with respect to
withholding and reporting under
chapter 4. If a territory financial
institution is a flow-through entity or
acts as an intermediary with respect to
a withholdable payment, the territory
financial institution does not have an
obligation to withhold under chapter 4,
if it has provided its withholding agent
with certain information to allow the
withholding agent to withhold.
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Paragraph (a)(2)(v) provides that when
multiple withholding agents that are
brokers are involved in effecting a sale,
each broker must determine whether it
is required to withhold on its payment
of gross proceeds by reference to the
status of its payee for chapter 4
purposes.
This paragraph also provides that for
a ‘‘delivery versus payment’’
transaction, ‘‘cash on delivery’’
transaction, or other similar account or
transaction, each broker that pays the
gross proceeds is a withholding agent
with respect to the payment.
Paragraph (a)(3) coordinates the
withholding requirements of sections
1471(a) and 1471(b) with respect to
participating FFIs that make
withholdable payments to account
holders, and generally provides that a
participating FFI that complies with the
withholding requirements of section
1471(b), as described in § 1.1471–4(b)
and its FFI agreement, will be deemed
to satisfy its withholding obligations
with respect to withholdable payments
under section 1471(a).
Paragraph (a)(4) describes payments
for which no withholding is required,
including payments for which the
withholding agent lacks control,
custody, or knowledge, and certain
payments to participating FFIs and
territory financial institutions.
Paragraph (a)(4) also sets forth a
transitional rule that exempts from
withholding under section 1471(a)
certain payments made prior to January
1, 2015, with respect to a preexisting
account for which the withholding
agent does not have documentation
indicating the payee’s status as a
nonparticipating FFI, unless the payee
is a prima facie FFI. The rules for
determining if a payee is a prima facie
FFI require the withholding agent to
search its electronic data for certain
indications that the payee is an FFI. In
addition, paragraph (a)(4) provides for
certain exceptions to withholding for
payments made to certain classes of
payees.
Paragraph (b) of § 1.1471–2 describes
certain obligations the payments on
which will be exempt from withholding
under chapter 4. Section 501(d)(2) of the
HIRE Act provides that no amount shall
be deducted or withheld from any
payment under any obligation
outstanding on March 18, 2012, (two
years after the date of enactment of the
HIRE Act) or from the gross proceeds
from any disposition of such an
obligation. Paragraph (b)(1) provides
that withholding is not required with
respect to any payment under a
grandfathered obligation or from the
gross proceeds from any disposition of
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
such an obligation. Paragraph (b)(2)(ii)
defines the term grandfathered
obligation as any obligation outstanding
on January 1, 2013, and the term
obligation as a legal agreement that
produces or could produce a
withholdable payment or passthru
payment, other than an instrument that
is treated as equity for U.S. tax purposes
or that lacks a stated expiration or term.
Paragraphs (b)(2)(iii) and (iv) provide
that the determination of whether an
obligation is outstanding on January 1,
2013, depends upon the type of
obligation. A debt instrument is
outstanding on January 1, 2013, if it has
an issue date, as determined under U.S.
tax law, before January 1, 2013. A
significant modification under § 1.1001–
3 will result in the obligation being
treated as newly issued as of the date of
the significant modification. An
obligation that is not a debt instrument
is outstanding on January 1, 2013, if a
legally binding agreement establishing
the obligation was executed before
January 1, 2013. A material modification
of the obligation will result in the
obligation being treated as newly issued
or executed as of the effective date of
such modification, and whether (and
when) a material modification has
occurred will be determined based upon
all relevant facts and circumstances.
Paragraph (b)(3) describes special rules
to determine when a payment is made
under a grandfathered obligation in the
case of a flow-through entity with
respect to a partner, beneficiary, or
owner in such entity. See section XIX.G
of this preamble for a request for
comments regarding a potential
grandfather status for certain investment
vehicles.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
IV. Section 1.1471–3—Establishing a
Payee’s Chapter 4 Status
Paragraph (a) of § 1.1471–3 sets forth
the rules for determining the payee for
chapter 4 purposes and the
documentation requirements to
establish a payee’s chapter 4 status.
These rules generally follow the rules
under § 1.1441–1(b)(2) for determining
the payee of a payment subject to
withholding or reporting for chapter 3
purposes, but are modified in several
ways, including to account for the
requirement of withholding agents to
determine an FFI’s status for chapter 4
purposes and to determine whether an
NFFE that is a flow-through entity is an
active NFFE under § 1.1472–1(c)(1)(v).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
intend to revise Forms W–8 and W–9 as
necessary to permit a payee to establish
its status for both chapters 3 and 4 on
one form.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
Paragraph (c) of § 1.1471–3 provides
rules for when a withholding agent may
reliably associate a withholdable
payment with valid documentation.
Paragraph (c)(2) sets forth the
documentation requirements for
payments made through an
intermediary or flow-through entity that
is not the payee. Paragraph (c)(3)
provides the standards for withholding
certificates, written statements (in lieu
of withholding certificates), withholding
statements, and documentary evidence;
describes a withholding agent’s
responsibilities with respect to changes
in circumstances and documenting
payees after payments are made; allows
for the electronic transmission of
withholding certificates (including by
facsimile); and allows a withholding
agent to continue to accept a prior
version of the withholding certificate for
six months after an IRS revision of the
withholding certificate (based on the
revision date shown on the updated
withholding certificate).
Paragraph (d) of § 1.1471–3 provides
the general documentation requirements
to establish a payee’s chapter 4 status
for determining whether withholding
applies under section 1471 or 1472.
Paragraph (d) also sets forth the specific
documentation requirements that must
be met in order to treat a payee as
having a particular chapter 4 status, and
provides certain exceptions and special
rules for payees that hold offshore and
preexisting accounts. Consistent with
the rules for documentation of offshore
accounts contained in § 1.6049–5(c)(4),
paragraph (d) allows a withholding
agent that makes a payment to an
account that is an offshore obligation to
rely on documentary evidence, in
certain cases supplemented by a written
statement, to establish the payee’s
chapter 4 status in lieu of obtaining a
withholding certificate. To minimize the
burden on withholding agents to collect
new documentation for preexisting
accounts, paragraph (d) provides that for
withholdable payments made prior to
January 1, 2017, with respect to a
preexisting account, a withholding
agent may treat a payee as a
participating FFI or a registered
deemed-compliant FFI if it has a valid
withholding certificate establishing the
payee’s foreign status and the
withholding agent has verified the
payee’s FFI–EIN (provided by the payee
either orally or in writing) on the IRS’s
published FFI list. With respect to
preexisting accounts held by passive
NFFEs with a balance or value of
$1,000,000 or less, paragraph
(d)(11)(vi)(D)(2) permits a withholding
agent to rely upon its review conducted
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9029
for AML due diligence purposes to
identify any substantial U.S. owners of
the payee.
Paragraph (e) sets forth the standards
of knowledge for when a withholding
agent knows or has reason to know that
a withholding certificate is unreliable or
incorrect, and modifies the standards set
forth in chapter 3 for a withholding
agent to determine the foreign status of
a payee by adding a telephone number
in the United States and a U.S. place of
birth as reasons to know that a
withholding certificate establishing
foreign status is unreliable or incorrect,
unless additional documentation of
foreign status is obtained. The Treasury
Department and the IRS intend to
modify the chapter 3 rules regarding
standards of knowledge to conform to
these requirements. Paragraph (e) also
requires a withholding agent to review
the IRS’s published FFI list and to check
annually to confirm a payee’s claim to
be a participating FFI or registered
deemed-compliant FFI.
Paragraph (f) of § 1.1471–3 sets forth
presumption rules for determining the
payee’s chapter 4 status in the absence
of documentation or when
documentation is unreliable or
incorrect. The presumption rules set
forth in paragraph (f) for purposes of
chapter 4 differ from the presumption
rules of chapters 3 and 61 because the
rules in paragraph (f) require a
withholding agent to presume that
certain entities that are treated as
exempt recipients under § 1.6049–
4(c)(1)(ii) and for which reliable
documentation is not obtained are
foreign persons. The Treasury
Department and the IRS intend to make
a conforming change to the presumption
rules set forth in chapters 3 and 61.
V. Section 1.1471–4—Foreign Financial
Institution Agreement (FFI Agreement)
A. In General
The Treasury Department and the IRS
intend to publish a draft model FFI
agreement in early 2012, and intend to
publish a final model FFI agreement,
incorporating comments received, in the
fall of 2012. Section 1.1471–4 sets forth
the general requirements that will apply
to an FFI under an FFI agreement.
Paragraph (a) of § 1.1471–4 includes a
general description of the withholding,
due diligence, reporting, verification,
and certain other requirements under
the FFI agreement. Paragraphs (b), (c),
and (d) set forth in more detail the
withholding, due diligence, and account
reporting requirements that will apply
to an FFI under an FFI agreement.
The FFI agreement will also provide
the IRS’s verification process for
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
9030
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
determining a participating FFI’s
compliance with its FFI agreement. As
described in paragraph (a), this will
require, among other things, that a
participating FFI: (i) Adopt written
policies and procedures governing the
participating FFI’s compliance with its
responsibilities under the FFI
agreement; (ii) conduct periodic internal
reviews of its compliance (rather than
periodic external audits, as is presently
required for many QIs); and (iii)
periodically provide the IRS with a
certification and certain other
information that will allow the IRS to
determine whether the participating FFI
has met its obligations under the FFI
agreement. The Treasury Department
and the IRS intend to include the
requirements to conduct these periodic
reviews and to provide their
certifications in the FFI agreement or in
other guidance. The Treasury
Department and the IRS request
comments regarding the scope and
content of such reviews and the factual
information and representations FFIs
should be required to include as part of
such certifications. The proposed FFI
agreement also will provide that
repetitive or systematic failures of the
participating FFI’s processes relating to
its compliance with the FFI agreement
may result in enhanced compliance
verification requirements such as an
external audit of one or more issues
identified by the IRS. The proposed FFI
agreement also will provide the
egregious circumstances that will cause
a participating FFI to be in default with
respect to its FFI agreement.
B. Withholding Requirements Under the
FFI Agreement
Paragraph (b) of § 1.1471–4 describes
the withholding requirements of
participating FFIs and provides that a
participating FFI is required to withhold
on any passthru payment that is a
withholdable payment made to a
recalcitrant account holder or a
nonparticipating FFI (or a participating
FFI that has made an election to be
withheld upon under section 1471(b)(3))
after December 31, 2013. The
requirements for withholding on foreign
passthru payments are reserved.
Paragraph (b) of § 1.1471–4 also
provides that a participating FFI is a
withholding agent for purposes of
chapter 4 and thus is subject to the
requirements of sections 1471(a) and
1472(a) with respect to withholdable
payments. Paragraph (b)(2) provides,
however, that a participating FFI that
complies with the withholding
requirements of paragraph (b) and its
FFI agreement will be deemed to satisfy
its withholding obligations with respect
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
to withholdable payments under
sections 1471(a) and 1472(a).
Paragraph (b)(4) provides a special
rule for dormant accounts, under which
a participating FFI that withholds on
passthru payments (including
withholdable payments) made to a
recalcitrant account holder of a dormant
account may, in lieu of depositing the
tax withheld, set aside the amount
withheld in escrow until the date that
the account ceases to be a dormant
account. Paragraph (b)(4) provides that
within 90 days of the account ceasing to
be dormant, the participating FFI must
obtain the appropriate documentation
for the account holder, in which case
the tax withheld is refunded to the
account holder. If the participating FFI
fails to obtain the required
documentation within 90 days, the
participating FFI must deposit the tax
withheld.
Paragraph (b)(5) provides a special
withholding rule for U.S. branches of
participating FFIs, which treats a U.S.
branch similar to a U.S. financial
institution with respect to the
withholding requirements under
chapter 4. This paragraph provides that
a U.S. branch that satisfies its backup
withholding obligations under section
3406(a) with respect to accounts treated
as held by U.S. non-exempt recipients
will be treated as satisfying its
withholding obligations under section
1471(b) with respect to such accounts.
Paragraph (b)(5) thereby eliminates
duplicate withholding that would
otherwise occur with respect to account
holders of a U.S. branch that are (or are
presumed to be) U.S. non-exempt
recipients to which backup withholding
under section 3406 would apply. A U.S.
branch of a participating FFI is also
subject to special reporting
requirements described in paragraph (d)
of § 1.1471–4, which are coordinated
with its withholding requirements
under this paragraph.
C. Identification of Account Holders
Under the FFI Agreement
Paragraph (c) of § 1.1471–4 describes
the procedures for participating FFIs to
identify and document U.S. accounts
and accounts other than U.S. accounts.
Paragraph (c)(2) describes the general
requirements with respect to
identification of account holders and
incorporates the principles of § 1.1471–
3 that determine the chapter 4 status of
an account holder, associate an account
with valid documentation (without
regard to payments), and establish the
standards of knowledge for reliance on
documentation. Paragraph (c)(2) also
requires a participating FFI to retain
records of documentation collected,
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
including electronic searches and
responses to relationship manager
inquiries with respect to certain highvalue accounts, for a minimum of six
years. The account identification and
documentation for participating FFIs
described in paragraph (c) generally
follow the procedures described in
Notice 2011–34 with some
modifications made in response to
comments.
For identification of entity accounts,
paragraph (c)(3) incorporates the
identification and documentation rules
of § 1.1471–3 and provides an exception
from these procedures for preexisting
accounts held by entities that are
offshore obligations with an account
balance or value of $250,000 or less,
subject to further diligence if the
account balance or value subsequently
exceeds $1,000,000. An account that
meets this exception is not treated as a
U.S. account, and the account holder is
not treated as a nonparticipating FFI for
withholding and reporting purposes
with respect to the account.
For new accounts established for
individual account holders, a
participating FFI is required to review
all information collected under its
existing account opening procedures to
determine whether the account holder
has U.S. indicia (defined in paragraph
(c)(4)(i)(A)). Where an account has U.S.
indicia, paragraph (c)(4)(i)(B) describes
the documentation a participating FFI is
required to obtain in order to establish
whether the account is a U.S. account.
For accounts that are required to be
treated as U.S. accounts, the
participating FFI is generally required to
collect a Form W–9 from each
individual account holder. Except for
such cases, these rules are intended to
minimize the extent to which
participating FFIs would need to modify
their account opening and
documentation collection procedures to
comply with these requirements.
Paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of § 1.1471–4
incorporates the rule provided in
§ 1.1471–5(a)(4), which provides that a
participating FFI may treat as other than
a U.S. account a preexisting account
with a balance or value of $50,000 or
less that is held by one or more
individuals. Paragraph (c)(4)(iii)
provides a documentation exception for
preexisting accounts of individual
account holders that are offshore
obligations, other than cash value
insurance or annuity contracts, with an
account balance or value of $50,000 or
less. Paragraphs (c)(4)(iii)(A), (B), and
(C) provide the requirements for
accounts to meet this documentation
exception, including aggregation rules.
Paragraph (c)(4)(iv) provides a
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
documentation exception for preexisting
cash value insurance or annuity
contracts of individual account holders
if such account has an account balance
or value of $250,000 or less on the last
day of the calendar year preceding the
effective date of the FFI’s FFI agreement.
Accounts that meet these two
exceptions will be subject to further due
diligence procedures if the account
balance or value subsequently exceeds
$1,000,000. Further, an account that
meets a documentation exception is not
treated as a U.S. account and the
account holder of such account is not
treated as a recalcitrant account holder
for withholding and reporting purposes.
Paragraph (c)(5) provides the currency
translation rules for determining the
account balance or value. Paragraph
(c)(6) provides several examples
illustrating the application of the
aggregation rules described in
paragraphs (c)(4)(iii) and (iv).
Paragraph (c)(7) provides an
alternative to the general identification
and documentation procedure of
paragraph (c)(4)(i) for preexisting
offshore accounts of individual account
holders. Paragraph (c)(7)(ii) requires, as
part of this alternative procedure, that
the participating FFI conduct an
electronic search for U.S. indicia and
obtain the appropriate documentation to
establish the account holder’s status if
U.S. indicia are found. A participating
FFI that follows this alternative
procedure with respect to an account
will not be attributed knowledge with
respect to information contained in any
account files that the participating FFI
did not review and that it was not
required to review under this alternative
procedure. Additionally, under this
alternative procedure, a participating
FFI will be treated as having obtained
the required documentary evidence if
the participating FFI’s file contains a
notation stating that documentary
evidence has been examined and listing
the type of document examined and the
name of the employee that reviewed the
document. The rule described in the
preceding sentence is intended to limit
those cases in which a participating FFI
would need to contact its preexisting
account holders to obtain additional
documentation of their chapter 4 status.
In response to comments, the
proposed regulations do not incorporate
the requirement to identify and perform
an enhanced review of private banking
accounts, as described in Notice 2011–
34. Instead, paragraph (c)(8) requires
that a participating FFI perform an
additional enhanced review of highvalue accounts. A high-value account is
any account with a balance or value that
exceeds $1,000,000 at the end of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
calendar year preceding the effective
date of the participating FFI’s FFI
agreement, or at the end of any
subsequent calendar year. As part of the
enhanced review, the participating FFI
must identify all high-value accounts for
which a relationship manager has actual
knowledge that the account holder is a
U.S. person. For these accounts, the
participating FFI is required to obtain
from the account holder a Form W–9,
and a valid and effective waiver, if
necessary. For other high-value
accounts, paragraph (c)(8)(iii) also
requires an enhanced review of paper
and electronic files. In response to
comments, paragraph (c)(8)(iii)(B)
provides that the paper review is
limited to the current customer master
file and certain documents, described in
paragraphs (c)(8)(iii)(A)(1) through (5),
obtained by the participating FFI in the
five years prior to the effective date of
its FFI agreement, and the review is
required only to the extent sufficient
information about the account holder is
not available in the participating FFI’s
electronically searchable information.
Paragraph (c)(8)(iv) provides an
exception from the enhanced review
requirement for any high-value account
for which the participating FFI has
obtained a Form W–8BEN and
documentary evidence to establish the
foreign status of the account holder, but
the participating FFI is still required to
perform the relationship manager
inquiry. Paragraph (c)(9) provides an
exception from the electronic search
and, if the account is a high-value
account, the enhanced review
requirement (excluding the relationship
manager inquiry) if the account was
previously documented by the
participating FFI to establish the
account holder’s status as a foreign
individual in order to meet its
obligations under a QI, WP, or WT
agreement or to fulfill its reporting
obligations as a U.S. payor under
sections 6041, 6042, 6045, and 6049.
Paragraph (c)(10) requires a
responsible officer of a participating FFI
to make certain certifications. The first
certification is required to confirm, with
respect to its preexisting accounts that
are high-value accounts, that within one
year of the effective date of the FFI
agreement the participating FFI has
completed the required review and to
the best of the responsible officer’s
knowledge, after conducting a
reasonable inquiry, the participating FFI
did not have any formal or informal
practices or procedures in place at any
time from August 6, 2011 (120 days
from the release of Notice 2011–34 to
the public) through the date of such
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9031
certification to assist account holders in
the avoidance of chapter 4. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
request comments regarding alternative
due diligence or other procedures that
should be required of FFIs that are
unable to certify that no such practices
or procedures were in place after such
date in order to maintain participating
FFI status.
The second certification by a
responsible officer is required to
confirm, with respect to all of its
preexisting accounts, that within two
years of the effective date of its FFI
agreement the participating FFI has
completed the account identification
procedures and documentation
requirements or, if it has not obtained
the documentation required to be
obtained with respect to an account, the
participating FFI treats the account
holder of such an account as a
recalcitrant account holder or
nonparticipating FFI.
D. Reporting Requirements of
Participating FFIs
Paragraph (d) of § 1.1471–4 describes
the reporting responsibilities of
participating FFIs with respect to U.S.
accounts and accounts held by
recalcitrant account holders, and
includes rules to phase in the reporting
requirements. Paragraph (d)(2)(i)
provides that a participating FFI is
required to report any account that it is
required to treat as a U.S. account or as
held by a recalcitrant account holder
that it maintained at any time during the
preceding calendar year or as of the end
of the year, respectively.
Paragraph (d)(2)(ii) provides that the
participating FFI that maintains the
account is responsible for reporting the
account for each calendar year subject to
an exception that requires a
participating FFI to report with respect
to account holders of a territory
financial institution that acts as an
intermediary with respect a
withholdable payment and that does not
agree to be treated as a U.S. person with
respect to the payment. Paragraph
(d)(2)(ii)(C) also provides an exception
for a participating FFI that elects for one
or more of its branches to separately
report the accounts maintained by each
such branch. This election is intended
to address legal restrictions on sharing
account holder information across
branches located in different
jurisdictions and the limitations of
many FFIs’ information technology
systems.
Paragraph (d)(2)(iii)(A) provides a
special reporting rule for participating
FFIs (other than U.S. branches) that are
U.S. payors to coordinate their chapter
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9032
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
61 reporting requirements with respect
to U.S. non-exempt recipients with their
chapter 4 reporting with respect to U.S.
accounts. This rule provides that a
participating FFI that is a U.S. payor
may add the information required under
paragraph (d)(5)(ii) to its reporting for
chapter 61 purposes to satisfy the
participating FFI’s reporting
requirements for U.S. accounts under
chapter 4. Paragraph (d)(2)(iii)(B)
describes a special reporting rule for a
U.S. branch of a participating FFI to
satisfy its reporting requirements under
chapter 4 and to coordinate this
reporting with its withholding
requirements under § 1.1471–4(b). This
reporting rule requires a U.S. branch to
report for chapter 4 purposes in the
same manner as a U.S. financial
institution.
Paragraph (d)(2)(iv) requires a
participating FFI that maintains an
account held by a financial institution
that it has identified as an ownerdocumented FFI to report information
with respect to each owner of the
owner-documented FFI that is a
specified U.S. person.
Paragraph (d)(3) provides rules for
reporting accounts held by specified
U.S. persons and accounts held by U.S.
owned foreign entities under section
1471(c)(1). These rules prescribe the
information to be reported with respect
to accounts required to be treated as
U.S. accounts, the time and manner of
filing the required form, and procedures
for requesting an extension to file such
forms. If a separate reporting election is
not made with respect to a branch (as
described in this preamble), a
participating FFI is also required to
report the jurisdiction of the branch that
maintains the U.S. account being
reported.
Paragraph (d)(4) provides guidance on
the information required to be included
on the U.S. account information
reporting form, including the methods
for determining the account balance or
value and the currency to be used for
reporting account balances and
payments made with respect to the
account. These rules generally follow
the proposed guidance described in
Notice 2011–34, but allow a
participating FFI to report its U.S.
accounts in the currency in which the
account is maintained. Paragraph
(d)(4)(vi) provides record retention
requirements for account statements.
The IRS is developing a form for U.S.
account reporting and the procedures
for processing the form.
Paragraph (d)(5) prescribes the
reporting requirements for those
participating FFIs that elect to report
U.S. accounts under section 1471(c)(2).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
This paragraph provides that a
participating FFI that makes such
election must report under sections
6041, 6042, 6045, and 6049 with respect
to reportable payments to the same
extent as is required of a U.S. payor and
requires that the participating FFI treat
each holder of a U.S. account that is a
specified U.S. person or U.S. owned
foreign entity as a payee who is an
individual and citizen of the United
States. Paragraph (d)(5) also provides
that the election under section
1471(c)(2) does not apply to cash value
insurance or annuity contracts that are
financial accounts and that would
otherwise be subject to the reporting
requirements of section 6047.
For accounts held by recalcitrant
account holders, paragraph (d)(6)
provides for aggregate reporting of
recalcitrant account holders in separate
categories. The separate categories of
accounts held by recalcitrant account
holders are accounts with U.S. indicia,
accounts of other recalcitrant account
holders, and dormant accounts.
Paragraph (d)(6)(ii) defines dormant
accounts and prescribes when an
account ceases to be treated as a
dormant account.
Paragraph (d)(7) sets forth special
reporting rules for accounts maintained
for the 2013 through 2015 calendar
years. Paragraph (d)(7)(v)(B) provides
that, with respect to the 2013 year,
participating FFIs must report by
September 30, 2014, those accounts
identified as U.S. accounts or as held by
recalcitrant account holders as of June
30, 2014. However, this paragraph
further provides that a U.S. payor
(including a U.S. branch) is not required
to follow this special June 30, 2014,
determination date and may instead
report with respect to the 2013 calendar
year in accordance with the reporting
dates provided under chapter 61 with
respect to all accounts identified as U.S.
accounts or as held by recalcitrant
account holders as of December 31,
2013. These rules also phase in the
extent of information required to be
reported by participating FFIs with
respect to the 2013 through 2015
calendar years.
Paragraphs (d)(8) through (10) reserve
on the reporting requirements for
participating FFIs that are QIs, and for
WPs and WTs with respect to their
partners, owners, and beneficiaries. The
Treasury Department and the IRS seek
comments on coordinating the chapter 3
reporting requirements and existing
withholding requirements of these
entities under their respective
agreements with the reporting and
withholding requirements under
chapter 4 (including QIs that are foreign
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
branches of U.S. financial institutions).
With respect to QIs, the Treasury
Department and the IRS do not intend
to limit reporting under chapter 4 to QI
designated accounts as currently
defined in the QI model agreement.
E. Expanded Affiliated Group
Requirements
Paragraph (e)(1) of § 1.1471–4
provides the general rule that, for any
member of an expanded affiliated group
to be a participating FFI or registered
deemed-compliant FFI, each FFI that is
a member of the group must be either
a participating FFI or registered
deemed-compliant FFI. Paragraphs
(e)(2), (3), and (4) provide exceptions to
this general rule for certain branches,
FFI affiliates, and QIs. Paragraph (e)(1)
also provides that each FFI that is a
member of an expanded affiliated group
must complete a registration form with
the IRS and agree to all the requirements
for the status for which it applies with
respect to all of the accounts it
maintains.
Paragraph (e)(2) permits an FFI to be
a participating FFI notwithstanding that
one or more of its branches cannot
satisfy all of the requirements of the FFI
agreement. Paragraph (e)(2)(ii) defines a
branch as a unit, business or office of
the FFI that is treated as a branch under
the regulatory regime of the country in
which it is located or is otherwise
regulated under the laws of such
country as separate from other offices,
units, or branches of the FFI, and
maintains books and records separate
from the books and records of the
participating FFI (and any other of its
branches). Further, all units, businesses,
or offices of a participating FFI in a
single country (including the country of
organization or incorporation) are
treated as a single branch. Paragraph
(e)(2)(iii) defines a limited branch as a
branch that cannot report the
information required to be reported with
respect to its U.S. accounts to the IRS
and cannot close or transfer such
accounts, or that cannot withhold on its
recalcitrant account holders or accounts
held by nonparticipating FFIs and
cannot close or transfer such accounts.
To qualify for limited branch status, the
FFI, as part of its registration process,
must: (i) Identify the relevant
jurisdiction of each branch for which it
seeks limited branch status; (ii) agree
that each such branch will identify its
account holders under the due diligence
requirements applicable to participating
FFIs; (iii) retain account holder
documentation pertaining to those
identification requirements for six years
from the effective date of its FFI
agreement; (iv) report to the IRS with
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
respect to its accounts that it is required
to treat as U.S. accounts to the extent
permitted under the relevant laws
pertaining to the branch; (v) treat each
such branch as a separate entity for
purposes of withholding; (vi) agree that
each such branch will not open new
accounts that it is required to treat as
U.S. accounts or accounts held by
nonparticipating FFIs; and (vii) agree
that each such branch will identify itself
to withholding agents (including
affiliates of the FFI) as a
nonparticipating FFI. Paragraph (e)(2)(v)
requires a participating FFI to withhold
on certain withholdable payments that
it is considered to receive on behalf of
a limited branch. Paragraph (e)(2)(vi)
provides that a branch will cease to be
a limited branch after the earlier of
December 31, 2015, or the beginning of
the third calendar quarter following the
date on which the branch is no longer
prohibited from complying with the
requirements of the FFI agreement. In
order to retain its status, a participating
FFI must notify the IRS by such date
that the branch will comply with the
FFI agreement.
Paragraph (e)(3) permits an FFI that is
a member of an expanded affiliated
group to obtain status as a participating
FFI notwithstanding that one or more
members of the group cannot satisfy the
requirements of the FFI agreement.
Similar to the requirements under
paragraph (e)(2) for a limited branch,
paragraph (e)(3)(ii) defines a limited FFI
as an FFI that, under the laws of each
jurisdiction that apply with respect to
the accounts maintained by the affiliate,
cannot report or withhold as required
under the FFI agreement. Paragraph
(e)(3)(iii) also provides registration
requirements for limited FFI status that
are similar to those for limited branches.
Paragraph (e)(3)(iv) requires
participating and deemed-compliant
FFIs to treat limited FFIs as
nonparticipating FFIs with respect to
withholdable payments made to these
affiliates. No withholding will be
required, however, with respect to
foreign passthru payments made to a
limited FFI. Paragraph (e)(3)(v) provides
that an FFI will cease to qualify as a
limited FFI either after December 31,
2015, or the beginning of the third
calendar quarter following the date on
which the FFI is no longer prohibited
from complying with the requirements
of the FFI agreement. Participating and
deemed-compliant FFIs that are
members of the same expanded
affiliated group will retain their status
if, by such date, the FFI that ceased to
be limited notifies the IRS that it will
comply with the FFI agreement.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
Paragraph (e)(4) provides a special
rule for QIs. The Treasury Department
and the IRS intend to require all QIs that
are FFIs to become participating FFIs.
Therefore, in order for an FFI to renew
its QI agreement for chapter 3 purposes,
an FFI will be required to be a
participating FFI. However, paragraph
(e)(4) permits QIs to retain their status
as a QI for a limited period of time (until
December 31, 2015) even though the QI
cannot comply with the provisions of an
FFI agreement. In such case, the QI is
treated as a limited FFI and must
identify itself to its withholding agents
as a nonparticipating FFI.
VI. Section 1.1471–5—Section 1471
Definitions
Section 1.1471–5 sets forth additional
definitions that are applicable to the
regulations under section 1471 and to
the FFI agreement.
A. U.S. Account
Paragraph (a)(2) of § 1.1471–5 defines
the term U.S. account as any financial
account maintained by a financial
institution that is held by one or more
specified U.S. persons or U.S. owned
foreign entities. Paragraph (a)(3)
generally provides that an account is
held by the person listed or identified
as the holder of such account with the
financial institution that maintains the
account, even if that person is a flowthrough entity. Paragraphs (a)(3)(ii)
through (v) set forth exceptions and
other rules that supplement the general
rule for determining the holder of an
account. For accounts held by a grantor
trust, the grantor is treated as the owner
of the account or assets in the account
to the extent required under the
principles of sections 671 through 679.
For accounts held by agents, investment
advisors, and similar persons, the
person on whose behalf such person is
acting is treated as the account holder.
For accounts held jointly, each joint
holder will be treated as owning the
account. Finally, for accounts that are
insurance and annuity contracts, the
account holder is the person who can
access the cash value of the contract or
change the beneficiary, or, if there is no
such person, the account holder is the
beneficiary.
Paragraph (a)(4) sets forth the
exception from U.S. account status
provided in section 1471(d)(1)(B) for
any depository account held by one or
more individuals with an aggregate
balance or value that does not exceed
$50,000. Paragraph (a)(4)(ii) provides
aggregation rules for determining the
aggregate balance or value of the
account for purposes of this exception
to U.S. account status. The same rules
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9033
apply to both preexisting and new
accounts. Generally, the rules provide
that depository accounts are aggregated
with other depository accounts only for
purposes of applying the exception from
U.S. account status provided in section
1471(d)(1)(B).
B. Financial Account
Section 1471(d)(2) provides that
except as provided by the Secretary, the
term financial account means, with
respect to any financial institution, any
depository account maintained by such
financial institution; any custodial
account maintained by such financial
institution; and any equity or debt
interest in such financial institution
(other than interests which are regularly
traded on an established securities
market). In addition, the technical
explanation of the HIRE Act prepared by
the Joint Committee on Taxation states
that the Secretary may ‘‘prescribe
special rules addressing circumstances
in which certain categories of
companies, such as insurance
companies, are financial institutions or
the circumstances in which certain
contracts or policies, for example
annuity contracts or cash value life
insurance contracts, are financial
accounts or United States accounts
* * *.’’ Joint Committee on Taxation,
Technical Explanation of the Revenue
Provisions Contained in Senate
Amendment 3310, the ‘‘Hiring
Incentives to Restore Employment Act,’’
under Consideration by the Senate,’’
(JCX–4–10), February 23, 2010, at 44
(Technical Explanation).
Paragraph (b)(1) of § 1.1471–5 defines
the term financial account. First, the
proposed regulations define a
depository account to include a
commercial, checking, savings, time, or
thrift account, an account evidenced by
a certificate of deposit or similar
instruments, and any amount held with
an insurance company under an
agreement to pay interest. A custodial
account is defined to include an
account that holds any financial
instrument or contract held for
investment for the benefit of another
person. The proposed regulations
exclude from the definition of a
financial account certain savings
accounts (including both retirement and
pension accounts and nonretirement
savings accounts) that meet certain
requirements with respect to tax
treatment and the type and amount of
contributions. They also exclude any
account that otherwise constitutes a
financial account if it is held solely by
one or more exempt beneficial owners
described in § 1.1471–6 or by
nonparticipating FFIs that hold the
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9034
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
account as intermediaries solely on
behalf of one or more such owners.
Thus, a participating FFI need not
determine whether such an account is a
U.S. account or held by a recalcitrant
account holder.
The proposed regulations also provide
guidance on the treatment of debt or
equity as a financial account. First, as
provided in section 1471(d)(2)(C), debt
or equity that is regularly traded on an
established securities market is not a
financial account. For this purpose, debt
or equity interests are considered
regularly traded on an established
securities market if trades in such
interests are effected, other than in de
minimis quantities, on such market or
markets on at least 60 days during the
prior year, and the aggregate number of
such interests that are traded on such
market or markets during the prior year
is at least ten percent of the average
number of such interests outstanding
during the prior year.
Second, the proposed regulations
provide that an equity interest includes
a capital or profits interest in a
partnership and, in the case of a trust
that is a financial institution, the
interest of an owner under sections 671
through 679 and a beneficial interest in
a trust described in § 1.1473–1(b)(3).
Third, the proposed regulations
provide that an equity or debt interest
in a financial institution is a financial
account if it is an equity or debt interest
in a financial institution that is engaged
primarily in the business of investing,
reinvesting, or trading securities. In the
case of a financial institution that is
engaged in a banking or similar
business, holds financial assets for the
account of others, or is an insurance
company, equity or debt instruments in
such financial institution will constitute
financial accounts only if the value of
those interests is determined, directly or
indirectly, primarily by reference to
assets that give rise to withholdable
payments.
Finally, to address the circumstances
in which certain insurance or annuity
contracts are financial accounts,
paragraph (b)(1)(iv) includes in the
definition of a financial account
insurance contracts that include an
investment component—namely cash
value insurance contracts and annuity
contracts. The proposed regulations
exclude from the definition of financial
account insurance contracts that
provide pure insurance protection (such
as term life, disability, health, and
property and casualty insurance
contracts).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
C. U.S. Owned Foreign Entity
Paragraph (c) of § 1.1471–5 defines
the term U.S. owned foreign entity as
any foreign entity that has one or more
substantial U.S. owners. Additionally,
paragraph (c) provides that an ownerdocumented FFI will be treated as a U.S.
owned foreign entity if it has one or
more direct or indirect owners that are
specified U.S. persons, whether or not it
has a substantial U.S. owner.
D. Financial Institution and FFI
Section 1471(d)(4) and § 1.1471–5(d)
provide that an FFI means any financial
institution that is a foreign entity. A
territory financial institution is not an
FFI.
Section 1471(d)(5) provides that
except as otherwise provided by the
Secretary, the term financial institution
means any entity that: (i) Accepts
deposits in the ordinary course of a
banking or similar business; (ii) holds as
a substantial portion of its business
financial assets for the account of
others; or (iii) is engaged (or holding
itself out as being engaged) primarily in
the business of investing, reinvesting, or
trading in securities (as defined in
section 475(c)(2) without regard to the
last sentence thereof), partnership
interests, commodities (as defined in
section 475(e)(2)), or any interest
(including a futures or forward contract
or option) in such securities,
partnership interests, or commodities.
In addition, the Technical
Explanation states that the Secretary has
authority to ‘‘prescribe special rules
addressing circumstances in which
certain categories of companies, such as
insurance companies, are financial
institutions.’’ Technical Explanation, at
44.
Paragraph (e) of § 1.1471–5 provides
guidance on the types of entities that
constitute ‘‘financial institutions.’’
Paragraph (e)(2) lists the activities that
constitute a ‘‘banking or similar
business’’ for a deposit-taking
institution, and clarifies that entities
engaged in a banking or similar business
include, but are not limited to, entities
that would qualify as a ‘‘bank’’ under
section 585(a)(2) (including ‘‘banks’’ as
defined in section 581 and any
corporation to which section 581 would
apply except for the fact that it is a
foreign corporation). Instead, the
proposed regulations provide that the
determination of whether an entity
conducts a banking or similar business
is based on the character of the business
conducted, and the fact that the entity
is subject to local regulation is relevant,
but not necessarily determinative.
Paragraph (e)(3) defines what
constitutes holding financial assets as a
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
‘‘substantial portion’’ of an entity’s
business by reference to a bright line
test based on gross income. As in the
case of deposit-taking institutions, the
fact that an entity is subject to the
banking or credit laws of one or more
jurisdictions is relevant to, but not
necessarily determinative of, financial
institution status.
The proposed regulations also provide
guidance regarding whether an entity is
engaged primarily in the business of
investing, reinvesting, or trading
securities and other relevant assets.
Paragraph (e)(1)(iii) includes within the
types of securities that cause a financial
institution to be engaged primarily in
the business of investing, reinvesting, or
trading notional principal contracts and
insurance and annuity contracts that are
traded, held for investment, or
securitized. Paragraph (e)(4) provides
that an entity is engaged primarily in
the business of investing, reinvesting, or
trading if the entity’s gross income from
those activities is at least 50 percent of
the entity’s total gross income over the
testing period.
Paragraph (e)(1)(iv) of the proposed
regulations provides that an entity that
is an insurance company and issues (or
is obligated to make payments with
respect to) a cash value insurance policy
or an annuity contract is a financial
institution.
Finally, the proposed regulations
describe entities that are excluded from
the definition of a financial institution
and are treated as excepted NFFEs.
These entities are certain nonfinancial
holding companies, certain start-up
companies, nonfinancial entities that
are liquidating or emerging from
reorganization or bankruptcy, hedging/
financing centers of a nonfinancial
group, and entities described in section
501(c).
E. Deemed-Compliant FFIs
Paragraph (f) of § 1.1471–5 describes
the FFIs that will be deemed compliant
with the requirements of section
1471(b), and therefore exempt from
withholding under section 1471(a) and
(b). The categories of deemed-compliant
FFIs described in these proposed
regulations are broader than the
categories of deemed-compliant FFIs
described in Notice 2011–34. Paragraph
(f) provides for two general types of
deemed-compliant FFI: registered and
certified deemed-compliant FFIs. A
registered deemed-compliant FFI
generally is required to register with the
IRS to declare its status as deemedcompliant and to attest to the IRS that
it satisfies certain procedural
requirements. The categories of
registered deemed-compliant FFIs are
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
local FFIs, nonreporting members of
participating FFI groups, qualified
investment vehicles, restricted funds,
and FFIs that comply with the
requirements of section 1471(b) under
an agreement between the United States
and a foreign government.
To qualify as a local FFI, generally,
each FFI in the group (or in the case of
a standalone FFI, the FFI) must meet
certain licensing and regulation
requirements. In addition, it must have
no fixed place of business outside its
country of organization and must not
solicit account holders outside its
country of organization. In addition, 98
percent of the accounts maintained by
the FFI must be held by residents of the
FFI’s country of organization, and the
FFI must be subject to reporting or
withholding requirements in its country
of organization with respect to resident
accounts. For this purpose, an FFI that
is organized in a European Union (EU)
Member State may treat account holders
that are residents of other EU Member
States as residents of the country in
which the FFI is organized. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
included this rule for FFIs established
in EU Member States because financial
institutions in EU Member States have
common tax reporting or withholding
obligations with respect to EU residents.
A local FFI must also establish policies
and procedures to ensure that it does
not open or maintain accounts for
specified U.S. persons that are not
residents in the country in which the
FFI is organized, for nonparticipating
FFIs, or for entities controlled or
beneficially owned by specified U.S.
persons, and must perform due
diligence with respect to its entity
accounts and certain individual
accounts.
The registered deemed-compliant
category for nonreporting members of
participating FFI groups permits an FFI
that is a member of an expanded
affiliated group that includes at least
one participating FFI to become a
deemed-compliant FFI if it transfers any
preexisting accounts that are identified
under specified procedures as U.S.
accounts or accounts held by
nonparticipating FFIs to an affiliate that
is a participating FFI or U.S. financial
institution. Paragraph (f)(1)(i)(B) also
requires the nonreporting member to
implement policies and procedures to
ensure that if it opens or maintains any
U.S. accounts or accounts held by
nonparticipating FFIs, it either transfers
any such accounts to an affiliate that is
a participating FFI or U.S. financial
institution or becomes a participating
FFI itself, in either case within 90 days
of having opened the account or of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
having knowledge or reason to know of
a change in circumstances resulting in
an account becoming a U.S. account or
an account held by a nonparticipating
FFI. In response to comments, this type
of deemed-compliant FFI is not limited
to those FFIs that operate within a
single country and that solicit account
holders in such country, as was required
under Notice 2011–34.
Paragraph (f)(1)(i)(C) sets forth a
deemed-compliant category for qualified
investment vehicles. In general, an FFI
regulated as a collective investment
vehicle (CIV) is a qualified investment
vehicle if all holders of record of a
direct interest in the FFI are
participating FFIs, deemed-compliant
FFIs, or exempt beneficial owners.
In response to comments, paragraph
(f)(1)(i)(D) provides a separate deemedcompliant category for an FFI that is
regulated as an investment fund under
the law of its country of organization
and for which each distributor of the
investment fund’s interests is a
participating FFI, a registered deemedcompliant FFI, a nonregistering local
bank, or a restricted distributor (defined
in paragraph (f)(4)). Paragraph
(f)(1)(i)(D) requires that each agreement
that governs the distribution of the
investment fund’s debt or equity
interests (other than interests which are
both distributed by and held through a
participating FFI) prohibit sales of debt
or equity interests in the fund to U.S.
persons, nonparticipating FFIs, or
passive NFFEs with one or more
substantial U.S. owners, and its
prospectus must indicate that sales to
U.S. persons, passive NFFEs, and
nonparticipating FFIs (other than
interests which are both distributed by
and held through a participating FFI)
are prohibited. The FFI must also
establish procedures to review
preexisting direct accounts and ensure
proper treatment of new direct accounts.
Paragraph (f)(1)(ii) sets forth the
procedural requirements for registered
deemed-compliant FFIs and provides
that a registered deemed-compliant FFI
must certify to the IRS that it meets the
requirements of its applicable deemedcompliant category, agrees to the
conditions for deemed-compliant status,
and will renew its certification every
three years (or earlier if there is a change
in circumstance).
The certified categories of deemedcompliant FFIs are nonregistering local
banks, retirement plans, non-profit
organizations, certain ownerdocumented FFIs, and FFIs with only
low-value accounts. Institutions that
satisfy the requirements of these
categories are not required to register
with the IRS, but each will certify to the
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9035
withholding agent that it meets the
requirements of its certified deemedcompliant category on a Form W–8.
To qualify as a nonregistering local
bank, generally, a bank must offer basic
banking services, operate solely in its
country of incorporation (or if it is a
member of an expanded affiliated group,
all members must operate in the same
country), and the assets on each member
FFI’s balance sheet must be no more
than $175 million (and the entire
expanded affiliated group must have no
more than $500 million on their
combined balance sheets).
Paragraph (f)(2)(ii) describes the
requirements for retirement plans to
qualify for certified deemed-compliant
status. Generally, the FFI must be
organized for the provision of retirement
or pension benefits under the law of
each country in which it is established
or in which it operates. Contributions to
the FFI must consist only of employer,
government, or employee contributions
and must be limited by reference to
earned income. In addition, no single
beneficiary may have a right to more
than five percent of the FFI’s assets.
Finally, contributions to the FFI must be
excluded from the income of the
beneficiary and/or taxation of the
income attributable to the beneficiary
must be deferred under the laws of the
country in which the FFI is organized or
operates, or the FFI must receive 50
percent or more of its total contributions
from the government or employers.
Alternative criteria are provided for FFIs
that provide retirement or pension
benefits and that have fewer than 20
participants and meet certain other
requirements.
Paragraph (f)(2)(iii) describes the
requirements for non-profit
organizations to qualify for certified
deemed-compliant status. A non-profit
organization will qualify for certified
deemed-compliant status if it: (i) Is
established and maintained in its
country of residence exclusively for
religious, charitable, scientific, artistic,
cultural, or educational purposes; (ii) is
exempt from income tax in its country
of residence; (iii) has no shareholders or
members that have a proprietary interest
in its income or assets; and (iv) is
subject to restrictions preventing the
private inurement of its income and
assets.
Paragraph (f)(2)(iv) describes the
requirements for FFIs with only lowvalue accounts to qualify for certified
deemed-compliant status. An FFI with
only low-value accounts will qualify for
certified deemed-compliant status if: (i)
The FFI is an FFI solely because it
accepts deposits in the ordinary course
of a banking or similar business as
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9036
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
described in § 1.1471–5(e)(1)(i) or, as a
substantial portion of its business, holds
financial assets for the account of others
as described in § 1.1471–5(e)(ii); (ii) no
financial account maintained by the FFI
(or, in the case of an FFI that is a
member of an expanded affiliated group,
by any member of the expanded
affiliated group) has a balance or value
in excess of $50,000; and (iii) the FFI
has no more than $50 million in assets
on its balance sheet (and, in the case of
an FFI that is a member of an expanded
affiliated group, the entire expanded
affiliated group has no more than $50
million in assets on its consolidated or
combined balance sheet).
Paragraph (f)(3) provides, generally,
that an owner-documented FFI is
eligible for certified deemed-compliant
status if it is not described in § 1.1471–
5(e)(1)(i), (ii), or (iv) and is not affiliated
with another FFI described in those
sections, it maintains no financial
accounts for nonparticipating FFIs, it
does not issue debt that constitutes a
financial account in excess of $50,000 to
any person, it provides a withholding
agent with all required documentation
regarding its owners, and the
withholding agent agrees to report to the
IRS the information required with
respect to any of the owners of the
owner-documented FFI that are
specified U.S. persons. Because an
owner-documented FFI is required to
provide each withholding agent with
documentation and the withholding
agent must agree to report on behalf of
the owner-documented FFI, an ownerdocumented FFI may have certified
deemed-compliant status only with
respect to a specific withholding agent.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
are considering how to address specific
organizations or classes of organizations
that may not be deemed to comply with
the requirements of section 1471(b) due
to their use to circumvent the purposes
of chapter 4.
In addition, the Treasury Department
and the IRS are considering how the
conditions for deemed-compliant status
should apply where an FFI is described
in more than one subparagraph of
section 1471(d)(5), because, for
example, it accepts deposits in the
ordinary course of a banking business
and, as a substantial portion of its
business, holds financial assets for the
account of others.
F. Recalcitrant Account Holder
Paragraph (g) defines the term
recalcitrant account holder and
provides guidance on when an account
holder will be treated as recalcitrant.
Generally, a recalcitrant account holder
is any holder of an account maintained
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
by a participating FFI if the account
holder is not an FFI and the account
holder either (i) Fails to comply with
the participating FFI’s request for
documentation or information to
establish whether the account is a U.S.
account, (ii) fails to provide a valid
Form W–9 upon the request of the
participating FFI, (iii) fails to provide a
correct name and TIN upon request of
the FFI after the participating FFI
receives notice from the IRS indicating
a name/TIN mismatch, or (iv) fails to
provide a valid and effective waiver of
foreign law if foreign law prevents
reporting with respect to the account
holder by the participating FFI. The IRS
intends to extend the ‘‘B’’ notice process
currently used for name/TIN
mismatches in Form 1099 reporting to
the reporting of U.S. accounts and will
notify a participating FFI if a name and
TIN combination provided on a form is
incorrect. The Treasury Department and
the IRS are considering whether
participating FFIs should be required to
use the IRS on-line TIN matching
program to ensure that its U.S. account
holders have provided the correct name
and TIN combination prior to filing the
form for reporting U.S. accounts with
the IRS, but if this requirement were
adopted, it would begin no earlier than
January 1, 2015. Paragraph (g) also sets
forth the rules for when a participating
FFI will start and cease treating an
account holder as recalcitrant.
G. Passthru Payments
Paragraph (h) of § 1.1471–5 defines a
passthru payment as any withholdable
payment and any foreign passthru
payment. The proposed regulations
reserve on the definition of a foreign
passthru payment, but see the
discussions regarding the proposed
implementation of reporting on certain
foreign payments in section X of this
preamble and withholding in section
XIX of this preamble.
H. Expanded Affiliated Groups
Section 1471(e)(2) provides the
definition of an expanded affiliated
group for purposes of section 1471(e)
and chapter 4, and § 1.1471–5(i)
incorporates that definition.
VII. Section 1.1471–6—Exempt
Payments to Certain Beneficial Owners
Section 1.1471–6 describes classes of
beneficial owners that are exempt from
withholding under section 1471(a)
pursuant to section 1471(f) (exempt
beneficial owners). The classes of
persons treated as exempt beneficial
owners are: foreign governments,
political subdivisions of a foreign
government, and wholly owned
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
instrumentalities and agencies of a
foreign government; international
organizations and wholly owned
agencies or instrumentalities of an
international organization; foreign
central banks of issue; governments of
U.S. territories; and certain foreign
retirement plans.
In general, the principles of section
892 and the regulations thereunder
apply in determining whether a
beneficial owner qualifies as a foreign
government. The definition of a
controlled entity of a foreign
government has been expanded from the
definition set forth in § 1.892–2T to
include entities that are owned and
controlled by more than one foreign
sovereign, and paragraph (b)(5)
prescribes that such entities will qualify
as exempt beneficial owners except
when they are financial institutions
described in section 1471(d)(5)(A) or (B)
and the regulations thereunder. The
principles of section 7701(a)(18) and the
regulations thereunder generally apply
to determine whether a beneficial owner
qualifies as an international
organization. The principles of section
895 and the regulations thereunder
generally apply to determine whether a
beneficial owner qualifies as a foreign
central bank. Additionally, a foreign
central bank is exempt from
withholding under chapter 4 with
respect to income earned on collateral
held by the foreign central bank in the
normal course of its operations.
Under paragraph (f), certain foreign
retirement funds will qualify as exempt
beneficial owners. Specifically, a fund
that is eligible for the benefits of an
income tax treaty with the United States
with respect to income that the fund
derives from U.S. sources and that is
generally exempt from income tax in
that country is an exempt beneficial
owner if it operates principally to
administer or provide pension or
retirement benefits. A fund that is
formed for the provision of retirement or
pension benefits under the law of the
country in which it is established will
also qualify as an exempt beneficial
owner if: (i) It receives only employer,
government, or employee contributions
that are limited by reference to earned
income, (ii) no single beneficiary has a
right to more than five percent of the
fund’s assets, and (iii) its investment
income is exempt from tax under the
laws of the country in which it is
organized or in which it operates as a
result of its status as a retirement or
pension plan in that country, or it
receives 50 percent or more of its total
contributions from the government or
employers.
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
An entity that is described in
§ 1.1471–6(g) and is wholly owned by
one or more exempt beneficial owners is
also an exempt beneficial owner.
VIII. Section 1.1472–1—Withholdable
Payments to Non-Financial Foreign
Entities (NFFEs)
A. General Rules for Withholding Under
Section 1472
Section 1.1472–1 provides rules
regarding the withholding and reporting
requirements of section 1472. Except as
otherwise provided in section 1472 and
§ 1.1472–1, a withholding agent must
withhold tax of 30 percent of any
withholdable payment made to an
NFFE, unless the beneficial owner of
such payment is the NFFE or another
NFFE, the withholding agent can treat
the beneficial owner as an NFFE that
does not have any substantial U.S.
owners or as an NFFE that has
identified its substantial U.S. owners,
and the withholding agent reports the
required information with respect to any
substantial U.S. owners. Paragraph
(b)(2) also provides a rule to coordinate
the withholding obligations under these
proposed regulations with the
withholding obligations set forth in an
applicable FFI agreement for
withholdable payments made by a
participating FFI. In general, a
participating FFI that complies with its
FFI agreement is considered to have
satisfied its obligations under section
1472(a) and § 1.1472–1.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
C. Exceptions From Withholding Under
Section 1472
Paragraph (c) contains exceptions to
the withholding rules described in
§ 1.1472–1(b) for withholdable
payments made to certain excepted
NFFEs. Paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (vi)
of § 1.1472–1 identify categories of
entities that are exempt from
withholding under section 1472(a) and
(c). Paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of § 1.1472–1
expands the statutory exception to
include a government of a U.S. territory.
Paragraph (c)(1)(v) provides an
exception for an NFFE that is an active
NFFE. An active NFFE is any NFFE if
less than 50 percent of its gross income
for the calendar year is passive income
and less than 50 percent of its assets are
assets that produce or are held for the
production of dividends, interest, rents
and royalties (other than those derived
in the active conduct of a trade or
business), annuities, or other passive
income. Paragraph (c)(1)(vi) clarifies
that an entity that is the recipient and
beneficial owner of a withholdable
payment that is described in § 1.1471–
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
5(e)(5) shall not be subject to
withholding under section 1472.
Paragraph (c)(2) provides that
payments to a WP and a WT are not
subject to withholding under section
1472(a). This is because a WP or WT
must generally assume primary
withholding responsibilities with
respect to reportable amounts under
chapter 3 on behalf of their partners,
owners, or beneficiaries, respectively,
pursuant to their withholding
agreements with the IRS under section
1441. Because WP and WT agreements
are expected to be modified to take into
account withholding obligations under
chapter 4, it is not necessary to
withhold under section 1472(a) on
payments to such entities. Instead, the
WP or WT will be required to assume
primary chapter 4 withholding
responsibility and to identify the
chapter 4 status of its partners, owners,
or beneficiaries to determine whether it
must withhold under section 1471 or
1472.
D. Establishing When a Withholding
Agent May Treat a Withholdable
Payment as Made to a Payee
Paragraphs (d)(1) through (5) of
§ 1.1472–1 provide rules that clarify the
coordination between §§ 1.1472–1 and
1.1471–3. In general, for purposes of
§ 1.1472–1, a withholding agent may
treat the payee of a payment (as
determined under § 1.1471–3) as the
beneficial owner of the payment, and
must determine the chapter 4 status of
such payee in accordance with the rules
of § 1.1471–3. In addition, paragraph
(d)(5) provides that the presumption
rules under § 1.1471–3(f) must be
applied to determine the chapter 4
status of a payee when the withholding
agent does not have valid
documentation that it can rely upon to
determine the chapter 4 status of the
payee.
E. Information Reporting Requirement
Paragraph (e) of § 1.1472–1 provides
information reporting requirements with
respect to withholdable payments made
to a payee and the income tax filing
requirement of a withholding agent that
withholds under § 1.1472–1. In
addition, it sets forth the information
reporting rules with respect to
substantial U.S. owners of certain
NFFEs.
IX. Section 1.1473–1—Section 1473
Definitions
A. Withholdable Payment
Generally, paragraph (a) of § 1.1473–
1 defines withholdable payment as any
payment of U.S. source FDAP income
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9037
and any gross proceeds from the sale or
other disposition of any property which
may produce interest or dividends from
sources within the United States with
respect to a sale or disposition occurring
after December 31, 2014. For chapter 4
purposes, the term FDAP income means
fixed or determinable annual or periodic
income as defined for purposes of
chapter 3 (without regard to the
exemptions from withholding).
Paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B) clarifies that an
exclusion from withholding under
chapter 3 or an exclusion from taxation
under section 881 does not exclude
such amount from the definition of U.S.
source FDAP for the purpose of
determining whether a payment is a
withholdable payment under chapter 4.
In addition, paragraphs (a)(2)(vi) and
(a)(3)(iii)(B) provide that interest
accrued between payment dates is not
treated as FDAP, but is instead treated
as gross proceeds solely for purposes of
chapter 4.
To determine the source of income,
paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(A) cross-references
the rules provided in sections 861
through 865 and other relevant Code
provisions. However, as provided in
section 1473(1)(C), paragraph
(a)(2)(ii)(B) provides that interest
described in section 861(a)(1)(A)(i) or
(ii) (bank deposit interest paid with
respect to offshore accounts) is treated
as income from sources within the
United States for purposes of the
definition of withholdable payment.
Similar to the rule that applies for
purposes of withholding under chapter
3, paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(A) provides that if
a withholding agent cannot determine
the source of a payment at the time the
payment is made, the payment is treated
as U.S. source.
Generally, paragraph (a)(3) defines the
term sale or other disposition as any
sale, exchange, or other disposition that
requires the recognition of gain or loss
under section 1001 from property of a
type that can produce interest or
dividends from sources within the
United States. Paragraph (a)(3)(i)(C)
provides a special rule that limits gross
proceeds paid by a clearing organization
to the net amount paid or credited to an
account of a member of the clearing
organization if the clearing organization
settles sales and purchases of securities
between member organizations on a net
basis. Paragraph (a)(3)(ii) provides rules
for determining when property is of a
type that can produce interest or
dividends from sources within the
United States. Paragraph (a)(3)(iii)(A)
provides rules for determining when
gross proceeds are paid. Paragraph
(a)(3)(iii)(B) sets forth the rules for
determining the amount of gross
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
9038
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
proceeds from a sale or other
disposition.
Paragraph (a)(4) provides a list of
payments that are excluded from the
definition of withholdable payments.
This list includes original issue
discount from certain short-term
obligations, income that is taken into
account as effectively connected with
the conduct of a trade or business in the
United States, certain payments in the
ordinary course of the withholding
agent’s business, gross proceeds from
the sale of property that can produce
income that is excluded from the
definition of withholdable payment, and
certain broker transactions that involve
the sale of fractional shares. While the
proposed regulations do not explicitly
exempt payments with respect to State
and local bonds, interest on State and
local bonds is excluded from gross
income under section 103, and such
interest is thus not a withholdable
payment. Moreover, interest that is
excluded from gross income under
section 103 is not treated as gross
income from sources within the United
States under section 861(a), and thus
gross proceeds from the sale of bonds
that give rise to interest that is excluded
under section 103 are not withholdable
payments.
Paragraph (a)(5) provides special
payment rules for flow-through entities
with respect to U.S. source FDAP
income allocated to partners, owners,
and beneficiaries in these entities that
mirror the rules under § 1.1441–5.
Paragraph (a)(5) reserves on how
payments of gross proceeds are to be
allocated to such persons.
Paragraph (b)(3) provides the rules for
determining whether a specified U.S.
person will be treated as directly or
indirectly holding a beneficial interest
in a foreign trust. These rules are
generally coordinated with the rules
provided in the recently published
temporary regulations under section
6038D, regarding information reporting
requirements of certain U.S. persons
with respect to their interests in foreign
trusts. See TD 9567, 76 FR 78560
(December 19, 2011). Paragraph (b)(4)
provides a special rule under which a
beneficiary of a trust will not be treated
as a substantial U.S. owner if the
beneficiary has a right only to
discretionary distributions and receives,
directly or indirectly, discretionary trust
distributions that do not exceed $5,000
in a calendar year or if the beneficiary
has a right to mandatory distributions
and the value of such beneficiary’s
interest does not exceed $50,000.
Paragraph (b)(5) provides a special
rule for certain investment vehicles and
insurance companies that issue (or are
obligated to make payments with
respect to) cash value insurance or
annuity contracts. This rule applies the
rules of paragraph (b)(1)(i) through (iii)
with a threshold of zero percent, rather
than ten percent.
Paragraph (b)(6) specifies that a
foreign entity may determine if it has
one or more substantial U.S. owners on
either the last day of the foreign entity’s
accounting year or the date on which
the foreign entity provides
documentation to the withholding agent
that maintains the foreign entity’s
account.
B. Substantial U.S. Owner
Paragraph (b) provides the definition
of substantial U.S. owner. Generally, the
term substantial U.S. owner means any
specified U.S. person (as defined in
paragraph (c)) that owns, directly or
indirectly, more than ten percent of the
stock of a corporation, or with respect
to a partnership, more than ten percent
of the profits interests or capital
interests in such partnership. For trusts,
a substantial U.S. owner is any specified
U.S. person that holds, directly or
indirectly, more than ten percent by
value of the beneficial interests in such
trust, or with respect to a grantor trust,
any specified U.S. person that is an
owner of such grantor trust.
Paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) set forth
attribution rules to determine indirect
ownership of stock, partnership
interests, and beneficial trust interests.
These rules are based on the rules
provided in § 1.958–1 for determining
stock ownership of controlled foreign
corporations.
C. Specified U.S. Person
Paragraph (c) provides the definition
of specified U.S. person. A specified
U.S. person is any U.S. person except as
provided in paragraph (c). Persons
excluded from the definition of
specified U.S. person include:
corporations the stock of which is
regularly traded on an established
securities market; corporations that are
affiliates of such corporations;
organizations that are exempt from tax
under section 501(a); individual
retirement plans (as defined in section
7701(a)(37)); real estate investment
trusts (as defined in section 856);
regulated investment companies (as
defined in section 851); common trust
funds (as defined in section 584(a));
dealers in securities, commodities, or
notional principal contracts (as defined
in section 475(c) and (e)) and brokers (as
defined in section 6045(c) and § 1.6045–
1(a)(1)). The United States and its
wholly owned agencies or
instrumentalities are also excluded, as
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
are the States, the District of Columbia,
the U.S. territories, and any political
subdivision or wholly owned agency or
instrumentality of any of the foregoing.
D. Withholding Agent
Section 1473(4) defines a withholding
agent as any person, in whatever
capacity acting, having the control,
receipt, custody, disposal, or payment of
any withholdable payment. Paragraph
(d) incorporates this definition and
generally adopts rules similar to those
provided in the regulations under
chapter 3. Paragraph (d) specifically
includes participating FFIs and grantor
trusts in the definition of withholding
agent. Paragraph (d)(6) provides an
exception from withholding agent status
for individuals making payments that
are not in the ordinary course of the
individual’s trade or business.
E. Foreign Entity
Paragraph (e) defines the term foreign
entity as any entity that is not a U.S.
person, including a territory entity.
X. Section 1.1474–1—Liability for Tax
Withheld
Paragraph (a) provides that a
withholding agent that fails to deposit
tax that it is required to withhold under
chapter 4 is liable for such tax and
applicable penalties and additions to
tax. Paragraph (b) provides rules for a
withholding agent’s payment of
withholding tax. Paragraph (c)(1)
provides rules for the filing of income
tax returns by withholding agents for
years beginning with the 2014 calendar
year and prescribes the payments
required to be reported on such returns.
These rules generally mirror the rules
for returns that are filed under chapter
3. Such returns are required to be filed
on Form 1042, Annual Withholding Tax
Return for U.S. Source Income of
Foreign Persons, the same income tax
return described in § 1.1461–1(b)(1) for
withholding agents to report income
paid and taxes withheld under chapter
3. Paragraph (c)(2) prescribes the
requirements applicable to the filing of
an amended Form 1042.
Paragraph (d)(1) prescribes the
requirements for the filing of
information returns by withholding
agents to report payments subject to
reporting for chapter 4 purposes and the
recipients required to be reported on
those forms. The IRS anticipates that
such returns will be filed on Forms
1042–S, Foreign Person’s U.S. Source
Income Subject to Withholding. Because
many FFIs have systems designed to
comply with the current Forms 1042
and 1042–S requirements for purposes
of payments subject to reporting under
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
chapter 3, the IRS intends to modify the
current Form 1042–S used by
withholding agents for chapter 3
purposes to meet the additional
reporting requirements of chapter 4 and
to coordinate reporting in cases in
which withholding under both chapters
applies to a payment as described in
§ 1.1474–6.
Paragraph (d)(2) prescribes the
amounts required to be reported on
Forms 1042–S and provides for a
transitional rule for reporting in 2016
and 2017 requiring participating FFIs to
report on a payee-specific basis FDAP
income from foreign sources and ‘‘other
financial payments’’ made in the 2015
and 2016 calendar years to
nonparticipating FFIs. The definition of
the term ‘‘other financial payment’’ is
reserved, and comments are requested
on the types of payments that should be
included in this class of payments for
purposes of this reporting requirement.
Paragraph (d)(3) prescribes the
information required to be reported on
Form 1042–S and paragraph (d)(4)
prescribes the methods for reporting.
Paragraph (e) references the requirement
for filing Forms 1042–S on magnetic
media with respect to reporting by
financial institutions on such media
even when they file under 250 returns
for a year. These rules are provided in
§ 301.1474–1. Paragraph (f) provides for
the indemnification of a withholding
agent against claims for amounts
withheld pursuant to chapter 4.
Paragraph (g) provides for the same
extensions of time to file Forms 1042
and 1042–S as provided in § 1.1461–
1(g). Paragraph (h) states applicable
penalties and additions to tax related to
these requirements. Paragraph (i)
describes the reporting requirements of
a withholding agent that reports
information with respect to one or more
specified U.S. persons that hold an
interest in an entity that the
withholding agent treats as an ownerdocumented FFI.
XI. Section 1.1474–2—Adjustments for
Overwithholding and Underwithholding
of Tax
Section 1.1474–2 provides rules for
adjustments for overwithholding and
underwithholding of tax that are
substantially similar to the rules for
chapter 3 withholding under § 1.1461–
2, modified to reflect the purposes of
chapter 4. Specifically, the definition of
overwithholding under § 1.1461–2 has
been revised to clarify that for purposes
of chapter 4, overwithholding refers to
an amount actually withheld that is in
excess of both the amount required to be
withheld under chapter 4 and the actual
tax liability of the beneficial owner of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
the payment that was subject to
withholding under chapter 4.
Furthermore, in order to apply the
reimbursement and set-off procedure for
any overwithheld amount under chapter
4, the withholding agent must obtain
valid documentation from the beneficial
owner or payee to identify its chapter 4
status and determine that withholding
was not required. In addition, the time
period for applying the reimbursement
procedure under § 1.1474–2(a)(3) differs
from § 1.1461–2, because a withholding
agent may not reimburse itself by
reducing any deposit of tax unless the
reduction occurs before the earliest of
the due date for filing the Form 1042–
S for the calendar year of
overwithholding, the date that the Form
1042–S is actually filed by the
withholding agent, or the date Form
1042–S is furnished to the recipient.
XII. Section 1.1474–3—Withheld Tax as
a Credit to the Beneficial Owner of
Income
Section 1.1474–3 provides rules that
are substantially similar to the rules
under § 1.1462–1 relating to withheld
tax as a credit to the beneficial owner
of income. Paragraph (a) of § 1.1474–3
generally provides that the beneficial
owner of the income or payment to
which the withheld tax is attributable is
allowed a credit against such beneficial
owner’s income tax liability in the
amount of tax actually withheld under
chapter 4. In addition, the beneficial
owner shall include in gross income the
entire amount of income, if any, of the
payment subject to withholding under
chapter 4, including amounts that are
subject to withholding under the grossup formula in § 1.1473–1(a)(2)(v).
Paragraph (b) of § 1.1474–3 provides
that amounts withheld under chapter 4
are deemed to have been paid by the
beneficial owner of the item of income
subject to withholding under chapter 4.
XIII. Section 1.1474–4—Tax Paid Only
Once
Section 1.1474–4 provides that if the
tax required to be withheld under
chapter 4 is paid by the beneficial
owner, payee, or withholding agent, the
IRS may not collect from any other,
regardless of the original liability for the
tax. Furthermore, § 1.1471–4 provides
that the person who has an obligation to
withhold under chapter 4 and fails to do
so is not relieved from liability from
interest or penalties for the failure to
withhold.
XIV. Section 1.1474–5—Refunds or
Credits
Paragraph (a) of § 1.1474–5 provides
the general rule that if an overpayment
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9039
of tax results from the withholding of
tax under chapter 4, the beneficial
owner of an amount subject to
withholding may claim a refund or
credit for the overpayment of tax subject
to the requirements and limitations
described below and in accordance with
the rules under chapter 65. For this
purpose, a copy of Form 1042–S must
be attached to the beneficial owner’s
income tax return consistent with the
requirements described in § 301.6402–
3(e), which shall be amended to
conform to this requirement.
Section 1.1474–5 also provides that to
the extent the overpayment of tax was
paid by the withholding agent out of its
own funds, such amount may be
credited or refunded to the withholding
agent. However, paragraph (a) does not
permit a nonparticipating FFI that is a
withholding agent with respect to a
payment to claim a credit or refund.
Paragraph (a)(2) also provides that a
nonparticipating FFI that is the
beneficial owner of the payment to
which the withholding under chapter 4
is attributable is not entitled to a credit
or refund except to the extent it is
entitled to a reduced rate of withholding
by reason of any income tax treaty
obligation of the United States, and that
no interest shall be allowed or paid with
respect to such a credit or refund.
Furthermore, § 1.1474–5 implements
section 1474(b)(3) by requiring a
beneficial owner that is an entity, other
than an entity that is entitled to a
reduced rate of withholding by reason of
any income tax treaty obligation of the
United States, to certify to the IRS that
the entity does not have any substantial
U.S. owners or to identify its substantial
U.S. owners or to provide
documentation establishing that
withholding was not required (for
example, establishing an NFFE’s status
as an excepted NFFE).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
are considering what refund procedures
may be appropriate with respect to tax
withheld on payments to limited FFIs or
limited branches (including QIs that are
limited FFIs or that have limited
branches), and request comments
regarding the procedural safeguards that
should be put in place to prevent abuse.
XVI. Section 1.1474–6—Coordination of
Chapter 4 Withholding With Other
Withholding Provisions
Section 1.1474–6 coordinates
withholding under chapter 4 with
withholding under other provisions of
the Code. With respect to a payment
subject to withholding under § 1.1441–
2(a), paragraph (b)(1) provides that, to
the extent withholding is applied under
chapter 4 on a payment, a withholding
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9040
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
agent may credit the amount withheld
against the withholding agent’s liability
under section 1441 (or section 1442 or
1443) on the same payment. Paragraph
(b)(2) provides rules for purposes of
designating the withholding as having
been made under section 1441 (or
section 1442 or 1443) or chapter 4.
Paragraph (c) provides that an amount
subject to withholding under section
1445 is not subject to withholding under
chapter 4 and coordinates withholding
under chapter 4 with the rules provided
in § 1.1441–3(c) for distributions by
qualified investment entities and United
States real property holding
corporations (USRPHCs). Generally, to
the extent withholding under section
1441 is applicable to a distribution or a
portion of the distribution made by a
qualified investment entity or USRPHC,
the coordination rule described in
paragraph (b)(1) apply to such amounts.
Paragraph (c) also adopts the
intermediary reliance rule of § 1.1441–
3(c)(2)(ii)(C) with respect to
determinations made by a USRPHC
regarding the portion of the distribution
that is estimated to be a dividend.
Paragraph (d) generally provides that a
withholdable payment or a foreign
passthru payment subject to
withholding under section 1446 is not
subject to withholding under chapter 4
and reserves on the coordination of
withholding on distributions of gross
proceeds subject to tax under section
1446.
Paragraph (e) reserves on the
coordination of withholding under
chapter 4 for payments subject to
backup withholding under section 3406,
and the Treasury Department and the
IRS seek comments on how these
requirements should be coordinated in
light of the objectives of chapter 4
withholding. Paragraph (f) provides an
example of the application of the
coordination rules.
This section does not provide
coordination rules for withholding
under chapters 3 and 4 on substitute
payments that are part of a chain of
securities lending transactions using
identical securities. Notice 2010–46
outlined a proposed withholding and
reporting framework to reduce instances
of potential excessive or cascading
taxation and to properly account for the
role of financial intermediaries in
securities lending transactions. Notice
2010–46 also provided transitional rules
that taxpayers may rely on prior to the
publication of final regulations. The
proposed framework and the
transitional rules of Notice 2010–46 are
limited to withholding on substitute
dividend payments under chapter 3 and
do not address chapter 4 withholding.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
The Treasury Department and the IRS
invite comments on issues relating to
chapter 4 withholding in the context of
the transactions described in Notice
2010–46.
XVII. Section 1.1474–7—Confidentiality
of Information
Section 1.1474–7 provides that
information obtained to comply with
the requirements of chapter 4 may only
be used for that purpose or for purposes
permitted under section 6103.
Paragraph (a) incorporates the
regulation under § 1.3406(f)–1(a) for
confidentiality of information.
Consistent with section 1474(c)(2),
paragraph (b) provides an exception to
paragraph (a), permitting the disclosure
of the identity of a participating FFI or
deemed-compliant FFI.
XVIII. Section 301.1474–1—Required
Use of Magnetic Media for Financial
Institutions Filing Form 1042–S
Section 301.1474–1 provides that a
financial institution must file
electronically the information returns
with respect to withheld taxes for which
the institution is liable as a withholding
agent under section 1461 or 1474(a), as
the limitation for persons required to
file fewer than 250 returns during the
tax year does not apply.
Paragraph (b) provides that the
Commissioner may grant hardship
waivers from the requirement to file
electronically, although it is intended
that these waivers be granted only in
exceptional cases. The Treasury
Department and the IRS intend to issue
published guidance setting forth the
procedures by which a taxpayer may
request a hardship waiver. Comments
are requested regarding the waiver
provision in this regulation.
Paragraph (c) provides that penalties
may be imposed under sections 6723
and 6724 on a financial institution that
fails to comply with this electronic
filing requirement.
XIX. Future Guidance & Further
Requests for Comments
The Treasury Department and the IRS
expect to issue future guidance on
topics not covered in these proposed
regulations. This guidance will take a
variety of forms. For example, the IRS
expects to issue a draft model FFI
agreement and draft forms relating to
chapter 4 reporting. In addition, future
regulations will provide guidance on
substantive and procedural issues not
addressed in these proposed
regulations. The discussion below
addresses certain significant aspects of
future guidance.
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
A. Registration Process Preview
1. Registering as Participating FFIs or
Deemed-Compliant Entities
The IRS will make available an online
process for registering FFIs as
participating FFIs or deemed-compliant
FFIs no later than January 1, 2013. The
online process will allow each FFI to
register for participating, limited, or
registered deemed-compliant FFI status,
enter into an FFI agreement, complete a
required certification, and obtain an
FFI–EIN, if applicable. Special
registration procedures must be
followed by FFIs that are members of an
expanded affiliated group (FFI group).
As part of the registration process, an
online FFI account will be created by
the IRS for each FFI, and it is
anticipated that FFIs will be able to
manage their account information,
including making annual certifications,
if required, electronically. The online
account will allow the IRS and FFIs to
more effectively manage and update FFI
information to ensure that it is current.
2. Expanded Affiliated Groups
Each member of an FFI group must
designate a lead FFI (Lead FFI) to
initiate and manage the online
registration process for the FFI group.
The Lead FFI that assumes this role
must enter the system to register itself
and, as part of that process, identify
each FFI that is a member of the FFI
group (FFI Member) that will register for
participating, limited, or registered
deemed-compliant FFI status. Each FFI
member, including the Lead FFI, will be
assigned a unique FATCA identifier
(FATCA ID) to be used in completing
the registration process and associating
FFI group members with the FFI group.
Each FFI Member must enter the online
registration system to complete its
registration as a participating FFI,
limited FFI, or registered deemedcompliant FFI. The Lead FFI will be
responsible for managing the FFI group
information and will be able to add or
remove members from the FFI group to
reflect updated information. For the
registration of any FFI member to be
complete, and for its chapter 4 status as
a participating, limited, or deemedcompliant FFI to be obtained, each FFI
member must have completed its
registration process.
More information about the online
registration process will be provided in
future guidance and instructions to the
registration form.
B. QIs, WPs, and WTs
Apart from any period of limited FFI
status, an FFI that is a QI, WP, or WT
will be required to fulfill the chapter 4
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
reporting and withholding requirements
of a participating FFI to retain its status
under chapter 3. The IRS intends to
amend each of these withholding
agreements to incorporate the
requirements of a participating FFI
under chapter 4. The Treasury
Department and the IRS also intend for
this purpose to modify the descriptions
of the QI, WP, and WT agreements
under §§ 1.1441–1(e)(5), 1.1441–5(c)(2),
and 1.1441–5(e)(5)(v), respectively.
Additionally, the Treasury Department
and the IRS are considering, as an
alternative to external audits,
coordinating the audit requirements for
QIs, WPs, and WTs (including their
chapter 3 requirements) with the
verification procedures described in
§ 1.1471–4(a)(6) applicable to other
participating FFIs. Comments are
requested on these requirements,
including reasonably objective
standards under which such entities
(and other participating FFIs) would
determine whether they have found
material failures in their compliance
with the requirements of their
respective agreements warranting
disclosure to the IRS (as referenced in
§ 1.1471–4(a)(6)).
C. Withholding Certificates
The IRS anticipates that the Form W–
8 series will be updated to request
additional information from a taxpayer
that would be relevant to establishing a
taxpayer’s chapter 4 status, for example,
by including a new field for an FFI–EIN.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
D. Additional Categories of DeemedCompliant FFIs
The Treasury Department and the IRS
request comments regarding whether
there should be additional categories of
deemed-compliant FFIs not addressed
in the proposed regulations.
Consideration is being given, for
example, to providing a category of
deemed-compliant FFIs for entities that
issue certain insurance or annuity
contracts that has requirements that are
analogous to the requirements for local
FFIs.
E. Passthru Payments
While these proposed regulations
provide that withholding on passthru
payments will begin no sooner than
January 1, 2017, the Treasury
Department and the IRS are considering
ways to ease the compliance burdens
associated with passthru payment
withholding. Among the alternatives the
Treasury Department and the IRS are
considering is whether to allow certain
FFIs to rely upon a safe harbor passthru
percentage if the FFI does not elect to
calculate its exact passthru percentage.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
In addition, the Treasury Department
and the IRS are considering whether
and to what extent to allow rounding
conventions to limit the number of
possible passthru percentages that could
apply. Comments are requested on these
and other recommendations to ease the
compliance burden associated with
foreign passthru payment withholding.
In addition, future guidance will
prevent U.S. and territory financial
institutions from serving as ‘‘blockers’’
with respect to foreign passthru
payment reporting and withholding.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
are aware that, because a U.S.
withholding agent is currently required
to withhold only with respect to
withholdable payments, while a
participating FFI is generally required to
withhold on all foreign passthru
payments, this creates the potential for
FFIs to use U.S. withholding agents as
‘‘blockers’’ for foreign passthru
payments made to nonparticipating
FFIs. The Treasury Department and the
IRS are assessing various options to
address this issue, including expanding
the definition of withholdable
payments, or requiring FFIs to perform
withholding on foreign passthru
payments made to U.S. withholding
agents acting as intermediaries.
Comments are requested regarding
possible approaches to address this
issue.
F. Gross Proceeds
Section 1.1473–1(a)(5)(vii) reserves on
the issue of how a withholding agent
that is a flow-through entity determines
the amount of gross proceeds allocable
to a partner, beneficiary, or owner in the
entity for purposes of the withholding
requirements of chapter 4. The Treasury
Department and the IRS request
additional comments regarding methods
to determine the amount of gross
proceeds in such cases that are
administratively feasible and that do not
inappropriately favor investment in U.S.
assets through flow-through entities
over direct investment with respect to
the withholding requirements of chapter
4.
G. Grandfathered Obligations
Section 1.1471–2(b) provides an
exemption from withholding for certain
grandfathered obligations but does not
include in the definition of a
grandfathered obligation any interest in
an entity that is treated as equity for
U.S. tax purposes, regardless of whether
such entity holds assets that give rise to
grandfathered payments. The Treasury
Department and the IRS request
comments on whether it is appropriate
to treat as grandfathered obligations
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9041
certain equity interests in securitization
vehicles that invest solely in debt and
similar instruments if such vehicles will
liquidate within a specified time frame
given the types of investments they hold
and the extent of their reinvestment in
other assets, and, if so, the appropriate
limitations on such treatment to prevent
abuse.
Proposed Effective/Applicability Date
The proposed regulations generally
are proposed to apply on the date of
publication of the Treasury decision
adopting these rules as final regulations
in the Federal Register. The
requirements imposed by individual
sections of these proposed regulations
are proposed to take effect in
accordance with the dates provided in
those sections, as described in the
preamble.
Special Analyses
It has been determined that this notice
of proposed rulemaking is not a
significant regulatory action as defined
in Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a
regulatory assessment is not required. It
has also been determined that section
553(b) of the Administrative Procedure
Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply
to these regulations.
The collection of information in these
proposed regulations is contained, inter
alia, in §§ 1.1471–2, 1.1471–3, 1.1471–
4, 1.1472–1, and 1.1474–1. The IRS
intends that these information
collection requirements will be satisfied
by persons complying with either
revised chapter 3 reporting forms, new
reporting forms based on final chapter 4
regulatory guidance, or the terms,
conditions, and requirements of an FFI
agreement that satisfies the
requirements of a Model FFI Agreement
to be issued in an IRS Revenue
Procedure. As a result, for purposes of
the Paperwork Reduction Act, the
reporting burden associated with the
collection of information in these
proposed regulations will be reflected in
the OMB Form 83–1, Paperwork
Reduction Act Submission, associated
with a new or revised form or the Model
FFI Agreement.
It is hereby certified that the
collection of information in this notice
of proposed rulemaking will not have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities
within the meaning of section 601(6) of
the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C.
chapter 6). Although the Treasury
Department and the IRS anticipate that
a substantial number of domestic small
entities will be affected by the collection
of information in this notice of proposed
rulemaking, both the Treasury
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
9042
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Comments and Public Hearing
While taxpayers are not required to
submit comments and recommendations
in any particular format, it would
facilitate their review if comments
follow these guidelines: (1) No general
summary of chapter 4’s provisions or
the contents of the FATCA Notices is
required; (2) comments and
recommendations should be ordered
starting with comments requested in the
preamble and then based on the order
of the proposed regulations, including a
reference to the regulations that
pinpoints the narrowest relevant
section, subsection, paragraph, or
further subdivision applicable to the
comment or recommendation; and (3)
recommendations should be set off and
numbered sequentially throughout the
comment letter. It is hoped that these
guidelines will ease the burden in
producing comments and facilitate the
assessment thereof.
A public hearing has been scheduled
for May 15, 2012, beginning at 10 a.m.
in the Auditorium, Internal Revenue
Building, 1111 Constitution Avenue
NW., Washington, DC. Due to building
security procedures, visitors must enter
at the Constitution Avenue entrance. In
addition, all visitors must present photo
identification to enter the building.
Because of access restrictions, visitors
will not be admitted beyond the
immediate entrance area more than 30
minutes before the hearing starts. For
information about having your name
placed on the building access list to
attend the hearing, see the FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT section of this
preamble.
The rules of 26 CFR 601.601(a)(3)
apply to the hearing. Persons who wish
to present oral comments at the hearing
must submit electronic or written
comments by April 30, 2012, and an
outline of the topics to be discussed and
the time to be devoted to each topic
(signed original and eight (8) copies) by
May 1, 2012. A period of 10 minutes
will be allotted to each person for
making comments. An agenda showing
the scheduling of the speakers will be
prepared after the deadline for receiving
outlines has passed. Copies of the
agenda will be available free of charge
at the hearing.
Before these proposed regulations are
adopted as final regulations,
consideration will be given to any
written (a signed original and eight (8)
copies) or electronic comments that are
submitted timely to the IRS. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
request comments on all aspects of the
proposed regulations. All comments
will be available for public inspection
and copying.
Drafting Information
The principal author of the
regulations under sections 1471 through
1474 is John Sweeney, Office of
Associate Chief Counsel (International).
However, other personnel from the IRS
and the Treasury Department
participated significantly in their
development.
The principal author of § 301.1474–1
is Michael E. Hara, Office of the
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Department and the IRS believe that the
economic impact to these entities
resulting from this notice of proposed
rulemaking’s information collection
requirements will not be significant.
The domestic small business entities
that are subject to chapter 4 and this
notice of proposed rulemaking are those
domestic business entities that are
payors of U.S. source FDAP income that
are presently subject to the information
collection and reporting rules under
chapter 3. These domestic small
business entities must be familiar with
chapter 3’s information collection and
reporting rules and forms so as to
determine a payee’s U.S. withholding
status and, based on that status,
withhold and remit the proper amount
of tax on payments of U.S. source FDAP
income. Small domestic business
entities that are payors of U.S. source
FDAP income have developed and
implemented internal reporting and
information collection systems under
which the business entity satisfies its
chapter 3 payee identification,
withholding, and tax remittance
requirements.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
intend to revise the present chapter 3
reporting forms, with the revised forms
being used by a payor of U.S. source
FDAP income to satisfy the payor’s
obligations under chapters 3 and 4. As
a result, this notice of proposed
rulemaking’s information collection
requirements build on reporting and
information collection systems familiar
to and currently used by payors of U.S.
source FDAP income that are domestic
small business entities, thereby
reducing the burden imposed on
domestic small business entities.
Therefore, a Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis under the Regulatory
Flexibility Act is not required. Pursuant
to section 7805(f), this notice of
proposed rulemaking has been
submitted to the Chief Counsel for
Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration for comment on its
impact on small businesses. The IRS
invites the public to comment on this
certification.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and
Administration).
List of Subjects
26 CFR Part 1
Income taxes, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
26 CFR Part 301
Employment taxes, Estate taxes,
Excise taxes, Gift taxes, Income taxes,
Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
Proposed Amendments to the
Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR parts 1 and 301
are proposed to be amended as follows:
PART 1—INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1. The authority citation
for part 1 is amended by adding entries
in numerical order to read in part as
follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Section 1.1471–1 is also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1471.
Section 1.1471–2 is also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1471.
Section 1.1471–3 is also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1471.
Section 1.1471–4 is also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1471.
Section 1.1471–5 is also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1471.
Section 1.1471–6 is also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1471.
Section 1.1472–1 is also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1472.
Section 1.1473–1 is also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1473.
Section 1.1474–1 is also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1474.
Section 1.1474–2 is also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1474.
Section 1.1474–3 is also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1474.
Section 1.1474–4 is also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1474.
Section 1.1474–5 is also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1474.
Section 1.1474–6 is also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1474.
Section 1.1474–7 is also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1474.
Section 301.1474–1 is also issued under 26
U.S.C.1474 * * *
Par. 2. Section 1.1471–0 is added to
read as follows.
§ 1.1471–0 Outline of regulation provisions
for section 1471.
This section lists captions contained
in §§ 1.1471–1 through 1.1471–4.
§ 1.1471–1 Scope of chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code provisions and
definitions.
(a) Purpose and scope of chapter 4 of
the Internal Revenue Code regulations.
(b) Definitions.
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(1) Account.
(i) Account.
(ii) Custodial account.
(iii) Depository account.
(iv) Dormant account.
(v) U.S. account.
(2) Account holder.
(3) AML due diligence.
(4) Annuity contract.
(5) Beneficial owner.
(6) Broker.
(7) Chapter 3.
(8) Chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue
Code.
(9) Chapter 4 reportable amount.
(10) Chapter 4 status.
(11) Complex trust.
(12) Customer master file.
(13) Documentary evidence.
(14) Documentation.
(15) EIN.
(16) Electronically searchable
information.
(17) Entity.
(18) Excepted FFI.
(19) Exempt beneficial owner.
(20) Expanded affiliated group.
(21) FATF.
(22) FATF-compliant.
(23) FFI.
(i) Deemed-compliant FFI.
(A) Certified deemed-compliant FFI.
(B) Registered deemed-compliant FFI.
(ii) Limited Branch.
(iii) Limited FFI.
(iv) Nonparticipating FFI.
(v) Participating FFI.
(24) FFI agreement.
(25) FFI–EIN.
(26) Financial account.
(27) Financial institution.
(28) Flow-through entity.
(29) Foreign entity.
(30) Foreign passthru payment.
(31) Grantor trust.
(32) Gross proceeds.
(33) Insurance company.
(34) Intermediary.
(i) NQI.
(ii) QI.
(35) Life insurance contract.
(36) NFFE.
(i) Active NFFE.
(ii) Excepted NFFE.
(iii) Passive NFFE.
(37) NQI withholding statement
(38) NWP.
(39) NWT.
(40) Offshore obligation.
(41) Participating FFI group.
(42) Partnership.
(43) Passthru payment.
(44) Payee.
(i) U.S. payee.
(ii) Foreign payee.
(45) Payor.
(46) Person.
(i) U.S. person.
(ii) Foreign person.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(47) Possession of the United States.
(48) Preexisting obligation.
(49) Preexisting entity account.
(50) Preexisting individual account.
(51) QI agreement.
(52) Recalcitrant account holder.
(53) Relationship manager.
(54) Simple trust.
(55) Specified U.S. person.
(56) Standardized industry code.
(57) Substantial U.S. owner.
(58) Territory entity.
(59) Territory financial institution.
(60) Territory NFFE.
(61) TIN.
(62) U.S. owned foreign entity.
(63) U.S. financial institution.
(64) U.S. payor.
(65) U.S. source FDAP income.
(66) Withholdable payment.
(67) Withholding.
(68) Withholding agent.
(69) Withholding certificate.
(i) Flow-through withholding
certificate.
(ii) Intermediary withholding
certificate.
(70) WP.
(71) WT.
(c) Effective/applicability date.
§ 1.1471–2 Requirement to deduct and
withhold tax on withholdable payments to
certain FFIs.
(a) Requirement to withhold on
payments to FFIs.
(1) General rule of withholding.
(2) Special withholding rules.
(i) Requirement to withhold on
payments of U.S. source FDAP to
participating FFIs that are NQIs, NWPs,
or NWTs.
(ii) Residual withholding
responsibility of intermediaries and
flow-through entities.
(iii) Withholding on certain payments
to QIs.
(A) QIs making an election under
section 1471(b)(3).
(B) Special rule for QIs that are not
FFIs.
(iv) Withholding obligation of a
territory financial institution.
(v) Payments of gross proceeds.
(3) Coordination of withholding under
section 1471(a) and (b).
(4) Payments for which no
withholding is required.
(i) Exception to withholding if the
withholding agent lacks control,
custody, or knowledge.
(A) In general.
(B) Example.
(ii) Transitional exception to
withholding for certain payments made
prior to January 1, 2015.
(A) In general.
(B) Prima facie FFIs.
(iii) Payments to a participating FFI.
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9043
(iv) Payments to a deemed-compliant
FFI.
(v) Payments to an exempt beneficial
owner.
(vi) Payments to a territory financial
institution.
(b) Grandfathered obligations.
(1) Grandfathered treatment of
outstanding obligations.
(2) Definitions.
(i) Grandfathered obligation.
(ii) Obligation.
(iii) Outstanding on January 1, 2013.
(iv) Material modification.
(3) Application to flow-through
entities.
(i) Partnerships.
(ii) Simple trusts.
(iii) Grantor trusts.
(c) Effective/applicability date.
§ 1.1471–3
Identification of payee.
(a) Payee defined.
(1) In general.
(2) Payee with respect to a financial
account.
(3) Exceptions.
(i) Certain foreign agents or
intermediaries.
(ii) Foreign flow-through entity.
(iii) U.S. intermediary or agent of a
foreign person.
(iv) Territory financial institution.
(v) Disregarded entity or branch.
(vi) U.S. branch of certain foreign
banks or insurance companies.
(vii) Foreign branch of a U.S. financial
institution.
(b) Determination of payee’s status.
(1) Determining whether a payment is
received by an intermediary.
(2) Determination of entity type.
(3) Determination of whether the
payment is made to a QI, WP, or WT.
(4) Determination of whether the
payee is receiving effectively connected
income.
(c) Rules for reliably associating a
payment with a withholding certificate
or other appropriate documentation.
(1) In general.
(2) Reliably associating a payment
with documentation when a payment is
made through an intermediary or flowthrough entity that is not the payee.
(3) Requirements for validity of
certificates.
(i) Form W–9.
(ii) Beneficial owner withholding
certificate (Form W–8BEN).
(iii) Withholding certificate of an
intermediary, flow-through entity, or
U.S. branch (Form W–8IMY).
(A) In general.
(B) Withholding statement.
(1) In general.
(2) Special requirements for an FFI
withholding statement.
(3) Special requirements for an NFFE
withholding statement.
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9044
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(4) Special requirements for a territory
institution withholding statement.
(5) Special requirements for an
exempt beneficial owner withholding
statement.
(C) Failure to provide allocation
information.
(D) Special rules applicable to a
withholding certificate of a QI that
assumes primary withholding
responsibility under chapter 3.
(E) Special rules applicable to a
withholding certificate of a QI that does
not assume primary withholding
responsibility under chapter 3.
(F) Special rules applicable to a
withholding certificate of a territory
financial institution that agrees to be
treated as a U.S. person for purposes of
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code.
(G) Special rules applicable to a
withholding certificate of a territory
financial institution that does not agree
to be treated as a U.S. person for
purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code.
(iv) Certificate for exempt status
(Form W–8EXP).
(v) Certificate for effectively
connected income (Form W–8ECI).
(4) Requirements for written
statements.
(5) Requirements for documentary
evidence.
(6) Applicable rules for withholding
certificates, written statements, and
documentary evidence.
(i) Who may sign the certificate or
written statement.
(ii) Period of validity.
(A) Withholding certificates.
(B) Written statements.
(C) Documentary evidence.
(D) Change of circumstances.
(1) Defined.
(2) Obligation to notify withholding
agent of a change in circumstances.
(3) Withholding agent’s obligation
with respect to a change in
circumstances.
(iii) Record retention.
(iv) Electronic transmission of
withholding certificate, written
statement, and documentary evidence.
(v) Acceptable substitute withholding
certificate.
(vi) Documentation to be furnished for
each account unless exception applies.
(vii) Reliance on a prior version of a
withholding certificate.
(7) Documentation received after the
time of payment.
(d) Documentation requirements to
establish payee’s chapter 4 status.
(1) Identification of U.S. persons.
(2) Identification of foreign
individuals.
(i) In general.
(ii) Transitional exceptions for
payments made prior to January 1, 2017,
with respect to preexisting obligations.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(iii) Exception for offshore
obligations.
(3) Identification of participating FFIs.
(i) In general.
(ii) Transitional exception for
payments made prior to January 1, 2017,
with respect to preexisting obligations.
(4) Identification of nonparticipating
FFIs.
(i) In general.
(ii) Special documentation rules for
payments made to an exempt beneficial
owner through a nonparticipating FFI.
(5) Identification of registered
deemed-compliant FFIs.
(i) In general.
(ii) Transitional exception for
payments made prior to January 1, 2017,
with respect to preexisting obligations.
(6) Identification of certified deemedcompliant FFIs.
(i) Identification of nonregistering
local banks.
(ii) Identification of retirement plans.
(A) In general.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations.
(iii) Identification of non-profit
organizations.
(A) In general.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations.
(iv) Identification of FFIs with only
low-value accounts.
(7) Identification of ownerdocumented FFIs.
(i) In general.
(ii) Auditor’s letter substitute.
(iii) Documentation for owners of
payee.
(iv) Content of FFI owner reporting
requirement.
(v) Exception for preexisting
obligations.
(8) Identification of exempt beneficial
owners.
(i) Identification of foreign
governments and governments of U.S.
possessions.
(A) In general.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations.
(ii) Identification of international
organizations.
(iii) Identification of foreign central
banks of issue.
(A) In general.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations.
(iv) Identification of retirement funds.
(A) In general.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations.
(v) Identification of entities wholly
owned by exempt beneficial owners.
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(9) Identification of excepted FFIs.
(i) Identification of nonfinancial
holding companies.
(A) In general.
(B) Exceptions for offshore
obligations.
(ii) Identification of start-up
companies.
(A) In general.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting
obligations.
(iii) Identification of certain
nonfinancial entities in liquidation or
bankruptcy.
(A) In general.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations.
(iv) Identification of hedging/
financing centers of nonfinancial
groups.
(A) In general.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(v) Identification of section 501(c)
organizations.
(A) In general
(B) Reason to know.
(10) Identification of territory
financial institutions.
(i) Identification of territory financial
institutions that are beneficial owners.
(A) In general.
(B) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations.
(ii) Identification of territory financial
institutions acting as intermediaries or
that are flow-through entities.
(iii) Reason to know.
(11) Identification of NFFEs.
(i) Identification of NFFEs that are
publicly traded corporations.
(A) Transitional exception for
payments made prior to January 1, 2017,
with respect to preexisting obligations.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations.
(ii) Identification of NFFE affiliates.
(A) Transitional exception for
payments made prior to January 1, 2017,
with respect to preexisting obligations.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations.
(iii) Identification of territory NFFEs.
(A) Exception for offshore obligations.
(B) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations of $1,000,000 or less.
(iv) Identification of active NFFEs.
(A) Transitional exception for
payments made prior to January 1, 2017,
with respect to preexisting obligations.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations.
(v) Identification of excepted NFFEs
described in § 1.1472–1(c)(1)(iv).
(vi) Identification of passive NFFEs.
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(A) Transitional exception for
payments made prior to January 1, 2017,
to preexisting obligations.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Special rule for preexisting
offshore obligations.
(D) Required owner certification for
passive NFFEs.
(1) In general.
(2) Exception for preexisting
obligations of $1,000,000 or less.
(e) Standards of knowledge.
(1) In general.
(2) Notification by the IRS.
(3) FFI–EIN.
(i) In general.
(ii) Special requirements applicable
prior to January 2, 2016.
(4) Reason to know.
(i) Standards of knowledge applicable
to withholding certificates.
(A) In general.
(B) U.S. address or telephone number.
(1) Presumption of individual’s
foreign status.
(2) Presumption of entity’s foreign
status.
(C) U.S. place of birth.
(1) Accounts opened on or after
January 1, 2013.
(2) Accounts opened prior to January
1, 2013.
(D) Standing instructions with respect
to offshore obligations.
(ii) Standard of knowledge applicable
to documentary evidence.
(A) In general.
(B) Establishment of foreign status.
(C) U.S. place of birth.
(1) Accounts opened on or after
January 1, 2013.
(2) Accounts opened prior to January
1, 2013.
(D) Standing instructions.
(iii) Information conflicting with
payee’s claim of chapter 4 status.
(iv) Conduit financing arrangements.
(v) Additional guidance.
(f) Presumptions regarding payee’s
status in the absence of documentation.
(1) In general.
(2) Presumptions of classification as
an individual or entity.
(3) Presumptions of U.S. or foreign
status.
(i) Payments to entities with indicia of
foreign status.
(ii) Payments to certain exempt
recipients.
(iii) Payments with respect to offshore
obligations.
(4) Presumption of chapter 4 status for
a foreign entity.
(5) Presumption of status as an
intermediary.
(6) Joint payees.
(i) In general.
(ii) Exception for offshore obligations.
(7) Rebuttal of presumptions.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(8) Effect of reliance on presumptions
and of actual knowledge or reason to
know otherwise.
(i) In general.
(ii) Actual knowledge or reason to
know that amount of withholding is
greater than is required under the
presumptions or that reporting of the
payment is required.
(g) Effective/applicability date.
§ 1.1471–4
FFI agreement.
(a) In general.
(1) Withholding.
(2) Identification and documentation
of account holders.
(3) Reporting.
(4) Expanded affiliated group.
(5) Waiver.
(6) Verification.
(7) Event of default.
(8) Requests for additional
information.
(b) Withholding requirements under
the FFI agreement.
(1) In general.
(2) Withholdable payments
requirements.
(3) Foreign passthru payment.
[Reserved].
(4) Dormant accounts.
(5) Special withholding rules for U.S.
branches
(6) Special withholding rules for
participating FFIs with limited branches
and affiliates that are limited FFIs.
(c) Due diligence for the identification
of account holders under the FFI
agreement.
(1) Scope of paragraph.
(2) Requirements with respect to the
identification of account holders.
(i) In general.
(ii) Standards of knowledge.
(iii) Change in circumstances.
(iv) Record retention.
(3) Identification procedure and
documentation for entity accounts.
(i) In general.
(ii) Documentation exception for
certain preexisting entity accounts.
(A) Previously identified accounts.
(B) Account threshold.
(1) In general.
(2) Aggregation of entity accounts.
(3) Special aggregation rule applicable
to relationship managers.
(4) Election to forgo exception.
(4) Identification procedure and
documentation for individual accounts.
(i) In general.
(A) U.S. indicia.
(B) Documentation required for U.S.
indicia.
(ii) Preexisting accounts of individual
account holders documented as U.S.
accounts.
(iii) Exception for certain preexisting
accounts of individual account holders
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9045
other than accounts described in
§ 1.1471–4(c)(4)(iv).
(A) Account threshold.
(B) Aggregation of individual
accounts.
(C) Special aggregation rule applicable
to relationship managers.
(iv) Exception for certain cash value
insurance or annuity contracts of
individual account holders that are
preexisting obligations.
(A) Individuals.
(B) Account threshold.
(1) In general.
(2) Aggregation of accounts.
(3) Special aggregation rules
applicable to relationship managers.
(v) Election to forgo exception.
(5) Currency translation.
(6) Examples.
(7) Alternative identification
procedure for preexisting individual
accounts that are offshore obligations.
(i) In general.
(ii) Electronic search.
(8) Additional enhanced review for
high-value accounts.
(i) In general.
(ii) Relationship manager inquiry.
(iii) Enhanced review.
(A) In general.
(B) Limitations on the enhanced
review.
(iv) Exception for certain documented
accounts of individual account holders.
(9) Exception for preexisting accounts
that a participating FFI has documented
as held by foreign individuals for
purposes of meeting its obligations
under chapter 61 or its QI, WP, or WT
agreement.
(10) Certification of responsible
officer.
(d) Account reporting under FFI
agreement.
(1) Scope of paragraph.
(2) Reporting requirements in general.
(i) Accounts subject to reporting.
(ii) Financial institution required to
report an account.
(A) In general.
(B) Special reporting of account
holders of territory financial
institutions.
(C) Election for branch reporting.
(iii) Special rules for U.S. payors.
(A) Special reporting rule for U.S.
payors other than U.S. branches.
(B) Special reporting rule for U.S.
branches.
(iv) Accounts maintained for ownerdocumented FFIs.
(3) Reporting of accounts under
section 1471(c)(1).
(i) In general.
(ii) Accounts held by specified U.S.
persons.
(iii) Accounts held by U.S. owned
foreign entities.
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9046
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(iv) Branch reporting.
(v) Form for reporting U.S. accounts
under section 1471(c)(1).
(vi) Time and manner of filing.
(vii) Extensions in filing.
(4) Description applicable to reporting
requirements of § 1.1471–4(d)(3).
(i) Address.
(ii) Account number.
(iii) Account balance or value.
(A) In general.
(B) Currency translation of account
balance or value.
(iv) Payments made with respect to
accounts.
(A) Depository accounts.
(B) Custodial accounts.
(C) Other accounts.
(D) Transfers and closings of deposit,
custodial, insurance, and annuity
financial accounts.
(E) Amount and characterization of
payments subject to reporting.
(F) Currency translation.
(v) Record retention requirements.
(5) Election to perform reporting
under section 1471(c)(2).
(i) In general.
(ii) Information and accounts to be
reported.
(iii) Branch reporting
(iv) Time and manner of making the
election.
(v) Revocation of election.
(vi) Filing of information under
election.
(6) Reporting on recalcitrant account
holders.
(i) In general.
(ii) Definition of dormant account.
(iii) End of dormancy.
(iv) Forms.
(v) Time and manner of filing.
(7) Special reporting rules with
respect to the 2013 through 2015
calendar years.
(i) In general.
(ii) Information to be reported.
(A) Reporting with respect to the 2013
and 2014 calendar years.
(B) Reporting with respect to the 2015
calendar year.
(iii) Participating FFIs that report
under § 1.1471–(d)(5).
(iv) Recalcitrant accounts.
(v) Forms for reporting.
(A) In general.
(B) Special determination date and
timing for reporting with respect to the
2013 calendar year.
(8) Reporting requirements of QIs
with respect to U.S. accounts.
[Reserved].
(9) Reporting requirements of WPs
with respect to U.S. accounts.
[Reserved].
(10) Reporting requirements of WTs
with respect to U.S. accounts.
[Reserved].
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(11) Examples.
(e) Expanded affiliated group
requirements.
(1) In general.
(2) Limited branches
(i) In general.
(ii) Branch defined.
(iii) Limited branch defined.
(iv) Conditions for limited branch
status.
(v) Withholding requirements
applicable to limited branches.
(vi) Term of limited branch status.
(3) Limited FFI affiliates.
(i) In general.
(ii) Limited FFI.
(iii) Conditions for limited FFI status.
(iv) Group member requirements.
(v) Period for limited FFI status.
(4) Special rule for QIs.
(f) Effective/applicability date.
§ 1.1471–5 Definitions applicable to
section 1471.
(a) U.S. accounts.
(1) In general.
(2) Definition of U.S. account.
(3) Account held by.
(i) In general.
(ii) Grantor trust.
(iii) Financial accounts held by
agents.
(iv) Jointly held accounts.
(v) Holder of account for certain
insurance contracts.
(vi) Examples.
(4) Exceptions to U.S. account status.
(i) Exceptions for certain individual
accounts of participating FFIs.
(A) Depository accounts.
(B) $50,000 threshold.
(C) Individual account holders.
(ii) Aggregation requirements for
exception.
(iii) Currency translation.
(iv) Election to forgo exception.
(v) Examples.
(b) Financial accounts.
(1) In general.
(2) Exceptions.
(i) Certain savings accounts.
(A) Retirement and pension accounts.
(B) Non-retirement savings accounts.
(C) Currency translation.
(D) Rollovers.
(E) Coordination with section 6038D.
(F) Account that is tax-favored.
(ii) Term life insurance contracts.
(iii) Accounts held by exempt
beneficial owner.
(3) Definitions.
(i) Depository account.
(ii) Custodial account.
(iii) Equity interest in certain entities.
(iv) Regularly traded on an
established securities market.
(v) Cash value insurance contracts.
(A) In general.
(B) Cash value.
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(C) Amounts excluded from cash
value.
(c) U.S. owned foreign entity.
(1) In general.
(2) Owner-documented FFI treated as
U.S. owned foreign entity.
(d) Definition of FFI.
(e) Definition of a financial
institution.
(1) In general.
(2) Banking or similar business.
(i) In general.
(ii) Application of section 581.
(iii) Effect of local regulation.
(3) Holding of financial assets as a
substantial portion of its business.
(i) Substantial portion.
(ii) Effect of local regulation.
(4) In the business of investing,
reinvesting, and trading.
(5) Exclusions.
(i) Certain nonfinancial holding
companies.
(ii) Certain start-up companies.
(iii) Nonfinancial entities that are
liquidating or emerging from
reorganization or bankruptcy.
(iv) Hedging/financial centers of a
nonfinancial group.
(v) Section 501(c) entities.
(f) Deemed-compliant FFIs.
(1) Registered deemed-compliant
FFIs.
(i) Registered deemed-compliant FFI
categories.
(A) Local FFIs.
(B) Nonreporting members of
participating FFI groups.
(C) Qualified collective investment
vehicles.
(D) Restricted funds.
(ii) Procedural requirements for
registered deemed-compliant FFIs.
(iii) Deemed-compliant FFI that is
merged or acquired.
(2) Certified deemed-compliant FFIs.
(i) Nonregistering local bank.
(ii) Retirement funds.
(A) Requirements
(B) Example.
(iii) Non-profit organizations.
(iv) FFIs with only low-value
accounts.
(3) Owner-documented FFIs.
(i) In general.
(ii) Requirements of ownerdocumented FFI status.
(4) Definition of a restricted
distributor.
(g) Recalcitrant account holders.
(1) Scope.
(2) Recalcitrant account holder.
(3) Start of recalcitrant account holder
status.
(i) Preexisting accounts identified
during the procedures described in
§ 1.1471–4(c) for identifying U.S.
accounts.
(A) Accounts other than high-value
accounts.
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(B) High-value accounts.
(C) Preexisting accounts subject to
enhanced review.
(ii) Accounts that are not preexisting
accounts and accounts requiring name/
TIN correction.
(iii) Accounts with changes in
circumstances.
(4) End of recalcitrant account holder
status.
(h) Passthru payment.
(1) Defined.
(2) Foreign passthru payment.
[Reserved].
(i) Expanded affiliated group.
(1) Scope of paragraph.
(2) Expanded affiliated group defined.
(i) In general.
(ii) Partnerships and other entities..
(j) Effective/applicability date.
§ 1.1471–6 Payments beneficially owned
by exempt beneficial owners.
(a) Purpose and scope of paragraph.
(b) Foreign government, any political
subdivision of a foreign government, or
any wholly owned agency or
instrumentality of any one or more of
the foregoing.
(1) Definition.
(2) Integral part.
(3) Controlled entity.
(4) Inurement to the benefit of private
persons.
(5) Commercial activities.
(c) International organizations and
any wholly owned agency or
instrumentality thereof.
(d) Foreign central bank of issue.
(e) Governments of U.S. possessions.
(f) Certain retirement funds.
(1) Requirements.
(2) Examples.
(g) Entities wholly owned by exempt
beneficial owners.
(h) Effective/applicability date.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 1.1472–1
Withholding on NFFEs.
(a) Overview.
(b) Withholdable payments made to
an NFFE.
(1) In general.
(2) Coordination of withholding
requirements under section 1472
applicable to participating FFIs.
(c) Exceptions.
(1) Beneficial owner that is an
excepted NFFE.
(i) Publicly traded corporation.
(A) Regularly traded.
(B) Entities treated as meeting the
regularly traded requirement.
(C) Established securities market.
(1) In general.
(2) Foreign exchange with multiple
tiers.
(3) Discretion to determine that an
exchange does not qualify as an
established securities market.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(4) Computation of dollar value of
stock traded.
(ii) Certain affiliated entities related to
publicly traded corporation.
(iii) Certain territory entities.
(iv) Exempt beneficial owner
described in § 1.1471–4(b) through (g).
(v) Active NFFEs.
(vi) Excepted FFIs.
(2) Payments to a WP or WT.
(d) Rules for determining payee and
beneficial owner.
(1) In general.
(2) Payments made to an NFFE that is
a WP or WT.
(3) Payments made to a partner or
beneficiary of an NFFE that is an NWP
or NWT.
(4) Payments made to a beneficial
owner that is an NFFE.
(5) Absence of valid documentation.
(e) Information reporting
requirements.
(1) Reporting on withholdable
payments.
(2) Reporting of substantial U.S.
owners.
(f) Effective/applicability date.
§ 1.1473–1
Section 1473 definitions.
(a) Definition of withholdable
payment.
(1) In general.
(2) U.S. source FDAP income defined.
(i) In general.
(A) FDAP income defined.
(B) U.S. source.
(ii) Determination of source of
income.
(A) In general.
(B) Special source rule for certain
interest.
(iii) Original issue discount.
(iv) REMIC residual interests.
(v) Withholding liability of payee that
is satisfied by withholding agent.
(vi) Special rule for sales of interest
bearing debt obligations.
(vii) Payment of U.S. source FDAP
income.
(A) Amount of payment of U.S. source
FDAP income.
(B) When payment of U.S. source
FDAP income is made
(3) Gross proceeds defined.
(i) Sale or other disposition.
(A) In general.
(B) Special rule for sales effected by
brokers.
(C) Special rule for gross proceeds
from sales settled by clearing
organization.
(ii) Property of a type that can
produce interest or dividends that are
U.S. source FDAP income.
(A) In general.
(B) Termination of specified notional
principal contract.
(C) Registered investment company
distributions.
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9047
(iii) Payment of gross proceeds.
(A) When gross proceeds are paid.
(B) Amount of gross proceeds.
(iv) Withholding requirements on
gross proceeds.
(4) Payments not treated as
withholdable payments.
(i) Certain short-term obligations.
(ii) Effectively connected income.
(iii) Ordinary course of business
payments.
(iv) Gross proceeds from sales of
excluded property.
(v) Fractional shares.
(5) Special payment rules for flowthrough entities, complex trusts, and
estates.
(i) In general.
(ii) Partnerships.
(iii) Simple trusts.
(iv) Complex trusts and estates.
(v) Grantor trusts.
(vi) Special rule for NWP or NWT.
(vii) Special rule for determining
when gross proceeds are treated as paid
to partner, owner, or beneficiary of a
flow-through entity. [Reserved].
(6) Reporting of withholdable
payments.
(7) Example.
(b) Substantial U.S. owner.
(1) Definition.
(2) Direct and indirect ownership in
foreign entities.
(i) Indirect ownership of stock.
(ii) Indirect ownership in a
partnership or beneficial trust interest.
(iii) Indirect ownership through U.S.
persons.
(iv) Ownership and holdings through
options.
(v) Determination of proportionate
interest.
(3) Beneficial trust interests.
(i) Holding a beneficial interest.
(A) In general.
(B) Discretionary distribution.
(ii) Valuation rules for beneficial
interests in foreign trusts.
(iii) Determining the ten percent
threshold in the case of a beneficial
interest in a foreign trust.
(A) Discretionary beneficial interests.
(B) Mandatory beneficial interests.
(C) Mandatory and discretionary
beneficial interests.
(4) Exception for certain beneficial
interests.
(5) Special rule for certain investment
vehicles and insurance.
(6) Determination dates for substantial
U.S. owners.
(7) Examples.
(c) Specified U.S. person.
(d) Withholding agent.
(1) In general.
(2) Participating FFIs as withholding
agents.
(3) Grantor trusts as withholding
agents.
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
9048
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(4) Deposit and return requirements.
(5) Multiple withholding agents.
(6) Exception for certain individuals.
(e) Foreign entity.
(f) Effective/applicability date.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 1.1474–1
Liability for withheld tax.
(a) Payment and returns of tax
withheld.
(1) In general.
(2) Withholding agent liability.
(3) Use of agents.
(i) In general.
(ii) Liability of agent of withholding
agent.
(4) Liability for failure to obtain
documentation timely or to act in
accordance with applicable
presumptions.
(i) In general.
(ii) Withholding satisfied by another
withholding agent.
(b) Payment of withheld tax.
(c) Income tax return.
(1) In general.
(2) Amended returns.
(d) Information returns for payment
reporting.
(1) Filing requirement.
(i) In general.
(ii) Recipient.
(A) Defined.
(B) Persons that are not recipients.
(2) Amounts subject to reporting.
(i) In general.
(ii) Special transitional reporting by
participating FFIs.
(A) Reporting requirements for certain
payments to nonparticipating FFIs.
(1) FDAP income.
(2) Other financial payments.
[Reserved].
(B) Payments to limited branches.
(iii) Exceptions to reporting.
(iv) Coordination with chapter 3.
(3) Required information.
(4) Method of reporting.
(i) Payments by U.S. withholding
agent to recipients.
(A) Payments to certain entities that
are beneficial owners.
(B) Payments to participating FFIs,
deemed-compliant FFIs, or certain QIs.
(C) Amounts paid to territory
financial institutions acting as
intermediaries.
(D) Amounts paid to NFEEs.
(ii) Payments made by withholding
agents to certain entities that are not
recipients.
(A) Form 1042–S reporting of entities
that provide information for a
withholding agent to perform specific
payee reporting.
(B) Nonparticipating FFIs that act as
intermediaries.
(C) Disregarded entities.
(iii) Reporting by nonparticipating
FFIs, flow-through entities, or territory
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
financial institutions that do not elect to
be treated as U.S. persons.
(iv) Other withholding agents.
(e) Magnetic media reporting.
(f) Indemnification of withholding
agent.
(g) Extensions of time to file Forms
1042 and 1042–S.
(h) Penalties.
(i) Reporting requirements with
respect to owner-documented FFIs.
(1) Reporting by U.S. withholding
agent.
(2) Cross reference to reporting by
participating FFIs.
(j) Effective/applicability date.
§ 1.1474–2 Adjustments for
overwithholding or underwithholding of tax.
(2) Determining amount of
distribution from certain domestic
corporations subject to section 1445 or
chapter 4 withholding.
(i) Distribution from qualified
investment entity.
(ii) Distribution from a United States
Real Property Holding Corporation.
(d) Coordination with section 1446.
(1) In general.
(2) Determining amount of
distribution subject to section 1446.
[Reserved].
(e) Coordination of withholding under
section 3406. [Reserved].
(f) Example.
(g) Effective/applicability date.
§ 1.1474–7
(a) Adjustment of overwithheld tax.
(1) In general.
(2) Overwithholding.
(3) Reimbursement of tax.
i. General rule.
ii. Record maintenance.
(4) Set-offs.
(5) Examples.
(b) Withholding of additional tax
when underwithholding occurs.
(c) Effective/applicability date.
§ 1.1474–3 Withheld tax as credit to
beneficial owner of income.
(a) Creditable tax.
(b) Amounts paid to persons that are
not the beneficial owners.
(c) Effective/applicability date.
§ 1.1474–4
Tax paid only once.
(a) Tax paid.
(b) Effective/applicability date.
§ 1.1474–5
Refunds or credits.
(a) Refund and credit.
(1) In general.
(2) Limitation to refund and credit for
a nonparticipating FFI.
(3) Requirement to provide additional
documentation for certain beneficial
owners.
(i) In general.
(ii) Claim of reduced withholding
under an income tax treaty.
(iii) Additional documentation to be
furnished to the IRS for certain NFFEs.
(b) Tax repaid to payee.
(c) Effective/applicability date.
§ 1.1474–6 Coordination of chapter 4 of
the Internal Revenue Code with other
withholding provisions.
(a) In general.
(b) Coordination of withholding for
amounts subject to withholding under
sections 1441, 1442, and 1443.
(1) In general.
(2) When withholding is applied.
(c) Coordination with amounts subject
to withholding under section 1445.
(1) In general.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Confidentiality of information.
(a) Confidentiality of information.
(b) Exception for disclosure of
participating FFIs.
(c) Effective/applicability date.
Par. 3. Section 1.1471–1 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 1.1471–1 Scope of chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code provisions and
definitions.
(a) Purpose and scope of chapter 4 of
the Internal Revenue Code regulations.
Sections 1.1471–1 through 1.1474–7
provide rules for withholding when a
withholding agent makes a payment to
an FFI or NFFE and prescribes the
requirements for and definitions
relevant to those FFIs and NFFEs to
which withholding will not apply.
Section 1.1471–1 provides definitions
for terms used in chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code. Section 1.1471–
2 provides rules for withholding under
section 1471(a) on payments to FFIs and
provides rules for grandfathered
obligations. Section 1.1471–3 provides
rules for determining the payee and the
documentation requirements to
establish a payee’s chapter 4 status.
Section 1.1471–4 describes the
requirements of the FFI agreement
under section 1471(b) and the
application of section 1471(b) and (c) to
an expanded affiliated group of FFIs.
Section 1.1471–5 defines terms relevant
to section 1471 and to the FFI agreement
and defines categories of FFIs that will
be deemed to have met the requirements
of section 1471(b) pursuant to section
1471(b)(2). Section 1.1471–6 defines
classes of beneficial owners of payments
that are exempt from withholding under
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code.
Section 1.1472–1 provides rules for
withholding when a withholding agent
makes a payment to an NFFE. Section
1.1473–1 provides definitions of the
statutory terms in section 1473. Section
1.1474–1 provides rules relating to a
withholding agent’s liability for
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
withheld tax, filing of income tax and
information returns, and depositing of
tax withheld. Section 1.1474–2 provides
rules relating to adjustments for
overwithholding and underwithholding
of tax. Section 1.1474–3 provides the
circumstances in which a credit is
allowed to a beneficial owner for a
withheld tax. Section 1.1474–4 provides
that a chapter 4 withholding obligation
need only be collected once. Section
1.1474–5 contains rules relating to
credits and refunds of tax withheld.
Section 1.1474–6 provides rules
coordinating withholding under
sections 1471 and 1472 with
withholding provisions under other
sections of the Code. Section 1.1474–7
provides the confidentiality requirement
for information obtained to comply with
the requirements of chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code. Any reference in
the provisions of sections 1471 through
1474 to an amount that is stated in U.S.
dollars includes the foreign currency
equivalent of that amount. Except as
otherwise provided, the provisions of
sections 1471 through 1474 and the
regulations thereunder apply only for
purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code. See § 301.1474–1 for the
requirements for reporting on magnetic
media that apply to financial
institutions making payments pursuant
to chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue
Code.
(b) Definitions. Except as otherwise
provided in this paragraph (b), the
following definitions apply for purposes
of sections 1471 through 1474 and the
regulations under those sections.
(1) Account—(i) Account. The term
account means a financial account as
defined in § 1.1471–5(b).
(ii) Custodial account. The term
custodial account has the meaning set
forth in § 1.1471–5(b)(3)(ii).
(iii) Depository account. The term
depository account has the meaning set
forth in § 1.1471–5(b)(3)(i).
(iv) Dormant account. The term
dormant account has the meaning set
forth in § 1.1471–4(d)(6)(ii).
(v) U.S. account. The term U.S.
account or United States account has
the meaning set forth in § 1.1471–5(a).
(2) Account holder. The term account
holder means the person who holds an
account, as determined under § 1.1471–
5(a)(3).
(3) AML due diligence. The term AML
due diligence means the customer due
diligence procedures of a financial
institution pursuant to the anti-money
laundering or similar requirements to
which a financial institution, or branch
thereof, is subject. This includes
identifying the customer (including the
owners of the customer), understanding
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
the nature and purpose of the account,
and ongoing monitoring.
(4) Annuity contract. The term
annuity contract means a contract that
would be an annuity under section 72
(without regard to subsections (s) and
(u) and section 817(h)).
(5) Beneficial owner. Except as
provided in § 1.1472–1, the term
beneficial owner has the meaning set
forth in § 1.1441–1(c)(6).
(6) Broker. The term broker means any
person, U.S. or foreign, that, in the
ordinary course of a trade or business
during the calendar year, stands ready
to effect sales to be made by others. A
broker includes an obligor that regularly
issues and retires its own debt
obligations, a corporation that regularly
redeems its own stock, and a clearing
organization that effects sales of
securities for its members. A broker
does not include an international
organization that redeems or retires an
obligation of which it is the issuer, a
stock transfer agent that records
transfers of stock for a corporation if the
nature of the activities of the agent is
such that the agent ordinarily would not
know the gross proceeds from sales, an
escrow agent that effects no sales other
than such transactions as are incidental
to the purpose of escrow (such as sales
to collect on collateral), or a corporation
that issues and retires long-term debt on
an irregular basis.
(7) Chapter 3. For purposes of chapter
4 of the Internal Revenue Code, any
reference to chapter 3 means sections
1441 through 1464 and the regulations
thereunder, but does not include
sections 1445 and 1446 and the
regulations thereunder, unless the
context indicates otherwise.
(8) Chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue
Code. The term chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code means sections 1471
through 1474 and the regulations
thereunder.
(9) Chapter 4 reportable amount. The
term chapter 4 reportable amount has
the meaning set forth in § 1.1474–
1(d)(2)(i).
(10) Chapter 4 status. The term
chapter 4 status means, with respect to
a person, the person’s status as a U.S.
person, a specified U.S. person, a
foreign individual, a participating FFI, a
deemed-compliant FFI, an exempt
beneficial owner, a nonparticipating
FFI, a territory financial institution, a QI
branch of a U.S. financial institution, an
excepted NFFE, or a passive NFFE.
(11) Complex trust. A complex trust is
a trust that is not a simple trust or a
grantor trust.
(12) Customer master file. A customer
master file includes the primary files of
a participating FFI or deemed-compliant
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9049
FFI for maintaining account holder
information, such as information used
for contacting account holders and for
satisfying AML due diligence.
(13) Documentary evidence. The term
documentary evidence means
documents, other than a withholding
certificate or written statement, that a
withholding agent is permitted to rely
upon to determine the chapter 4 status
of a payee, an account holder, or an
exempt beneficial owner in accordance
with § 1.1471–3(c)(5).
(14) Documentation. The term
documentation means withholding
certificates, written statements,
documentary evidence, and other
documents that may be relevant in
determining the status of a person for
the purpose of a reporting or
withholding requirement under chapter
4 of the Internal Revenue Code,
including any document containing a
determination of the account holder’s
citizenship or residency for tax or AML
due diligence purposes or an account
holder’s claim of citizenship or
residency for tax or AML due diligence
purposes.
(15) EIN. The term EIN means an
employer identification number (also
known as a Federal tax identification
number) described in § 301.6109–
1(a)(1)(i).
(16) Electronically searchable
information. The term electronically
searchable information means
information that an FFI maintains in its
tax reporting files, customer master
files, or similar files, that is stored in the
form of an electronic database against
which standard queries in programming
languages, such as Structured Query
Language, may be used. Information,
data, or files are not electronically
searchable merely because they are
stored in an image retrieval system
(such as portable document format
(.pdf) or scanned documents).
(17) Entity. The term entity means any
person other than an individual.
(18) Excepted FFI. The term excepted
FFI means an entity that is excluded
from the definition of an FFI, pursuant
to § 1.1471–5(e)(5), and is not subject to
withholding under section 1472,
pursuant to § 1.1472–1(c)(1)(vi).
(19) Exempt beneficial owner. The
term exempt beneficial owner means
any person described in § 1.1471–6(b)
through (g).
(20) Expanded affiliated group. The
term expanded affiliated group has the
meaning set forth in § 1.1471–5(i)(2).
(21) FATF. The term FATF means the
Financial Action Task Force, which is
an inter-governmental body that
develops and promotes international
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9050
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
policies to combat money laundering
and terrorist financing.
(22) FATF-compliant. The term FATFcompliant means the relevant
jurisdiction—
(i) Is not subject to a FATF call on its
members and other jurisdictions to
apply counter-measures to protect the
international financial system from the
on-going and substantial money
laundering and terrorist financing (ML/
TF) risks emanating from the
jurisdiction;
(ii) Is not a jurisdiction with strategic
AML/CFT deficiencies that has not
made sufficient progress in addressing
the deficiencies; and
(iii) Is not a jurisdiction with strategic
AML/CFT deficiencies irrespective of
whether the jurisdiction has agreed
upon an action plan with the FATF.
(23) FFI. The term FFI or foreign
financial institution has the meaning set
forth in § 1.1471–5(d).
(i) Deemed-compliant FFI. The term
deemed-compliant FFI means an FFI
that is treated, pursuant to section
1471(b)(2) and § 1.1471–5(f), as meeting
the requirements of section 1471(b).
(A) Certified deemed-compliant FFI.
The term certified deemed-compliant
FFI means an FFI described in § 1.1471–
5(f)(2).
(B) Registered deemed-compliant FFI.
The term registered deemed-compliant
FFI means an FFI described in § 1.1471–
5(f)(1).
(ii) Limited branch. The term limited
branch has the meaning set forth in
§ 1.1471–4(e)(2)(iii).
(iii) Limited FFI. The term limited FFI
has the meaning set forth in § 1.1471–
4(e)(3)(ii).
(iv) Nonparticipating FFI. The term
nonparticipating FFI means an FFI other
than a participating FFI, a deemedcompliant FFI, or an exempt beneficial
owner.
(v) Participating FFI. The term
participating FFI means an FFI with
respect to which an FFI agreement is in
full force and effect.
(24) FFI agreement. The term FFI
agreement means an agreement that is
described in § 1.1471–4(a). An FFI
agreement includes a QI agreement, a
withholding partnership agreement, and
a withholding trust agreement, that is
entered into by an FFI and that has an
effective date or renewal date on or after
July 1, 2013.
(25) FFI–EIN. The term FFI–EIN
means an EIN issued to a participating
FFI or registered deemed-compliant FFI,
including an EIN issued to a
participating FFI that is a QI, WP, or
WT.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(26) Financial account. The term
financial account has the meaning set
forth in § 1.1471–5(b).
(27) Financial institution. The term
financial institution has the meaning set
forth in § 1.1471–5(e).
(28) Flow-through entity. The term
flow-through entity means a partnership,
simple trust, or grantor trust, as
determined under U.S. tax principles.
(29) Foreign entity. The term foreign
entity has the meaning set forth in
§ 1.1473–1(e).
(30) Foreign passthru payment. The
term foreign passthru payment has the
meaning set forth in § 1.1471–5(h)(2).
(31) Grantor trust. A grantor trust is
a trust with respect to which one or
more persons are treated as owners of
all or a portion of the trust under
sections 671 through 679. If only a
portion of the trust is treated as owned
by a person, that portion is a grantor
trust with respect to that person.
(32) Gross proceeds. The term gross
proceeds has the meaning set forth in
§ 1.1473–1(a)(3).
(33) Insurance company. The term
insurance company means a company
more than half of the business of which
during the calendar year is issuing (or
being obligated to make payments with
respect to) insurance or annuity
contracts or the reinsuring of such
contracts.
(34) Intermediary. The term
intermediary has the meaning set forth
in § 1.1441–1(c)(13).
(i) NQI. The term NQI or nonqualified
intermediary has the meaning set forth
in § 1.1441–1(c)(14).
(ii) QI. The term QI or qualified
intermediary has the meaning set forth
in § 1.1441–1(e)(5)(ii).
(35) Life insurance contract. The term
life insurance contract means a contract
that satisfies section 7702 (without
regard to subsections (b), (c), and (d)
and sections 101(f) and 817(h)).
(36) NFFE. The term NFFE or nonfinancial foreign entity means a foreign
entity that is not a financial institution,
including a territory NFFE.
(i) Active NFFE. The term active NFFE
has the meaning set forth in § 1.1472–
1(c)(1)(v).
(ii) Excepted NFFE. The term
excepted NFFE means an NFFE that is
described in § 1.1472–1(c)(1) or (2).
(iii) Passive NFFE. The term passive
NFFE means an NFFE other than an
excepted NFFE.
(37) NQI withholding statement. The
term NQI withholding statement means
the statement described in § 1.1441–
1(e)(3)(iv).
(38) NWP. The term NWP or
nonwithholding foreign partnership
means a foreign partnership that is not
a withholding foreign partnership.
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(39) NWT. The term NWT or
nonwithholding foreign trust means a
foreign trust as defined in section
7701(a)(31)(B) that is a simple trust or
grantor trust and is not a withholding
foreign trust.
(40) Offshore obligation. The term
offshore obligation means any account,
instrument, or contract maintained and
executed at an office or branch of the
withholding agent at any location
outside of the United States or in any
location in a possession of the United
States. The term payment with respect
to an offshore obligation means a
payment made outside of the United
States, within the meaning of § 1.6049–
5(e), with respect to an offshore
obligation.
(41) Participating FFI group. The term
participating FFI group means an
expanded affiliated group, within the
meaning of § 1.1471–5(i)(2), that
includes one or more participating FFIs.
(42) Partnership. The term
partnership has the meaning set forth in
§ 301.7701–2(c)(1).
(43) Passthru payment. The term
passthru payment has the meaning set
forth in § 1.1471–5(h).
(44) Payee. The term payee has the
meaning set forth in § 1.1471–3(a).
(i) U.S. payee. The term U.S. payee
means any payee that is a U.S. person.
(ii) Foreign payee. The term foreign
payee means any payee other than a
U.S. payee.
(45) Payor. The term payor has the
meaning set forth in §§ 31.3406(a)–2 and
1.6049–(a)(2) and generally includes a
withholding agent.
(46) Person. The term person has the
meaning set forth in section 7701(a)(1)
and the regulations thereunder. The
term person does not include a wholly
owned entity that is disregarded for
Federal tax purposes as an entity
separate from its owner.
Notwithstanding the previous sentence,
the term person includes, with respect
to a withholdable payment, a foreign
branch of a U.S. person that furnishes
an intermediary withholding certificate
indicating that it is a QI.
(i) U.S. person. The term U.S. person
or United States person means a person
described in section 7701(a)(30), the
United States government (including an
agency or instrumentality thereof), a
State (including an agency or
instrumentality thereof), or the District
of Columbia (including an agency or
instrumentality thereof).
(ii) Foreign person. The term foreign
person means any person other than a
U.S. person and includes, with respect
to a withholdable payment, a foreign
branch of a U.S. person that furnishes
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
an intermediary withholding certificate
indicating that it is a QI.
(47) Possession of the United States.
The term possession of the United
States means American Samoa, Guam,
the Northern Mariana Islands, Puerto
Rico, or the U.S. Virgin Islands.
(48) Preexisting obligation. The term
preexisting obligation means any
account, instrument, or contract
maintained or executed by the
withholding agent as of January 1, 2013.
With respect to a participating FFI, the
term preexisting obligation means any
account, instrument, or contract
maintained or executed by the FFI prior
to the date that the participating FFI’s
FFI agreement becomes effective. With
respect to a registered deemedcompliant FFI, a preexisting obligation
means any account, instrument, or
contract maintained or executed by the
FFI prior to the earlier of the date that
the FFI registers as a deemed-compliant
FFI or the date the FFI implements its
required account opening procedures.
(49) Preexisting entity account. A
preexisting entity account is a financial
account held by one or more entities
that is a preexisting obligation.
(50) Preexisting individual account. A
preexisting individual account is a
financial account held by one or more
individuals that is a preexisting
obligation.
(51) QI agreement. The term QI
agreement means the agreement
described in § 1.1441–1(e)(5)(iii).
(52) Recalcitrant account holder. The
term recalcitrant account holder has the
meaning set forth in § 1.1471–5(g).
(53) Relationship manager. A
relationship manager is an officer or
other employee of an FFI who is
assigned responsibility for specific
account holders on an on-going basis
(including as an officer or employee that
is a member of an FFI’s private banking
department), advises account holders
regarding their banking, investment,
trust, fiduciary, estate planning, or
philanthropic needs, and recommends,
makes referrals to, or arranges for the
provision of financial products,
services, or other assistance by internal
or external providers to meet those
needs. Notwithstanding the previous
sentence, a person is only a relationship
manager with respect to an account that
has a balance or value of more than
$1,000,000, taking into account the
aggregation rules described in § 1.1471–
4(c)(3)(ii) and (c)(4)(iii).
(54) Simple trust. The term simple
trust means a trust that meets the
requirements of section 651(a)(1) and
(2).
(55) Specified U.S. person. The term
specified U.S. person or specified
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
United States person has the meaning
set forth in § 1.1473–1(c).
(56) Standardized industry code. The
term standardized industry code means
a code that is part of a coding system
used by the withholding agent to
classify account holders by business
type for purposes other than U.S. tax
purposes that was implemented by the
withholding agent by the later of
January 1, 2012, or six months after the
date the withholding agent was formed
or organized.
(57) Substantial U.S. owner. The term
substantial U.S. owner or substantial
United States owner has the meaning set
forth in § 1.1473–1(b).
(58) Territory entity. The term
territory entity means any entity that is
incorporated or organized under the
laws of any possession of the United
States.
(59) Territory financial institution.
The term territory financial institution
means a financial institution that is
incorporated or organized under the
laws of any possession of the United
States, not including a territory entity
that is described in § 1.1471–5(e)(1)(iii)
that is not described in § 1.1471–
5(e)(1)(i), (ii) or (iv).
(60) Territory NFFE. The term territory
NFFE means a territory entity that is not
a financial institution, including a
territory entity that is described in
§ 1.1471–5(e)(1)(iii) and not described in
§ 1.1471–5(e)(1)(i), (ii) or (iv).
(61) TIN. The term TIN means the tax
identifying number assigned to a person
under section 6109.
(62) U.S. owned foreign entity. The
term U.S. owned foreign entity or United
States owned foreign entity has the
meaning set forth in § 1.1471–5(c).
(63) U.S. financial institution. The
term U.S. financial institution means a
financial institution that is a U.S.
person.
(64) U.S. payor. The term U.S. payor
means a U.S. payor or U.S. middleman
as defined in § 1.6049–5(c)(5).
(65) U.S. source FDAP income. The
term U.S. source FDAP income has the
meaning set forth in § 1.1473–1(a)(2).
(66) Withholdable payment. The term
withholdable payment has the meaning
set forth in § 1.1473–1(a).
(67) Withholding. The term
withholding means the deduction and
withholding of tax at the applicable rate
from a payment.
(68) Withholding agent. The term
withholding agent has the meaning set
forth in § 1.1473–1(d).
(69) Withholding certificate. The term
withholding certificate means a Form
W–8, a Form W–9, or any other
certificate that under the Code or
regulations certifies or establishes the
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9051
chapter 4 status of a payee or beneficial
owner.
(i) Flow-through withholding
certificate. The term flow-through
withholding certificate means a Form
W–8IMY submitted by a foreign
partnership, foreign simple trust, or
foreign grantor trust.
(ii) Intermediary withholding
certificate. The term intermediary
withholding certificate means a Form
W–8IMY submitted by an intermediary.
(70) WP. The term WP or withholding
foreign partnership means a foreign
partnership that has executed the
agreement described in § 1.1441–
5(c)(2)(ii).
(71) WT. The term WT or withholding
foreign trust means a foreign grantor
trust or foreign simple trust that has
executed the agreement described in
§ 1.1441–5(e)(5)(v).
(c) Effective/applicability date. The
rules of this section apply on
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 4. Section 1.1471–2 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.1471–2 Requirement to deduct and
withhold tax on withholdable payments to
certain FFIs.
(a) Requirement to withhold on
payments to FFIs—(1) General rule of
withholding. Under section 1471(a),
notwithstanding any exemption from
withholding under any other provision
of the Code or regulations, a
withholding agent must withhold 30
percent of any withholdable payment
made after December 31, 2013, to a
payee that is an FFI unless the
withholding agent can reliably associate
the payment with documentation upon
which it is permitted to rely to treat the
payment as exempt from withholding
under paragraph (a)(4) of this section, or
the payment is made under a
grandfathered obligation that is
described in paragraph (b) of this
section or constitutes gross proceeds
from the disposition of such an
obligation. Withholding under this
section applies without regard to
whether the FFI payee receives a
withholdable payment as a beneficial
owner or as an intermediary. See
paragraph (a)(2)(iv) of this section for a
description of the withholding
requirements imposed on territory
financial institutions as withholding
agents under chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code. In the case of a
withholdable payment to an NFFE, a
withholding agent is required to
determine whether withholding applies
under section 1472 and § 1.1472–1.
Except as otherwise provided in the
regulations under chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code, a withholding
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9052
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
obligation arises on the date that a
payment is made, as determined under
§ 1.1473–1(a).
(2) Special withholding rules—(i)
Requirement to withhold on payments
of U.S. source FDAP to participating
FFIs that are NQIs, NWPs, or NWTs. A
withholding agent that, after December
31, 2013, makes a payment of U.S.
source FDAP income to a participating
FFI that is an NQI, NWP, or NWT will
be required to withhold 30 percent of
the payment unless that withholding
can be reduced under this paragraph
(a)(2)(i). A withholding agent will not be
required to withhold on a payment, or
portion of a payment, that it can reliably
associate, in the manner described in
§ 1.1471–3(c)(2), with a valid
intermediary or flow-through
withholding certificate that meets the
requirements of § 1.1471–3(d)(3) and an
FFI withholding statement that meets
the requirements of § 1.1471–
3(c)(3)(iii)(B)(1) and (2) and that
establishes the portion of the payment
that is allocable to a class of payees for
which no withholding is required under
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code.
Further, a withholding agent is not
required to withhold on a payment that
it can reliably associate with
documentation indicating that the payee
is a U.S. branch of a participating FFI
that elects to be treated as a U.S. person.
(ii) Residual withholding
responsibility of intermediaries and
flow-through entities. An intermediary
or flow-through entity that receives a
withholdable payment after December
31, 2013, will be required to withhold
(if another withholding agent has not
withheld the full amount required) and
report such payment under chapter 4 of
the Internal Revenue Code, except as
otherwise provided in this paragraph
(a)(2)(ii) or (a)(2)(iv) of this section. An
NQI, NWP, or NWT will not be required
to withhold or report with respect to a
withholdable payment under chapter 4
(except to the extent such payment is
required to be reported as made to a
U.S. account pursuant to § 1.1471–4(d)
and an FFI’s FFI agreement) if it has
provided a valid NQI withholding
certificate or flow-through withholding
certificate, it has provided all of the
information required by § 1.1471–
3(c)(3)(iii), and it does not know, and
has no reason to know, that another
withholding agent failed to withhold the
correct amount or failed to report the
payment correctly under § 1.1474–1(d).
A QI’s, WP’s, or WT’s obligation to
withhold and report will be determined
in accordance with its QI withholding
agreement, WP agreement, or WT
agreement.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(iii) Withholding on certain payments
to QIs—(A) QIs making an election
under section 1471(b)(3). If a
participating FFI that is acting as a QI
makes the election under section
1471(b)(3) (a section 1471(b)(3) election)
to be withheld upon, a withholding
agent is required to withhold under this
paragraph (a)(2)(iii) with respect to any
withholdable payment or portion of a
withholdable payment made to the
participating FFI after December 31,
2013, that is U.S. source FDAP income
subject to withholding. The withholding
agent must withhold 30 percent of the
portion of such a withholdable payment
that is allocable in the pooled
information provided by the payee in
the withholding statement described in
§ 1.1471–3(c)(iii)(B) and (E) to
recalcitrant account holders and
nonparticipating FFIs. If no such
allocation information is provided, the
withholding agent must presume that
the entire portion of the withholdable
payment that is U.S. source FDAP
income is made to nonparticipating
FFIs. A participating FFI that makes a
section 1471(b)(3) election to be
withheld upon with respect to a
payment may not assume primary
withholding responsibility under
chapter 3 for that payment. Conversely,
a participating FFI that is a QI and that
does not make a section 1471(b)(3)
election will be required to assume
primary withholding responsibility
under chapter 3. The section 1471(b)(3)
election is available only with respect to
a payment of U.S. source FDAP income
and only in cases in which—
(1) The withholding agent is either a
participating FFI or a U.S. withholding
agent;
(2) The person who receives the
payment acts as a QI with respect to the
payment;
(3) The person who receives the
payment provides the withholding agent
with a valid intermediary withholding
certificate with respect to the payment,
at or before the time of the payment, on
which it notifies the withholding agent
that it has made the election under
section 1471(b)(3) and certifies that it is
not assuming primary withholding
responsibility under chapter 3; and
(4) The person who receives the
payment provides to the withholding
agent the withholding statement
described in § 1.1471–3(c)(3)(iii)(B).
(B) Special rule for QIs that are not
FFIs. The withholding requirements
described in paragraph (a)(iii)(A) of this
section also apply to a withholding
agent that makes a payment of U.S.
source FDAP income subject to
withholding to a foreign branch of a
U.S. financial institution that is a QI
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
that does not assume primary
withholding responsibility with respect
to the payment for chapter 3 purposes.
For purposes of the previous sentence,
the person who receives the payment
must furnish the withholding statement
described in § 1.1471–3(c)(iii)(B)(2) that
indicates the portion of the payment
that is attributable to payees that are
subject to withholding under chapter 4
of the Internal Revenue Code.
(iv) Withholding obligation of a
territory financial institution. A territory
financial institution is a withholding
agent with respect to a withholdable
payment if it falls within the definition
of a withholding agent under § 1.1473–
1(d) with respect to such payment. A
territory financial institution that is a
flow-through entity or that acts as an
intermediary with respect to a
withholdable payment has an obligation
to withhold if it agrees to be treated as
a U.S. person with respect to that
payment for both chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code purposes and
under § 1.1441–1(b)(2)(iv)(A). A
territory financial institution that is a
flow-through entity or that acts as an
intermediary with respect to a
withholdable payment is not required to
withhold under paragraph (a)(1) of this
section, however, if it has provided the
withholding agent that is a U.S. person
or a participating FFI with all of the
documentation described in § 1.1471–
3(c)(3)(iii) (in which it has not agreed to
be treated as a U.S. person with respect
to the payment), and it does not know,
or have reason to know, that another
withholding agent failed to withhold the
correct amount or failed to report the
payment correctly under § 1.1474–1(d).
(v) Payments of gross proceeds. A
withholding agent must withhold as
required under paragraph (a)(1) of this
section in the case of a withholdable
payment consisting of gross proceeds (as
defined under § 1.1473–1(a)(3)). When
multiple withholding agents that are
brokers are involved in effecting a sale,
each broker must determine whether it
is required to withhold on its payment
of gross proceeds by reference to the
chapter 4 status of its payee, unless the
payment is otherwise exempt from
withholding. With respect to a ‘‘delivery
versus payment’’ or ‘‘cash on delivery’’
transaction or other similar account or
transaction, each broker that pays the
gross proceeds is a withholding agent
with respect to the payment.
(3) Coordination of withholding under
section 1471(a) and (b). A participating
FFI that complies with the withholding
requirements of section 1471(b), as
described in § 1.1471–4(b) and its FFI
agreement, is deemed to satisfy its
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
withholding obligations under sections
1471(a) and 1472(a), and this section.
(4) Payments for which no
withholding is required. A withholding
agent that has determined the payee of
a withholdable payment to be a foreign
entity in accordance with the
documentation requirements and other
rules provided in § 1.1471–3 must
determine whether the payment is
exempt from withholding and whether
any special withholding requirements
apply with respect to the payment.
Paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (vi) of this
section describe circumstances in which
a withholdable payment is not subject to
withholding.
(i) Exception to withholding if the
withholding agent lacks control,
custody, or knowledge—(A) In general.
The exceptions to withholding
described in § 1.1441–2(d), applicable
when an unrelated withholding agent
has no control over or custody of money
or property owned by a payee or
beneficial owner of a payment, or lacks
knowledge of the facts giving rise to
such payments, also apply for purposes
of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue
Code.
(B) Example. A, an individual, owns stock
in DC, a domestic corporation, through a
custodian, Bank 1, that is a participating FFI.
A also has a money market account at Bank
2, that is also a participating FFI. DC pays a
dividend of $1,000 that is deposited in A’s
custodial account at Bank 1. A then directs
Bank 1 to transfer that $1,000 to A’s money
market account at Bank 2. With respect to the
payment of the dividend into A’s custodial
account with Bank 1, both DC and Bank 1 are
withholding agents making a withholdable
payment for which they have custody,
control, and knowledge. See § 1.1473–
1(a)(2)(vii)(B) and (d). Therefore, both DC and
Bank 1 have an obligation to withhold on the
payment unless they can reliably associate
the payment with documentation sufficient
to treat the respective payees as not subject
to withholding under chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code. With respect to the
wire transfer of $1,000 from A’s account at
Bank 1 to A’s account at Bank 2, neither Bank
1 nor Bank 2 is required to withhold with
respect to the transfer because neither bank
has knowledge of the facts that gave rise to
the payment. Even though Bank 1 is a
custodian with respect to A’s interest in DC
and has knowledge regarding the $1,000
dividend paid to A, once Bank A credits the
$1,000 dividend to A’s account, the $1,000
becomes A’s property. When A transfers the
$1,000 to its account at Bank 2, this
constitutes a separate payment about which
Bank 1 has no knowledge regarding the type
of payment made. Further, Bank 2 only has
knowledge that it receives $1,000 to be
credited to A’s account but has no knowledge
regarding the type of payment made.
Accordingly, Bank 1 and Bank 2 have no
withholding obligation with respect to the
transfer from A’s custodial account at Bank
1 to A’s money market account at Bank 2.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(ii) Transitional exception to
withholding for certain payments made
prior to January 1, 2015—(A) In general.
For any withholdable payment made
prior to January 1, 2015, with respect to
a preexisting obligation for which a
withholding agent does not have
documentation indicating the payee’s
status as a nonparticipating FFI, the
withholding agent will not be required
to withhold under this section and
section 1471(a) unless the payee is a
prima facie FFI.
(B) Prima facie FFIs. If the payee is a
prima facie FFI, the withholding agent
must treat the payee as a
nonparticipating FFI beginning on
January 1, 2014, until the date the
withholding agent obtains
documentation sufficient to establish a
different chapter 4 status of the payee.
A prima facie FFI means any payee if—
(1) The withholding agent has
available as a part of its electronically
searchable information a designation for
the payee as a QI or NQI; or
(2) For an account maintained in the
United States, the payee is presumed to
be a foreign entity, or is documented as
a foreign entity for purposes of chapter
3 or 61, and the withholding agent has
recorded as part of its electronically
searchable information a standardized
industry code that indicates that the
payee is a financial institution. The
following North American Industry
Classification System codes indicate
that the payee is a financial institution:
(i) Commercial Banking (NAICS
522110)
(ii) Savings Institutions (NAICS
522120)
(iii) Credit Unions (NAICS 522130)
(iv) Other Depositary Credit
Intermediation (NAICS 522190)
(v) Investment Banking and Securities
Dealing (NAICS 523110)
(vi) Securities Brokerage (NAICS
523120)
(vii) Commodity Contracts Dealing
(NAICS 523130)
(viii) Commodity Contracts Brokerage
(NAICS 523140)
(ix) Miscellaneous Financial
Investment Activities (NAICS 523999)
(x) Open-End Investment Funds
(NAICS 525910)
(3) In addition, the following
Standard Industrial Classification Codes
indicate that the payee is a financial
institution:
(i) Commercial Banks, NEC (SIC 6029)
(ii) Branches and Agencies of Foreign
Banks (branches) (SIC 6081)
(iii) Foreign Trade and International
Banking Institutions (SIC 6082)
(iv) Asset-Backed Securities (SIC
6189)
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9053
(v) Security & Commodity Brokers,
Dealers, Exchanges & Services (SIC
6200)
(vi) Security Brokers, Dealers &
Flotation Companies (SIC 6211)
(vii) Commodity Contracts Brokers &
Dealers (SIC 6221)
(viii) Unit Investment Trusts, FaceAmount Certificate Offices, and Closed(ix) End Management Investment
Offices (SIC 6726)
(iii) Payments to a participating FFI.
Except to the extent provided in
paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (iii) of this section,
a withholding agent is not required to
withhold under this section on a
withholdable payment made to a payee
that the withholding agent can treat as
a participating FFI in accordance with
§ 1.1471–3(d)(3). For this purpose, a
limited branch of a participating FFI is
treated as a nonparticipating FFI.
(iv) Payments to a deemed-compliant
FFI. A withholding agent is not required
to withhold under section 1471(a) and
this section on a withholdable payment
to a payee that the withholding agent
can treat as a deemed-compliant FFI in
accordance with § 1.1471–3(d)(5)
through (7).
(v) Payments to an exempt beneficial
owner. A withholding agent is not
required to withhold under section
1471(a) and this section on a
withholdable payment to the extent that
the withholding agent can reliably
associate the payment with
documentation to determine the portion
of the payment that is allocable to an
exempt beneficial owner in accordance
with § 1.1471–3(d)(8). For example, a
withholding agent is not required to
withhold under this section on a
withholdable payment made to a payee
that is the beneficial owner of such
payment and is an exempt beneficial
owner, to a nonparticipating FFI to the
extent that the nonparticipating FFI
receives the payment as an intermediary
on behalf of one or more of its account
holders that are exempt beneficial
owners, or to a flow-through entity to
the extent that the flow-through entity
receives the payment with respect to
one or more of its partners,
beneficiaries, or owners (as applicable)
that are exempt beneficial owners. See
§ 1.1471–3(d)(4)(ii) for special rules for
a withholding agent to determine the
portion of a withholdable payment that
is beneficially owned by an exempt
beneficial owner in the case of a
payment made to a nonparticipating
FFI.
(vi) Payments to a territory financial
institution. A withholding agent is not
required to withhold under section
1471(a) and this section on a
withholdable payment that the
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9054
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
withholding agent may treat as made to
a territory financial institution that is
the beneficial owner of the payment in
accordance with § 1.1471–3(d)(10)(i). A
withholding agent is also not required to
withhold under this section on a
withholdable payment that the
withholding agent can treat, in
accordance with § 1.1471–3(d)(10)(ii), as
made to a territory financial institution
payee that is a flow-through entity or
that acts as an intermediary with respect
to the payment and that agrees to be
treated as a U.S. person for purposes of
chapters 3 and 4 with respect to the
payment. A territory financial
institution’s agreement to be treated as
a U.S. person for purposes of this
section must be evidenced by a
withholding certificate described in
§ 1.1471–3(c)(3)(iii)(F) furnished by the
territory financial institution to the
withholding agent.
(b) Grandfathered obligations—(1)
Grandfathered treatment of outstanding
obligations. Notwithstanding §§ 1.1471–
5(h) and 1.1473–1(a), a withholdable
payment or passthru payment does
include any payment made under a
grandfathered obligation or any gross
proceeds from the disposition of such
an obligation.
(2) Definitions. The following
definitions apply solely for purposes of
this paragraph (b)—
(i) Grandfathered obligation. The term
grandfathered obligation means any
obligation outstanding on January 1,
2013.
(ii) Obligation. The term obligation
means any legal agreement that
produces or could produce a passthru
payment. An obligation does not,
however, include any legal agreement or
instrument that is treated as equity for
U.S. tax purposes or any legal agreement
that lacks a stated expiration or term,
such as a savings deposit or demand
deposit. In addition, it does not include
any brokerage agreement, custodial
agreement, or other similar agreement to
hold financial assets for the account of
others and to make and receive
payments of income and other amounts
with respect to such assets. In addition,
an obligation does not include a master
agreement that merely sets forth general
and standard terms and conditions that
are intended to apply to a series of
transactions between parties and that
does not set forth all of the specific
terms necessary to conclude a particular
contract. An obligation for purposes of
this paragraph (b)(2)(i) includes, for
example—
(A) A debt instrument as defined in
section 1275(a)(1) (for example, a bond,
guaranteed investment certificate, or
term deposit);
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(B) A binding agreement to extend
credit for a fixed term (for example, a
line of credit or a revolving credit
facility), provided that on the
agreement’s issue date the agreement
fixes the material terms (including a
stated maturity date) under which the
credit will be provided;
(C) A life insurance contract payable
upon the earlier of attaining a stated age
or death;
(D) A term certain annuity contract;
and
(E) A derivatives transaction entered
into between counterparties under an
ISDA Master Agreement and evidenced
by a confirmation.
(iii) Outstanding on January 1, 2013.
An obligation that constitutes
indebtedness for U.S. tax purposes is
outstanding on January 1, 2013, if it has
an issue date before January 1, 2013. In
all other cases, an obligation is
outstanding on January 1, 2013, if a
legally binding agreement establishing
the obligation was executed between the
parties to the agreement before January
1, 2013. Any material modification of an
outstanding obligation will result in the
obligation being treated as newly issued
or executed as of the effective date of
such modification.
(iv) Material modification. In the case
of an obligation that constitutes
indebtedness for U.S. tax purposes, a
material modification is any significant
modification of the debt instrument as
defined in § 1.1001–3. In all other cases,
whether a modification of an obligation
is material will be determined based
upon all relevant facts and
circumstances.
(3) Application to flow-through
entities—(i) Partnerships. A payment
made under a grandfathered obligation
includes a payment made to a
partnership with respect to such
obligation, including a payment made
with respect to a partnership’s
disposition of such obligation. A
payment made under a grandfathered
obligation further includes the income
from such obligation that is includible
in the gross income of a partner with
respect to a capital or profits interest in
the partnership and the gross proceeds
allocated to a partner from the
disposition of such obligation as
determined under § 1.1473–1(a)(5)(vi).
(ii) Simple trusts. A payment made
under a grandfathered obligation
includes a payment made to a simple
trust with respect to such obligation,
including a payment made with respect
to a simple trust’s disposition of such
obligation. A payment made under a
grandfathered obligation further
includes income from such obligation
that is includible in the income of a
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
beneficiary and further includes a
beneficiary’s share of the gross proceeds
from a disposition of such obligation as
determined under § 1.1473–1(a)(5)(vii).
(iii) Grantor trusts. A payment made
under a grandfathered obligation
includes a payment made to a grantor
trust with respect to such obligation,
including a payment made with respect
to the trust’s disposition of such
obligation. A payment made under a
grandfathered obligation further
includes income from such obligation
that is includible in the gross income of
a person that is treated as an owner of
the trust and the gross proceeds from
the disposition of such obligation to the
extent such owner is treated as owning
the portion of the trust that consists of
the obligation.
(c) Effective/applicability date. The
rules of this section apply on
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 5. Section 1.1471–3 is added to
read as follows.
§ 1.1471–3
Identification of payee.
(a) Payee defined—(1) In general.
Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (a), for purposes of chapter 4
of the Internal Revenue Code a payee is
the person to whom a payment is made,
regardless of whether such person is the
beneficial owner of the amount.
(2) Payee with respect to a financial
account. For purposes of payments
made to a financial account and except
as otherwise provided in paragraph
(a)(3) of this section, the payee is the
holder of the financial account.
(3) Exceptions—(i) Certain foreign
agents or intermediaries—(A) A foreign
person that the withholding agent may
treat as acting as an agent or
intermediary with respect to a payment
in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of
this section is not the payee if it is—
(1) An NFFE; or
(2) In the case of a payment of U.S.
source FDAP income, a participating
FFI acting as an intermediary, other
than a QI that has assumed primary
withholding responsibility;
(B) In the case of an agent or
intermediary described in paragraph
(a)(3)(i)(A) of this section, the payee is
the person or persons for whom the
agent or intermediary collects the
payment. Thus, for example, the payee
of a payment of U.S. source FDAP
income that the withholding agent can
reliably associate with a withholding
certificate from a qualified intermediary
that does not assume primary
withholding responsibility with respect
to the payment under chapter 3, or a
payment to a participating FFI that is an
NQI, is the person or persons for whom
the QI or NQI acts.
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(ii) Foreign flow-through entity. (A) A
foreign entity that a withholding agent
may treat as a flow-through entity is not
a payee with respect to a payment
unless the flow-through entity is—
(1) An FFI, other than a participating
FFI receiving a payment of U.S. source
FDAP;
(2) An active NFFE or excepted FFI
that is not acting as an agent or
intermediary with respect to the
payment;
(3) A WP or WT that is not acting as
an agent or intermediary with respect to
the payment; or
(4) Receiving income that is (or is
deemed to be) effectively connected
with the conduct of a trade or business
in the United States, or receiving a
payment of gross proceeds from the sale
of property that can produce income
that is excluded from the definition of
a withholdable payment under
§ 1.1473–1(a)(4).
(B) A withholding agent that makes a
withholdable payment to a flow-through
entity that is not described in
paragraphs (a)(3)(ii)(A)(1) through (3) of
this section will be required to treat the
partner, beneficiary, or owner (as
applicable) as the payee (looking
through partners, beneficiaries, and
owners that are themselves flowthrough entities that are not described
in paragraphs (a)(3)(ii)(A)(1) through
(3)).
(iii) U.S. intermediary or agent of a
foreign person. A withholding agent that
makes a withholdable payment to a U.S.
person and has actual knowledge that
the person receiving the payment is
acting as an intermediary or agent of a
foreign person with respect to the
payment must treat such foreign person,
and not the intermediary or agent, as the
payee of such payment.
Notwithstanding the previous sentence,
a withholding agent that makes a
withholdable payment to a U.S.
financial institution that is acting as an
intermediary or agent with respect to
the payment on behalf of one or more
foreign persons may treat the U.S.
financial institution as the payee if the
withholding agent has no reason to
know that the U.S. financial institution
will not comply with its obligation to
withhold under sections 1471 and 1472.
(iv) Territory financial institution. A
withholding agent that makes a
withholdable payment to a territory
financial institution that is a flowthrough entity or is acting as an
intermediary or agent with respect to
the payment may treat the territory
financial institution as the payee only if
the territory financial institution has
agreed (as evidenced by a withholding
certificate described in § 1.1471–
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
3(c)(3)(iii)(F)) to be treated as a U.S.
person for purposes of withholding with
respect to the payment for both chapter
3 and chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue
Code purposes. In all other cases, the
withholding agent must treat as the
payee the partner, beneficiary, or owner
(as applicable) of the territory financial
institution that is a flow-through entity
or the person on whose behalf the
territory financial institution is acting.
(v) Disregarded entity or branch.
Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (a)(3)(v), a withholding agent
that makes a withholdable payment to
an entity that is disregarded for U.S.
Federal tax purposes under § 301.7701–
2(c)(2) as an entity separate from its
single owner must treat the single owner
as the payee. Notwithstanding the
previous sentence, a withholding agent
that makes a payment to a limited
branch will be required to treat the
payment as made to a nonparticipating
FFI.
(vi) U.S. branch of certain foreign
banks or foreign insurance companies.
A withholdable payment to a U.S.
branch of a participating FFI is a
payment to a U.S. person if the U.S.
branch and the withholding agent have
agreed to treat the U.S. branch as a U.S.
person for purposes of § 1.1441–
1(b)(2)(iv). However, a U.S. branch that
is treated as a U.S. person under
§ 1.1441–1(b)(2)(iv) is not treated as a
U.S. person for purposes of the
withholding certificate it may provide to
a withholding agent for purposes of
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code.
Accordingly, a U.S. branch of a
participating FFI must furnish a
withholding certificate on a Form W–8
to certify its chapter 4 status (and not a
Form W–9). A U.S. branch of a
participating FFI that is treated as a U.S.
person for purposes of chapter 3 may
not make an election to be withheld
upon, as described in section 1471(b)(3)
of the Code and § 1.1471–2(a)(2)(iii), for
purposes of chapter 4. See § 1.1471–4(d)
for rules requiring a U.S. branch of a
participating FFI to report as a U.S.
person.
(vii) Foreign branch of a U.S.
financial institution. A payment to a
foreign branch of a U.S. person is a
payment to a U.S. payee. However, a
payment to a foreign branch of a U.S.
financial institution will be treated as a
payment to a foreign payee if the foreign
branch is a QI. Therefore, a foreign
branch that is a QI will provide the
withholding agent with an intermediary
withholding certificate and the
withholding agent will report the
payment as made to foreign branch of
the QI on a Form 1042–S.
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9055
(b) Determination of payee’s status.
Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (b), a withholding agent must
base its determination of the chapter 4
status of a payee on documentation that
the withholding agent can reliably
associate with such payment. Paragraph
(c) of this section provides rules for
when a withholding agent can reliably
associate a payment with appropriate
documentation. Paragraph (d) of this
section provides documentation
requirements applicable to each class of
payees, including exceptions for
payments made with respect to offshore
obligations or preexisting obligations.
Paragraph (e) provides standards for
determining when a withholding agent
will be considered to have reason to
know that a claim of exemption from
withholding is unreliable or incorrect.
Paragraph (f) of this section provides
presumptions that apply for purposes of
determining a payee’s chapter 4 status
in the absence of documentation or
when the documentation provided is
unreliable or incorrect.
(1) Determining whether a payment is
received by an intermediary. A
withholding agent may treat the person
who receives a payment as an
intermediary if it can reliably associate
the payment with a valid intermediary
withholding certificate on which the
person who receives the payment claims
to be a QI or NQI. For this purpose, a
U.S. person’s foreign branch that is a QI
is treated as a foreign intermediary. A
withholding agent that makes a payment
with respect to an offshore obligation
may also treat the person who receives
a payment as an intermediary if the
withholding agent can reliably associate
the payment with documentation that
would be sufficient to treat the person
as an excepted FFI under paragraph
(d)(9) of this section or otherwise as an
NFFE under paragraph (d)(11) of this
section if the person were the payee,
and the person has provided written
notification, whether or not such
notification is signed, that it accepts the
payment on behalf of another person or
persons. A withholding agent may rely
on the type of certificate furnished as
determinative of whether the person
who receives the payment is an
intermediary, unless the withholding
agent knows or has reason to know that
the certificate is incorrect. For example,
a withholding agent that receives a
beneficial owner withholding certificate
from an FFI may treat the FFI as the
beneficial owner unless it has
information in its records that would
indicate otherwise or the certificate
contains information that is not
consistent with beneficial owner status
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9056
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(for example, sub-account numbers or
additional names). If the FFI also acts as
an intermediary, the withholding agent
may request that the FFI furnish two
certificates, that is, a beneficial owner
certificate for the amounts it receives as
a beneficial owner, and an intermediary
withholding certificate for the amounts
it receives as an intermediary. A
withholding agent that cannot reliably
associate a payment with
documentation sufficient to treat the
person who receives the payment as an
intermediary must follow the
presumption rules set forth in paragraph
(f)(5) of this section to determine
whether it must treat the person who
receives the payment as an
intermediary.
(2) Determination of entity type. A
withholding agent may rely upon a
person’s entity classification contained
in a valid Form W–8 or Form W–9 if the
withholding agent has no reason to
know that the entity classification is
incorrect. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an
offshore obligation may also rely upon
a written notification provided by the
person who receives the payment,
regardless of whether such notification
is signed, that indicates the person’s
entity classification unless the
withholding agent has reason to know
that the entity classification indicated
by the person who receives the payment
is incorrect. A withholding agent may
not rely on a person’s claim of
classification other than as a corporation
if the person’s name indicates that the
person is a per se corporation described
in § 301.7701–2(b)(8) of this chapter
unless the certificate or written
statement contains a statement that the
person is a grandfathered per se
corporation described in § 301.7701–
2(b)(8) of this chapter and that its
grandfathered status has not been
terminated.
(3) Determination of whether the
payment is made to a QI, WP, or WT.
A withholding agent may treat the
person who receives a payment as a QI,
a WP, or a WT if the withholding agent
can reliably associate the payment with
a valid Form W–8IMY, as described in
paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section, that
indicates that the person who receives
the payment is a QI, WP, or WT, and the
form contains the person’s FFI–EIN, in
the case of a QI or a WP or WT that is
an FFI, or in the case of a QI, WP, or
WT that is not an FFI its QI–EIN, WP–
EIN, or WT–EIN.
(4) Determination of whether the
payee is receiving effectively connected
income. A withholding agent may treat
a payment as made to a payee that is
receiving income that is effectively
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
connected to a trade or business in the
United States if it can reliably associate
the payment with a valid Form W–8ECI
described in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this
section.
(c) Rules for reliably associating a
payment with a withholding certificate
or other appropriate documentation—
(1) In general. A withholding agent can
reliably associate a withholdable
payment with valid documentation if,
prior to the payment, it holds valid
documentation appropriate to the
payee’s chapter 4 status as described in
paragraph (d) of this section (either
directly or through an agent), it can
reliably determine how much of the
payment relates to the valid
documentation, and it does not know or
have reason to know that any of the
information, certifications, or statements
in, or associated with, the
documentation are unreliable or
incorrect. Thus, a withholding agent
cannot reliably associate a withholdable
payment with valid documentation
provided by a payee to the extent such
documentation is unreliable or incorrect
with respect to the claims made, or to
the extent that information required to
allocate all or a portion of the payment
to each payee is unreliable or incorrect.
A withholding agent may rely on
information and certifications contained
in withholding certificates or other
documentation without having to
inquire into the truthfulness of the
information or certifications, unless it
knows or has reason to know that the
information or certifications are untrue.
(2) Reliably associating a payment
with documentation when a payment is
made through an intermediary or flowthrough entity that is not the payee—(i)
A withholding agent that makes a
payment to a foreign intermediary or
foreign flow-through entity that is not
the payee under paragraph (a) of this
section can reliably associate the
payment with valid documentation only
if, in addition to the documentation
described in paragraph (d) of this
section that is relevant to the payee, the
withholding agent also has obtained a
valid Form W–8IMY, described in
paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section from
the intermediary or flow-through entity
(and, with respect to a payment made
through a chain of intermediaries or
flow-through entities, has received a
Form W–8IMY from any other
intermediary or flow-through entity in
that chain).
(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph
(c)(2)(i) of this section, a withholding
agent that makes a payment with respect
to an offshore obligation to an
intermediary or flow-through entity that
is an NFFE, may rely upon a written
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
notification from the intermediary or
flow-through entity, regardless of
whether such notification is signed,
stating that the NFFE is a flow-through
entity or is acting as an intermediary
with respect to the payment, in lieu of
the Form W–8 described in the previous
sentence. However, in such case, the
NFFE intermediary or flow-through
entity will be required to provide the
withholding statement that generally
accompanies the Form W–8IMY,
designating the payees and the
appropriate amount that should be
allocated to each payee. If no such
withholding statement is provided, the
payment will be treated as made to a
nonparticipating FFI.
(3) Requirements for validity of
certificates—(i) Form W–9. A valid Form
W–9, or a substitute form, must meet the
requirements prescribed in
§ 31.3406(h)–3, including the
requirement that the form contain the
payee’s name and TIN, and be signed
and dated under penalties of perjury by
the payee or a person authorized to sign
for the payee pursuant to sections 6061
through 6063 and the regulations
thereunder. A foreign person, including
a U.S. branch of a foreign person that is
treated as a U.S. person under § 1.1441–
1(b)(2)(iv), or a foreign branch of a U.S.
financial institution that is a QI, may
not provide a Form W–9.
(ii) Beneficial owner withholding
certificate (Form W–8BEN)—(A) A
beneficial owner withholding certificate
includes a Form W–8BEN (or a
substitute form) and such other form as
the IRS may prescribe. A beneficial
owner withholding certificate is valid
only if its validity period has not
expired, it is signed under penalties of
perjury by a person with authority to
sign for the person whose name is on
the form, and it contains—
(1) The person’s name, permanent
residence address, and TIN (if required);
(2) The country under the laws of
which the person is created,
incorporated, or governed (if a person
other than an individual);
(3) The entity classification of the
person;
(4) The chapter 4 status of the person;
and
(5) Such other information as may be
required by the regulations under
section 1471 or 1472 or by the form or
the accompanying instructions in
addition to, or in lieu of, the
information described in this paragraph
(c)(3)(ii).
(B) For purposes of chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code, a person’s
permanent residence address is the
address in the country where the person
claims to be a resident for purposes of
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
that country’s income tax. The address
of a financial institution with which the
person maintains an account, a post
office box, or an address used solely for
mailing purposes is not a residence
address for this purpose unless such
address is the only permanent address
used by the person and appears as the
person’s registered address in the
person’s organizational documents. If
the person is an individual who does
not have a tax residence in any country,
the permanent address is the place at
which the person normally resides. If
the person is an entity and does not
have a tax residence in any country,
then the permanent residence address is
the place at which the person maintains
its principal office. See paragraph (d) of
this section for additional form
requirements applicable to each type of
chapter 4 status.
(iii) Withholding certificate of an
intermediary, flow-through entity, or
U.S. branch (Form W–8IMY)—(A) In
general. A withholding certificate of an
intermediary, flow-through entity, or
U.S. branch is valid for purposes of
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code
only if it is furnished on a Form W–
8IMY, an acceptable substitute form, or
such other form as the IRS may
prescribe, it is signed under penalties of
perjury by a person with authority to
sign for the person named on the form,
its validity period has not expired, and
it contains the following information,
statements, and certifications—
(1) The name and permanent
residence address of the person;
(2) The country under the laws of
which the person is created,
incorporated, or governed;
(3) The person’s chapter 4 status;
(4) The person’s entity tax
classification;
(5) An FFI–EIN, in the case of a
participating FFI or a registered
deemed-compliant FFI, or an EIN in the
case of a QI, WP, or WT that is not an
FFI;
(6) In the case of an intermediary
certificate, a certification that, with
respect to accounts listed on the
withholding statement, the intermediary
is not acting for its own account;
(7) With respect to a withholding
certificate of a QI, a certification that it
is acting as a QI with respect to the
accounts listed on the withholding
statement;
(8) In the case of a participating FFI
that is an NQI, an NWP, an NWT, a QI
that makes a section 1471(b)(3) election
to be withheld upon for purposes of
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code,
or a QI that is a foreign branch of a U.S.
financial institution, an FFI withholding
statement that meets the requirements of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
paragraphs (c)(3)(iii)(B)(1) and (2) of this
section;
(9) In the case of an NFFE that is an
NQI, an NWP, or an NWT, an NFFE
withholding statement that meets the
requirements of paragraphs
(c)(3)(iii)(B)(1) and (3) of this section;
and
(10) Any other information,
certifications, or statements as may be
required by the form or accompanying
instructions in addition to, or in lieu of,
the information and certifications
described in this paragraph.
(B) Withholding statement—(1) In
general. A withholding statement forms
an integral part of the withholding
certificate and the penalties of perjury
statement provided on the withholding
certificate apply to the withholding
statement as well. The withholding
statement may be provided in any
manner, and in any form, to which the
FFI, NFFE, or QI submitting the form
and the withholding agent mutually
agree, including electronically. If the
withholding statement is provided
electronically, there must be sufficient
safeguards to ensure that the
information received by the withholding
agent is the information sent by the FFI,
NFFE, or QI submitting the withholding
certificate and must also document all
occasions of user access that result in
the submission or modification of
withholding statement information. In
addition, the electronic system must be
capable of providing a hard copy of all
withholding statements provided by the
FFI, NFFE, or QI. The withholding
statement must be updated as often as
necessary for the withholding agent to
meet its reporting and withholding
obligations under chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code. A withholding
agent will be liable for tax, interest, and
penalties in accordance with § 1.1474–
1 to the extent it does not follow the
presumption rules of paragraph (f) of
this section for any payment, or portion
thereof, for which a withholding
statement is required and the
withholding agent does not have a valid
withholding statement prior to making a
payment.
(2) Special requirements for an FFI
withholding statement. An FFI
withholding statement must include
either pooled information that indicates
the portion of the payment attributable
to recalcitrant account holders and
nonparticipating FFIs (or, in the case of
a QI that is a foreign branch of a U.S.
financial institution, the portion of the
payment allocable to account holders
subject to chapter 4 withholding) and
the portion of the payment that is
allocated to each class of payees that is
not subject to withholding under
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9057
chapter 4, or an allocation of the
payment to each payee, and any other
information reasonably necessary to
enable the withholding agent to report
the payment in accordance with the
requirements described in § 1.1474–1(d)
and the requirements of Form 1042–S
and the accompanying instructions. A
withholding agent may rely upon a
withholding statement provided by the
FFI for purposes of chapter 3 provided
that the withholding statement includes
all of the information required by
paragraph (c)(3)(iii)(B) of this section
and specifies the portion of the payment
that must be withheld under each of
chapters 3 and 4.
(3) Special requirements for an NFFE
withholding statement. An NFFE
withholding statement must contain the
name, address, TIN (if any), entity type,
and chapter 4 status of each payee, the
amount allocated to each payee, a valid
withholding certificate or other
appropriate documentation sufficient to
establish the chapter 4 status of each
payee in accordance with paragraph (d)
of this section, and any other
information reasonably necessary to
enable the withholding agent to report
the payment in accordance with the
requirements described in § 1.1474–1(d)
and the requirements of Form 1042–S
and the accompanying instructions.
Notwithstanding the prior sentence, an
NFFE is permitted to provide pooled
allocation information with respect to
payees that are treated as
nonparticipating FFIs. A withholding
agent may rely upon a withholding
statement provided by the NFFE for
purposes of chapter 3 provided that the
withholding statement includes all of
the information required by paragraph
(c)(3)(iii)(B) of this section and specifies
the portion of the payment that must be
withheld under each of chapters 3 and
4.
(4) Special requirements for a territory
institution withholding statement. A
territory institution withholding
statement must include the name,
address, TIN (if any), entity type, and
chapter 4 status of each payee on behalf
of which it is receiving the payment, the
amount allocated to each payee, a valid
withholding certificate or other
documentation sufficient to establish
the chapter 4 status of each payee in
accordance with paragraph (d) of this
section, and any other information
reasonably necessary to enable the
withholding agent to report the payment
in accordance with the requirements for
the Forms 1042 and 1042–S, described
in § 1.1474–1(d), and the instructions
accompanying the forms. A withholding
agent may rely upon a withholding
statement provided by the territory
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9058
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
financial institution for purposes of
chapter 3 provided that the withholding
statement includes all of the
information required by paragraph
(c)(3)(iii)(B) of this section and specifies
the portion of the payment that must be
withheld under each of chapters 3 and
4.
(5) Special requirements for an
exempt beneficial owner withholding
statement. An exempt beneficial owner
withholding statement must include the
name, address, TIN (if any), entity type,
and chapter 4 status of each exempt
beneficial owner on behalf of which the
nonparticipating FFI is receiving the
payment, the amount allocable to each
exempt beneficial owner, a valid
withholding certificate or other
documentation sufficient to establish
the chapter 4 status of each exempt
beneficial owner in accordance with
paragraph (d) of this section, and any
other information reasonably necessary
to enable the withholding agent to
report the payment in accordance with
the requirements described in § 1.1474–
1(d) and the requirements of Form
1042–S and the accompanying
instructions. The withholding statement
must allocate the remainder of the
payment that is not allocated to an
exempt beneficial owner to the
nonparticipating FFI receiving the
payment.
(C) Failure to provide allocation
information. A withholding certificate
provided by an NWP, NWT, or NQI that
fails to provide documentation or
allocation information with respect to
some of the partners of the partnership,
owners or beneficiaries of the trust, or
persons for whom the intermediary is
acting will not be treated as invalid with
respect to the persons for whom
documentation and allocation
information is properly provided. The
portion of the payment that is not
reliably associated with underlying
documentation or that is not properly
allocated will be allocated in
accordance with the presumption rules
set forth in paragraph (f) of this section.
For example, assume a withholding
certificate that is provided by an FFI
that is an NQI includes an FFI
withholding statement that indicates
that 50 percent of the payment is
allocable to a pool of payees that are
exempt for purposes of chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code but does not
allocate the remaining 50 percent of the
payment. In such a case, the
withholding agent may treat 50 percent
of the payment as exempt from chapter
4 and the remaining 50 percent that was
not allocated will be treated, under the
presumption rules set forth in paragraph
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(f) of this section, as made to a pool of
payees that are nonparticipating FFIs.
(D) Special rules applicable to a
withholding certificate of a QI that
assumes primary withholding
responsibility under chapter 3 of the
Internal Revenue Code. A QI that
assumes primary withholding
responsibility under chapter 3 of the
Internal Revenue Code for a payment
may not make the election described in
§ 1.1471–2(a)(2)(iii) to be withheld upon
with respect to the payment. Thus,
where a QI assumes primary
withholding responsibility under
chapter 3 with respect to a payment, in
addition to the other requirements
indicated in paragraph (c)(3)(iii)(A) of
this section, a withholding agent can
reliably associate the payment with a
valid withholding certificate only when
the QI has not indicated that it makes
the section 1471(b)(3) of the Code
election to be withheld upon for
purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code.
(E) Special rules applicable to a
withholding certificate of a QI that does
not assume primary withholding
responsibility under chapter 3. A QI that
does not assume primary withholding
responsibility under chapter 3 will be
required to make the section 1471(b)(3)
election to be withheld upon that is
described in § 1.1471–2(a)(2)(iii). Thus,
in a case in which a QI does not assume
primary withholding responsibility
under chapter 3, a withholding agent
can reliably associate the payment with
a valid withholding certificate only
when, in addition to the other
information required by paragraph
(c)(3)(iii)(A) of this section, the
withholding certificate indicates that
the QI elects to be withheld upon for
purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code.
(F) Special rules applicable to a
withholding certificate of a territory
financial institution that agrees to be
treated as a U.S. person for purposes of
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code.
A withholding agent may reliably
associate a payment with an
intermediary withholding certificate or
flow-through withholding certificate of
a territory financial institution that
agrees to be treated as a U.S. person if,
in addition to the other information
required by paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(A) of
this section, the certificate contains an
EIN of the territory financial institution
and a certification that the territory
financial institution agrees to be treated
as a U.S. person with respect to the
payment for both chapter 3 and chapter
4 of the Internal Revenue Code
purposes.
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(G) Special rules applicable to a
withholding certificate of a territory
financial institution that does not agree
to be treated as a U.S. person for
purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code. A withholding agent
may reliably associate a payment with
an intermediary withholding certificate
or a flow-through withholding
certificate of a territory financial
institution that does not agree to be
treated as a U.S. person if, in addition
to the information required by
paragraph (c)(3)(iii)(A) of this section,
the certificate indicates that the
institution has not agreed to be treated
as a U.S. person and the institution
provides a territory institution
withholding statement described in
paragraphs (c)(3)(iii)(B)(1) and (4) of this
section. If the territory financial
institution does not provide valid
documentation with respect to all
payees on behalf of which it receives the
payment, the withholding agent may
still treat the withholding certificate and
any other documentation received as
valid but must treat any portion of the
payment allocable to undocumented
payees of the territory financial
institution as made to a
nonparticipating FFI.
(iv) Certificate for exempt status
(Form W–8EXP). A Form W–8EXP is
valid only if it contains the name,
address, and chapter 4 status of the
payee, the relevant certifications or
documentation, and any other
requirements indicated in the
instructions to the form, and is signed
under penalties of perjury by a person
with authority to sign for the payee.
(v) Certificate for effectively
connected income (Form W–8ECI). A
Form W–8ECI is valid only if, in
addition to meeting the requirements in
the instructions to the form, it contains
the TIN of the payee, represents that the
amounts for which the certificate is
furnished are effectively connected with
the conduct of a trade or business in the
United States and are includable in the
payee’s gross income for the taxable
year, and is signed under penalties of
perjury by a person with authority to
sign for the payee.
(4) Requirements for written
statements. A written statement
provided by a payee with respect to an
offshore obligation must contain a
payee’s certification that it meets the
requirements relevant to the chapter 4
status claimed and must be signed by
the payee under penalties of perjury. A
written statement may be used in lieu of
a withholding certificate only to the
extent provided under this section and
only when accompanied by
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
documentary evidence (unless provided
otherwise by this section).
(5) Requirements for documentary
evidence. Documentary evidence with
respect to a payee is only reliable if it
contains sufficient information to
support the payee’s claim of chapter 4
status. Acceptable documentary
evidence includes—
(i) A certificate of residence issued by
an appropriate tax official of the country
in which the payee claims to be a
resident that indicates that the payee
has filed its most recent income tax
return as a resident of that country;
(ii) With respect to an individual, any
valid identification issued by an
authorized government body (for
example, a government or agency
thereof, or a municipality), that includes
the individual’s name and address and
is typically used for identification
purposes;
(iii) With respect to an entity, any
official documentation issued by an
authorized government body (for
example, a government or agency
thereof, or a municipality) that includes
the name of the entity and either the
address of its principal office in the
country (or possession of the United
States) in which it claims to be a
resident or the country (or possession of
the United States) in which the entity
was incorporated or organized;
(iv) With respect to an account
maintained in a jurisdiction with antimoney laundering rules that have been
approved by the IRS in connection with
a QI agreement (as referenced in
§ 1.1441–1(e)(5)(iii)), any of the
documents other than a Form W–8 or
W–9 referenced in the jurisdiction’s
attachment to the QI agreement for
identifying individuals or entities; and
(v) Any financial statement, thirdparty credit report, bankruptcy filing,
SEC report, or other document
identified in the specific payee
documentation requirements in
paragraph (d) of this section.
(6) Applicable rules for withholding
certificates, written statements, and
documentary evidence. The provisions
in this paragraph (c)(6) describe
standards generally applicable to
withholding certificates on Form W–8
(or a substitute form), written
statements, and documentary evidence
furnished to establish the payee’s
chapter 4 status. These provisions do
not apply to Forms W–9 (or their
substitutes). For corresponding
provisions regarding the Form W–9 (or
a substitute Form W–9), see section
3406 and the regulations thereunder.
(i) Who may sign the certificate or
written statement. A withholding
certificate (including an acceptable
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
substitute) or written statement may be
signed by any person authorized to sign
a declaration under penalties of perjury
on behalf of the person whose name is
on the certificate or written statement,
as provided in sections 6061 through
6063 and the regulations thereunder.
(ii) Period of validity—(A)
Withholding certificates. For purposes
of determining the period of validity for
a withholding certificate under chapter
4 of the Internal Revenue Code, the
rules prescribed in § 1.1441–
1(e)(4)(ii)(A) through (C) apply, except
that § 1.1441–1(e)(4)(ii)(B)(1) will not
apply to a withholding certificate of a
nonregistering local bank, an FFI with
only low-value accounts, or an ownerdocumented FFI.
(B) Written statements. Except as
otherwise provided, a written statement
is valid until the earlier of the last day
of the third calendar year following the
year in which documentary evidence is
provided to the withholding agent or the
day on which a change in circumstance
occurs that makes the information
contained in the written statement
incorrect. However, a written statement
submitted by a foreign government or a
foreign central bank will remain valid
indefinitely, unless and until a change
in circumstances makes the information
contained in the written statement
incorrect.
(C) Documentary evidence. As a
general rule, documentary evidence is
valid until the earlier of the last day of
the third calendar year following the
year in which the documentary
evidence is provided to the withholding
agent or the day on which a change in
circumstance occurs that makes the
information on the documentary
evidence incorrect. However,
documentary evidence that contains an
expiration date will be valid until the
end of the expiration period, regardless
of whether that expiration date occurs
before or after the last day of the third
calendar year following the year in
which the documentary evidence is
provided to the withholding agent. In
addition, documentary evidence that is
not generally renewed or amended, such
as a certificate of incorporation, may be
treated as valid indefinitely until a
change in circumstance occurs that
makes the information on the
documentary evidence incorrect.
(D) Change of circumstances—(1)
Defined. For purposes of this chapter, a
person is considered to have a change
in circumstances only if such change
would affect the chapter 4 status of the
person. A change of circumstances
includes any change that results in the
addition of information described in
paragraph (e)(4) relevant to a person’s
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9059
claim of foreign status (that is, U.S.
indicia) or otherwise conflicts with such
person’s claim of chapter 4 status.
Unless stated otherwise, a change of
address or telephone number is a
change in circumstances for purposes of
this paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(D) only if it
changes to an address or telephone
number in the United States. A change
in circumstances affecting the
withholding information provided to
the withholding agent, including
allocation information or withholding
pools contained in a withholding
statement or owner reporting statement,
will terminate the validity of the
withholding certificate with respect to
the information that is no longer
reliable, until the information is
updated.
(2) Obligation to notify withholding
agent of a change in circumstances. If a
change in circumstances makes any
information on a certificate or other
documentation incorrect, then the
person whose name is on the certificate
or other documentation must inform the
withholding agent within 30 days of the
change and furnish a new certificate, a
new written statement, or new
documentary evidence. If an
intermediary or a flow-through entity
becomes aware that a certificate or other
appropriate documentation it has
furnished to the person from whom it
collects a payment is no longer valid
because of a change in the
circumstances of the person who issued
the certificate or furnished the other
appropriate documentation, then the
intermediary or flow-through entity
must notify the person from whom it
collects the payment of the change of
circumstances within 30 days of the
date that it knows or has reason to know
of the change in circumstances. It must
also obtain a new withholding
certificate or new appropriate
documentation to replace the existing
certificate or documentation whose
validity has expired due to the change
in circumstances.
(3) Withholding agent’s obligation
with respect to a change in
circumstances. A certificate or other
documentation becomes invalid on the
date that the withholding agent holding
the certificate or documentation knows
or has reason to know that
circumstances affecting the correctness
of the certificate or documentation have
changed. However, a withholding agent
may choose to treat a person as having
the same chapter 4 status that it had
prior to the change in circumstances
until the earlier of 90 days from the date
that the certificate or documentation
became unreliable due to the change in
circumstances or the date that a new
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9060
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
certificate or new documentation is
obtained. A withholding agent may rely
on a certificate without having to
inquire into possible changes of
circumstances that may affect the
validity of the statement, unless it
knows or has reason to know that
circumstances have changed. A
withholding agent may require a new
certificate or additional documentation
at any time prior to a payment,
regardless of whether the withholding
agent knows or has reason to know that
any information stated on the certificate
or documentation has changed.
(iii) Record Retention. A withholding
agent must retain each withholding
certificate, written statement, or copy of
documentary evidence for as long as it
may be relevant to the determination of
the withholding agent’s tax liability
under section 1474(a) and § 1.1474–1. A
withholding agent may retain either an
original, certified copy, or photocopy
(including a microfiche, electronic scan,
or similar means of electronic storage) of
the withholding certificate, written
statement, or documentary evidence.
With respect to documentary evidence,
the withholding agent must also note in
its records the date on which and by
whom the document was received and
reviewed. Any documentation that is
stored electronically must be made
available in hard copy form to the IRS
upon request during an examination.
(iv) Electronic transmission of
withholding certificate, written
statement, and documentary evidence.
A withholding agent may accept a
withholding certificate (including an
acceptable substitute form), a written
statement, or other such form as the
Internal Revenue Service shall
prescribe, electronically in accordance
with the requirements set forth in
§ 1.1441–1(e)(4)(iv). A withholding
certificate (including a substitute form),
written statement or other such form
prescribed by the IRS may be accepted
by facsimile if the withholding agent
confirms that the person furnishing the
form is the person named on the form,
the faxed form contains a signature of
the person whose name is on the form,
and such signature is made under
penalties of perjury in the manner
described in § 1.1441–1(e)(4)(iv)(B)(3)(i).
A withholding agent may also accept a
copy of documentary evidence
electronically, including by facsimile, if
the withholding agent confirms that the
person furnishing the documentary
evidence is the person named on the
documentary evidence, the copy does
not appear to have been altered from its
original form, and the copy is a certified
copy or notarized copy (that is, must
either be certified to be a true copy of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
the original or must contain a notarized
signed statement of the person
furnishing the document that the copy
is a true and accurate reproduction of
the original).
(v) Acceptable substitute withholding
certificate. A withholding agent may
substitute its own form for an official
Form W–8 if the substitute form meets
the requirements of § 1.1441–1(e)(4)(vi)
and contains all of the information
relevant for determining the chapter 4
status of the person named on the form.
(vi) Documentation to be furnished for
each account unless exception applies.
Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (c)(6)(vi), a withholding agent
that is a financial institution must
obtain withholding certificates or other
appropriate documentation on an
account-by-account basis. However, the
exceptions set forth in § 1.1441–
1(e)(4)(ix)(A) through (C), that permit a
withholding agent to rely on
documentation held through
coordinated account systems, families of
mutual funds, and through certain U.S.
brokers, apply for purposes of
documenting accounts under chapter 4
of the Internal Revenue Code.
(vii) Reliance on a prior version of a
withholding certificate. Upon the
issuance by the IRS of an updated
version of a withholding certificate, a
withholding agent may continue to
accept the prior version of the
withholding certificate for six months
after the revision date shown on the
updated withholding certificate, unless
the IRS has issued guidance that
indicates otherwise, and may continue
to rely upon a previously signed prior
version of the withholding certificate
until its period of validity expires.
(7) Documentation received after the
time of payment. Proof that withholding
was not required under the provisions
of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue
Code and the regulations thereunder
also may be established after the date of
payment by the withholding agent on
the basis of a valid withholding
certificate and/or other appropriate
documentation that was furnished after
the date of payment but that was
effective as of the date of payment. A
withholding certificate furnished after
the date of payment will be considered
effective as of the date of the payment
if the certificate contains a signed
affidavit (either at the bottom of the
form or on an attached page) that states
that the information and representations
contained on the certificate were
accurate as of the time of the payment.
A certificate obtained within 15 days
after the date of the payment will not be
considered to be unreliable solely
because it does not contain an affidavit.
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
However, in the case of a withholding
certificate of an individual received
more than a year after the date of
payment, the withholding agent will be
required to obtain, in addition to the
withholding certificate and affidavit,
documentary evidence described in
paragraph (c)(5)(i) or (ii) of this section
that supports the individual’s claim of
foreign status. In the case of a
withholding certificate of an entity
received more than a year after the date
of payment, the withholding agent will
be required to obtain, in addition to the
withholding certificate and affidavit,
documentary evidence specified in
paragraph (d) of this section applicable
to an offshore account that supports the
chapter 4 status claimed. In a case in
which documentation other than a
withholding certificate is submitted
from a payee more than a year after the
date of payment, the withholding agent
will be required to also obtain from the
payee a withholding certificate
supporting the chapter 4 status claimed.
(d) Documentation requirements to
establish payee’s chapter 4 status.
Unless the withholding agent knows or
has reason to know otherwise, a
withholding agent may rely on the
provisions of this paragraph (d) to
determine the chapter 4 status of a
payee. Except as otherwise provided in
this paragraph (d), a withholding agent
is required to obtain a valid withholding
certificate or a Form W–9 from the
payee in order to treat the payee as
having a particular chapter 4 status.
Paragraphs (d)(1) through (11) of this
section prescribe any additional
documentation requirements that must
be met in order to treat a payee as
having a specific chapter 4 status.
Paragraphs (d)(1) through (11) of this
section also indicate when it is
appropriate to rely upon documentary
evidence in lieu of a Form W–8 or W–
9 and the type of documentary evidence
necessary. In cases where documentary
evidence alone is not sufficient to
establish that a payee with respect to an
offshore obligation has a particular
chapter 4 status, the withholding agent
may supplement the documentary
evidence with a written statement
signed by the payee (or a person with
authority to sign for the payee) under
penalties of perjury that indicates that
the payee meets the requirements to
qualify for a particular chapter 4 status.
This paragraph (d) also provides the
circumstances in which special
documentation rules are permitted with
respect to preexisting obligations. A
withholding agent may not rely on
documentation described in this
paragraph (d) if it knows or has reason
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
to know that such documentation is
incorrect or unreliable as described in
paragraph (e) of this section.
(1) Identification of U.S. persons. A
withholding agent must treat a payee as
a U.S. person if it has a valid Form W–
9 associated with the payee or if it can
presume the payee is a U.S. person
under the presumption rules set forth in
paragraph (f) of this section.
(2) Identification of foreign
individuals—(i) In general. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as
a foreign individual if the withholding
agent has a valid withholding certificate
identifying the payee as a foreign
individual.
(ii) Transitional exception for
payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting
obligations. For payments made prior to
January 1, 2017, with respect to a
preexisting obligation, a withholding
agent may treat a payee as a foreign
individual if the withholding agent has
a withholding certificate associated with
the payee that meets the requirements of
§ 1.1441–1(e)(1)(ii) applicable to such
certificate identifying the payee as a
foreign individual.
(iii) Exception for offshore
obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an
offshore obligation may treat the payee
as a foreign individual if it obtains a
government-issued identification that
supports the payee’s claim of chapter 4
status as a foreign individual and none
of the documentation associated with
the payee contains U.S. indicia
described in paragraph (e)(4) of this
section.
(3) Identification of participating
FFIs—(i) In general. A withholding
agent may treat a payee as a
participating FFI only if the withholding
agent has a valid withholding certificate
identifying the payee as a participating
FFI and the withholding certificate
contains an FFI–EIN for the payee that
is verified against the published IRS FFI
list in the manner described in
paragraph (e)(3) of this section
(indicating when a withholding agent
may rely upon an FFI–EIN). A
withholding certificate that identifies
the payee as a participating FFI but does
not provide the payee’s FFI–EIN or
provides an FFI–EIN that does not
appear on the current published IRS FFI
list within 90 calendar days after the
date that the claim is made, will be
treated as an invalid withholding
certificate for purposes of chapter 4 and
the payee will be treated as an
undocumented payee beginning on such
date until other valid documentation or
a correct FFI–EIN is provided.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(ii) Transitional exception for
payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting
obligations. For withholdable payments
made prior to January 1, 2017, with
respect to a preexisting obligation, a
withholding agent may treat a payee as
a participating FFI if the withholding
agent has a withholding certificate
associated with the payee that meets the
requirements of § 1.1441–1(e)(1)(ii) that
are applicable to the certificate,
identifying the payee as a foreign
person, the payee has provided the
withholding agent, either orally or in
writing, with its FFI–EIN, and the
withholding agent has verified the FFI–
EIN in the manner described in
paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
(4) Identification of nonparticipating
FFIs—(i) In general. A withholding
agent is required to treat a payee as a
nonparticipating FFI if the withholding
agent can reliably associate the payment
with a valid withholding certificate
identifying the payee as a
nonparticipating FFI, the withholding
agent knows or has reason to know that
the payee is a nonparticipating FFI, or
the withholding agent is required to
treat the payee as a nonparticipating FFI
under the presumption rules described
in paragraph (f) of this section.
(ii) Special documentation rules for
payments made to an exempt beneficial
owner through a nonparticipating FFI. A
withholding agent may treat a payment
made to a nonparticipating FFI as
beneficially owned by an exempt
beneficial owner if the withholding
agent can reliably associate the payment
with—
(A) A valid withholding certificate
that identifies the payee as a
nonparticipating FFI that is either acting
as an intermediary or is a flow-through
entity; and
(B) An exempt beneficial owner
withholding statement that meets the
requirements of paragraphs
(c)(3)(iii)(B)(1) and (5) of this section
and contains the associated
documentation that would be necessary
to establish the chapter 4 status of each
exempt beneficial owner in accordance
with paragraph (d)(8) of this section if
it were the payee.
(5) Identification of registered
deemed-compliant FFIs—(i) In general.
A payee will be treated as a registered
deemed-compliant FFI described in
§ 1.1471–5(f)(1) only if the withholding
agent has a valid withholding certificate
identifying the payee as a registered
deemed-compliant FFI and the
withholding certificate contains an FFI–
EIN for the payee that the withholding
agent verifies against the published IRS
FFI list in the manner described in
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9061
paragraph (e)(3) of this section. A
withholding certificate that identifies
the payee as a registered deemedcompliant FFI but does not provide an
FFI–EIN or provides an FFI–EIN that
does not appear on the current
published IRS FFI list within 90
calendar days of the date that the claim
is made will be treated as an invalid
withholding certificate for purposes of
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code
beginning on such date, and the payee
will be treated as an undocumented
payee from such date until a correct
FFI–EIN or other valid documentation is
provided.
(ii) Transitional exception for
payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting
obligations. For payments made prior to
January 1, 2017, with respect to a
preexisting obligation, a withholding
agent may treat a payee as a registered
deemed-compliant FFI if the
withholding agent has a withholding
certificate associated with the payee that
meets the requirements of § 1.1441–
1(e)(1)(ii) applicable to such certificate
identifying the payee as a foreign
person, the payee has provided the
withholding agent, either orally or in
writing, its FFI–EIN, and the
withholding agent has verified the FFI–
EIN in the manner described in
paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
(6) Identification of certified deemedcompliant FFIs—(i) Identification of
nonregistering local banks. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as
a nonregistering local bank if the
withholding agent can reliably associate
the payment with a valid withholding
certificate that identifies the payee as a
foreign entity that is a nonregistering
local bank, the withholding certificate
contains a certification by the payee that
it meets the requirements to qualify as
a nonregistering local bank under
§ 1.1471–5(f)(2)(i), and the withholding
agent has either a current audited
financial statement, or if the payee does
not have an audited financial statement,
an unaudited financial statement or
other similar financial document for the
payee that supports the payee’s claim
that it is an FFI that operates solely as
a bank (within the meaning of section
581, determined as if the FFI were
incorporated in the United States) and
does not contradict the payee’s claim
that it is eligible for certified deemedcompliant status as a nonregistering
local bank. A withholding agent will
have reason to know that a payee is not
a nonregistering local bank if the
withholding agent has knowledge that
the payee operates in more than one
country or the withholding agent can
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9062
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
determine that the payee has assets in
excess of $175 million.
(ii) Identification of retirement
plans—(A) In general. A withholding
agent may treat a payee as a retirement
plan described in § 1.1471–5(f)(2)(ii) if it
can associate the payment with a valid
withholding certificate in which the
payee certifies that it is a retirement
plan meeting the requirements of
§ 1.1471–5(f)(2)(ii) and the withholding
agent has an organizational document
associated with the payee that generally
supports the payee’s claim. An
organizational document will generally
support the payee’s claim that it is a
retirement plan if, for example, the
organizational document indicates that
the payee qualifies as a retirement plan
under the laws of the jurisdiction in
which the payee was organized, even if
the organizational document does not
specify whether the payee meets all of
the requirements to qualify as a
retirement plan under § 1.1471–
5(f)(2)(ii), provided that no information
in the organizational document
contradicts the payee’s claim that it
qualifies as a retirement plan under
§ 1.1471–5(f)(2)(ii).
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
A withholding agent that makes a
payment with respect to an offshore
obligation may treat a payment as made
to a retirement plan described in
§ 1.1471–5(f)(2)(ii) if it obtains a written
statement, including a statement made
in account opening documents, signed
by the payee under penalty of perjury,
in which the payee certifies that it is a
retirement plan under the laws of its
local jurisdiction meeting the
requirements of § 1.1471–5(f)(2)(ii) and
the withholding agent has an
organizational document associated
with the payee that generally supports
the payee’s claim.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an
offshore obligation that is also a
preexisting obligation, may treat the
payee as a retirement plan described in
§ 1.1471–5(f)(2)(ii) if the payee is
generally known to be a retirement plan
in the country in which the withholding
agent is located and the withholding
agent has documentary evidence that
establishes that the payee is a foreign
entity that qualifies as a retirement plan
in the country in which the payee is
organized.
(iii) Identification of non-profit
organizations—(A) In general. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as
a deemed-compliant non-profit
organization described in § 1.1471–
5(f)(2)(iii) if the withholding agent can
associate the payment with a valid
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
withholding certificate that identifies
the payee as a non-profit organization
described in § 1.1471–5(f)(2)(iii) and the
payee has provided a letter from counsel
concluding that the payee qualifies as a
non-profit organization described in
§ 1.1471–5(f)(2)(iii).
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
A withholding agent may treat a
payment with respect to an offshore
obligation as made to a deemedcompliant nonprofit organization
without obtaining a withholding
certificate for the payee if the payee has
provided a letter from counsel
concluding that the payee qualifies as a
non-profit organization described in
§ 1.1471–5(f)(2)(iii). A withholding
agent may also treat the payee as a
deemed-compliant nonprofit
organization if the withholding agent
obtains a letter from counsel indicating
that the payee was organized for the
purposes described in § 1.1471–
5(f)(2)(iii), has an organizational
document that establishes that the payee
was organized in the same country in
which the account is maintained by the
withholding agent, is provided with a
TIN for the payee issued by the tax
authority of that country, and is subject
to information reporting by the
withholding agent as a tax-exempt
charitable organization under that
country’s information reporting laws.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an
offshore obligation that is also a
preexisting obligation may treat the
payee as an deemed-compliant
nonprofit organization described in
§ 1.1471–5(f)(2)(iii) if the payee—
(1) Provides a letter issued by the tax
authority of the country in which the
payee is organized or a letter of local
counsel that certifies that the payee
qualifies as a tax-exempt charity in its
local jurisdiction; or
(2) Provides an organizational
document establishing that the payee
was organized as a charitable
organization in the same country in
which the account is maintained by the
withholding agent, has provided a TIN
issued by the tax authority of that
country to the payee, and is reported by
the withholding agent as a tax-exempt
charitable organization to the tax
authority of that country.
(iv) Identification of FFIs with only
low-value accounts. A withholding
agent may treat a payee as an FFI with
only low-value accounts if the
withholding agent can reliably associate
the payment with a valid withholding
certificate that identifies the payee as a
foreign entity that is described in
§ 1.1471–5(f)(2)(iv), an organizational
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
document that supports the payee’s
claim that it is an entity described in
§ 1.1471–5(e)(1)(i) and/or (ii), and a
current audited financial statement (or if
such statement is not available, an
unaudited financial statement or similar
financial document) for the payee and
all members of its expanded affiliated
group (if any) that supports the claim
that the payee has no more than $50
million in assets on its balance sheet (or,
in the case of a payee that is a member
of an expanded affiliated group, that the
group has $50 million or less in total
assets on its consolidated or combined
balance sheet) and that does not
contradict the claim that the payee is an
FFI with only low-value accounts. A
withholding agent will have reason to
know that a payee is not an FFI with
only low-value accounts if the
withholding agent has knowledge that
the FFI or any member of the FFI’s
expanded affiliated group (if any)
maintains any financial accounts with a
balance or value in excess of $50,000 or
the withholding agent can determine
that the payee or the payee’s expanded
affiliated group (if any) has assets in
excess of $50 million.
(7) Identification of ownerdocumented FFIs—(i) In general. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as
an owner-documented FFI if it meets
the requirements of this paragraph
(d)(7). A withholding agent may not rely
upon a withholding certificate to treat a
payee as an owner-documented FFI,
either in whole or in part, if the
withholding certificate does not contain
all of the information and associated
documentation required by this
paragraph (d)(7).
(A) The withholding agent has a valid
withholding certificate that identifies
the payee as an owner-documented FFI
that is not acting as an intermediary;
(B) The withholding agent agrees to
treat the payee as an owner-documented
FFI;
(C) The payee submits on an annual
basis an FFI owner reporting statement
associated with the withholding
certificate that provides all of the
information designated in paragraph
(d)(7)(iv) of this section;
(D) The payee submits valid
documentation (including any necessary
waivers) associated with each
individual, specified U.S. person,
owner-documented FFI, exempt
beneficial owner, or NFFE that holds,
directly or indirectly, an interest in the
payee;
(E) The withholding agent does not
know or have reason to know that the
payee maintains any financial account
for a nonparticipating FFI or issues debt
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
constituting a financial account to any
person in excess of $50,000; and
(F) The withholding agent does not
know or have reason to know that the
payee is affiliated with any other FFI
other than an FFI that is also treated as
an owner-documented FFI by the
withholding agent.
(ii) Auditor’s letter substitute. A payee
may, in lieu of providing an FFI owner
reporting statement and documentation
for each owner of the FFI as described
in paragraphs (d)(7)(i)(C) and (D) of this
section, provide an auditor’s letter,
signed within one year of the date of the
payment, from an unrelated and
independent accounting firm or legal
representative that has a location in the
United States. The auditor’s letter must
certify that the firm or representative
has reviewed the payee’s documentation
with respect to all of its owners in
accordance with § 1.1471–4(c), that the
payee meets the requirements of
§ 1.1471–5(f)(3), and that no owner that
owns a direct or indirect interest in the
payee is a nonparticipating FFI,
specified U.S. person, or passive NFFE
with any substantial U.S. owners. A
withholding agent may rely upon an
auditor’s letter if it does not know or
have reason to know that any of the
information contained in the letter in
unreliable or incorrect.
(iii) Documentation for owners of
payee. Acceptable documentation for an
individual owning an interest in the
payee means a valid withholding
certificate, valid Form W–9 (including
any necessary waiver), or documentary
evidence establishing the foreign status
of the individual as set forth in
paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
Acceptable documentation for a
specified U.S. person means a valid
Form W–9 (including any necessary
waiver). Acceptable documentation for
all other persons owning an equity
interest in the payee means
documentation described in this
paragraph (d), applicable to the chapter
4 status claimed by the person. The
rules for reliably associating a payment
with a withholding certificate or
documentary evidence set forth in
paragraph (c) of this section, the rules
for payee documentation provided in
this paragraph (d), and the standards of
knowledge set forth in paragraph (e) of
this section will apply to documentation
submitted by the owners of the payee by
substituting the phrase ‘‘owner of the
payee’’ for ‘‘payee.’’
(iv) Content of FFI owner reporting
statement. The FFI owner reporting
statement provided by an ownerdocumented FFI must contain the
information required by this paragraph
(d)(7)(iv) and is subject to the general
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
rules applicable to all withholding
statements described in paragraph
(c)(3)(iii)(B)(1) of this section. An FFI
that is a partnership, simple trust, or
grantor trust may substitute the FFI
owner reporting statement with an NWP
withholding statement described in
§ 1.1441–5(c)(3)(iv) or a foreign simple
trust or foreign grantor trust
withholding statement described in
§ 1.1441–5(e)(5)(iv), provided that the
NWP withholding certificate or foreign
simple trust or foreign grantor trust
withholding certificate contains all of
the information required in this
paragraph (d)(7)(iv). The ownerdocumented FFI will be required to
provide the withholding agent with an
updated owner reporting statement if
the withholding certificate expires due
to a change in circumstances as required
under paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(D) of this
section.
(A) The FFI owner reporting
statement must contain the name,
address, TIN (if any), entity tax
classification, and the type of
documentation (Form W–9, Form W–8,
or other documentary evidence)
provided to the owner-documented FFI
for every person that owns an equity
interest in the payee, and must indicate
that person’s chapter 4 status.
(B) The FFI owner reporting statement
must indicate the percentage that each
person owns of the payee.
(C) The FFI owner reporting statement
must also contain any other information
the withholding agent reasonably
requests in order to fulfill its obligations
under chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue
Code.
(v) Exception for preexisting
obligations. A withholding agent may
treat a payment made with respect to a
preexisting obligation as made to an
owner-documented FFI without
requiring that the FFI provide
documentation for every individual,
specified U.S. person, ownerdocumented FFI, exempt beneficial
owner, and/or NFFE that owns an
interest in the payee if the withholding
agent can associate the payment with a
valid withholding certificate that
identifies the payee as an FFI and the
payee submits an FFI owner reporting
statement associated with the
withholding certificate that provides all
of the information designated in
paragraph (d)(7)(iv) of this section. In
such case, the owner-documented FFI
must agree to maintain and make
available the documentation for every
person that owns an interest, other than
an interest as a creditor, in the payee
upon the request of the withholding
agent. A withholding agent may also
treat a payment made with respect to a
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9063
preexisting obligation as made to an
owner-documented FFI if the
withholding agent has collected
documentation with respect to each
individual, specified U.S. person,
owner-documented FFI, exempt
beneficial owner, and/or NFFE that
owns a direct or indirect interest in the
payee, other than an interest as a
creditor, pursuant to its AML due
diligence within four years of the date
of payment and that documentation is
sufficient to satisfy the AML due
diligence requirements of the
jurisdiction in which the withholding
agent maintains the account.
(8) Identification of exempt beneficial
owners—(i) Identification of foreign
governments and governments of U.S.
possessions—(A) In general. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as
a foreign government or government of
a U.S. possession if it can reliably
associate the payment with a valid
withholding certificate that identifies
the beneficial owner of the payment as
a foreign government. For purposes of
this paragraph (d)(8)(i), a withholding
agent may rely upon a valid
withholding certificate that meets the
requirements of § 1.1441–1(e)(1)(ii)
applicable to such certificate and
identifies the payee as a foreign
government or government of a U.S.
possession, even if such withholding
certificate does not identify the payee’s
chapter 4 status.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
A withholding agent that makes a
payment with respect to an offshore
obligation may treat a payee as a foreign
government or a government of a U.S.
possession if the payee provides a
written statement that it is a foreign
government or government of a U.S
possession, a political subdivision of a
foreign government or government of a
U.S. possession, or any wholly owned
agency or instrumentality of any one or
more of the foregoing, and that it does
not receive the payment as an
intermediary on behalf of another
person.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an
offshore obligation that is also a
preexisting obligation may treat the
payee as a foreign government or
government of a U.S. possession if the
payee is generally known to the
withholding agent to be or the payee’s
name reasonably indicates that it is a
foreign government or government of a
U.S possession, a political subdivision
of a foreign government or government
of a U.S. possession, or any wholly
owned agency or instrumentality of any
one or more of the foregoing, and the
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9064
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
withholding agent does not know or
have reason to know that the foreign
government is receiving the payment as
an intermediary on behalf of another
person.
(ii) Identification of international
organizations. A withholding agent may
treat a payee as an international
organization if it can associate the
payment with a valid withholding
certificate identifying the beneficial
owner of the payment as an
international organization. For purposes
of this paragraph (d)(8)(ii), a
withholding agent may rely upon a
valid withholding certificate that meets
the requirements of § 1.1441–1(e)(1)(ii)
applicable to such certificate and
identifies the payee as an international
organization, even if such withholding
certificate does not identify the payee’s
chapter 4 status. A withholding agent
may treat a payee as an international
organization without requiring a
withholding certificate if the name of
the payee is one that is designated as an
international organization by executive
order (pursuant to 22 U.S.C. 288
through 288(f)) and other facts
surrounding the transaction reasonably
indicate that the international
organization is not receiving the
payment as an intermediary on behalf of
another person.
(iii) Identification of foreign central
banks of issue—(A) In general. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as
a foreign central bank of issue if it can
associate the payment with a valid
withholding certificate that identifies
the beneficial owner of the payment as
a foreign central bank of issue. For
purposes of this paragraph (d)(8)(iii), a
withholding agent may rely upon a
valid withholding certificate that meets
the requirements of § 1.1441–1(e)(1)(ii)
applicable to such certificate and
identifies the payee as a foreign central
bank, even if such withholding
certificate does not identify the payee’s
chapter 4 status.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
A withholding agent that makes a
payment with respect to an offshore
obligation may treat the payee as a
foreign central bank of issue if the
withholding agent has a written
statement signed by the payee in which
the payee states that it is a foreign
central bank of issue within the
meaning of § 1.1471–6(d) and the facts
and circumstances surrounding the
payment reasonably indicate that the
payee is a foreign central bank of issue
and either the payee is not receiving the
payment as an intermediary on behalf of
another person or the payee would be
treated as the beneficial owner of the
payment for purposes of § 1.1471–6(d).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an
offshore obligation that is also a
preexisting obligation may treat the
payee as a foreign central bank of issue
if the name of the payee and other facts
surrounding the payment reasonably
indicate that the payee is a foreign
central bank of issue or the Bank for
International Settlements and either the
withholding agent has no reason to
know that the payee is receiving the
payment as an intermediary on behalf of
another person or the payee would be
treated as the beneficial owner of the
payment for purposes of § 1.1471–6(d).
(iv) Identification of retirement
funds—(A) In general. A withholding
agent may treat a payee as a retirement
fund described in § 1.1471–6(f) if it can
associate the payment with a valid
withholding certificate in which the
payee certifies that it is a retirement
fund meeting the requirements of
§ 1.1471–6(f) and—
(1) The withholding certificate makes
a valid claim for treaty benefits under
the pension plan article of a treaty; or
(2) The withholding agent has an
organizational document associated
with the payee that generally supports
the payee’s claim. An organizational
document will generally support the
payee’s claim that it is a retirement fund
if, for example, the organizational
document indicates that the payee
qualifies as a tax-exempt retirement
fund under the jurisdiction in which the
payee was organized, even if the
organizational documents do not specify
whether the payee meets all of the
requirements to qualify as a retirement
fund under § 1.1471–6(f), provided that
no information in the organizational
document contradicts the payee’s claim
that it qualifies as a retirement fund
under § 1.1471–6(f).
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
A withholding agent that makes a
payment with respect to an offshore
obligation may treat a payment as made
to a retirement fund described in
§ 1.1471–6(f) if it obtains a written
statement, including a statement made
in account opening documents, signed
by the payee under penalty of perjury,
in which the payee certifies that it is a
retirement fund under the laws of its
local jurisdiction meeting the
requirements of § 1.1471–6(f) and the
withholding agent has an organizational
document associated with the payee
that generally supports the payee’s
claim.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an
offshore obligation that is also a
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
preexisting obligation, may treat the
payee as a retirement fund described in
§ 1.1471–6(f) if the payee is generally
known to be a retirement fund in the
country in which the withholding agent
is located and the withholding agent has
documentary evidence that establishes
that the payee is a foreign entity that
qualifies as a retirement fund in the
country in which the payee is
organized.
(v) Identification of entities wholly
owned by exempt beneficial owners. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as
an entity described in § 1.1471–6(g)
(referring to certain entities wholly
owned by exempt beneficial owners
other than those described in § 1.1471–
6(g)) if the withholding agent can
reliably associate the payment with—
(A) A valid withholding certificate
that identifies the payee as an entity
described in § 1.1471–5(e)(1)(iii) that is
the beneficial owner of the payment;
(B) An owner reporting statement that
contains the name, address, TIN (if any),
entity tax classification, chapter 4
status, and a description of the type of
documentation (Form W–8 or other
documentary evidence) provided to the
withholding agent for every person that
owns an equity interest in the payee,
that indicates the percentage that each
such person owns of the payee, and that
is subject to the general rules applicable
to all withholding statements described
in paragraph (c)(3)(iii)(B)(1) of this
section; and
(C) Associated documentation for
every owner of the payee establishing,
pursuant to the documentation
requirements described in paragraph
(d)(8) of this section, that every owner
of the payee is an entity described in
§ 1.1471–6 (without regard to whether
the owner of the payee is a beneficial
owner of the payment).
(9) Identification of excepted FFIs—(i)
Identification of nonfinancial holding
companies—(A) In general. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as
a holding company described under
§ 1.1471–5(e)(5)(i) if the withholding
agent has a valid withholding certificate
identifying the payee as a foreign entity
that operates as a holding company for
a subsidiary or group of subsidiaries
that primarily engage in a trade or
business other than that of a financial
institution, as set forth in § 1.1471–
5(e)(5)(i), and the withholding agent
does not know or have reason to know
that the payee or any subsidiary of
payee is a financial institution,
including a private equity fund, venture
capital fund, leveraged buyout fund, or
any investment vehicle described in
§ 1.1471–5(e)(5)(i).
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
A withholding agent that makes a
payment with respect to an offshore
obligation may treat a payee as a
holding company described under
§ 1.1471–5(e)(5)(i) if the withholding
agent obtains:
(1) A written statement, including a
statement contained in account opening
documents, signed by the payee under
penalties of perjury, in which the payee
certifies that it is a foreign entity
operating primarily as a holding
company for a subsidiary or group of
subsidiaries that primarily engages in a
business other than that of a financial
institution within the meaning of
§ 1.1471–5(e)(4), and that it is not a
private equity fund, venture capital
fund, leveraged buyout fund, or any
investment vehicle described in
§ 1.1471–5(e)(5)(i); or
(2) A copy of the payee’s
organizational documents (such as
articles of incorporation) or
consolidated financial statements that
indicate that the payee is a foreign
entity operating primarily as a holding
company for a subsidiary or group of
entities, each of which is not a financial
institution, and that does not indicate
that the payee is a private equity fund,
venture capital fund, leveraged buyout
fund, or any investment vehicle
described in § 1.1471–5(e)(5)(i).
(ii) Identification of start-up
companies—(A) In general. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as
a start-up company described in
§ 1.1471–5(e)(5)(ii) if the withholding
agent has a valid withholding certificate
that identifies the payee as a start-up
company that intends to operate as
other than a financial institution and the
withholding certificate provides the
payee’s formation date, that is less than
24 months prior to the date of the
payment.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
A withholding agent that makes a
payment with respect to an offshore
obligation may treat a payee as a startup company described in § 1.1471–
5(e)(5)(ii) if it obtains a written
statement from the payee, including a
statement contained in account opening
documents, signed by the payee under
penalties of perjury, in which the payee
certifies that it is a foreign entity formed
for the purpose of operating a business
other than that of a financial institution
and an organizational document
associated with the payee that
establishes that the payee was organized
less than 24 months prior to the date of
the payment.
(C) Exception for preexisting
obligations. A withholding agent may
treat a payment made with respect to a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
preexisting obligation as made to a startup company described in § 1.1471–
5(e)(5)(ii) if the withholding agent—
(1) Has recorded a standard industrial
classification code for the payee that
unambiguously indicates that the entity
intends to be engaged in a business
other than as a financial institution or
has a third party credit report for the
payee indicating that the payee intends
to be engaged in a business other than
as a financial institution; and
(2) Has an organizational document of
the payee that establishes that the payee
is a foreign entity that was organized
less than 24 months prior to the date of
the payment.
(iii) Identification of certain
nonfinancial entities in liquidation or
bankruptcy—(A) In general. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as
an entity described in § 1.1471–
5(e)(5)(iii) (applying to certain foreign
entities in liquidation or bankruptcy) if
the withholding agent has a valid
withholding certificate that identifies
the payee as a foreign entity previously
engaged in business as other than that
of a financial institution that is
liquidating or emerging from a
reorganization or bankruptcy and the
withholding agent has no knowledge
that the payee has claimed to be such an
entity for more than three years. A
withholding agent may continue to treat
a payee as an entity described in this
paragraph for longer than three years if
it obtains, in addition to a valid
withholding certificate, documentary
evidence such as a bankruptcy filing or
other public document that supports the
payee’s claim that it remains in
liquidation or in bankruptcy.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
A withholding agent that makes a
payment with respect to an offshore
obligation may treat the payee as an
entity that satisfies the requirements of
§ 1.1471–5(e)(5)(iii) (applying to certain
foreign entities in liquidation or
bankruptcy) if the withholding agent
has one or more types of documentary
evidence establishing that the payee is
a foreign entity in liquidation or
bankruptcy, (for example, a copy of the
bankruptcy filing or credit report for the
payee) and indicates that prior to the
liquidation or bankruptcy filing, the
payee was engaged in a business other
than that of a financial institution (for
example, a financial statement or credit
report for the payee). A withholding
agent that obtains documentary
evidence associated with the payee that
generally supports the classification of
the payee as an NFFE that is in
liquidation or bankruptcy but does not
unambiguously establish that the payee
is such an entity may rely upon the
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9065
documentary evidence to treat the payee
as an entity described in § 1.1471–
5(e)(5)(iii) if the withholding agent also
obtains a written statement, including a
statement made in account opening
documents, signed by the payee under
penalties of perjury stating that the
payee is a foreign entity in the process
of liquidating its assets or reorganizing
with the intent to continue or
recommence its former business as a
nonfinancial institution.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an
offshore obligation that is also a
preexisting obligation may treat a payee
as an entity described in § 1.1471–
5(e)(5)(iii) if the withholding agent has
previously recorded a standard
industrial classification code for the
payee that unambiguously indicates that
the payee is not a financial institution
and has documentary evidence no more
than three years old establishing that the
payee is a foreign entity in liquidation
or bankruptcy.
(iv) Identification of hedging/
financing centers of nonfinancial
groups—(A) In general. A withholding
agent may treat a payee as an entity that
operates as a hedging or financing
center of a nonfinancial group, as
described in § 1.1471–5(e)(5)(iv), if the
withholding agent can associate the
payment with a valid withholding
certificate that identifies the payee as
such an entity.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
A withholding agent that makes a
payment with respect to an offshore
obligation may treat a payment as made
to an entity described in § 1.1471–
5(e)(5)(iv) if the withholding agent has
documentary evidence (for example, a
consolidated financial statement or
company by-laws) or a third-party credit
report associated with the payee that
indicates that the payee is a foreign
entity that operates primarily as a
hedging or financing center for its
affiliated group and establishes that the
members of the payee’s affiliated group
are engaged in a business other than that
of a financial institution.
(v) Identification of section 501(c)
organizations—(A) In general. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as
an organization described in section
501(c) if the withholding agent can
associate the payment with a valid
withholding certificate that identifies
the payee as a section 501(c)
organization and the payee has
provided—
(1) A certification that no income or
assets of the payee are distributed to, or
applied for the benefit of, a private
person or noncharitable entity other
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9066
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
than pursuant to the conduct of the
payee’s charitable activities, as a
payment of reasonable compensation for
services rendered, or as payment
representing the fair market value of
property which the payee has
purchased; and
(2) Either a certification that the payee
has been issued a determination letter
by the IRS that is currently in effect
concluding that the payee is described
in section 501(c) accompanied by the
date of the letter, or a copy of an
opinion from U.S. counsel certifying
that the payee is described in section
501(c) (without regard to whether the
payee is a foreign private foundation).
(B) Reason to know. A withholding
agent must cease to treat a foreign
organization’s claim that it is an
organization described in section 501(c)
as valid beginning on the earlier of the
date on which such agent knows that
the IRS has given notice to such foreign
organization that it is not an
organization described in section 501(c)
or the date on which the IRS gives
notice to the public that such foreign
organization is not an organization
described in section 501(c). Further, a
withholding agent will have reason to
know that a payee is not an organization
described in section 501(c) if it has
determined, pursuant to its AML due
diligence, that the payee has beneficial
owners (as defined for purposes of the
AML due diligence).
(10) Identification of territory
financial institutions—(i) Identification
of territory financial institutions that are
beneficial owners—(A) In general. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as
a territory financial institution if the
withholding agent has a valid
withholding certificate identifying the
payee as a territory financial institution
that beneficially owns the payment. See
paragraph (d)(11)(iii) of this section for
rules for documenting territory NFFEs.
(B) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an
offshore obligation that is also a
preexisting obligation, may treat the
payee as a territory financial institution
if the withholding agent has no reason
to know that the payee is not the
beneficial owner of the payment and—
(1) The withholding agent has
organizational documents establishing
that the payee was organized or
incorporated under the laws of any
possession of the United States and the
withholding agent has recorded a
standard industrial classification code
for the payee that unambiguously
designates the entity as a bank, broker,
or other financial institution that is not
primarily engaged in the business of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
investing, reinvesting, or trading, as
defined in section § 1.1471–5(e)(4); or
(2) The withholding agent has a copy
of a credit report from a third-party data
provider that is associated with the
payee and that indicates that the payee
is a bank, broker, or other financial
institution not primarily engaged in the
business of investing, reinvesting, or
trading, as defined in section § 1.1471–
5(e)(4), and that the payee was
incorporated or organized under the
laws of a possession of the United
States.
(ii) Identification of territory financial
institutions acting as intermediaries or
that are flow-through entities. A
withholding agent may treat a payment
as made to a territory financial
institution that is acting as an
intermediary or that is a flow-through
entity if the withholding agent has a
valid intermediary withholding
certificate or flow-through withholding
certificate as described in paragraph
(c)(3)(iii) of this section that identifies
the person who receives the payment as
a territory financial institution.
(iii) Reason to know. A withholding
agent will have reason to know that an
entity is not a territory financial
institution if the withholding agent has
a current residence or mailing address,
either in the entity’s account files or on
documentation provided by the payee,
for the entity outside the possession in
which the entity claims to be organized,
a current telephone number for the
payee that has a country code other than
the country code for the United States
or has an area code other than the area
code(s) of the applicable possession, or
standing instructions for the
withholding agent to pay amounts from
its account to an address or account
outside the applicable possession. A
withholding agent that has knowledge
of a current address, current telephone
number, or standing payment
instructions for the entity outside of the
applicable possession, may nevertheless
treat the entity as a territory financial
institution if it obtains documentary
evidence that establishes that the entity
was organized in the applicable
possession or obtains a reasonable
explanation from the entity, in writing,
establishing the entity’s residence in the
possession.
(11) Identification of NFFEs—(i)
Identification of NFFEs that are publicly
traded corporations. A withholding
agent may treat a payee as an NFFE
described in § 1.1472–1(c)(1)(i)
(applying to an entity the stock of which
is regularly traded on an established
securities market) if it has a beneficial
owner withholding certificate that
identifies the payee as an NFFE,
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
certifies that the payee’s stock is
regularly traded on one or more
established securities markets, as
defined in § 1.1472–1(c)(1)(i), and
provides the name of an exchange upon
which the payee’s stock is traded.
(A) Transitional exception for
payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting
obligations. For payments made prior to
January 1, 2017, with respect to a
preexisting obligation, a withholding
agent may treat a payee as an NFFE
described in § 1.1472–1(c)(1)(i) if the
withholding agent—
(1) Has a beneficial owner
withholding certificate associated with
the payee that meets the requirements of
§ 1.1441–1(e)(1)(ii), applicable to such
certificate, identifying the payee as a
foreign corporation;
(2) Has documentation or other
information that indicates that the payee
is listed on a public securities exchange
or on a stock market index; and
(3) Has either recorded a standard
industrial classification code for the
payee that unambiguously indicates that
the payee is not a financial institution
or has an organizational document,
financial statement, or credit report for
the payee that provides sufficient
information to determine that the payee
is not a financial institution.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
A withholding agent that makes a
payment with respect to an offshore
obligation may treat a payee as an NFFE
described in § 1.1472–1(c)(1)(i) if the
withholding agent obtains—
(1) A written statement, including a
statement made in account documents,
signed by the payee under penalty of
perjury, that states that the payee is a
foreign corporation not engaged in
business as a financial institution whose
stock is regularly traded on an
established securities market;
(2) The name of one of the exchanges
upon which the payee’s stock is traded;
and
(3) An organizational document,
financial statement, or credit report for
the payee that generally supports the
classification of the payee as an NFFE.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an
offshore obligation that is also a
preexisting obligation may treat the
payee as a entity described in § 1.1472–
1(c)(1)(i) if the withholding agent has
documentation or other information
confirming that the payee is listed on a
public securities exchange or on a stock
market index and has either recorded a
standard industrial classification code
for the payee that unambiguously
indicates that the payee is not a
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
financial institution or has an
organizational document, financial
statement, or credit report for the payee
that provides sufficient information to
determine that the payee is a foreign
corporation that is not a financial
institution.
(ii) Identification of NFFE affiliates. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as
an NFFE described in § 1.1472–
1(c)(1)(ii) (applying to an affiliate of an
entity the stock of which is regularly
traded on an established exchange) if it
has a beneficial owner withholding
certificate that identifies the payee as a
foreign corporation that is an affiliate of
an entity whose stock is regularly traded
on an established exchange and
provides the name of the entity that is
regularly traded and one of the
exchanges upon which the entity’s stock
is listed.
(A) Transitional exception for
payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting
obligations. For payments made prior to
January 1, 2017, with respect to a
preexisting obligation, a withholding
agent may treat a payee as an NFFE
described in § 1.1472–1(c)(1)(ii) if the
withholding agent:
(1) Has a beneficial owner
withholding certificate associated with
the payee that meets the requirements of
§ 1.1441–1(e)(1)(ii), applicable to such
certificate, identifying the payee as a
foreign corporation;
(2) Has a consolidated financial
statement or a similar financial
document confirming that the payee is
an affiliate of an entity whose stock is
listed on a public securities exchange or
a stock market index; and
(3) Has either recorded a standard
industrial classification code for the
payee that unambiguously indicates that
the payee is not a financial institution
or has an organizational document,
financial statement, or credit report
associated with the payee providing
sufficient information to determine that
the payee is not a financial institution.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
A withholding agent that makes a
payment with respect to an offshore
obligation may treat a payment as made
to an NFFE described in § 1.1472–
1(c)(1)(ii) if the withholding agent
obtains:
(1) A written statement, including a
statement made in account documents,
signed by the payee under penalty of
perjury, that states that the payee is a
foreign corporation not engaged in
business as a financial institution that is
an affiliate of another nonfinancial
entity whose stock is regularly traded on
an established securities exchange;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(2) The name of the payee’s affiliate
and one of the exchanges upon which
the affiliate’s stock is traded; and
(3) An organizational document,
financial statement, or credit report
associated with the payee that generally
supports the classification of the payee
as an NFFE. Documentation will be
considered to generally support the
payee’s status as an NFFE, for example,
if it indicates that the payee was
organized in a country other than the
United States and provides some
indication that the payee is engaged in
a business other than that of a financial
institution.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an
offshore obligation that is also a
preexisting obligation may treat the
payee as an NFFE described in
§ 1.1472–1(c)(1)(ii) if the withholding
agent:
(1) Has a financial statement or other
documentation indicating that the payee
is a foreign corporation affiliated with
an entity whose stock is listed on a
public securities exchange or on a stock
market index;
(2) Has either recorded a standard
industrial classification code for the
payee that unambiguously indicates that
the payee is not a financial institution
or has an organizational document,
financial statement, or credit report for
the payee that provides sufficient
information to determine that the payee
is a foreign entity that is not a financial
institution;
(3) Either has no knowledge that the
payee has any of the U.S. indicia
discussed in paragraph (e) of this
section or may treat the payee as a
foreign entity under paragraph
(e)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this section; and
(4) Has no knowledge that the payee
is not the beneficial owner of the
payment.
(iii) Identification of territory NFFEs.
A withholding agent may treat a payee
as an NFFE described in § 1.1472–
1(c)(1)(iii) (applying to an entity
organized in a possession of the United
States) if it has a valid beneficial owner
withholding certificate that identifies
the payee as an NFFE that was
organized in a possession of the United
States and includes a certification for
chapter 4 purposes that all of the
owners of the payee are bona fide
residents of that possession.
(A) Exception for offshore obligations.
A withholding agent that makes a
payment with respect to an offshore
obligation may treat a payment as made
to an NFFE described in § 1.1472–
1(c)(1)(iii) (that is, an entity organized in
a possession of the United States) if it—
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9067
(1) Has an organizational document
associated with the payee establishing
that the payee was organized in a
possession of the United States;
(2) Has documentary evidence
establishing that the payee is wholly
owned by one or more bona fide
residents of the possession of the United
States in which the payee is organized
or a written statement from the payee
stating that it is wholly owned by one
or more bona fide residents of the
possession of the United States in which
it was organized; and
(3) Has no reason to know that the
payee is not the beneficial owner of the
payment.
(B) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations of $1,000,000 or less. A
withholding agent that makes a payment
with respect to an offshore obligation
that is also a preexisting obligation with
a balance or value of $1,000,000 or less
at the close of the taxable year preceding
the payment, may rely upon its review
conducted for AML due diligence
purposes to determine whether the
owners of the payee are bona fide
residents of the possession of the United
States in which the payee is organized
in lieu of obtaining a written statement
or documentary evidence. The
withholding agent relying upon this
paragraph (d)(11)(iii)(B) must still
obtain a withholding certificate or
documentary evidence, as provided in
this paragraph (d)(11)(iii), to establish
that the payee was organized in a
possession of the United States.
(iv) Identification of active NFFEs. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as
an active NFFE described in § 1.1472–
1(c)(1)(v) if it has a valid withholding
certificate identifying the payee as an
active NFFE within the meaning of
§ 1.1472–1(c)(1)(v).
(A) Transitional exception for
payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting
obligations. For payments made prior to
January 1, 2017, with respect to a
preexisting obligation, a withholding
agent may treat a payment as made to
an active NFFE if the withholding agent
has a withholding certificate that meets
the requirements of § 1.1441–1(e)(1)(ii),
applicable to such certificate,
identifying the payee as a foreign
person, and the withholding agent has
either recorded a standard industrial
classification code for the payee that
unambiguously indicates that the payee
is engaged in an active trade or business
other than that of a financial institution
or has an organizational document,
financial statement, or credit report for
the payee that provides sufficient
information to determine that the payee
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9068
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
is engaged in an active trade or business
other than that of a financial institution.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
A withholding agent that makes a
payment with respect to an offshore
obligation may treat the payee as an
active NFFE if the withholding agent
has an organizational document,
financial statement, or credit report
associated with the payee providing
sufficient information to determine that
the payee is a foreign entity engaged in
an active trade or business other than
that of a financial institution and either
has no knowledge that the payee has
any of the U.S. indicia discussed in
paragraph (e) of this section or may treat
the payee as a foreign entity under
paragraph (e)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this section.
A withholding agent that obtains
documentary evidence associated with
the payee that generally supports the
classification of the payee as an NFFE
engaged in an active business but does
not unambiguously establish that payee
is such an entity, may rely upon the
documentary evidence to treat the payee
as an active NFFE if the withholding
agent also obtains a written statement,
which may include a statement made in
account opening documents, signed by
the payee under penalty of perjury,
stating that the payee is a foreign entity
engaged in an active business other than
that of a financial institution.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore
obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an
offshore obligation that is also a
preexisting obligation may treat the
payee as an active NFFE if the
withholding agent—
(1) Either has no knowledge that the
payee has any of the U.S. indicia
discussed in paragraph (e) of this
section or may treat the payee as a
foreign entity under paragraph
(e)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this section; and
(2) Has either recorded a standard
industrial classification code for the
payee that unambiguously indicates that
the payee is engaged in a trade or
business other than that of a financial
institution or has an organizational
document, financial statement, or credit
report for the payee providing sufficient
information to determine that the payee
is a engaged in an active business other
than that of a financial institution.
(v) Identification of excepted NFFEs
described in § 1.1472–1(c)(1)(iv). For
rules regarding the documentation
required to identify an excepted NFFE
described in § 1.1472–1(c)(1)(iv), see
paragraphs (d)(11)(v) of this section, as
applicable.
(vi) Identification of passive NFFEs. A
withholding agent may treat a payment
as made to a passive NFFE if it has a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
valid withholding certificate that
identifies the payee as a passive NFFE.
(A) Transitional exception for
payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting
obligations. For payments made prior to
January 1, 2017, with respect to a
preexisting obligation, a withholding
agent may treat a payment as made to
a passive NFFE if the withholding agent
has a withholding certificate that meets
the requirements of § 1.1441–1(e)(1)(ii),
applicable to such certificate,
identifying the payee as a foreign
person, and the withholding agent has
either recorded a standard industrial
classification code for the payee that
unambiguously indicates that the payee
is not a financial institution or has an
organizational document, financial
statement, or credit report for the payee
that provides sufficient information to
determine that the payee is not a
financial institution.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
A withholding agent that makes a
payment with respect to an offshore
obligation may treat the payment as
made to an NFFE if the withholding
agent has an organizational document,
financial statement, or credit report for
the payee providing sufficient
information to determine that the payee
is a foreign entity that is not a financial
institution. A withholding agent that
obtains documentary evidence
associated with the payee that generally
supports the classification of the payee
as an NFFE but does not unambiguously
establish that payee is such an entity,
may rely upon the documentary
evidence to treat the payee as an NFFE
if the withholding agent also obtains a
written statement, including a statement
made in account opening documents,
signed by the payee under penalty of
perjury, stating that the payee is a
foreign entity that is not a financial
institution.
(C) Special rule for preexisting
offshore obligations. A withholding
agent that makes a payment with respect
to an offshore obligation that is also a
preexisting obligation may treat the
payee as an NFFE if the withholding
agent either has no knowledge that the
payee has any of the U.S. indicia
discussed in paragraph (e) of this
section or may treat the payee as a
foreign entity under paragraph
(e)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this section and has
either recorded a standard industrial
classification code for the payee that
unambiguously indicates that the payee
is not a financial institution or has an
organizational document, financial
statement, or credit report for the payee
providing sufficient information to
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
determine that the payee is not a
financial institution.
(D) Required owner certification for
passive NFFEs—(1) In general. Unless it
is a WP or WT, a passive NFFE will be
required to provide either a written
certification that it does not have any
substantial U.S. owners or the name,
address, and TIN of each substantial
U.S. owner of the NFFE. A territory
NFFE that is a passive NFFE and is not
a WP or WT will be required to provide
the certification or information
described in the previous sentence but
only with respect to substantial U.S.
owners of the NFFE that are not bona
fide residents of the possession in
which the NFFE was organized.
(2) Exception for preexisting
obligations of $1,000,000 or less. A
withholding agent that makes a payment
with respect to a preexisting obligation
with a balance or value of $1,000,000 or
less at the close of the taxable year
preceding the payment, may rely upon
its review conducted for AML due
diligence purposes to identify any
substantial U.S. owners of the payee in
lieu of the certification or information
required in paragraph (d)(11)(vi)(D)(1) of
this section if the withholding agent is
subject, with respect to such account, to
the laws of a jurisdiction that is FATFcompliant.
(e) Standards of knowledge—(1) In
general. The standards of knowledge
discussed in this section apply for
purposes of determining the chapter 4
status of payees, beneficial owners, and
persons who own an interest in an
owner-documented FFI. A withholding
agent shall be liable for tax, interest, and
penalties to the extent provided under
section 1474 and the regulations under
that section if it fails to withhold the
correct amount despite knowing or
having reason to know the amount
required to be withheld. A withholding
agent that cannot reliably associate the
payment with documentation and fails
to act in accordance with the
presumption rules set forth in paragraph
(f) of this section may also be liable for
tax, interest, and penalties. See
paragraph (e)(4) in this section for the
specific standards of knowledge
applicable to a payee’s or beneficial
owner’s specific claims of chapter 4
status.
(2) Notification by the IRS. A
withholding agent that has received
notification by the IRS that a claim of
status as a U.S. person, a participating
FFI, a deemed-compliant FFI, or other
entity entitled to a reduced rate of
withholding under section 1471 or
1472, is incorrect knows that such a
claim is incorrect beginning on the date
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
that is 30 calendar days after the date
the notice is received.
(3) FFI–EIN—(i) In general. A
withholding agent that has received a
payee’s claim of status as a participating
FFI or registered deemed-compliant FFI
has reason to know that such payee is
not such a financial institution if the
payee’s name and FFI–EIN do not
appear on the most recent published IRS
FFI list within 90 calendar days of the
date that the claim is made. A payee
whose registration with the IRS as a
participating FFI or a registered
deemed-compliant FFI is in process but
has not yet received an FFI–EIN may
provide a withholding agent with a
Form W–8 claiming the chapter 4 status
it applied for and writing ‘‘applied for’’
in the box for the FFI–EIN. In such case,
the FFI will have 90 calendar days from
the date of its claim to provide the
withholding agent with its FFI–EIN and
the withholding agent will have 90
calendar days from the date it receives
the FFI–EIN to verify the accuracy of the
FFI–EIN against the published IRS FFI
list before it has reason to know that the
payee is not a participating FFI or
registered deemed-compliant FFI. If an
FFI is removed from the list of
participating FFIs and registered
deemed-compliant FFIs published on
the IRS database, the withholding agent
knows that such FFI is not a
participating FFI or registered deemedcompliant FFI on the earlier of the date
that the withholding agent discovers
that the FFI has been removed from the
list or the date that is one year from the
date the FFI’s name was actually
removed from the list.
(ii) Special requirements applicable
prior to January 1, 2016. Prior to January
1, 2016, a withholding agent that has
received a payee’s claim of status as a
participating FFI or registered deemedcompliant FFI has reason to know that
such payee is not such a financial
institution even if the payee’s name and
FFI–EIN appear on the most recent
published IRS FFI list, if the current
published IRS FFI list indicates that
branches of the payee located in the
same country as the branch that
submitted the withholding certificate,
are limited branches. Prior to January 1,
2016, a withholding agent will also have
reason to know that the branch
submitting the withholding certificate is
a limited branch if the withholding
certificate or other documentation for
the branch contains an address in a
country for which the FFI is shown, on
the current IRS FFI list, to have limited
branches. For purposes of withholding
under chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue
Code, a withholding agent is required to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
treat a limited branch as a
nonparticipating FFI.
(4) Reason to know. A withholding
agent shall be considered to have reason
to know that a claim of chapter 4 status
is unreliable or incorrect if its
knowledge of relevant facts or
statements contained in the withholding
certificates or other documentation is
such that a reasonably prudent person
in the position of the withholding agent
would question the claims made. For
accounts opened on or after January 1,
2013, a withholding agent will also be
considered to have reason to know that
a claim of chapter 4 status is unreliable
or incorrect if any information
contained in its account opening files or
other customer account files, including
documentation collected for AML due
diligence purposes, conflicts with the
payee’s claim of chapter 4 status.
(i) Standards of knowledge applicable
to withholding certificates—(A) In
general. A withholding agent has reason
to know that a withholding certificate
provided by a payee or beneficial owner
is unreliable or incorrect if the
withholding certificate is incomplete
with respect to any item on the
certificate that is relevant to the claims
made by the payee, the withholding
certificate contains any information that
is inconsistent with the payee’s claim,
the withholding agent has other account
information that is inconsistent with the
payee’s claim, or the withholding
certificate lacks information necessary
to establish entitlement to an exemption
from withholding for chapter 4
purposes. A withholding agent that
relies on an agent to review and
maintain a withholding certificate is
considered to know or have reason to
know the facts within the knowledge of
the agent. Paragraphs (e)(4)(i)(B) through
(D) of this section do not apply to a
withholding certificate provided by a
participating FFI or a registered
deemed-compliant FFI if the certificate
contains an FFI–EIN for the FFI that the
withholding agent verifies on the
current published IRS FFI list as
provided in paragraph (e)(3) of this
section.
(B) U.S. address or telephone number.
A withholding agent has reason to know
that a withholding certificate provided
by a payee is unreliable or incorrect if
the withholding certificate has a current
permanent residence address (as
defined in § 1.1441–1(e)(2)(ii)) in the
United States, the withholding
certificate has a current mailing address
in the United States, the withholding
agent has a current residence or mailing
address as part of its account
information that is an address in the
United States, or the payee notifies the
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9069
withholding agent of a new residence or
mailing address in the United States
(whether or not provided on a
withholding certificate). A withholding
agent also has reason to know that a
withholding certificate provided by a
payee is unreliable or incorrect if the
withholding agent knows that the payee
has a current telephone number in the
United States. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, a withholding agent may rely
upon a withholding certificate to
establish the payee’s status as a foreign
person despite knowing that the payee
has any of the U.S. indicia described in
this paragraph (e)(4)(i)(B) if it may do so
under the provisions of paragraphs
(e)(4)(i)(B)(1) through (2) of this section.
(1) Presumption of individual’s
foreign status. A withholding agent
other than an FFI may treat a payee or
beneficial owner that is an individual as
a foreign person if—
(i) The withholding agent has in its
possession or obtains documentary
evidence (that does not contain a U.S.
address) that has been provided within
the last three years, was valid at the
time it was provided, and supports the
claim of foreign status, and the payee
provides the withholding agent with a
reasonable explanation, in writing,
supporting the account holder’s foreign
status; or
(ii) The withholding agent maintains
an account for the individual at an
office of the withholding agent outside
the United States, the withholding agent
classifies the individual as a resident of
the country in which the account is
maintained, the withholding agent is
required to report payments made to the
individual annually on a tax
information statement that is filed with
the tax authority of the country in
which the office is located as part of that
country’s resident reporting
requirements, and that country has an
tax information exchange agreement or
income tax treaty in effect with the
United States.
(2) Presumption of entity’s foreign
status. A withholding agent may treat a
payee or beneficial owner as a foreign
person if the withholding certificate has
been provided by an entity and—
(i) The withholding agent has in its
possession, or obtains, documentation
that substantiates that the entity is
actually organized or created under the
laws of a foreign country; or
(ii) The withholding agent maintains
an account for the entity at an office of
the withholding agent outside the
United States, the withholding agent
classifies the entity as a resident of the
country in which the account is
maintained, the withholding agent is
required to report payments made to the
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9070
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
entity annually on a tax information
statement that is filed with the tax
authority of the country in which the
office is located as part of that country’s
resident reporting requirements, and
that country has an tax information
exchange agreement or income tax
treaty in effect with the United States.
(C) U.S. place of birth—(1) Accounts
opened on or after January 1, 2013. For
accounts opened on or after January 1,
2013, a withholding agent has reason to
know that a withholding certificate
provided by an individual payee or
beneficial owner is unreliable or
incorrect if the withholding agent has,
either on accompanying documentation
or as part of its account information, a
place of birth for the payee in the
United States. A withholding agent may
treat the individual payee as a foreign
person, notwithstanding the U.S. birth
place, if the withholding agent has no
knowledge that the individual has any
other U.S. indicia described in this
paragraph (e) and the withholding agent
obtains a copy of the individual’s
Certificate of Loss of Nationality of the
United States or Form I–407,
Abandonment of Lawful Permanent
Residence Status. A withholding agent
may also treat the individual payee as
a foreign person, notwithstanding the
U.S. birth place, if the withholding
agent obtains a non-U.S. passport or
other government-issued identification
evidence of citizenship in a country
other than the United States and either
a copy of the individual’s Certificate of
Loss of Nationality of the United States
or Form I–407, or a reasonable
explanation of the account holder’s
renunciation of U.S. citizenship or the
reason the account holder did not obtain
U.S. citizenship at birth.
(2) Accounts opened prior to January
1, 2013. For accounts opened prior to
January 1, 2013, a withholding agent
will not be required to conduct a search
of its documentation to identify a U.S.
place of birth associated with a payee.
However, if the withholding agent, on or
after January 1, 2013, does review
documentation that contains a U.S. birth
place for a payee that is treated as a
foreign person, then the account will be
considered to have a experienced a
change of circumstance as of the date
that the withholding agent reviewed the
documentation and the withholding
agent will be considered to have reason
to know that a payee is a U.S. person.
See paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(D) of this section
for rules regarding the time period
allowed to cure a change in
circumstance.
(D) Standing instructions with respect
to offshore obligations. A withholding
agent has reason to know that a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
withholding certificate provided by a
payee is unreliable or incorrect if it is
provided with respect to an offshore
obligation and the payee or beneficial
owner has standing instructions
directing the withholding agent to pay
amounts from its account to an address
or an account maintained in the United
States. The withholding agent may rely
upon the withholding certificate to
establish the payee’s or beneficial
owner’s chapter 4 status, however, if the
payee or beneficial owner provides
documentary evidence that supports its
foreign status.
(ii) Standard of knowledge applicable
to documentary evidence—(A) In
general. A withholding agent shall not
treat documentary evidence provided by
a payee as valid if the documentary
evidence does not reasonably establish
the identity of the person presenting the
documentary evidence. For example,
documentary evidence is not valid if it
is provided in person by a payee that is
a natural person and the photograph or
signature on the documentary evidence,
if any, does not match the appearance
or signature of the person presenting the
document. A withholding agent may not
rely on documentary evidence to reduce
the rate of withholding that would
otherwise apply under the presumption
rules in paragraph (f) of this section if
the documentary evidence contains
information that is inconsistent with the
payee’s claim as to its chapter 4 status,
the withholding agent has other account
information that is inconsistent with the
payee’s claim, or the documentary
evidence lacks information necessary to
establish the payee’s chapter 4 status.
For example, if a payee provides a
financial statement to support its claim
of status as an NFFE whose stock is
regularly traded on an established
exchange but the financial statement
only indicates that the payee is
registered on an exchange but does not
provide information regarding whether
its stock is regularly traded, the
withholding agent may not rely upon
the financial statement to establish the
payee’s chapter 4 status unless it obtains
additional documentation that supports
the claim.
(B) Establishment of foreign status. A
withholding agent may not treat
documentary evidence provided by a
payee as valid for purposes of
establishing the account holder’s foreign
status if the only mailing address or
residence address that is available to the
withholding agent is an address at a
financial institution (unless the
financial institution is the payee), an incare-of address, or a P.O. box. In this
case, the withholding agent must obtain
additional documentation that is
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
sufficient to establish the payee’s status
as a foreign person. Documentary
evidence is unreliable or incorrect to
establish a payee’s status as a foreign
person if the withholding agent has a
current residence or mailing address
(whether or not on the documentation)
for the payee in the United States, if the
payee notifies the withholding agent of
a new address in the United States, or
if the withholding agent has a current
telephone number for the payee in the
United States. A withholding agent may,
however, rely on documentary evidence
as establishing the payee’s foreign status
if it may do so under the provisions of
this paragraph (e)(4)(ii)(B).
(1) A withholding agent may treat a
payee or other person that is an
individual as a foreign person even if it
has a mailing address, residence
address, or telephone number for the
payee in the United States if the
withholding agent—
(i) Has in its possession or obtains
additional documentary evidence (that
does not contain a U.S. address)
supporting the claim of foreign status
and a reasonable explanation in writing
supporting the payee’s foreign status;
(ii) Has in its possession or obtains a
valid beneficial owner withholding
certificate on Form W–8 and the Form
W–8 contains a permanent residence
address outside the United States and a
mailing address, if any, outside the
United States (or if a mailing address is
inside the United States the direct
account holder provides a reasonable
explanation in writing supporting the
payee’s claim of foreign status); or
(iii) The withholding agent maintains
an account for the payee at an office of
the withholding agent outside the
United States, the withholding agent
classifies the payee as a resident of the
country in which the account is
maintained, the withholding agent is
required to report payments made to the
payee annually on a tax information
statement that is filed with the tax
authority of the country in which the
office is located as part of that country’s
resident reporting requirements, and
that country has a tax information
exchange agreement or an income tax
treaty in effect with the United States.
(2) A withholding agent may treat a
payee or beneficial owner that is an
entity as a foreign person even if it has
a mailing address, residence address, or
telephone number for the payee or
beneficial owner in the United States if
the withholding agent—
(i) Has in its possession, or obtains,
documentation that substantiates that
the entity is actually organized or
created under the laws of a foreign
country;
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(ii) Obtains a valid withholding
certificate on a Form W–8 and the Form
W–8 contains a permanent residence
address outside the United States and a
mailing address, if any, outside the
United States; or
(iii) The withholding agent maintains
an account for the payee at an office of
the withholding agent outside the
United States, the withholding agent
classifies the payee as a resident of the
country in which the account is
maintained, the withholding agent is
required to report payments made to the
payee annually on a tax information
statement that is filed with the tax
authority of the country in which the
office is located as part of that country’s
resident reporting requirements, and
that country has a tax information
exchange agreement or an income tax
treaty in effect with the United States.
(C) U.S. place of birth—(1) Accounts
opened on or after January 1, 2013. For
accounts opened on or after January 1,
2013, a withholding agent has reason to
know that documentary evidence
provided by an individual payee or
beneficial owner to demonstrate the
individual’s status as a foreign person is
unreliable or incorrect if the
documentation contains a U.S. birth
place for the payee or the withholding
agent has, as part of its account
information, a place of birth for the
payee in the United States. A
withholding agent may treat the
individual payee as a foreign person,
notwithstanding the U.S. birth place, if
the withholding agent has no knowledge
that the payee has any other U.S. indicia
described in paragraph (e) of this
section and the withholding agent
obtains a copy of the individual’s
Certificate of Loss of Nationality of the
United States or Form I–407. A
withholding agent may also treat the
individual payee as a foreign person,
notwithstanding the U.S. birth place, if
the withholding agent obtains a valid
withholding certificate from the payee
that establishes the payee’s foreign
status and either a copy of the
individual’s Certificate of Loss of
Nationality of the United States or Form
I–407, or a reasonable explanation of the
account holder’s renunciation of U.S.
citizenship or the reason the account
holder did not obtain U.S. citizenship at
birth.
(2) Accounts opened prior to January
1, 2013. For accounts opened prior to
January 1, 2013, a withholding agent
will not be required to conduct a search
of its documentation to identify a U.S.
place of birth associated with a payee.
However, if the withholding agent, on or
after January 1, 2013, does review
documentation that contains a U.S. birth
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
place for a payee that is treated as a
foreign person, then the account will be
considered to have a experienced a
change of circumstance as of the date
that the withholding agent reviewed the
documentation and the withholding
agent will be considered to have reason
to know that a payee is a U.S. person.
See paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(D) of this section
for rules regarding the time period
allowed to cure a change in
circumstance.
(D) Standing Instructions.
Documentary evidence is unreliable or
incorrect as an indication of a payee’s
status as a foreign person if the payee
has standing instructions directing the
withholding agent to pay amounts from
its account to an address or an account
maintained in the United States. The
withholding agent may treat the direct
account holder as a foreign person,
however, if the account holder provides
a valid withholding certificate from the
payee and either documentary evidence
that supports the payee’s claim of
foreign status or a reasonable
explanation in writing that supports its
claim of foreign status.
(iii) Information conflicting with
payee’s claim of chapter 4 status. A
withholding certificate, written
statement, or documentary evidence is
unreliable or incorrect if there is
information on the face of the
documentation or in the withholding
agent’s account files that conflicts with
the payee’s claim regarding its chapter
4 status. For example, a withholding
agent will have reason to know that a
payee’s claim that it is an NFFE is
unreliable or incorrect if the
withholding agent has a financial
statement or credit report that indicates
that the payee is engaged in business as
a financial institution. Further, a
withholding agent that has classified the
payee as a particular business type in its
own records, such as through a standard
industrial classification code, will have
reason to know that that the payee’s
claim of chapter 4 status is unreliable or
incorrect if the claim conflicts with the
withholding agent’s internal
classification. A withholding agent may,
however, rely upon a payee’s claim
regarding its chapter 4 status if it
obtains both a valid withholding
certificate (or written statement for a
payment with respect to an offshore
obligation) and documentary evidence
that support the payee’s claim.
(iv) Conduit financing arrangements.
The rules set forth in § 1.1441–7(f),
regarding a withholding agent’s liability
for failing to withhold in the case where
the financing arrangement is a conduit
financing arrangement, apply for
purposes determining a withholding
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9071
agent’s liability for any withholding
required under chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code.
(v) Additional guidance. The IRS may
prescribe other circumstances for which
a withholding certificate or
documentary evidence is unreliable or
incorrect in addition to the
circumstances described in paragraph
(e) of this section to establish a payee’s
chapter 4 status.
(f) Presumptions regarding payee’s
status in the absence of
documentation—(1) In general. A
withholding agent that cannot, prior to
the payment, reliably associate (within
the meaning of paragraph (c) of this
section) a payment with valid
documentation may rely on the
presumptions of this paragraph (f) to
determine the status of the payee as a
U.S. or foreign person and the payee’s
other relevant characteristics (for
example, as a participating FFI or a
nonparticipating FFI). See paragraph
(f)(8) of this section for consequences to
a withholding agent that fails to
withhold in accordance with the
presumptions set forth in this paragraph
(f) or that has actual knowledge or
reason to know facts that are contrary to
the presumptions set forth in this
paragraph (f).
(2) Presumptions of classification as
an individual or entity. A withholding
agent that cannot reliably associate a
payment with a valid withholding
certificate, or that has received valid
documentary evidence, as described in
paragraph (c)(5) of this section, but
cannot determine a payee’s status as an
individual or an entity from the
documentary evidence, must presume
that the payee is an individual if the
payee appears to be an individual (for
example, based on the payee’s name or
other indications). If the payee does not
appear to be an individual, then the
payee shall be presumed to be an entity.
(3) Presumptions of U.S. or foreign
status. A payment that the withholding
agent cannot reliably associate with a
valid withholding certificate or
documentary evidence is presumed to
be made to a U.S. person, except as
otherwise provided in this paragraph
(f)(3).
(i) Payments to entities with indicia of
foreign status. If a withholding agent
cannot reliably associate a payment to a
payee that is treated as an entity with
documentation from the payee, the
payee is presumed to be a foreign
person and not a U.S. person—
(A) If the withholding agent has actual
knowledge of the payee’s EIN and that
number begins with the two digits ‘‘98’’;
(B) If the withholding agent’s
communications with the payee are
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9072
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
mailed to an address in a foreign
country;
(C) If the withholding agent has a
telephone number for the payee outside
of the United States; or
(D) If the name of the payee indicates
that the entity is of a type that is on the
per se list of foreign corporations
contained in § 301.7701–2(b)(8)(i).
(ii) Payments to certain exempt
recipients. If the payment is made to an
entity that is treated as an exempt
recipient under the provisions of
§ 1.6049–4(c)(1)(ii)(A)(1), (F), (G), (H),
(I), (M), (O), (P), or (Q) in the case of
interest, or under similar provisions
under chapter 61 applicable to the type
of payment involved, the payee shall be
presumed to be a foreign person.
(iii) Payments with respect to offshore
obligations. Except as otherwise
provided in this paragraph (f)(3)(iii), a
payment to an individual or an entity is
presumed to be made to a foreign payee
if the payment is made outside of the
United States with respect to an offshore
obligation and the withholding agent
does not know or have reason to know
that the payee is a U.S. person.
(4) Presumption of chapter 4 status
for a foreign entity. A withholding agent
that makes a payment to a foreign entity
that it cannot reliably associate with a
valid withholding certificate or
documentary evidence sufficient to
determine the status of that entity for
purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code (for example, as a
participating FFI, nonparticipating FFI,
or NFFE) must presume that the payee
is a nonparticipating FFI.
(5) Presumption of status as an
intermediary. If a withholding agent
cannot reliably associate a payment
with documentation to treat the
payment as made to an intermediary,
then the withholding agent must treat
the payment as made to an intermediary
if the withholding agent has
documentary evidence or other
documentation that indicates, or the
facts and circumstances of the
transaction, including the name of the
person who receives the payment or the
presence of sub-account numbers,
indicate that the person who receives
the payment is a bank, broker,
custodian, intermediary, or other agent
and the withholding agent has no
knowledge that the person receives the
payment for its own account. Any
portion of a payment that the
withholding agent may treat as made to
a foreign intermediary (whether a QI or
an NQI) but that the withholding agent
cannot treat as reliably associated with
valid documentation under the rules of
paragraph (c) of this section, is
presumed to be made to a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
nonparticipating FFI. A person that the
withholding agent may not reliably treat
as a foreign intermediary under this
paragraph (f)(5) is presumed to be a
payee other than an intermediary.
(6) Joint payees—(i) In general. If a
withholding agent makes a payment to
joint payees and cannot reliably
associate the payment with valid
documentation from each payee but all
of the joint payees appear to be
individuals, then the payment is
presumed made to an unidentified U.S.
person. If any joint payee does not
appear, by its name and other
information contained in the account
file, to be an individual, then the entire
payment will be treated as made to a
nonparticipating FFI. However, if one of
the joint payees provides a Form W–9
furnished in accordance with the
procedures described in §§ 31.3406(d)–
1 through 31.3406(d)–5 of this chapter,
the payment shall be treated as made to
that payee.
(ii) Exception for offshore obligations.
If a withholding agent makes a payment
outside the United States with respect to
an offshore obligation held by joint
payees and cannot reliably associate a
payment with valid documentation from
each payee but all of the joint payees
appear to be individuals, then the
payment is presumed made to an
unknown foreign individual if the
withholding agent has no reason to
know that any of the payees are U.S.
persons, including knowledge of any
U.S. indicia associated with any of the
payees. If the withholding agent has
reason to know that any payee is a U.S.
person, then the payment must be
treated as made to an unidentified U.S.
person.
(7) Rebuttal of presumptions. A payee
may rebut the presumptions described
in this paragraph (f) by providing
reliable documentation to the
withholding agent or, if applicable, to
the IRS.
(8) Effect of reliance on presumptions
and of actual knowledge or reason to
know otherwise—(i) In general. Except
as otherwise provided in this paragraph
(f)(8), a withholding agent that
withholds on a payment under section
1471 or 1472 in accordance with the
presumptions set forth in this paragraph
(f) shall not be liable for withholding
under this section even if it is later
established that the payee has a chapter
4 status other than the status presumed.
A withholding agent that fails to report
and withhold in accordance with the
presumptions described in this
paragraph (f) with respect to a payment
that it cannot reliably associate with
valid documentation shall be liable for
tax, interest, and penalties to the extent
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
provided under section 1474 and the
regulations under that section. See
§ 1.1474–1 for provisions regarding such
liability if the withholding agent fails to
withhold in accordance with the
presumptions described in this
paragraph (f).
(ii) Actual knowledge or reason to
know that amount of withholding is
greater than is required under the
presumptions or that reporting of the
payment is required. Notwithstanding
the provisions of paragraph (f)(8)(i) of
this section, a withholding agent that
knows or has reason to know that the
status or characteristics of the payee or
of the beneficial owner are other than
what is presumed under this paragraph
(f) may not rely on the presumptions
described in this paragraph (f) to the
extent that, if it determined the status of
the payee or beneficial owner based on
such knowledge or reason to know, it
would be required to withhold (under
this section or another withholding
provision of the Code) an amount
greater than would be the case if it
relied on the presumptions described in
this paragraph (f). In such a case, the
withholding agent must rely on its
knowledge or reason to know rather
than on the presumptions set forth in
this paragraph (f). Failure to do so shall
result in liability for tax, interest, and
penalties to the extent provided under
section 1474.
(g) Effective/applicability date. The
rules of this section apply on
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 6. Section 1.1471–4 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.1471–4
FFI agreement.
(a) In general. The IRS may enter into
an FFI agreement with an FFI in
accordance with section 1471(b),
pursuant to such procedures as the IRS
may prescribe. The FFI agreement, the
model for which will be set forth in a
Revenue Procedure, will set forth the
FFI’s requirements under section
1471(b) and (c). Except as otherwise
provided, the FFI agreement and this
section will incorporate the definitions
and requirements relevant to
participating FFIs as set forth in
§§ 1.1471–1 through 1.1474–7. Thus, for
example, the FFI agreement will
incorporate the definitions of U.S.
account and financial account set forth
in § 1.1471–5(a) and (b), respectively.
The FFI agreement will include the
provisions outlined in paragraphs (1)
through (8) of this paragraph (a).
(1) Withholding. The FFI agreement
will specify the participating FFI’s
obligation to deduct and withhold tax
with respect to passthru payments made
to recalcitrant account holders and
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
nonparticipating FFIs. Except as
otherwise provided in the FFI
agreement, a participating FFI will be
required to withhold in accordance with
paragraph (b) of this section.
(2) Identification and documentation
of account holders. The FFI agreement
will specify a participating FFI’s
obligation to obtain such information
regarding each holder of each account
maintained by such institution as is
necessary to determine which of such
accounts are U.S. accounts, recalcitrant
account holders, or accounts held by
nonparticipating FFIs. Except as
otherwise provided in the FFI
agreement, a participating FFI will be
required to perform the due diligence
procedures for identifying and
documenting account holders described
in paragraph (c) of this section, and
such procedures will satisfy the
participating FFI’s obligation to
determine which of its accounts are U.S.
accounts.
(3) Reporting. The FFI agreement will
specify the participating FFI’s obligation
to report on an annual basis with
respect to U.S. accounts under section
1471(c) and accounts held by
recalcitrant account holders. Except as
otherwise provided in the FFI
agreement, a participating FFI will be
required to report the information
described in paragraph (d) of this
section with respect to its U.S. accounts
and recalcitrant account holders, and to
comply with filing requirements
described in § 1.1474–1(c) and (d) with
respect to passthru payments.
(4) Expanded affiliated group. The
FFI agreement will specify how the
requirements of section 1471(b) and (c)
will apply to members of the expanded
group of which the participating FFI is
a member, as described in paragraph (e)
of this section. The agreement will also
provide, as described in paragraph (e),
that if certain conditions are met, the
IRS may enter into a transitional FFI
agreement with an FFI or members of an
expanded affiliated group of FFIs even
though a branch of the FFI or a member
of the expanded affiliated group is
unable under local law to satisfy the
requirements of the FFI agreement.
(5) Waiver. The FFI agreement will
specify the participating FFI’s
obligation, in any case in which foreign
law would (but for a waiver) prevent the
reporting required of the FFI pursuant to
the FFI agreement with respect to a U.S.
account, to obtain a valid and effective
waiver of such law and, if a valid and
effective waiver is not obtained within
a reasonable period of time, to close the
account.
(6) Verification. The FFI agreement
will specify a participating FFI’s
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
obligation to comply with specified
verification procedures. The agreement
will require that the participating FFI
adopt written policies and procedures
governing its due diligence procedures
for identifying and documenting
account holders and its withholding and
reporting requirements under the FFI
agreement. The FFI agreement will
further require that the participating FFI
conduct periodic reviews of its
compliance with these policies and
procedures and its chapter 4 obligations.
Based on the results of such reviews, a
responsible officer of the participating
FFI will periodically certify to the IRS
the participating FFI’s compliance with
its obligations under the FFI agreement
and may be required to provide certain
factual information and to disclose
material failures with respect to the
participating FFI’s compliance with any
of the requirements of the FFI
agreement. If the IRS identifies concerns
about the compliance of the FFI based
on the reporting and certifications
provided by the FFI, including cases of
suspected patterns of compliance
failures, the IRS may verify the
participating FFI’s compliance with the
FFI agreement through an audit,
performed by an external auditor
(external audit) approved by the IRS, of
one or more issues selected by the IRS.
The FFI agreement will not, however,
require that the participating FFI
arrange for periodic external audits on
a predetermined basis and will not
require external audits of a participating
FFI on a random basis.
(7) Event of default. The FFI
agreement will specify the compliance
failures and other conditions under
which a participating FFI would be in
default of the FFI agreement. The
agreement will provide that a
compliance failure will not constitute
an event of default unless such failure
occurs in more than limited
circumstances when a participating FFI
has not substantially complied with its
obligations under the FFI agreement.
(8) Requests for additional
information. The FFI agreement will
specify the participating FFI’s obligation
to comply with requests by the
Secretary for additional information
with respect to any U.S. account
maintained by such institution. The FFI
agreement will require that the FFI
provide responses to written requests
from the IRS for information relevant to
the participating FFI’s obligations under
the FFI agreement.
(b) Withholding requirements under
the FFI agreement—(1) In general. A
participating FFI is required to deduct
and withhold a tax equal to 30 percent
of any passthru payment that is a
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9073
withholdable payment made by such
participating FFI to a recalcitrant
account holder or a nonparticipating FFI
after December 31, 2013. A participating
FFI must also deduct and withhold a tax
equal to 30 percent of any passthru
payment that is a withholdable payment
made after December 31, 2013, to a
participating FFI that has made an
election under section 1471(b)(3) in
accordance with § 1.1471–2(a)(2)(iii)(A).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a
participating FFI will not be required to
withhold pursuant to this section with
respect to a payment made to a
recalcitrant account holder if so
provided under an agreement between
the IRS and a foreign government. See
paragraph (b)(3) of this section for rules
regarding when a participating FFI is
required to withhold on any foreign
passthru payment made by such
participating FFI to a recalcitrant
account holder or a nonparticipating
FFI. See paragraph (c) of this section for
the procedures for participating FFIs to
identify the status of their account
holders and payees in order to
determine when withholding is required
under this paragraph (b)(1). See
§ 1.1474–1(d) for the amounts subject to
reporting on Form 1042–S for chapter 4
purposes and the reporting
requirements for passthru payments,
including the special requirement for
the 2015 and 2016 calendar years for
participating FFIs to report certain
foreign reportable amounts made to
nonparticipating FFIs.
(2) Withholdable payment
requirements. A participating FFI is a
withholding agent for purposes of
chapter 4 and thus is subject to the
requirements of sections 1471(a) and
1472(a) with respect to withholdable
payments. A participating FFI that
complies with the withholding
obligations of this paragraph (b) and its
FFI agreement shall be deemed to satisfy
its withholding obligations with respect
to withholdable payments under
sections 1471(a) and 1472. See
§§ 1.1471–2(a)(3) and 1.1472–1(b)(2).
(3) Foreign passthru payments.
[Reserved].
(4) Dormant accounts. A participating
FFI that makes a passthru payment
(including any withholdable payment)
to a recalcitrant account holder of a
dormant account and that withholds on
such payment as described in paragraph
(b)(1) of this section may, in lieu of
depositing the tax withheld under
§ 1.6302–2, set aside the amount
withheld in escrow until the date that
the account ceases to be a dormant
account. In such a case, the tax withheld
becomes due 90 days following the date
that the account ceases to be a dormant
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9074
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
account if the account holder does not
provide the documentation required
under paragraph (c) of this section or
becomes refundable to the account
holder if the account holder provides
the documentation required under
paragraph (c) of this section. See
paragraph (d)(6)(ii) of this section for
the definition of dormant account.
(5) Special withholding rules for U.S.
branches. A U.S. branch of a
participating FFI that satisfies its
backup withholding obligations under
section 3406(a) with respect to accounts
held at the U.S. branch by account
holders that are treated as U.S. nonexempt recipients under chapter 61 will
be treated as satisfying its withholding
obligation with respect to such accounts
under section 1471(b)(1) and this
paragraph (b). See paragraph
(d)(2)(iii)(B) of this section for the
special reporting requirements
applicable to U.S. branches of
participating FFIs.
(6) Special withholding rules for
participating FFIs with limited branches
and affiliates that are limited FFIs. For
the withholding requirements with
respect to payments made to limited
branches and affiliates that are limited
FFIs, see paragraphs (e)(2)(v) and
(e)(3)(iv) of this section.
(c) Due diligence for the identification
of account holders under the FFI
agreement—(1) Scope of paragraph.
This paragraph (c) describes the
procedures that participating FFIs are to
follow in determining the chapter 4
status of an account holder as well as
identifying and documenting U.S.
accounts (as defined in § 1.1471–5(a))
and accounts other than U.S. accounts.
Paragraph (c)(2) of this section provides
the general rules for identification of
account holders. Paragraph (c)(3) of this
section provides the rules for
documenting accounts held by entities.
Paragraph (c)(4) of this section provides
the general rules for documenting
individual accounts and a special rule
for documenting individual accounts
that are offshore obligations. Paragraph
(c)(4) also provides exceptions from the
documentation requirements of this
paragraph (c) for certain preexisting
accounts of individual account holders
and the account aggregation
requirements relevant in applying these
exceptions. Paragraph (c)(5) of this
section provides the currency
translation for determining the account
balance and value for purposes of the
documentation exceptions in
paragraphs (c)(3) and (4). Paragraph
(c)(6) of this section has examples
regarding the application of the
aggregation rules. Paragraph (c)(7) of
this section provides an alternative
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
procedure for documenting preexisting
individual accounts that are offshore
obligations. Paragraph (c)(8) of this
section provides the identification and
documentation procedure for
preexisting accounts of individual
account holders with a balance or value
that exceeds $1,000,000. Paragraph
(c)(9) of this section provides an
exception from the electronic search
and enhanced review requirements for
accounts that a participating FFI has
already documented as held by foreign
individuals for the purpose of meeting
its obligations under a QI, WP, or WT
agreement. Paragraph (c)(10) of this
section provides the requirement for a
responsible officer of the participating
FFI to certify as to the completion of the
identification and documentation
procedures of this paragraph (c) within
the specified period of time.
(2) Requirements with respect to the
identification of account holders—(i) In
general. For purposes of this section, to
determine the chapter 4 status of an
account holder, the principles of
§ 1.1471–3(b) shall apply as though the
participating FFI were a withholding
agent making a withholdable payment
and the account holder were the payee.
To determine whether documentation is
valid, the principles of § 1.1471–3(c)
shall apply as though the participating
FFI were a withholding agent making a
withholdable payment and the account
holder were the payee.
(ii) Standards of knowledge. A
participating FFI may rely on
documentation that is collected
pursuant to the procedures set forth in
this paragraph (c) or that is otherwise
maintained in the participating FFI’s
files, unless the participating FFI knows
or has reason to know that such
documentation is unreliable or
incorrect. Except as otherwise provided
in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, to
determine whether a participating FFI
knows or has reason to know that the
documentation collected or otherwise
maintained with respect to the account
holder is unreliable or incorrect, the
standards of knowledge provided in
§ 1.1471–3(e) shall apply as though the
participating FFI were a withholding
agent making a withholdable payment
(except that § 1.1471–3(e)(4)(i)(B)(1) and
(ii)(B) will not apply in the case of an
individual account holder) and the
account holder were the payee.
(iii) Change in circumstances. With
respect to an account that meets the
documentation exceptions described in
paragraphs (c)(3)(ii), (c)(4)(ii), and
(c)(4)(iii) of this section, if an account
no longer meets the exception in a
subsequent year, this will be treated as
a change in circumstances (as defined in
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 1.1471–3(c)(6)(ii)(D)) and the
participating FFI must obtain the
appropriate documentation within the
time period provided by § 1.1471–
5(g)(3)(iii), or will be required to treat
such account as held by a recalcitrant
account holder or nonparticipating FFI.
For purposes of this section, a change in
circumstances also includes any change
or addition of information to the
account holder’s account or any account
associated with such account, applying
the aggregation rules, if such change or
addition of information affects the
chapter 4 status of the account holder.
For example, if a holder of a preexisting
account opens another account and as
part of the participating FFI’s account
opening procedures the account holder
provides a U.S. telephone number, the
participating FFI has actual knowledge
that the account holder has U.S. indicia,
and this will be treated as a change in
circumstance with respect to the
preexisting account. The participating
FFI must obtain the appropriate
documentation described in paragraph
(c)(4)(i)(B)(3) of this section within the
time period provided by § 1.1471–
5(g)(3)(iii), or will be required to treat
such account as held by a recalcitrant
account holder.
(iv) Record retention. A participating
FFI must retain either an original,
certified copy, or photocopy (including
a microfiche, scan, or similar means of
record retention) of the documentation
collected to determine the chapter 4
status of its account holders. With
respect to preexisting accounts, a
participating FFI must retain the
documentation collected, including
requests made and responses to
relationship manager inquiries, and all
results from electronic searches, for six
calendar years following the year in
which the account identification
procedures of this paragraph (c) were
performed. Upon the request of the IRS,
a participating FFI may be required to
extend the six year retention period
when such request is made by the IRS
prior to the end of the six year retention
period.
(3) Identification procedure and
documentation for entity accounts— (i)
In general. To determine the
documentation requirements and
presumption rules applicable to an
account held by an entity, a
participating FFI shall apply the
principles of § 1.1471–3(d) and (f) (as
applicable to entities) as though the
participating FFI were a withholding
agent making a withholdable payment,
and the account holder were the payee.
For preexisting entity accounts, a
participating FFI must perform the
requisite identification procedures and
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
obtain the appropriate documentation
within one year of the effective date of
its FFI agreement for any account holder
that is a prima facie FFI, as defined in
§ 1.1471–2(a)(4)(ii)(B), and within two
years of the effective date of its FFI
agreement for all other entity accounts,
except as otherwise provided in
paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Documentation exception for
certain preexisting entity accounts.
Unless the participating FFI elects
otherwise, a participating FFI is not
required to document a preexisting
entity account that is an offshore
obligation as a U.S. account or an
account held by a nonparticipating FFI
if the conditions of paragraphs
(c)(3)(ii)(A) and (B) are met. A
participating FFI is also not required to
treat such account as undocumented for
withholding and reporting purposes. An
account that meets this exception as of
the effective date of the participating
FFI’s FFI agreement will be treated as
meeting this exception until the account
balance or value exceeds $1,000,000 at
the end of any subsequent calendar
year, applying the aggregations rules of
paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B)(2).
(A) Previously identified accounts.
The condition of this paragraph
(c)(3)(ii)(A) is met if no holder of the
account that has previously been
documented by the FFI as a U.S. person
for purposes of chapters 3 or 61 is a
specified U.S. person for purposes of
this chapter.
(B) Account threshold—(1) In general.
The condition of this paragraph
(c)(3)(ii)(B) is met if, with respect to the
preexisting entity account and, to the
extent required under paragraph
(c)(3)(ii)(B)(2) or (3) of this section, all
accounts held (in whole or in part) by
the holder of the account, the aggregate
balance or value of the account as of the
effective date of the participating FFI’s
FFI agreement or at the end of any
subsequent calendar year is $250,000 or
less (or the equivalent in foreign
currency calculated under paragraph
(c)(5) of this section). For rules for
determining the balance or value of
accounts that apply for purposes of this
paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B), see paragraph
(d)(4)(iii) of this section.
(2) Aggregation of entity accounts. For
purposes of determining the aggregate
balance or value of accounts held by an
entity in applying the exception in this
paragraph (c)(3)(ii), an FFI will be
required to take into account all
accounts held by entities that are
maintained by the FFI, or members of its
expanded affiliated group, to the extent
that the FFI’s computerized systems link
the accounts by reference to a data
element such as client number or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
taxpayer identification number
(including an EIN) and allow account
balances to be aggregated.
(3) Special aggregation rule
applicable to relationship managers. For
purposes of determining the aggregate
balance or value of accounts held by an
entity in applying the exception in this
paragraph (c)(3)(ii), an FFI shall also be
required to aggregate all accounts
(including any accounts held by
individuals) that a relationship manager
knows or has reason to know are
directly or indirectly owned, controlled,
or established (other than in a fiduciary
capacity) by the same person.
(4) Election to forgo exception. A
participating FFI may elect to disregard
the exception described in paragraphs
(c)(3)(ii) of this section by documenting
an account pursuant to the rules
provided in this paragraph (c) and by
treating any undocumented account as
an account held by a nonparticipating
FFI.
(4) Identification procedure and
documentation for individual
accounts—(i) In general. Except as
otherwise provided in this paragraph
(c), a participating FFI is required to
collect a Form W–9 or W–8 from each
individual account holder in order to
identify its U.S. accounts (as defined in
§ 1.1471–5(a)) and accounts other than
U.S. accounts. For an individual
account that is an offshore obligation,
however, the requirement of the
preceding sentence to obtain a Form W–
8 to establish each individual account
holder’s foreign status shall not apply if
the participating FFI obtains
documentary evidence that meets the
requirements of § 1.1471–3(c)(5) (as
applicable to individuals). Except as
otherwise provided in this paragraph
(c), a participating FFI is also required
to review all information collected with
respect to the opening or maintenance
of each account, including
documentation collected as part of the
participating FFI’s account opening
procedures and documentation
collected for other regulatory purposes
to determine if an account holder has
U.S. indicia. For example, if an account
holder provides a passport as part of the
participating FFI’s account opening
procedures, the participating FFI is
required to review the passport to check
for a U.S. place of birth. However, a
participating FFI is not required to treat
a passport as containing a U.S. place of
birth unless the passport
unambiguously indicates the country or
state in which the individual was born.
See § 1.1471–5(g)(3) to determine the
period of time by which a participating
FFI must perform the account
identification procedures and obtain the
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9075
appropriate documentation described in
this paragraph (c) before it must treat
the account holder as a recalcitrant
account holder.
(A) U.S. Indicia. For purposes of the
account identification procedures
described in this paragraph (c), an
account holder is treated as having U.S.
indicia if the information required to be
reviewed by the FFI with respect to the
account includes any of the following:
(1) Identification of an account holder
as a U.S. resident or citizen;
(2) U.S. place of birth;
(3) U.S. resident address or U.S.
mailing address (including a U.S. post
office box);
(4) U.S. telephone number;
(5) Standing instructions to transfer
funds to an account maintained in the
United States;
(6) Power of attorney or signatory
authority granted to a person with a U.S.
address; or
(7) An ‘‘in-care-of’’ address or ‘‘hold
mail’’ address that is the sole address
the FFI has identified for the account
holder.
(B) Documentation required for U.S.
indicia. For all accounts holders having
one or more of the U.S. indicia
described in paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A) of
this section, a participating FFI is
required to obtain the documentation
described in paragraphs (c)(4)(i)(B)(1)
through (5), applicable to the type of
U.S. indicia, to establish whether the
account is a U.S. account.
(1) If the account holder is identified
as a U.S. resident or citizen, the
participating FFI must request a Form
W–9 and a valid and effective waiver as
described in section 1471(b)(1)(F)(i), if
necessary, from the account holder.
(2) If the account holder information
unambiguously indicates a U.S. place of
birth, the participating FFI must request
either a Form W–9 and a valid and
effective waiver described in section
1471(b)(1)(F)(i), if necessary, or a Form
W–8BEN and a non-U.S. passport or
other government-issued identification
evidencing citizenship in a country
other than the United States. In
addition, to establish the foreign status
of any account holder with a U.S. place
of birth, the participating FFI must
obtain a copy of the individual’s
Certificate of Loss of Nationality of the
United States or Form I–407, or a
reasonable explanation of the account
holder’s renunciation of U.S. citizenship
or the reason the account holder did not
obtain U.S. citizenship at birth.
(3) If the account holder information
contains a U.S. address, U.S. mailing
address, or telephone number in the
United States, the participating FFI
must request either a Form W–9 (and a
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9076
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
valid and effective waiver described in
section 1471(b)(1)(F)(i), if necessary), or
a Form W–8BEN and a non-U.S.
passport or other government-issued
identification evidencing citizenship in
a country other than the United States.
(4) If the account holder information
contains standing instructions to
transfer funds to an account maintained
in the United States, the participating
FFI must request either a Form W–9 and
a valid and effective waiver described in
section 1471(b)(1)(F)(i), if necessary, or
a Form W–8BEN and documentary
evidence, as described in § 1.1471–
3(c)(5), establishing foreign status.
(5) If the account holder information
contains a power of attorney or
signatory authority granted to a person
with a U.S. address or has an ‘‘in care
of’’ address or ‘‘hold mail’’ address that
is the sole address identified for the
account holder, the participating FFI
must request either a Form W–9 and a
valid and effective waiver described in
section 1471(b)(1)(F)(i), if necessary, a
Form W–8, or documentary evidence, as
described in § 1.1471–3(c)(5),
establishing foreign status.
(ii) Preexisting accounts of individual
account holders documented as U.S.
accounts. If a participating FFI has
documented an individual account
holder as a U.S. person for purposes of
chapter 3 or 61 and such account holder
is a specified U.S. person, the account
holder’s account will be treated as a
U.S. account for chapter 4 purposes.
Notwithstanding the previous sentence,
a participating FFI is not required to
treat a preexisting account or account
other than a preexisting account held by
an individual account holder as a U.S.
account if such account is a depository
account that meets the exception to U.S.
account status described in § 1.1471–
5(a)(4)(i) (applying to depository
accounts with a value or balance of
$50,000 or less), unless the participating
FFI elects otherwise. An account that no
longer meets the exception from U.S.
account status described in § 1.1471–
5(a)(4)(i) because the balance or value of
the account exceeds $50,000 may
qualify for the documentation exception
described in paragraph (c)(4)(iii) of this
section.
(iii) Exception for certain preexisting
accounts of individual account holders
other than accounts described in
§ 1.1471–4(c)(4)(iv). Unless the
participating FFI elects otherwise, a
participating FFI is not required to
document a preexisting individual
account as a U.S. account or an account
held by a recalcitrant account holder if
the account is not an account described
in paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of this section,
the account threshold in paragraph
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(c)(4)(iii)(A) is met, and no holder of the
account has been documented by the
FFI as a U.S. person for purposes of
chapter 3 or 61 that is a specified U.S.
person. An account that meets this
exception as of the effective date of the
participating FFI’s FFI agreement will
be treated as meeting this exception
until the account balance or value
exceeds $1,000,000 at the end of any
subsequent calendar year.
(A) Account threshold. The
conditions of this paragraph
(c)(4)(iii)(A) are met if, with respect to
the account (including for this purpose
accounts aggregated under paragraphs
(c)(4)(iii)(B) and (C) of this section), the
aggregate balance or value of the
account as of the effective date of the
participating FFI’s FFI agreement is
$50,000 or less (or the equivalent in
foreign currency calculated under
paragraph (c)(5) of this section). For
rules for determining the balance or
value of financial accounts that apply
for purposes of this paragraph (c)(4)(iii),
see paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(A) of this
section. An account that meets this
exception as of the effective date of the
participating FFI’s FFI agreement will
be treated as meeting this exception
until the account balance or value
exceeds $1,000,000 at the end of any
subsequent calendar year.
(B) Aggregation of individual
accounts. For purposes of determining
the aggregate balance or value of
accounts held by a person, other than
accounts described in paragraph
(c)(4)(iv), in applying the exception in
this paragraph (c)(4)(iii), an FFI will be
required to aggregate all accounts
maintained by the FFI, or members of its
expanded affiliated group, but only to
the extent that the FFI’s computerized
systems link the accounts by reference
to a data element such as client number
or taxpayer identification number, and
allow account balances to be aggregated.
Each holder of a jointly held account
will be attributed the entire balance of
the jointly held account for purposes of
applying the aggregation requirements
described in this paragraph.
(C) Special aggregation rule
applicable to relationship managers. For
purposes of determining the aggregate
balance or value of accounts held by a
person in applying the exception in this
paragraph (c)(4)(iii), an FFI shall also be
required, in the case of any accounts
that a relationship manager knows or
has reason to know are directly or
indirectly owned, controlled, or
established (other than in a fiduciary
capacity) by the same person, to
aggregate all such accounts.
(iv) Exception for certain cash value
insurance or annuity contracts of
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
individual account holders that are
preexisting obligations. Unless the
participating FFI elects otherwise, a
participating FFI is not required to
document a preexisting individual
account that is an account described in
§ 1.1471–5(b)(1)(iv) as a U.S. account or
an account held by a recalcitrant
account holder if the conditions of
paragraphs (c)(4)(iv)(A) and (B) of this
section are met. An account that meets
this exception as of the effective date of
the participating FFI’s FFI agreement
will be treated as meeting this exception
until the account balance or value
exceeds $1,000,000 at the end of any
subsequent calendar year.
(A) Individuals. The condition of this
paragraph (A) is met if each holder of
such account is an individual.
(B) Account threshold—(1) In general.
The condition of this paragraph
(c)(4)(iv)(B) is met if, with respect the
account (including for this purpose
accounts aggregated under paragraphs
(c)(4)(iv)(B)(2) and (3) of this section),
the aggregate value of the account as of
the effective date of the participating
FFI’s FFI agreement is $250,000 or less
(or the equivalent in foreign currency
calculated under paragraph (c)(5) of this
section). For rules for determining the
value of an account that apply for
purposes of this paragraph (c)(4)(iv) see
paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(A) of this section.
(2) Aggregation of accounts. For
purposes of determining the aggregate
value of accounts described in § 1.1471–
5(b)(1)(iv) held by an individual in
applying the exception in this paragraph
(c)(4)(iv), an FFI will be required to
aggregate all accounts described in
paragraph § 1.1471–5(b)(1)(iv)
maintained by the FFI, or members of its
expanded affiliated group, but only to
the extent that the FFI’s computerized
systems link the accounts by reference
to a data element such as client number
or taxpayer identification number, and
allow account values to be aggregated.
Each holder of a jointly held account
will be attributed the entire balance of
the jointly held account for purposes of
applying the aggregation requirements
described in this paragraph.
(3) Special aggregation rule
applicable to relationship managers. For
purposes of determining the aggregate
value of accounts described in § 1.1471–
5(b)(1)(iv) held by a person in applying
the exception in this paragraph
(c)(4)(iv), an FFI shall also be required
to aggregate all accounts described in
§ 1.1471–5(b)(1)(iv) held by such person
that a relationship manager, has the
ability to aggregate.
(v) Election to forgo exception. A
participating FFI may elect to disregard
the exceptions described in paragraphs
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
(c)(4)(iii) and (iv) of this section by
documenting an account pursuant to the
rules provided in this paragraph (c) and
by treating any undocumented account
as an account held by a recalcitrant
account holder pursuant to the rules
provided in § 1.1471–5(g).
(5) Currency translation. To the extent
that an account is denominated in a
currency other than the U.S. dollar, the
participating FFI must convert the
dollar threshold amounts described in
paragraphs (c)(3)(ii)(B), (c)(4)(iii)(A),
and (c)(4)(iv)(B) into such currency
using a spot rate determined under
§ 1.988–1(d). The spot rate must be
determined as of the last day of the
calendar year preceding the year in
which the FFI is determining the
threshold amounts.
(6) Examples.
Example 1. Aggregation rules applicable to
preexisting equity interests that are accounts
held by an individual account holder. U, a
U.S. resident individual, holds 100 shares of
common stock of FFI1, an FFI described in
section 1471(d)(5)(C). On the effective date of
FFI1’s FFI agreement, the common stock held
by U is worth $45,000. U also holds shares
of preferred stock of FFI1. Neither FFI1’s
common stock nor FFI1’s preferred stock is
regularly traded on an established securities
market. On the effective date of FFI1’s FFI
agreement, the preferred stock shares are
worth $35,000. U also holds debt instruments
issued by FFI1 that are not regularly traded
on an established securities market. On the
effective date of CB’s FFI agreement, the FFI1
debt instruments are worth $15,000. U’s
common and preferred equity interests are
associated with U and with one another by
reference to U’s taxpayer identification
number in FFI1’s computerized information
management system. However, U’s debt
instruments are not associated with U’s
equity interests in FFI1’s computerized
information management system. None of
these accounts are managed by a relationship
manager. Previously, FFI1 was not required
to and did not obtain a Form W–9 from U
for purposes of chapter 3 or 61. U’s FFI1 debt
interests are eligible for the paragraph
(c)(4)(iii) documentation exception because
that account does not exceed the $50,000
threshold described in paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(A)
of this section, taking into account the
aggregation rule described in paragraph
(c)(4)(iii)(B). However, U’s common and
preferred equity interests are not eligible for
the paragraph (c)(4)(iii) documentation
exception because the accounts exceed the
$50,000 threshold described in paragraph
(c)(4)(iii)(A) of this section, taking into
account the aggregation rules described in
paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(B).
Example 2. Aggregation rules for owners of
entity accounts. In Year 1, U, a U.S. resident
individual, maintains a depository account
that is a preexisting account in CB, a
commercial bank. The balance in U’s
depository account on the effective date of
CB’s FFI agreement is $20,000. U also owns
100% of Entity X which maintains a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
depository account that is a preexisting
account in CB and 50% of Entity Y which
maintains a depository account that is a
preexisting account in CB. The balance in
Entity X’s account on the effective date of
CB’s FFI agreement is $130,000 and the
balance in Entity Y’s account on the effective
date of CB’s FFI agreement is $110,000. All
three accounts are associated with one
another in CB’s computerized information
management system by reference to U’s tax
identification number. None of the accounts
are managed by a relationship manager.
Previously, FFI1 was not required to and did
not obtain a Form W–9 from U for purposes
of chapter 3 or 61. U’s depository account
would qualify for the paragraph (c)(4)(i)
exception to U.S. account status because it
does not exceed the $50,000 threshold, taking
into account the aggregation rule described in
§ 1.1471–5(a)(4)(i)(B)(2). Entity X’s account
and Entity Y’s account qualify for the
paragraph (c)(3)(ii) documentation exception
because the accounts do not exceed the
$250,000 threshold described in paragraph
(c)(3)(ii)(B)(1) taking into account the
aggregation rule described in paragraph
(c)(3)(ii)(B)(2).
(7) Alternative identification
procedure for preexisting individual
accounts that are offshore obligations—
(i) In general. Except as otherwise
provided under paragraph (c)(8) of this
section and in lieu of reviewing all
information collected with respect to an
account holder, a participating FFI may
instead rely on the procedures described
in this paragraph (c)(7) with respect to
a preexisting individual account that is
an offshore obligation. A participating
FFI that follows the procedures
described in this paragraph (c)(7) with
respect to its preexisting individual
accounts will not be attributed
knowledge with respect to information
contained in any account files that the
participating FFI did not review and
was not required to review under this
paragraph (c)(7). Thus, for example, if a
participating FFI was only required to
perform an electronic search with
respect to a preexisting individual
account and no U.S. indicia was located
in the results of the electronic search,
the participating FFI would not have
reason to know that the individual was
a U.S. person, even if the participating
FFI had on file (but was not required to
and did not review) a copy of the
individual’s passport which indicates
that the individual was born in the
United States. Additionally, solely for
purposes of this paragraph (c)(7), a
participating FFI will be treated as
having obtained the documentary
evidence set forth in paragraphs
(c)(4)(i)(B)(2) through (5) of this section
if the participating FFI retains a record
in its files noting that the documentary
evidence has been examined, including
the type of document and the name of
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9077
the employee that reviewed the
document.
(ii) Electronic search. Among the
preexisting individual accounts
described in paragraph (c)(7)(i) of this
section that were not previously
documented as U.S. accounts, a
participating FFI must determine
whether the electronically searchable
information, as defined in § 1.1471–
1(b)(15), associated with an account and
maintained by the participating FFI
includes U.S. indicia, as defined in
paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A) of this section,
and if so, the FFI must obtain the
appropriate documentation relevant to
the type of U.S. indicia as set forth in
paragraphs (c)(4)(i)(B)(1) through (5) of
this section. For purposes of this
paragraph (c)(7)(ii), an FFI will not be
required to treat an account holder as
having U.S. indicia solely because the
only address it has for the account
holder in its electronically searchable
information is an in-care-of address
outside of the United States. Except as
otherwise provided in this paragraph
(c)(7)(ii), a participating FFI must
complete the electronic search
described in this paragraph (c)(7)(ii)
with respect to its preexisting
individual accounts not previously
identified as U.S. accounts and obtain
the appropriate documentation within
two years of the effective date of its FFI
agreement, or will be required to treat
such accounts as held by recalcitrant
account holders under § 1.1471–
5(g)(3)(i)(A). For all preexisting
individual accounts that are treated as
high-value accounts, as described in
paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this section, a
participating FFI must complete the
electronic search described in this
paragraph (c)(7)(ii), in addition to the
enhanced review for high-value
accounts described in paragraph (c)(8)(i)
of this section, and obtain the
appropriate documentation within the
applicable time period provided in
§ 1.1471–5(g)(3)(i)(B) or (C), or will be
required to treat such accounts as held
by recalcitrant account holders.
(8) Additional enhanced review for
high-value accounts—(i) In general. All
preexisting individual accounts not
identified as U.S. accounts under
paragraph (c)(4)(ii) or (c)(7)(ii) of this
section and that have a balance or value
that exceeds $1,000,000 at the end of the
calendar year preceding the effective
date of the participating FFI’s FFI
agreement, or at the end of any
subsequent calendar year, will be
treated as a high-value account subject
to the additional enhanced review
requirements described in this
paragraph (c)(8). For purposes of
determining the balance or value of an
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9078
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
account, a participating FFI must apply
the aggregation rules of paragraphs
(c)(4)(iii)(B) and (C) of this section. If a
participating FFI applied the enhanced
review procedures of paragraphs
(c)(8)(iii)(A) and (B) of this section to an
account in a previous year, the
participating FFI will not be required to
re-apply such procedures to such
account in a subsequent year.
(ii) Relationship manager inquiry.
With respect to all high-value accounts
described in paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this
section, a participating FFI must
identify all accounts to which a
relationship manager is assigned
(including any accounts aggregated with
such account) and for which the
relationship manager has actual
knowledge that the account holder is a
U.S. person. In such case, the
participating FFI must obtain from the
account holder a Form W–9, and a valid
and effective waiver as described in
section 1471(b)(1)(F)(i), if necessary. A
participating FFI must identify such
accounts and obtain the appropriate
documentation within one year of the
effective date of its FFI agreement, or
will be required to treat the holder of
such account as a recalcitrant account
holder as provided in § 1.1471–
5(g)(3)(i)(B). In order to meet its
obligations under the FFI agreement, a
participating FFI is also required to
implement procedures to ensure that a
relationship manager identifies any
change in circumstances of an account.
For example, if a relationship manager
is notified that the account holder has
a new mailing address in the United
States, the participating FFI will be
required to treat the new address as a
change in circumstances and will be
required to obtain the appropriate
documentation from the account holder
as described in paragraph (c)(4)(i)(B)(3)
of this section.
(iii) Enhanced review—(A) In general.
For all high-value accounts described in
paragraph (c)(8)(i) that were not
identified as U.S. accounts in paragraph
(c)(8)(ii) of this section, a participating
FFI must perform a review of the
current customer master file and the
documents described in paragraphs
(c)(8)(iii)(B)(1) through (5) that are
associated with the account and were
obtained by the participating FFI within
the last five years. If a participating FFI
discovers that an account holder has
U.S. indicia as described in paragraph
(c)(4)(i)(A) with respect to the account,
the participating FFI is to obtain the
appropriate documentation described in
paragraphs (c)(4)(i)(B)(1) through (5) of
this section to establish whether the
account is a U.S. account within the
period of time provided under § 1.1471–
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
5(g)(3)(i)(C). The documents to be
reviewed by the participating FFI are
the records contained in the current
customer master file and to the extent
not contained in the current customer
master file—
(1) The most recent documentary
evidence that satisfies the requirements
of § 1.1471–3(c)(5);
(2) The most recent account opening
contract or documentation;
(3) The most recent documentation
obtained by the participating FFI for
purposes of AML due diligence or for
other regulatory purposes;
(4) Any power of attorney or signature
authority forms currently in effect; and
(5) Any standing instructions to
transfer funds currently in effect.
(B) Limitations on the enhanced
review. A participating FFI is required
to perform an enhanced review of its
files only to the extent the information
described in paragraphs (c)(8)(iii)(B)(1)
through (6) is not available in the FFI’s
electronically searchable information.
The information described in the
preceding sentence is—
(1) The account holder’s nationality
and/or residence status;
(2) The account holder’s current
residence address and mailing address;
(3) The account holder’s current
telephone number(s);
(4) Whether there are standing
instructions to transfer funds in the
account to an account at another branch
of the participating FFI or another
financial institution;
(5) Whether there is a current ‘‘in care
of’’ address or ‘‘hold mail’’ address for
the account holder if no other residence
or mailing address is found for the
account; and
(6) Whether there is any power of
attorney or signatory authority for the
account.
(iv) Exception for certain documented
accounts of individual account holders.
A participating FFI is not required to
perform the enhanced review provided
in paragraph (c)(8)(iii) of this section
with respect to any account with respect
to which the participating FFI has
obtained a Form W–8BEN and
documentary evidence that satisfies the
requirements of § 1.1471–3(c)(5) and
establishes the foreign status of the
account holder. The participating FFI is
required, however, to perform the
relationship manager inquiry described
in paragraph (c)(8)(ii) of this section if
the account is a high-value account
described in paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this
section.
(9) Exception for preexisting
individual accounts that a participating
FFI has documented as held by foreign
individuals for purposes of meeting its
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
obligations under chapter 61 or its QI,
WP, or WT agreement. A participating
FFI that has previously obtained
documentation from an account holder
to establish the account holder’s status
as a foreign individual in order to meet
its obligations under its QI, WP, or WT
agreement with the IRS, or to fulfill its
reporting obligations as a U.S. payor
under chapter 61 of the Code, is not
required to perform the electronic
search described in paragraph (c)(7)(ii)
of this section or the enhanced review
described in paragraph (c)(8)(iii) of this
section for such account. The
participating FFI is required, however,
to perform the relationship manager
inquiry described in paragraph (c)(8)(ii)
of this section if the account is a highvalue account described in paragraph
(c)(8)(i) of this section.
(10) Certifications of responsible
officer. In order for a participating FFI
to meet its obligations under the FFI
agreement with respect to its
identification procedures for financial
accounts that are preexisting
obligations, a responsible officer of the
participating FFI must certify to the IRS
within one year of the effective date of
its FFI agreement that the participating
FFI has completed the review of all
high-value accounts to the extent
described in paragraphs (c)(8)(ii) and
(iii) of this section and to the best of the
responsible officer’s knowledge, after
conducting a reasonable inquiry, the
participating FFI did not have any
formal or informal practices or
procedures in place from August 6,
2011, through the date of such
certification to assist account holders in
the avoidance of chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code. Practices or
procedures that assist account holders
in the avoidance of chapter 4 include,
for example, instructing account holders
to split up accounts to avoid
classification as a high-value account.
Additionally, a responsible officer of the
participating FFI must certify to the IRS
within two years of the effective date of
its FFI agreement that it has completed
the account identification procedures
and documentation requirements of this
paragraph (c) for all financial accounts
that are preexisting obligations or, if it
has not obtained the documentation
required to be obtained under this
paragraph (c) with respect to an
account, treats such account in
accordance with the requirements of its
FFI agreement.
(d) Account reporting under FFI
agreement—(1) Scope of paragraph.
This paragraph (d) provides rules
addressing the information reporting
requirements applicable to participating
FFIs with respect to U.S. accounts (as
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
defined in § 1.1471–5(a)(2)) and
recalcitrant account holders (as defined
in § 1.1471–5(g)). Paragraph (d)(2) of
this section describes the accounts
subject to reporting under this
paragraph (d), and specifies the
participating FFI that is responsible for
reporting an account or account holder.
Paragraph (d)(3) of this section describes
the information required to be reported
and the manner of reporting by a
participating FFI under section
1471(c)(1) with respect to a U.S.
account. Paragraph (d)(4) of this section
provides definitions of terms applicable
to paragraph (d)(3). Paragraph (d)(5) of
this section describes the conditions for
a participating FFI to elect to report its
U.S. accounts under section 1471(c)(2)
and the information required to be
reported under such election. Paragraph
(d)(6) of this section provides rules for
a participating FFI to report its
recalcitrant account holders. Paragraph
(d)(7) of this section provides special
reporting rules applicable to reports due
in 2014, 2015, and 2016. Paragraph
(d)(8) of this section prescribes the
reporting requirements of a qualified
intermediary that is a participating FFI
with respect to U.S. accounts.
Paragraphs (d)(9) and (10) of this section
prescribe, respectively, the reporting
requirements of a withholding foreign
partnership and a withholding foreign
trust that is a participating FFI with
respect to its U.S. accounts.
(2) Reporting requirements in
general—(i) Accounts subject to
reporting. Subject to the rules of
paragraph (d)(7) of this section, a
participating FFI shall report by the
time and in the manner prescribed in
paragraph (d)(3)(vi) of this section, the
information described in paragraph
(d)(3) with respect to accounts that it is
required under its FFI agreement and
this section to treat as U.S. accounts
maintained at any time during each
calendar year that it is responsible for
reporting under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of
this section, including accounts which
are identified as U.S. accounts by the
end of such calendar year pursuant to a
change in circumstances occurring by
the end of such year as described under
paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section.
Alternatively, a participating FFI may
elect to report under paragraph (d)(5) of
this section with respect to such
accounts for each calendar year. With
respect to accounts held by recalcitrant
account holders, a participating FFI is
required to report with respect to each
calendar year under paragraph (d)(6) of
this section and not under paragraph
(d)(3) or (5) of this section. For separate
reporting requirements of participating
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
FFIs with respect to passthru payments
and for transitional rules for
participating FFIs to report certain
foreign reportable amounts made to
nonparticipating FFIs, see § 1.1474–
1(d)(2)(i) and (ii).
(ii) Financial institution required to
report an account—(A) In general.
Except as otherwise provided in
paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(B) or (C) of this
section, the participating FFI that
maintains an account is responsible for
reporting the account in accordance
with the requirements of paragraph
(d)(2)(i) of this section for each calendar
year. A participating FFI is not required
to report under paragraph (d)(2)(i) of
this section with respect to any account
it maintains for another participating
FFI even if that other participating FFI
holds the account as an intermediary on
behalf of an account holder of such
other FFI.
(B) Special reporting of account
holders of territory financial
institutions. In the case of an account
held by a territory financial institution
acting as an intermediary with respect
to a withholdable payment—
(1) If the territory financial institution
agrees to be treated as a U.S. person
with respect to the payment under
§ 1.1471–3(c)(3)(iii)(F), a participating
FFI is not required to report under
paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section with
respect to the account holders of the
territory financial institution; or
(2) If the territory financial institution
does not agree to be treated as a U.S.
person with respect to a withholdable
payment, the participating FFI must
report with respect to each specified
U.S. person or substantial U.S. owner of
a foreign entity that is a passive NFFE
with respect to which the territory
financial institution acts as an
intermediary and provides the
participating FFI with the information
and documentation required under
§ 1.1471–3(c)(2)(iii)(G).
(C) Election for branch reporting. A
participating FFI may elect to comply
with its obligation to report under
paragraph (d)(3) or (d)(5) of this section
by reporting its accounts on a branchby-branch basis with respect to one or
more of its branches. A participating FFI
that makes this election shall identify
each branch that will report its accounts
separately. A branch that reports under
this election shall file with the IRS the
information required to be reported on
accounts that it maintains in accordance
with the forms and their accompanying
instructions provided by the IRS for
purposes of this election. For the
definition of a branch that applies for
purposes of this paragraph (d), see
paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section.
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9079
(iii) Special rules for U.S. payors—(A)
Special reporting rule for U.S. payors
other than U.S. branches. Participating
FFIs that are U.S. payors (other than
U.S. branches) that report the
information required under chapter 61
with respect to account holders of
accounts that the participating FFI is
required to treat as U.S. accounts and
that report the information described in
paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this section with
respect to each U.S. account shall be
treated as having satisfied the reporting
requirements described in paragraph
(d)(2)(i) of this section with respect to
accounts that the participating FFI is
required to treat as U.S. accounts.
(B) Special reporting rules for U.S.
branches. A U.S. branch of a
participating FFI shall be treated as
having satisfied the reporting
requirements described in paragraph
(d)(2)(i) of this section if it reports
under—
(1) Chapter 61 with respect to account
holders that are U.S. non-exempt
recipients;
(2) Chapter 61 with respect to persons
subject to withholding under section
3406;
(3) Section 1.1472–1(e) with respect to
substantial U.S. owners of foreign
entities that are NFFEs, and;
(4) Section 1.1474–1(i) with respect to
specified U.S. persons that are direct or
indirect owners of owner-documented
FFIs.
(iv) Accounts maintained for ownerdocumented FFIs. A participating FFI
that maintains an account held by an
FFI that it has identified as an ownerdocumented FFI under § 1.1471–3(d)(7)
shall report the information described in
paragraph (d)(3)(iii) or (d)(5)(ii) of this
section with respect to each direct or
indirect owner of the ownerdocumented FFI that is a specified U.S.
person.
(3) Reporting of accounts under
section 1471(c)(1)—(i) In general. The
participating FFI that is responsible for
reporting an account that it is required
to treat as a U.S. account under
paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section shall
be required to report such account
under this paragraph (d)(3) for each
calendar year unless it elects to report
its U.S. accounts under paragraph (d)(5)
of this section.
(ii) Accounts held by specified U.S.
persons. In the case of an account
described in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this
section that is held by one or more
specified U.S. persons, a participating
FFI is required to report the following
information under this paragraph
(d)(3)—
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9080
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(A) The name, address, and TIN of
each account holder that is a specified
U.S. person;
(B) The account number;
(C) The account balance or value of
the account;
(D) The payments made with respect
to the account, as described in
paragraph (d)(4)(iv) of this section,
during the calendar year; and
(E) Such other information as is
otherwise required to be reported under
this paragraph (d)(3) or in the form
described in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this
section and its accompanying
instructions.
(iii) Accounts held by U.S. owned
foreign entities. In the case of an
account described in paragraph (d)(3)(i)
that is held by an NFFE that is a U.S.
owned foreign entity, a participating FFI
is required to report under this
paragraph (d)(3)(iii)—
(A) The name, address, and TIN (if
any) of the U.S. owned foreign entity;
(B) The name, address and TIN of
each substantial U.S. owner of such
entity;
(C) The account number;
(D) The account balance or value; and
(E) The payments made with respect
to the account, as described in
paragraph (d)(4)(iv) of this section,
during the calendar year.
(iv) Branch reporting. Except in the
case of a branch that reports separately
under paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(C) of this
section, a participating FFI that reports
the information described in paragraphs
(d)(3)(ii) and (iii) of this section shall
also report the jurisdiction of the branch
that maintains the U.S. account being
reported.
(v) Form for reporting U.S. accounts
under section 1471(c)(1). The
information described in paragraphs
(d)(3)(ii) and (iii) of this section shall be
reported with respect to each account
subject to reporting under paragraph
(d)(3)(i) of this section maintained at
any time during a calendar year on the
form provided by the IRS for such
purposes. This form shall be filed in
accordance with its requirements and its
accompanying instructions.
(vi) Time and manner of filing. Except
as provided in paragraph (d)(7)(v)(B) of
this section, the form described in
paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this section shall
be filed electronically with the IRS on
or before March 31 of the year following
the end of the calendar year to which
the form relates. See the accompanying
instructions to this form for electronic
filing instructions.
(vii) Extensions in filing. The IRS
shall grant an automatic 90-day
extension of time in which to file the
form described in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
this section. Form 8809, Request for
Extension of Time to File Information
Returns, (or such other form as the IRS
may prescribe) must be used to request
such extension of time and must be filed
no later than the due date of the form
described in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this
section. Under certain hardship
conditions, the IRS may grant an
additional 90-day extension. A request
for extension due to hardship must
contain a statement of the reasons for
requesting the extension and such other
information as the forms or instructions
may require.
(4) Descriptions applicable to
reporting requirements of § 1.1471–
4(d)(3)—(i) Address. The address to be
reported with respect to an account held
by a specified U.S. person is the
residence address recorded by the
participating FFI for the account holder
or, if no residence address is associated
with the account holder, the address for
the account used for mailing or for other
purposes by the participating FFI. In the
case of an account held by a U.S. owned
foreign entity, the addresses to be
reported are the addresses of both the
U.S. owned foreign entity and each
substantial U.S. owner of such entity.
(ii) Account number. The account
number to be reported with respect to
an account is the identifying number
assigned by the participating FFI for
purposes other than to satisfy the
reporting requirements of this paragraph
(d), or, if no such number is assigned to
the account, a unique serial number or
other number such participating FFI
assigns to the financial account for
purposes of reporting under paragraph
(d)(3) of this section that distinguishes
the account from other accounts
maintained by such institution.
(iii) Account balance or value—(A) In
general. Except as otherwise provided
in this paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(A) and
subject to the reporting rules described
in paragraph (d)(7) of this section, the
participating FFI shall report the
balance or value of the account as of the
end of the calendar year, as determined
for purposes of reporting to the account
holder or, in the case of a U.S. account
that is an interest in an entity described
in § 1.1471–5(e)(1)(iii), as determined
for the purpose that requires the most
frequent determination of value.
Notwithstanding the previous sentence,
the balance or value of the account is
not to be reduced by any liabilities or
obligations incurred by an account
holder with respect to the account or
any of the assets held in the account and
is not to be reduced by any fees,
penalties or other charges to which the
account holder is liable for terminating,
transferring, surrendering, liquidating,
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
or withdrawing cash from the account.
See § 1.1473–1(b)(3) for rules regarding
the valuation of trust interests that also
apply under this paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(A)
for reporting certain interests in trusts
that are U.S. accounts.
(B) Currency translation of account
balance or value. The account balance
or value of an account may be reported
in U.S. dollars or in the currency in
which the account is denominated. In
the case of an account denominated in
a foreign currency, if the participating
FFI elects to report account balances or
values in the currency in which the
account is denominated, it is required to
identify the currency in which the
account is reported. If the participating
FFI elects to report such an account in
U.S. dollars, the participating FFI must
calculate the account balance or value of
the account by applying a spot rate
determined under § 1.988–1(d) to
translate such balance or value into the
U.S. dollar. The spot rate must be
determined as of the last day of the
calendar year or, if the account was
closed during such calendar year, the
closure date of the account.
(iv) Payments made with respect to
account—(A) Depository accounts. The
payments made during a calendar year
with respect to an account described in
§ 1.1471–5(b)(1)(i) consist of the
aggregate gross amount of interest paid
or credited to the account during the
year.
(B) Custodial accounts. The payments
made during a calendar year with
respect to an account described in
§ 1.1471–5(b)(1)(ii) consist of—
(1) The aggregate gross amount of
dividends paid or credited to the
account during the calendar year;
(2) The aggregate gross amount of
interest paid or credited to the account
during the calendar year;
(3) The gross proceeds from the sale
or redemption of property paid or
credited to the account during the
calendar year with respect to which the
FFI acted as a custodian, broker,
nominee, or otherwise as an agent for
the account holder; and
(4) The aggregate gross amount of all
other income paid or credited to the
account during the calendar year.
(C) Other accounts. In the case of an
account described in § 1.1471–
5(b)(1)(iii) or (iv) that is a U.S. account,
the payments made during the calendar
year with respect to such account are
the gross amounts paid or credited to
the account holder during the calendar
year, including the aggregate amount of
redemption payments made to the
account holder during the calendar year.
(D) Transfers and closings of deposit,
custodial, insurance, and annuity
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
financial accounts. In the case of an
account closed or transferred in its
entirety by an account holder during a
calendar year that is a financial account
described in § 1.1471–5(b)(1)(i), (ii), or
(iv) and that the participating FFI is
required to treat as a U.S. account, the
participating FFI shall report the
account as closed or transferred and the
payments made with respect to the
account shall be—
(1) the payments and income paid or
credited to the account that are
described in paragraph (d)(4)(iv)(A) or
(B) of this section for the calendar year
until the date of transfer or closure, and
(2) the amount or value withdrawn or
transferred from the account in
connection with the closure or transfer
of the account.
(E) Amount and characterization of
payments subject to reporting. For
purposes of reporting under paragraph
(d)(3) of this section, the amount and
characterization of payments made with
respect to an account may be
determined under the same principles
that the participating FFI uses to report
information on its resident account
holders to the tax administration of the
jurisdiction in which the FFI (or branch
thereof) is located. Thus, the amount
and characterization of items of income
described in paragraphs (d)(4)(iv)(A),
(B), and (C) need not be determined in
accordance with U.S. Federal income
tax principles. If any of the types of
payments described in paragraph
(d)(4)(iv) of this section are not reported
to the tax administration of the
jurisdiction in which the participating
FFI (or branch thereof) is located, such
amounts may be determined in the same
manner as is used by the participating
FFI for purposes of reporting to the
account holder. If any of the types of
payments described in this paragraph
(d)(4)(iv) is neither reported to the tax
administration of the jurisdiction in
which the FFI (or branch thereof) is
located nor reported to the account
holder for the year for which reporting
is required under paragraph (d) of this
section, such item must be determined
and reported either in accordance with
U.S. Federal tax principles or in
accordance with any reasonable method
of reporting that is consistent with the
accounting principles generally applied
by the participating FFI. Once a
participating FFI (or branch thereof) has
applied a method to determine such
amounts, it must apply such method
consistently for all account holders and
for all subsequent years unless the
Commissioner consents to a change in
such method. Consent will be
automatically granted for a change to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
rely on U.S. Federal income tax
principles to determine such amounts.
(F) Currency translation. Payments
described in this paragraph (d)(4)(iv)
may be reported in the currency in
which the payment is denominated or
in U.S. dollars. In the case of a payment
denominated in a foreign currency, if
the participating FFI elects to report the
payments in the currency in which the
payment is denominated, it is required
to identify the currency in which the
account is reported. If such a payment
is reported in U.S. dollars, the
participating FFI must calculate the
amount by applying a spot rate
determined under § 1.988–1(d) to
translate such payment into the U.S.
dollar equivalent amount. The spot rate
must be determined as of the last day of
the calendar year for which the account
is being reported.
(v) Record retention requirements. If a
participating FFI retains copies of
account statements with respect to
holders of U.S. accounts in the ordinary
course of its business, such statements
must be provided to the IRS within 30
days of a request for such statement to
the extent they have been retained
under such business procedures at the
time of the request. A participating FFI
is required to retain for six years copies
of account statements that summarize
the activity in the account for each
calendar year for which the account is
required to be reported under paragraph
(d)(3) of this section and is required to
provide such copies to the IRS within
30 days of a request for such statements.
(5) Election to perform reporting
under section 1471(c)(2)—(i) In general.
Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (d)(5), a participating FFI may
elect under section 1471(c)(2) and this
paragraph (d)(5) to report with respect
to payments to accounts that it is
required to treat as U.S. accounts under
sections 6041, 6042, 6045, and 6049 as
if such participating FFI were a U.S.
person and each holder of a U.S.
account that is a specified U.S. person
or a U.S. owned foreign entity were a
payee who is an individual and citizen
of the United States. This election does
not apply to cash value insurance or
annuity contracts that are financial
accounts described in § 1.1471–
5(b)(1)(iv) and that would otherwise be
subject to the reporting requirements of
section 6047. If a participating FFI
makes such an election, the FFI is
required to report the information
required under this paragraph (d)(5)
with respect to each U.S. account,
regardless of whether the account
holder of such account qualifies as a
recipient exempt from reporting by a
payor or middleman under sections
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9081
6041, 6042, 6045, or 6049, including the
reporting of payments made to such
U.S. account of amounts that are subject
to reporting under any of these sections.
A participating FFI that elects to report
a U.S. account under the election
described in this paragraph (d)(5) is not
required to report the information
described in paragraph (d)(3) with
respect to the account.
(ii) Information and accounts to be
reported. In addition to the information
otherwise required to be reported under
sections 6041, 6042, 6045, and 6049,
including the reporting of payments
made to such U.S. account subject to
reporting under the applicable section,
a participating FFI that elects to report
under this paragraph (d)(5) must report
with respect to each account that it is
required to treat as a U.S. account—
(A) In the case of an account holder
that is a specified U.S. person:
(1) The name, address, and TIN of the
account holder; and
(2) The account number; and
(B) In the case of an account holder
that is a U.S. owned foreign entity that
is an NFFE—
(1) The name, address, and TIN (if
any) of such entity;
(2) The name, address, and TIN of
each substantial U.S. owner of such
entity; and
(3) The account number.
(iii) Branch reporting. Except in the
case of a branch that reports separately
under paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(B) of this
section, a participating FFI that reports
the information described in paragraph
(d)(5)(ii) of this section shall also report
the jurisdiction of the branch that
maintains the U.S. account being
reported.
(iv) Time and manner of making the
election. A participating FFI (or one or
more branches of the participating FFI)
may make the election described in this
paragraph (d)(5) in accordance with
procedures established by the IRS for
such election.
(v) Revocation of election. A
participating FFI may revoke the
election described in paragraph (d)(5)(i)
(as a whole or with regard to any of its
branches or affiliates) by reporting the
information described in paragraph
(d)(3) on the next reporting date
following the calendar year on which
the election is revoked.
(vi) Filing of information under
election. The information required to be
reported under the election described in
this paragraph (d)(5) shall be filed with
the IRS and issued to the account holder
in the time and manner prescribed in
sections 6041, 6042, 6045 and 6049 and
in accordance with the forms referenced
therein and their accompanying
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9082
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
instructions provided by the IRS for
reporting under each of these sections.
(6) Reporting on recalcitrant account
holders—(i) In general. Except as
otherwise provided under paragraph
(d)(7) of this section, a participating FFI,
as part of its reporting responsibilities
under its FFI agreement, shall report to
the IRS, for each calendar year, the
following groups of account holders
separately—
(A) The aggregate number and
aggregate value of accounts held by
recalcitrant account holders at the end
of the calendar year, other than accounts
described in paragraph (d)(6)(i)(C), that
have U.S. indicia as described in
paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A) of this section;
(B) The aggregate number and
aggregate value of accounts held by
recalcitrant account holders at the end
of the calendar year, other than accounts
described in paragraph (d)(6)(i)(C), that
do not have U.S. indicia as described in
paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A) of this section;
and
(C) The aggregate number and
aggregate value of accounts held by
recalcitrant account holders at the end
of the calendar year that are dormant
accounts.
(ii) Definition of dormant account. A
dormant account is an account treated
as a dormant or inactive account under
applicable laws or regulations or the
normal operating procedures of the
participating FFI that are consistently
applied for all accounts maintained by
such institution in a particular
jurisdiction. If neither applicable laws
or regulations nor the normal operating
procedures of the participating FFI
maintaining the account address
dormant or inactive accounts, an
account will be treated as a dormant
account if the account holder:
(A) Has not executed a transaction
with regard to the account or any other
account held by the account holder with
the FFI in the past three years; and
(B) Has not replied to queries from the
FFI that maintains such account
regarding the account or any other
account held by the account holder with
the FFI in the past six years.
(iii) End of dormancy. An account
treated as a dormant account under
paragraph (d)(6)(ii) of this section ceases
to be a dormant account when the
account holder—
(A) Executes a transaction in the
account or any other account held by
the account holder with the FFI; or
(B) Replies to any query from the FFI
that maintains such account regarding
the account or any other account held
by the account holder with the FFI; or
(C) Ceases to be treated as a dormant
account under applicable laws or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
regulations or the participating FFI’s
normal operating procedures.
(iv) Forms. Reporting under paragraph
(d)(6)(i) of this section shall be required
to be made in accordance with the
information reporting form provided by
the IRS for this purpose and its
instructions.
(v) Time and manner of filing. The
form described in paragraph (d)(6)(iv) of
this section shall be filed electronically
with the IRS on or before March 31 of
the year following the end of the
calendar year to which the form relates.
See the accompanying instructions to
this form for electronic filing
instructions.
(7) Special reporting rules with
respect to the 2013 through 2015
calendar years—(i) In general. A
participating FFI may satisfy its
reporting obligations with regard to
accounts that it is required to treat as
U.S. accounts maintained during 2013,
2014, and 2015 by reporting in
accordance with paragraph (d)(7)(ii) or
(iii) of this section.
(ii) Information to be reported. With
respect to accounts that a participating
FFI is required to report in accordance
with paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the
participating FFI may, instead of the
information described in paragraph
(d)(3)(ii) of this section, report only the
following information—
(A) Reporting with respect to the 2013
and 2014 calendar years. With respect
to accounts maintained during the 2013
and 2014 calendar years, the
participating FFI may report only—
(1) The name, address, and TIN of
each specified U.S. person who is an
account holder and, in the case of any
account holder that is an NFFE that is
a U.S. owned foreign entity, the name,
address, and TIN (if any) of such entity
and each substantial U.S. owner of such
entity;
(2) The account balance or value as of
the end of the relevant calendar year, or,
if the account was closed after the
effective date of the FFI agreement, the
balance or value of such account
immediately before closure; and
(3) The account number of the
account.
(B) Reporting with respect to the 2015
calendar year. With respect to the 2015
calendar year, the participating FFI may
report only—
(1) The information described in
paragraph (d)(7)(ii)(A) of this section;
and
(2) The payments made with respect
to the account except for those
payments described in paragraph
(d)(4)(iv)(B)(3) of this section.
(iii) Participating FFIs that report
under § 1.1471–4(d)(5). A participating
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
FFI that elects to report under paragraph
(d)(5) of this section may report only the
information described in paragraphs
(d)(7)(ii)(A)(1) and (3) of this section for
its 2013 and 2014 calendar years. With
respect to its 2015 calendar year, a
participating FFI is required to report all
of the information required to be
reported under paragraphs (d)(5)(i) and
(ii) of this section but may exclude from
such reporting amounts reportable
under section 6045.
(iv) Recalcitrant accounts. For each
account that the participating FFI is
required to treat as a recalcitrant
account, the participating FFI will
report such account in the manner
described in paragraph (d)(6) of this
section, except to the extent provided in
paragraph (d)(7)(v)(B) of this section.
(v) Forms for reporting—(A) In
general. Except as provided in
paragraph (d)(7)(v)(B) of this section,
reporting under paragraph (d)(7)(ii) of
this section shall be made on the forms
described in paragraphs (d)(3)(v) and
(d)(6)(iv) of this section, in the manner
described in paragraphs (d)(3)(vi) and
(d)(6)(v). Reporting under paragraph
(d)(7)(iii) of this section shall be made
in accordance with paragraph (d)(5)(vi)
of this section.
(B) Special determination date and
timing for reporting with respect to the
2013 calendar year. A participating FFI
reporting with respect to the 2013
calendar year shall report all accounts
that it is required to treat as U.S.
accounts or as held by a recalcitrant
account holder as of June 30, 2014. Such
reporting shall be made on the forms
described in paragraphs (d)(3)(v) and
(d)(6)(iv) of this section, and shall be
filed with the IRS on or before
September 30, 2014. However, a U.S.
payor (including a U.S. branch) that
reports in accordance with paragraph
(d)(2)(iii) of this section may report its
U.S. accounts in accordance with the
dates otherwise applicable to reporting
under chapter 61.
(8) Reporting requirements of QIs with
respect to U.S. accounts. [Reserved].
(9) Reporting requirements of WPs
with respect to U.S. accounts.
[Reserved].
(10) Reporting requirements of WTs
with respect to U.S. accounts.
[Reserved].
(11) Examples. The following
examples illustrate the provisions of
this paragraph (d):
Example 1. Financial institution required
to report U.S. account. PFFI1, a participating
FFI, issues shares of stock that are financial
accounts under § 1.1471–5(b). Such shares
are held in custody by PFFI2, another
participating FFI, on behalf of U, a specified
U.S. person that holds an account with
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
PFFI2. The shares of PFFI1 held by PFFI2
will not be subject to reporting by PFFI1 if
PFFI1 may treat PFFI2 as a participating FFI
under § 1.1471–3(d)(3). See paragraph
(d)(2)(ii)(A) of this section.
Example 2. Financial institution required
to report U.S. account. U, a specified U.S.
person, holds shares in PFFI1, a participating
FFI that invests in other financial institutions
(a fund of funds). The shares of PFFI1 are
financial accounts under § 1.1471–5(b)(3)(iii).
PFFI1 holds shares that are also financial
accounts under § 1.1471–5(b)(3)(iii) in PFFI2,
another participating FFI. The shares of
PFFI2 held by PFFI1 are not subject to
reporting by PFFI2, if PFFI2 may treat PFFI1
as a participating FFI under § 1.1471–3(d)(3).
See paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(A) of this section.
Example 3. U.S. owned foreign entity. FC,
an NFFE that is a passive NFFE, holds a
custodial account with PFFI1, a participating
FFI. U, a specified U.S. person, owns 3% of
the only class of stock of FC. Q, another
specified U.S. person, owns 12% of the only
class of stock of FC. U is not a substantial
U.S. owner of FC. See § 1.1473–1(b). Q is a
substantial U.S. owner of FC and FC
identifies her as such to PFFI1. PFFI1 does
not elect to report under paragraph (d)(5) of
this section. PFFI1 must complete and file
the reporting form described in paragraph
(d)(3)(v) of this section and report the
information described in paragraph (d)(3)(iii)
with respect to both FC and Q. See paragraph
(d)(3)(ii) of this section.
Example 4. Owner-documented FFI. DC, an
FFI that is identified as an ownerdocumented FFI under § 1.1471–3(d)(6),
holds a custodial account with PFFI1, a
participating FFI. U, a specified U.S. person,
owns 3% of the only class of stock of DC. Q,
another specified U.S. person, owns 12% of
the only class of stock of DC. Both U and Q
are treated as interest holders that are
specified U.S. persons (see § 1.1471–3(d)(6))
and DC identifies such owners to PFFI1 and
otherwise provides to PFFI1 all of the
information required to be reported with
respect to DC’s owners that are specified U.S.
persons. PFF1 must complete and file a form
described in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this
section with regard to U and Q. See
paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this section.
Example 5. Election to perform Form 1099
reporting with regard to a non-financial
foreign entity. Same facts as in Example 3,
except that PFFI1 has made the election in
accordance with paragraph (d)(5) of this
section. PFFI1 must complete and file the
forms described in paragraph (d)(5)(vi) for
FC, treating FC as if it were an individual and
citizen of the United States and shall identify
Q as a substantial U.S. owner of FC on such
form. See paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this section.
PFFI1 shall not complete the forms described
in paragraph (d)(5)(vi) with regard to U and
Q.
Example 6. Election to perform Form 1099
reporting with regard to an ownerdocumented FFI. Same facts as in Example
4, except that PFFI1 has made the election in
accordance with paragraph (d)(5) of this
section. PFFI1 must complete and file the
forms described in paragraph (d)(5)(vi) for U
and Q.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(e) Expanded affiliated group
requirements—(1) In general. Except as
otherwise provided in paragraphs (e)(2)
and (e)(3) of this section, each FFI that
is a member of an expanded affiliated
group must obtain the status of either a
participating FFI or registered deemedcompliant FFI as a condition for any
member of such group to obtain the
status of either a participating FFI or
registered deemed-compliant FFI.
Accordingly, except as otherwise
provided in published guidance, each
FFI in an expanded affiliated group
must submit a registration form to the
IRS in such manner as the IRS may
prescribe requesting an FFI agreement
or registered deemed-compliant status
as a condition for any member to
become either a participating FFI or
registered deemed-compliant FFI.
Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2)
of this section, each FFI that is a
member of such group must also agree
to all of the requirements for the status
for which it applies with respect to all
accounts maintained at all of its
branches, offices, and divisions
including, with respect to a
participating FFI, the reporting of
accounts that it is required to treat as
U.S. accounts under paragraph (d) of
this section, withholding on passthru
payments under paragraph (b) of this
section, and the closing of a U.S.
account when the account holder does
not provide within a reasonable period
of time a valid and effective waiver of
restrictions on reporting of such
account.
(2) Limited branches—(i) In general.
An FFI that otherwise satisfies the
requirements for participating FFI status
as described in this section and the FFI
agreement will be allowed to become a
participating FFI notwithstanding that
one or more of its branches cannot
satisfy all of the requirements of the FFI
agreement if—
(A) All branches (as defined in
paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section) that
cannot satisfy all of the requirements of
the FFI agreement are limited branches
as described in paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of
this section;
(B) The FFI maintains at least one
branch that can comply with all of the
requirements of a participating FFI,
even if the only branch that can comply
is a U.S. branch; and
(C) The FFI agrees to and complies
with the conditions in paragraph
(e)(2)(iv) of this section.
(ii) Branch defined. For purposes of
this section, a branch is a unit, business,
or office of an FFI that is treated as a
branch under the regulatory regime of a
country or is otherwise regulated under
the laws of such country as separate
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9083
from other offices, units, or branches of
the FFI and that maintains books and
records separate from the books and
records of other branches of the FFI. All
units, businesses, or offices of a
participating FFI in a single country
shall be treated as a single branch for
purposes of this paragraph (e)(2). An
account will be treated as maintained by
a branch for purposes of this paragraph
(e)(2) if the rights and obligations of the
account holder and the participating FFI
with regard to such account (including
any assets held in the account) are
governed by the laws of the country of
the branch. For purposes of this section,
a branch includes units, businesses, and
offices of an FFI located in the country
in which the FFI is created or organized.
(iii) Limited branch defined. A limited
branch is a branch of an FFI that, under
the laws of the jurisdiction as of
February 15, 2012 and that apply with
respect to the accounts maintained by
the branch, cannot either—
(A) With respect to accounts that
pursuant to this section and the FFI
agreement it is required to treat as U.S.
accounts, report such accounts to the
IRS as described in paragraph (d) of this
section, close such accounts within a
reasonable period of time, or transfer
such accounts to a branch of the FFI, a
participating FFI member of the
expanded affiliated group of the FFI, or
another participating FFI that may so
report; or
(B) With respect to recalcitrant
account holders and accounts held by
nonparticipating FFIs, withhold with
respect to each such account as required
under paragraph (b) of this section,
block each such account (as defined in
the next sentence), close each such
account within a reasonable period of
time, or transfer each such account to
another branch of the FFI or a
participating FFI member of the
expanded affiliated group of the FFI that
is not subject to the restrictions
described in this paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(B)
with respect to such account holders.
For purposes of this paragraph
(e)(2)(iii)(B), an account is considered
blocked when the FFI prohibits the
account holder from effecting any
transactions with respect to an account
until such time as the account is closed,
transferred, or the account holder
provides the documentation described
in paragraph (c) of this section for the
FFI to determine the U.S. or non-U.S.
status of the account.
(iv) Conditions for limited branch
status. An FFI with one or more limited
branches must satisfy the following
requirements when applying for
participating FFI status with the IRS—
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9084
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(A) Identify the relevant jurisdiction
of each branch for which it seeks
limited branch status;
(B) Agree that each such branch will
identify its account holders under the
due diligence requirements applicable
to participating FFIs under paragraph (c)
of this section, retain account holder
documentation pertaining to those
identification requirements for six years
from the effective date of its FFI
agreement, and report to the IRS with
respect to accounts it is required to treat
as U.S. accounts to the extent permitted
under the relevant laws pertaining to
the branch;
(C) Agree to treat each such branch as
an entity separate from its other
branches for purposes of the
withholding requirements described in
paragraph (e)(2)(v) of this section;
(D) Agree that each such branch will
not open accounts that it is required to
treat as U.S. accounts or accounts held
by nonparticipating FFIs, including
accounts transferred from any branch of
the FFI that is not a limited branch or
from any member of its expanded
affiliated group; and
(E) Agree that each limited branch
will identify itself to withholding agents
as a nonparticipating FFI (including
affiliates of the FFI in the same
expanded affiliated group that are
withholding agents).
(v) Withholding requirements
applicable to limited branches. A
participating FFI will be required to
withhold on a withholdable payment
when a branch of the FFI other than the
limited branch receives the payment on
behalf of a limited branch of the FFI. A
branch of the FFI other than a limited
branch will be considered to have
received a withholdable payment on
behalf of a limited branch when such
other branch receives a withholdable
payment with respect to a security or
instrument it holds on behalf of a
limited branch (or its account holders).
A branch of an FFI other than a limited
branch will also be considered to hold
a security or instrument on behalf of a
limited branch when it executes a
transaction with a limited branch that
hedges or otherwise provides total
return exposure to another transaction
between such other branch and a third
party that gives rise to a withholdable
payment.
(vi) Term of limited branch status. An
FFI that becomes a participating FFI
with one or more limited branches will
cease to be a participating FFI after
December 31, 2015. A branch will cease
to be a limited branch as of the
beginning of the third calendar quarter
following the date on which the branch
is no longer prohibited from complying
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
with the requirements of the FFI
agreement. In such case, a participating
FFI will retain its status as a
participating FFI if it notifies the IRS, by
the date such branch ceases to be a
limited branch, that it will comply with
the FFI agreement with respect to such
branch.
(3) Limited FFI affiliates—(i) In
general. An FFI will be allowed to
become either a participating FFI or a
registered deemed-compliant FFI
notwithstanding that one or more of the
FFIs in the expanded affiliated group of
which the FFI is a member cannot
comply with all of the provisions of an
FFI agreement if each such FFI is a
limited FFI under paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of
this section.
(ii) Limited FFI. A limited FFI is a
member of an expanded affiliated group
that includes one or more participating
FFIs that agrees to the conditions
described in paragraph (e)(3)(iii) of this
section to become a limited FFI and if
under the laws of each jurisdiction that
apply with respect to the accounts
maintained by the affiliate, the affiliate
cannot either—
(A) With respect to accounts that
pursuant to this section it is required to
treat as U.S. accounts, report such
accounts to the IRS as described in
paragraph (d) of this section, close such
accounts within a reasonable period of
time, or transfer such accounts to an
affiliate or other participating FFI that
may so report; or
(B) With respect to recalcitrant
account holders and accounts held by
nonparticipating FFIs, withhold with
respect to each such account as required
under paragraph (b) of this section,
block each such account, close each
such account within a reasonable period
of time, or transfer each such account to
an affiliate of the FFI that is a
participating FFI. See paragraph
(e)(2)(ii)(B) of this section for when an
account is considered blocked.
(iii) Conditions for limited FFI status.
An FFI that seeks to become a limited
FFI must—
(A) Register as part of its expanded
affiliated group’s FFI agreement process
for limited FFI status;
(B) Agree as part of such registration
to identify its account holders under the
due diligence requirements applicable
to participating FFIs under paragraph (c)
of this section, retain account holder
documentation pertaining to those
identification requirements for six years
from the effective date of its registration
as a limited FFI, and report with respect
to accounts that it is required to treat as
U.S. accounts to the extent permitted
under the relevant laws pertaining to
the FFI;
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(C) Agree as part of such registration
that it will not open accounts that it is
required to treat as U.S. accounts or
accounts held by nonparticipating FFIs,
including accounts transferred from any
member of its expanded affiliated group;
and
(D) Agree as part of such registration
that it will identify itself to withholding
agents as a nonparticipating FFI.
(iv) Group member requirements.
Participating and deemed-compliant
FFIs that are members of an expanded
affiliated group that includes one or
more limited affiliates will be required
to treat such limited FFIs as
nonparticipating FFIs with respect to
withholdable payments made to these
affiliates. A participating FFI or
deemed-compliant FFI will be
considered to have made a withholdable
payment to a limited FFI when the
limited FFI receives a payment with
respect to a transaction between the
limited FFI and such FFI that is in the
same expanded affiliated group and
such transaction hedges or otherwise
provides total return exposure to
another transaction between such FFI
and a third party that gives rise to a
withholdable payment. A participating
FFI or deemed-compliant FFI will also
be considered to have made a
withholdable payment to an affiliate
that is a limited FFI if such FFI receives
a withholdable payment with respect to
a security or instrument held on behalf
of a limited FFI.
(v) Period for limited FFI status. A
limited FFI will cease to be a limited
FFI after December 31, 2015. An FFI
will cease to be a limited FFI when it
becomes a participating FFI or deemedcompliant FFI, or as of the beginning of
the third calendar quarter following the
date on which the FFI is no longer
prohibited from complying with the
requirements of the FFI agreement. In
such case, participating and deemedcompliant FFIs that are members of the
same expanded affiliated group will
retain their status if, by the date that the
FFI ceases to be a limited FFI, the FFI
notifies the IRS that the FFI will comply
with the FFI agreement.
(4) Special rule for QIs. An FFI that
has in effect a qualified intermediary
agreement with the IRS will be allowed
to become a limited FFI
notwithstanding that none of the FFIs in
the expanded affiliated group of which
the FFI is a member can comply with
the provisions of an FFI agreement if the
FFI that is a qualified intermediary
meets the conditions of a limited FFI
under paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section.
(f) Effective/applicability date. The
rules of this section apply on
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Par. 7. Section 1.1471–5 is added to
read as follows:
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 1.1471–5 Definitions applicable to
section 1471.
(a) U.S. accounts—(1) In general. This
paragraph (a) defines the term U.S.
account and describes when a person is
treated as the holder of a financial
account. This paragraph also provides
rules for determining when an
exception to U.S. account status applies
for certain depositary accounts and the
account aggregation requirements
relevant in applying that exception.
(2) Definition of U.S. account. Subject
to the exception described in paragraph
(a)(4) of this section, a U.S. account is
any financial account maintained by an
FFI that is held by one or more specified
U.S. persons or U.S. owned foreign
entities. For a definition of the term
financial account, see paragraph (b) of
this section. For a definition of the term
specified U.S. person, see § 1.1473–1(c).
For a definition of the term U.S. owned
foreign entity, see paragraph (c) of this
section. For reporting requirements of
participating FFIs with respect to U.S.
accounts, see § 1.1471–4(d).
(3) Account held by—(i) In general.
Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (a)(3), an account is held by
the person listed or identified as the
holder of such account with the FFI that
maintains the account. An entity is
treated as holding an account regardless
of whether the entity is a flow-through
entity. Thus, except as otherwise
provided in paragraphs (a)(3)(ii) and
(iii), if a trust (including a simple or
grantor trust) or an estate is listed as the
holder or owner of a financial account,
the financial account shall be treated as
held by the trust or estate itself rather
than by its owners or beneficiaries.
Similarly, except as otherwise provided
in this paragraph (a)(3), if a partnership
is listed as the holder or owner of a
financial account, the financial account
shall be treated as held by the
partnership itself, rather than the
partners in the partnership.
(ii) Grantor trust. A trust shall not be
treated as holding an account if a person
is treated as the owner of the entire trust
under sections 671 through 679. In that
case, the account will be treated as held
by the person who is treated as the
owner of the trust under such sections.
In the case of a person that is treated as
the owner of a portion of the trust under
sections 671 through 679—
(A) If such person is treated as owning
all the assets in the account under
sections 671 through 679, the account
will be treated as held by such person;
(B) If such person is treated as owning
a portion of the account or the assets in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
the account under sections 671 through
679, the account will be treated as held
by both such person and the trust; and
(C) If such person is not treated as
owning any portion of the account or
any of the assets in the account under
sections 671 through 679, the account
will be treated as held by the trust.
(iii) Financial accounts held by
agents. A person, other than a financial
institution, holding a financial account
for the benefit or account of another
person as an agent, custodian, nominee,
signatory, investment advisor, or
intermediary, is not treated as holding
the account for purposes of this section,
and such other person is treated as
holding the account.
(iv) Jointly held accounts. With
respect to a jointly held account, each
joint holder will be treated as holding
the account for purposes of determining
whether the account is a U.S. account.
Thus, an account is a U.S. account if
any of the holders is a specified U.S.
person or a U.S. owned foreign entity
and the account is not otherwise
excepted from U.S. account status under
paragraph (a)(4) of this section. In a case
in which more than one U.S. person is
a joint holder, each U.S. person will be
treated as a holder of the account. See
paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section for
account aggregation rules applicable to
jointly held accounts for purposes of
determining the exception to U.S.
account status under paragraph (a)(4)(i).
(v) Holder of account for certain
insurance contracts. For purposes of
this section, an insurance or annuity
contract that is a financial account as
defined in paragraph (b) of this section
is treated as held by the contract holder
(that is, owner) if such person can
access the cash value of the contract (for
example, through a loan, withdrawal, or
surrender) or change a beneficiary under
the contract. However, if the contract
holder cannot access the cash value or
change a beneficiary, then the contract
is treated as held by each beneficiary
under the contract. Upon the maturity of
the insurance or annuity contract, when
the obligation to pay the benefit under
the contract becomes fixed, the
beneficiary is treated as the contract
holder.
(vi) Examples. The following
examples illustrate the provisions of
paragraph (a)(3) of this section:
Example 1. Account held by agent. F, a
nonresident alien, holds a power of attorney
from U, a specified U.S. person, that
authorizes F to open, hold, and make
deposits and withdrawals with respect to a
depository account on behalf of U. F is listed
as the holder of a depository account at a
participating FFI. However, F holds the
account as an agent for the benefit of U. F is
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9085
not ultimately entitled to the funds in the
account. Therefore, the depository account is
treated as held by U and such account is a
U.S. account because it is held by a specified
U.S. person.
Example 2. Jointly held accounts. U, a
specified U.S. person, holds a depository
account in a participating FFI. The balance
in the account at the end of the calendar year
is $100,000. The account is jointly held with
A, an individual who is a nonresident alien.
Because one of the joint holders is a specified
U.S person, the account is a U.S. account.
Example 3. Jointly held accounts. U, a
specified U.S. person, holds a depository
account in a participating FFI. The balance
in the account at the end of the calendar year
is $100,000. The account is jointly held with
Q, a specified U.S. person. The account is a
U.S. account, and both U and Q are treated
as holding a U.S. account.
(4) Exceptions to U.S. account
status—(i) Exception for certain
individual accounts of participating
FFIs. Unless a participating FFI elects
under paragraph (a)(4)(iv) of this section
not to have this paragraph (a)(4)(i)
apply, the term U.S. account shall not
include any account maintained by such
financial institution during a calendar
year if the conditions of paragraphs
(a)(4)(i)(A), (B), and (C) of this section
are met.
(A) Depository accounts. The
condition of this paragraph (a)(4)(i)(A) is
met if the account is a depository
account.
(B) $50,000 threshold. The conditions
of this paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B) are met if,
with respect to each holder of such
financial account, the aggregate balance
or value of the financial account, and,
to the extent required under paragraph
(a)(4)(ii) of this section, all depository
accounts held (in whole or in part) by
the holder of the account does not
exceed $50,000 as of the end of the
calendar year or on the date the account
is closed. For rules for determining the
balance or value of financial accounts
that apply for purposes of this
paragraph (a)(4)(i), see § 1.1471–
4(d)(4)(iii).
(C) Individual account holders. The
condition of this paragraph (a)(4)(i)(C) is
met if the account is held solely by one
or more individuals.
(ii) Aggregation requirements for
exception. For purposes of determining
whether the aggregate balance of
depository accounts held by an
individual exceeds $50,000 for purposes
of applying the exception in this
paragraph (a)(4)(i), an FFI will be
required to take into account all
depository accounts maintained by the
FFI, or members of its expanded
affiliated group, that are held (in whole
or in part) by such individual, but only
to the extent that the FFI’s computerized
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
9086
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
systems link the accounts by reference
to a data element such as client number
or a taxpayer identification number
(including a TIN), and allow account
balances of such accounts to be
aggregated. Each holder of a jointly held
depository account will be attributed
the entire balance of the joint account
for purposes of applying the aggregation
requirements described in this
paragraph (a)(4)(ii).
(iii) Currency translation. To the
extent that an account is denominated
in a currency other than the U.S. dollar,
the participating FFI must convert the
dollar threshold amounts described in
paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B) of this section into
such currency using a spot rate
determined under § 1.988–1(d). The
spot rate must be determined as of the
last day of the calendar year with
respect to which the FFI is determining
the threshold amounts.
(iv) Election to forgo exception. A
participating FFI may elect to disregard
the exception described in paragraph
(a)(4)(i) of this section by reporting all
U.S. accounts, including those accounts
that would otherwise meet the
exception described in paragraph
(a)(4)(i) of this section.
(v) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the account aggregation
requirements of paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of
this section:
Example 1. Aggregation rules for
individual accounts. In Year 1, a U.S.
resident individual, U, holds a depository
account with CB, a commercial bank that is
a participating FFI. The balance in U’s CB
account at the end of Year 1 is $35,000. In
Year 1, U also holds a custodial account with
CB’s brokerage business. The custodial
account has a $45,000 balance as of the end
of Year 1. CB’s retail banking and brokerage
businesses share computerized information
management systems that associate U’s
depository account and U’s custodial account
with U and with one another by reference to
CB’s internal identification number. The
account balances of the accounts are
automatically aggregated under such system.
For purposes of applying the $50,000
threshold described in paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B)
of this section, a depository account is
aggregated only with other depository
accounts. U’s depository account is eligible
for the paragraph (a)(4)(i) exception to U.S.
account status, because its balance does not
exceed $50,000.
Example 2. Aggregation rules for
individual accounts. In Year 1, a U.S.
resident individual, U, holds a depository
account with Branch 1 of CB, a commercial
bank that is a participating FFI. The balance
in U’s CB account at the end of Year 1 is
$35,000. In Year 1, U also holds a depository
account with Branch 2 of CB. The Branch 2
account has a $45,000 balance at the end of
Year 1. CB’s retail banking businesses share
computerized information management
systems across its branches; however, U’s
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
accounts are not associated with one another
in the shared computerized information
system. Because the accounts are not
associated in CB’s system, both accounts are
eligible for the paragraph (a)(4)(i) exception
to U.S. account status as neither account
exceeds the $50,000 threshold described in
paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B) of this section.
Example 3. Aggregation rules for
individual accounts. Same facts as Example
2, except that both of U’s depository accounts
are associated with U and with one another
by reference to CB’s internal identification
number. The system shows the account
balances for both accounts, and such
balances may be electronically aggregated;
however, the system does not show a
combined balance for the accounts. Because
the balances can be aggregated under
paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section, U is
treated as holding financial accounts with CB
with an aggregate balance of $80,000 for
purposes of applying the $50,000 threshold
described in paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B) of this
section. Neither account is eligible for the
paragraph (a)(4)(i) exception to U.S. account
status, because they exceed, when
aggregated, the $50,000 threshold described
in paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B) of this section.
Example 4. Aggregation rules for
preexisting joint accounts. In Year 1, a U.S.
resident individual, U, holds a depository
account in commercial bank CB. The balance
in U’s CB depository account at the end of
Year 1 is $35,000. U also holds a joint
depository account with her sister, A, a
nonresident alien for U.S. Federal income tax
purposes, with another commercial bank,
CB2. The balance in the joint account at the
end of Year 1 is $35,000. CB and CB2 form
part of the same expanded affiliated group
and both share computerized information
management systems. Both U’s depository
account in CB and U and A’s depository
account in CB2 are associated with U and
with one another by reference to CB’s
internal identification number. Under
paragraph (a)(4)(ii) U is treated as having
financial accounts in the CB/CB2 financial
institution with an aggregate balance of
$70,000, and neither account is eligible for
the paragraph (a)(4)(i) exception to U.S.
account status because they exceed the
$50,000 threshold described in paragraph
(a)(4)(i)(B) of this section.
(b) Financial accounts—(1) In general.
Solely for purposes of chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code, the term
financial account means—
(i) Any depository account (as defined
in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section)
maintained by a financial institution (as
defined in paragraph (e)(1) of this
section);
(ii) Any custodial account (as defined
in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section)
maintained by a financial institution (as
defined in paragraph (e)(1) of this
section);
(iii) Any equity or debt interest (other
than interests that are regularly traded
on an established securities market) in
a financial institution that is described
in paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(and is not described in paragraph
(e)(1)(i), (ii), or (iv) of this section). The
term also includes any equity or debt
interest (other than interests that are
regularly traded on an established
securities market) in a financial
institution that is described in
paragraphs (e)(1)(i), (ii), and (iv) of this
section, but only if the value of the debt
or equity interest is determined, directly
or indirectly, primarily by reference to
assets that give rise to withholdable
payments. Any equity or debt interest
that constitutes a financial account
under this paragraph (b)(1)(iii) with
respect to any financial institution shall
be treated for purposes of section 1471
as maintained by such financial
institution; or
(iv) Any cash value insurance contract
(as defined in paragraph (b)(3)(v) of this
section) and any annuity contract issued
or maintained by a financial institution
(as defined in paragraph (e)(1) of this
section).
(2) Exceptions—(i) Certain savings
accounts—(A) Retirement and pension
accounts. A financial account does not
include an account that satisfies the
conditions of paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A)(1) or
(2) of this section.
(1) The account is held by a
retirement or pension fund that meets
the requirements of paragraph (f)(2)(ii)
of this section.
(2) The account is subject to
government regulation as a personal
retirement account or is registered or
regulated as an account for the
provision of retirement or pension
benefits under the laws of the country
in which the FFI that maintains the
account is established or in which it
operates, and meets the following
requirements—
(i) The account is tax-favored with
regard to the jurisdiction in which the
account is maintained;
(ii) All of the contributions to the
account are employer, government, or
employee contributions that are limited
by reference to earned income under the
law of the jurisdiction in which the
account is maintained; and
(iii) Annual contributions (other than
transfers from other accounts described
in this paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) or plans
described in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this
section or § 1.1471–6(f)) are limited to
$50,000 or less, and limits or penalties
apply by law of the jurisdiction in
which the account is maintained to
withdrawals made before reaching a
specified retirement age and to annual
contributions exceeding $50,000 (other
than transfers from other accounts
described in this paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A)
or plans described in paragraph (f)(2)(ii)
of this section or § 1.1471–6(f)).
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(B) Non-retirement savings accounts.
A financial account does not include an
account that is tax-favored with regard
to the jurisdiction in which the account
is maintained, subject to government
regulation as a savings vehicle for
purposes other than for retirement, and
the following conditions are also
satisfied—
(1) Contributions to such account are
limited by reference to earned income;
(2) Annual contributions are limited
to $50,000 or less under the law of the
jurisdiction in which the account is
maintained;
(3) Limits or penalties apply on
withdrawals made before specific
criteria are met under the law of the
jurisdiction in which the account is
maintained; and
(4) Limits or penalties apply by law of
the jurisdiction in which the account is
maintained to contributions exceeding
the limit described in paragraph
(b)(2)(i)(B)(2) of this section.
(C) Currency translation. To the
extent that an account is denominated
in a currency other than the U.S. dollar,
the participating FFI must convert the
dollar threshold amounts described in
paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(A)(3)(i) and
(b)(2)(i)(B)(2) of this section into such
currency using a spot rate determined
under § 1.988–2(d). The spot rate must
be determined as of the last day of the
calendar year preceding the year in
which the FFI is determining whether
an account meets such threshold
amount.
(D) Rollovers. A financial account that
otherwise satisfies any of the
requirements of this paragraph (b)(2)(i)
will not fail to satisfy such requirements
solely because such financial account
may receive assets or funds transferred
from one or more financial accounts that
meet the requirements of any of
paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) or (B) of this
section or from one or more retirement
or pension funds that meet the
requirements of paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of
this section or § 1.1471–6(f).
(E) Coordination with section 6038D.
The exclusions provided under
paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section shall
not apply for purposes of determining
whether an account or other
arrangement is a financial account for
purposes of section 6038D.
(F) Account that is tax-favored. For
purposes of this paragraph (b)(2), an
account is tax-favored if contributions to
the account that would otherwise be
subject to tax under the laws of the
jurisdiction where the account is
maintained are deductible or excluded
from gross income of the account holder
or if the taxation of investment income
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
from the account is deferred under the
laws of such jurisdiction, or both.
(ii) Term life insurance contracts. The
term financial account does not include
a life insurance contract, other than a
contract held by a transferee for value
under section 101(a)(2) (determined
without regard to section 101(a)(2)(A) or
(B)), if equal periodic premiums are
payable annually or more frequently
during the period the contract is in
existence, and the amount payable upon
termination of the contract prior to the
death of the insured cannot exceed the
aggregate premiums paid for the
contract, less mortality, morbidity, and
expense charges (whether actually
imposed or not) for the period or
periods of the contract’s existence.
(iii) Account held by exempt
beneficial owner. The term financial
account does not include any financial
account described in paragraph (b)(1) of
this section that is held solely by one or
more exempt beneficial owners
described in § 1.1471–6 or by
nonparticipating FFIs holding the
account as intermediaries solely on
behalf of one or more such owners.
(3) Definitions. The following
definitions apply for purposes of
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue
Code—
(i) Depository account. The term
depository account means—
(A) A commercial, checking, savings,
time, or thrift account, or an account
which is evidenced by a certificate of
deposit, thrift certificate, investment
certificate, certificate of indebtedness, or
other similar instrument; and
(B) Any amount held by an insurance
company under an agreement to pay or
credit interest thereon.
(ii) Custodial account. The term
custodial account means an account for
the benefit of another person that holds
any financial instrument or contract
held for investment (including, but not
limited to, a depository account, a share
or stock in a corporation, a note, bond,
debenture, or other evidence of
indebtedness, a currency or commodity
transaction, a credit default swap, a
swap based upon a nonfinancial index,
a notional principal contract as defined
in § 1.446–3(c), an insurance or annuity
contract, and any option or other
derivative instrument).
(iii) Equity interest in certain entities.
In the case of a partnership that is a
financial institution, the term equity
interest means either a capital or profits
interest in the partnership. In the case
of a trust that is a financial institution,
an equity interest means either an
interest held by a person treated as an
owner of all or a portion of the trust
under sections 671 through 679 or a
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9087
person holding a beneficial interest in
the trust that is described in § 1.1473–
1(b)(3).
(iv) Regularly traded on an
established securities market. Debt or
equity interests described in paragraph
(b)(1)(iii) are regularly traded on an
established securities market (as defined
in § 1.1472–1(c)(1)(i)(C)) if—
(A) Trades in such interests are
effected, other than in de minimis
quantities, on such market or markets
on at least 60 days during the prior
calendar year; and
(B) The aggregate number of such
interests that were traded on such
market or markets during the prior
calendar year was at least ten percent of
the average number of such interests
outstanding during the prior calendar
year.
(v) Cash value insurance contracts—
(A) In general. Except as otherwise
provided in paragraph (b)(3)(v)(B) or (C)
of this section, the term cash value
insurance contract means an insurance
contract that has a ‘‘cash value’’ (as
defined in paragraphs (b)(3)(v)(B) and
(C) of this section) greater than zero. A
term life insurance contract described in
paragraph (b)(2)(ii) is not a cash value
insurance contract.
(B) Cash value. Except as otherwise
provided in paragraph (b)(3)(v)(C), the
term cash value means the greater of—
(1) The amount that the policyholder
is entitled to receive upon surrender or
termination of the contract (determined
without reduction for any surrender
charge or policy loan), and
(2) The amount the policyholder can
borrow under or with regard to the
contract.
(C) Amounts excluded from cash
value. Cash value does not include an
amount payable under an insurance
contract as—
(1) A personal injury or sickness
benefit or a benefit providing
indemnification of an economic loss
incurred upon the occurrence of the
event insured against;
(2) A refund to the policyholder of a
previously paid premium under an
insurance contract (other than under a
life insurance or annuity contract) due
to policy cancellation, decrease in risk
exposure during the effective period of
the insurance contract, or arising from a
redetermination of the premium due to
correction of posting or other similar
error; or
(3) A policyholder dividend (as
defined in section 808 but without
regard to paragraph (b)(2) of that
section) provided such dividend is not
a termination dividend, and relates to
either a term life insurance contract
described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9088
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
section or an insurance contract under
which the only benefit payable is
described in paragraph (b)(3)(v)(C)(1).
(c) U.S. owned foreign entity—(1) In
general. The term United States owned
foreign entity (or U.S. owned foreign
entity) means any foreign entity that has
one or more substantial U.S. owners (as
defined in § 1.1473–1(b)). See § 1.1473–
1(e) for the definition of foreign entity
for purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code.
(2) Owner-documented FFI treated as
U.S. owned foreign entity. An FFI that
is treated as an owner-documented FFI
under § 1.1471–3(d)(7) and that has one
or more direct or indirect owners that
are specified U.S. persons (as defined in
§ 1.1473–1(c)) shall be treated as a U.S.
owned foreign entity by a participating
FFI maintaining an account for such
documented FFI for purposes of
reporting with respect to its U.S.
accounts as described in § 1.1471–4(d).
For the requirements applicable to
determining direct and indirect
ownership in an entity, see § 1.1473–
1(b)(2).
(d) Definition of FFI. The term FFI
means any financial institution (as
defined in paragraph (e) of this section)
that is a foreign entity. A territory
financial institution is not an FFI under
this paragraph (d).
(e) Definition of a financial
institution—(1) In general. Except as
otherwise provided in paragraph (e)(5),
the term financial institution means any
entity that—
(i) Accepts deposits in the ordinary
course of a banking or similar business
(as defined in paragraph (e)(2) of this
section);
(ii) Holds, as a substantial portion of
its business (as defined in paragraph
(e)(3) of this section), financial assets for
the account of others;
(iii) Is engaged (or holding itself out
as being engaged) primarily (as defined
in paragraph (e)(4) of this section) in the
business of investing, reinvesting, or
trading in securities (as defined in
section 475(c)(2) without regard to the
last sentence thereof), partnership
interests, commodities (as defined in
section 475(e)(2)), notional principal
contracts (as defined in § 1.446–3(c)),
insurance or annuity contracts, or any
interest (including a futures or forward
contract or option) in such security,
partnership interest, commodity,
notional principal contract, insurance
contract, or annuity contract; or
(iv) Is an insurance company (or the
holding company of an insurance
company) that issues or is obligated to
make payments with respect to a
financial account under paragraph (b)(1)
of this section.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(2) Banking or similar business—(i) In
general. An entity is considered to be
engaged in a banking or similar business
if, in the ordinary course of its business
with customers, the entity engages in
one or more of the following activities—
(A) Accepts deposits of funds;
(B) Makes personal, mortgage,
industrial, or other loans;
(C) Purchases, sells, discounts, or
negotiates accounts receivable,
installment obligations, notes, drafts,
checks, bills of exchange, acceptances,
or other evidences of indebtedness;
(D) Issues letters of credit and
negotiates drafts drawn thereunder;
(E) Provides trust or fiduciary
services;
(F) Finances foreign exchange
transactions;
(G) Enters into, purchases, or disposes
of finance leases or leased assets; or
(H) Provides charge and credit card
services.
(ii) Application of section 581.
Entities engaged in a banking or similar
business include, but are not limited to,
entities that would qualify as banks
under section 585(a)(2) (including banks
as defined in section 581 and any
corporation to which section 581 would
apply except for the fact that it is a
foreign corporation).
(iii) Effect of local regulation.
Whether an entity is subject to the
banking and credit laws of a foreign
country, the United States, a State, a
possession of the United States, or a
subdivision thereof, or is subject to
supervision and examination by
agencies having regulatory oversight of
banking or similar institutions, is
relevant to but not necessarily
determinative of whether that entity
qualifies as a financial institution under
section 1471(d)(5)(A). Whether an entity
conducts a banking or similar business
is determined based upon the character
of the actual activities of such entity.
(3) Holding financial assets as a
substantial portion of its business—(i)
Substantial portion. An entity holds
financial assets for the account of others
as a substantial portion of its business
if the entity’s gross income attributable
to the holding of financial assets and
related financial services equals or
exceeds 20 percent of the entity’s gross
income during the shorter of—
(A) The three-year period ending on
December 31 of the year in which the
determination is made; or
(B) The period during which the
entity has been in existence.
(ii) Effect of local regulation. Whether
an entity is subject to the banking and
credit, broker-dealer, fiduciary or other
similar laws and regulations of the
United States, a State, a possession of
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the United States, a political
subdivision thereof, or a foreign
country, or to supervision and
examination by agencies having
regulatory oversight of banking or other
financial institutions, is relevant to but
not necessarily determinative of
whether that entity holds financial
assets for the account of others as a
substantial portion of its business.
(4) In the business of investing,
reinvesting, and trading. An entity is
engaged primarily in the business of
investing, reinvesting, or trading if the
entity’s gross income attributable to
such activities equals or exceeds 50
percent of the entity’s gross income
during the shorter of—
(A) The three-year period ending on
December 31 of the year in which the
determination is made, or
(B) The period during which the
entity has been in existence.
(5) Exclusions. Entities described in
any of paragraphs (e)(5)(i) through (v) of
this section are excluded from the
definition of a financial institution
under paragraph (e)(1) of this section
and are excepted NFFEs under
§ 1.1472–1(c)(1)(v).
(i) Certain nonfinancial holding
companies. An entity is described in
this paragraph (e)(5)(i) if it is a foreign
entity substantially all of the activities
of which is to own (in whole or in part)
the outstanding stock of one or more
subsidiaries that engage in trades or
businesses, provided that no such
subsidiary is a financial institution (as
defined in this paragraph (e)). An entity
is not described in this paragraph
(e)(5)(i) if the entity functions (or holds
itself out) as an investment fund, such
as a private equity fund, venture capital
fund, leveraged buyout fund or any
investment vehicle whose purpose is to
acquire or fund companies and then
hold interests in those companies as
capital assets for investment purposes.
(ii) Certain start-up companies. An
entity is described in this paragraph
(e)(5)(ii) if it is a foreign entity that is
not yet operating a business and has no
prior operating history, but is investing
capital into assets with the intent to
operate a business other than that of a
financial institution. This exclusion
expires 24 months after the initial
organization of such entity, and after
such time, the foreign entity will no
longer qualify for this exception for
start-up companies. An entity is not
described in this paragraph (e)(5)(ii) if
the entity functions (or holds itself out)
as an investment fund, such as a private
equity fund, venture capital fund,
leveraged buyout fund, or any
investment vehicle whose purpose is to
acquire or fund companies and then
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
hold interests in those companies as
capital assets for investment purposes.
(iii) Nonfinancial entities that are
liquidating or emerging from
reorganization or bankruptcy. An entity
is described in this paragraph (e)(5)(iii)
if it is a foreign entity that was not a
financial institution under this
paragraph (e) in the past five years and
is in the process of liquidating its assets
or is reorganizing with the intent to
continue or recommence operations as a
nonfinancial entity.
(iv) Hedging/financing centers of a
nonfinancial group. An entity is
described in this paragraph (e)(5)(iv) if
it is a foreign entity that primarily
engages in financing and hedging
transactions with or for members of its
expanded affiliated group that are not
financial institutions and that does not
provide financing or hedging services to
non-affiliates, provided that the
expanded affiliated group is primarily
engaged in a business other than that of
a financial institution under this
paragraph (e).
(v) Section 501(c) entities. An entity is
described in this paragraph (e)(5)(v) if it
is a foreign entity that is described in
section 501(c).
(f) Deemed-compliant FFIs. The term
deemed-compliant FFI includes a
registered deemed-compliant FFI (as
defined in paragraph (f)(1) of this
section), a certified deemed-compliant
FFI (as defined in paragraph (f)(2) of this
section), and, to the extent provided in
paragraph (f)(3) of this section, an
owner-documented FFI (as defined in
paragraph (f)(3) of this section). The
term also includes any FFI that is
described in guidance published in the
Federal Register or the Internal Revenue
Bulletin. A deemed-compliant FFI will
be treated pursuant to section 1471(b)(2)
as having met the requirements of
section 1471(b).
(1) Registered deemed-compliant FFIs.
A registered deemed-compliant FFI
means an FFI described in any of
paragraphs (f)(1)(i)(A) through (E) of this
section that has met the procedural
requirements described in paragraph
(f)(1)(ii) of this section. A registered
deemed-compliant FFI also includes
any FFI that is deemed to comply with
the requirements of section 1471(b)
pursuant to an agreement between the
government of the United States and a
foreign government.
(i) Registered deemed-compliant FFI
categories—(A) Local FFIs. An FFI is
described in this paragraph (f)(1)(i)(A) if
the FFI meets the requirements of
paragraphs (f)(1)(i)(A)(1) through (8).
(1) The FFI must be licensed and
regulated under the laws of its country
of organization (which must be FATF-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
compliant at the time the FFI registers
for deemed-compliant status) as a bank
or similar organization authorized to
accept deposits in the ordinary course of
its business, a securities broker or
dealer, or a financial planner or
investment adviser, but must not qualify
as an FFI solely because it is an entity
described in paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this
section.
(2) The FFI must have no fixed place
of business outside its country of
incorporation or organization.
(3) The FFI must not solicit account
holders outside its country of
incorporation or organization. For this
purpose, an FFI will not be considered
to have solicited account holders
outside of its country of organization
merely because it operates a Web site,
provided that the Web site does not
specifically state that nonresidents may
hold deposit accounts with the FFI,
does not advertise the availability of
U.S. dollar denominated deposit
accounts or other U.S. dollar
denominated investments, and does not
target U.S. customers.
(4) The FFI must be required under
the tax laws of the country in which the
FFI is incorporated or organized to
perform either information reporting or
withholding of tax with respect to
accounts held by residents.
(5) At least 98 percent of the accounts
maintained by the FFI must be held by
residents (including residents that are
entities) of the country in which the FFI
is organized. An FFI which is organized
in an EU member state may treat
account holders that are residents
(including corporate residents) of other
EU member states as residents of the
country in which the FFI is
incorporated or organized for purposes
of this calculation.
(6) On or before the date it registers
as a deemed-compliant FFI, the FFI
must implement policies and
procedures to ensure that it does not
open or maintain accounts for any
specified U.S. person who is not a
resident of the country in which the FFI
is organized (including a U.S. person
that was a resident when the account
was opened but subsequently ceases to
be a resident), a nonparticipating FFI, or
any entity controlled or beneficially
owned (as determined under the FFI’s
AML due diligence) by a specified U.S.
person.
(7) With respect to each account that
is held by an individual who is not a
resident of the country in which the FFI
is organized or by an entity, and that is
opened after December 31, 2011, and
prior to the date that the FFI
implements the policies and procedures
described in paragraph (f)(1)(i)(A)(6),
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9089
the FFI must review those accounts in
accordance with the procedures
described in § 1.1471–4(c) applicable to
preexisting accounts to identify any U.S.
account or account held by a
nonparticipating FFI, and must certify
to the IRS that it did not identify any
such account as a result of its review,
that it has closed any such accounts that
were identified, or that it agrees to
withhold and report on such accounts
as would be required under § 1.1471–
4(b) or (d) if it were a participating FFI.
(8) In the case of an FFI that is a
member of an expanded affiliated group,
each member of the expanded affiliated
group must be incorporated or
organized in the same country, must
meet the requirements set forth in this
paragraph (f)(1)(i)(A), and must meet the
procedural requirements of paragraph
(f)(1)(ii) of this section.
(B) Nonreporting members of
participating FFI groups. An FFI that is
a member of a participating FFI group
is described in this paragraph (f)(1)(i)(B)
if it meets the requirements of
paragraphs (f)(1)(i)(B)(1) through (4) of
this section.
(1) The FFI must review its accounts
that were opened prior to the date it
implements the policies and procedures
described in paragraph (f)(1)(i)(B)(3) of
this section, in accordance with the
procedures described in § 1.1471–4(c)
applicable to preexisting accounts to
identify any U.S. account or account
held by a nonparticipating FFI.
(2) If any account described in
paragraph (f)(1)(i)(B)(1) of this section is
identified, the FFI must, within 90 days
after identification of the account, enter
into an FFI agreement, transfer the
account to an affiliate that is a
participating FFI or U.S. financial
institution, or close the account.
(3) On or before the date it registers
with the IRS pursuant to paragraph
(f)(1)(ii) of this section, the FFI must
implement policies and procedures to
ensure that if it opens any of the
accounts described in paragraph
(f)(1)(i)(B)(1) of this section, it either
transfers any such accounts to an
affiliate that is a participating FFI or
U.S. financial institution or becomes a
participating FFI itself, in either case
within 90 days of having opened the
account.
(4) The FFI must implement policies
and procedures to ensure that it
identifies any account which becomes
an account described in paragraph
(f)(1)(i)(B)(1) of this section due to a
change in circumstances and it either
transfers such account to an affiliate that
is a participating FFI or U.S. financial
institution or becomes a participating
FFI itself, in either case within 90 days
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9090
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
after the date on which the FFI first has
knowledge or reason to know of the
change in the account holder’s chapter
4 status.
(C) Qualified collective investment
vehicles. An FFI is described in this
paragraph (f)(1)(i)(C) if it meets the
requirements of paragraphs (f)(1)(i)(C)(1)
through (3).
(1) The FFI must be an FFI solely
because it is described in paragraph
(e)(1)(iii) of this section, and must be
regulated in its country of incorporation
or organization as an investment fund.
(2) Each holder of record of direct
debt interests in excess of $50,000 or
equity interests in the FFI (for example
the holders of its units or global
certificates) or any other account holder
of a financial account with the FFI must
a be participating FFI, registered
deemed-compliant FFI, U.S. person
described in any of § 1.1473–1(c)(1)
through (12), or exempt beneficial
owner.
(3) In the case of an FFI that is part
of an expanded affiliated group, all
other FFIs in the expanded affiliated
group must be either participating FFIs
or registered deemed-compliant FFIs.
(D) Restricted Funds. An FFI is
described in this paragraph (D) if it
meets the requirements of paragraphs
(f)(1)(i)(D)(1) through (7) of this section.
(1) The FFI must be an FFI solely
because it is described in paragraph
(e)(1)(iii) of this section, and must be
regulated as an investment fund under
the laws of its country of incorporation
or organization (which must be FATFcompliant at the time the FFI registers
for deemed-compliant status). In
addition, interests in the FFI may only
be sold through distributors described
in paragraph (f)(1)(i)(D)(2) of this section
or redeemed directly by the restricted
fund.
(2) Each distributor of the FFI’s
interests must be a participating FFI, a
registered deemed-compliant FFI, a
nonregistering local bank described in
paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, or a
restricted distributor described in
paragraph (f)(4) of this section. For
purposes of this paragraph (f)(1)(i)(D)
and paragraph (f)(4) of this section, a
distributor means an underwriter,
broker, dealer, or other person who
participates, pursuant to a contractual
arrangement, in the distribution of
securities.
(3) The FFI must ensure that each
agreement that governs the distribution
of its debt or equity interests prohibits
sales of debt or equity interests in the
FFI to U.S. persons, nonparticipating
FFIs, or passive NFFEs with one or more
substantial U.S. owners (other than
interests which are both distributed by
and held through a participating FFI),
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
and the FFI’s prospectus and all
marketing materials must indicate that
sales of interests in the FFI to U.S.
persons, nonparticipating FFIs, or
NFFEs with one or more substantial
U.S. owners (other than interests which
are both distributed by and held through
a participating FFI) are prohibited.
(4) The FFI must ensure that each
agreement that governs the distribution
of its debt or equity interests requires
the distributor to notify the FFI of a
change in the distributor’s chapter 4
status within 90 days of the change. The
FFI must certify to the IRS that, with
respect to any distributor that ceases to
qualify as a participating FFI, a
registered deemed-compliant FFI, a
nonregistering local bank described in
paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, or a
restricted distributor described in
paragraph (f)(4) of this section, the FFI
will terminate its distribution agreement
with the distributor within 90 days of
notification of the distributor’s change
in status and will acquire or redeem all
debt and equity interests of the FFI
issued through that distributor within
six months of the distributor’s change in
status.
(5) With respect to any of the FFI’s
preexisting direct accounts (that is,
accounts that are held directly by the
ultimate investors), the FFI must review
those accounts in accordance with the
procedures described in § 1.1471–4(c)
applicable to preexisting accounts to
identify any U.S. account or account
held by a nonparticipating FFI.
Notwithstanding the previous sentence,
the FFI will not be required to review
the account of any individual investor
that purchased its interest at a time
when all of the FFI’s distribution
agreements and its prospectus contained
an explicit prohibition of the issuance of
shares to U.S. entities and U.S. resident
individuals. The FFI will be required to
certify to the IRS either that it did not
identify any such account as a result of
its review or, if any such accounts were
identified, that the FFI will either
redeem any such account, or will
withhold and report on such accounts
as would be required under § 1.1471–
4(b) and (d) if it were a participating
FFI.
(6) On or before the date that it
registers as a deemed-compliant FFI, the
FFI must implement the policies and
procedures described in § 1.1471–4(c)
for identifying account holders with
respect to direct account holders to
ensure that it either—
(i) Does not open or maintain an
account for any specified U.S. person,
nonparticipating FFI, or passive NFFE
with one or more substantial U.S.
owners; or
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(ii) Closes any account for any person
described in paragraph (f)(1)(i)(D)(6)(i)
within 90 days of the date that the
account was opened or the date that the
FFI had reason to know the account
holder became a person described in
paragraph (f)(1)(i)(D)(6)(i) of this
section, or withholds and reports on
such account as would be required
under § 1.1471–4(b) and (d) if it were a
participating FFI.
(7) For an FFI that is part of an
expanded affiliated group, all other FFIs
in the expanded affiliated group must be
either participating FFIs or registered
deemed-compliant FFIs.
(ii) Procedural requirements for
registered deemed-compliant FFIs. A
registered deemed-compliant FFI may
use one or more agents to perform the
necessary due diligence with respect to
identifying its account holders and to
take any required action associated with
obtaining and maintaining its deemedcompliant status. However, the FFI
remains responsible for ensuring that
the requirements for its deemedcompliant status are met. Unless
otherwise provided in this section, a
registered deemed-compliant FFI will be
required to—
(A) Have its chief compliance officer
or an individual of equivalent standing
with the FFI certify to the IRS in such
a manner as the IRS specifies that all of
the requirements for the deemedcompliant category claimed by the FFI
have been satisfied as of the date the FFI
registers as a deemed-compliant FFI;
(B) Obtain from the IRS a
confirmation of its registration as a
deemed-compliant FFI and an FFI–EIN;
(C) Agree that if it chooses to publish
a passthru payment percentage, it will
do so in accordance with the procedures
set forth in § 1.1471–5(h);
(D) Renew its certification every three
years; and
(E) Agree to notify the IRS if there is
a change in circumstances which would
make the FFI ineligible for the deemedcompliant status for which it has
registered.
(iii) Deemed-compliant FFI that is
merged or acquired. An FFI which has
registered as a deemed-compliant FFI
under paragraph (f)(1) of this section but
subsequently ceases to qualify for
deemed-compliant status under its
existing category because it is merged
into or is acquired by another
participating FFI or participating FFI
group, will be required to notify the IRS
and must complete a new registration
with the IRS as a participating FFI or a
deemed-compliant FFI. A deemedcompliant FFI that becomes a
participating FFI or a member of a
participating FFI group as a result of a
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
merger or acquisition will not be
required to redetermine the chapter 4
status of any account maintained by the
FFI prior to the date of the merger or
acquisition unless that account has a
subsequent change in circumstances.
(2) Certified deemed-compliant FFIs.
A certified deemed-compliant FFI
means an FFI described in any of
paragraphs (f)(2)(i) through (iv) of this
section that has certified as to its status
as a deemed-compliant FFI by providing
a withholding agent with the
documentation described in § 1.1471–
3(d)(6) or (7) applicable to the relevant
deemed-compliant category. A certified
deemed-compliant FFI is not required to
register with the IRS.
(i) Nonregistering local bank. An FFI
is described in this paragraph (f)(2)(i) if
the FFI meets the requirements of
paragraphs (f)(2)(i)(A) through (F).
(A) The FFI must operate and be
licensed solely as a bank (within the
meaning of section 581, determined as
if the FFI were incorporated in the
United States) in its country of
incorporation or organization and
engage primarily in the business of
making loans and taking deposits from
unrelated retail customers.
(B) The FFI must be licensed to
conduct business in its country of
incorporation or organization and must
have no fixed place of business outside
such country.
(C) The FFI must not solicit account
holders outside its country of
organization. For this purpose, an FFI
will not be considered to have solicited
account holders outside of its country of
organization merely because it operates
a Web site, provided that the Web site
does not specifically state that
nonresidents may hold deposit accounts
with the FFI, advertise the availability
of U.S. dollar denominated deposit
accounts or other investments, or target
U.S. customers.
(D) The FFI must have no more than
$175 million in assets on its balance
sheet and, if the FFI is a member of an
expanded affiliated group, the group
may have no more than $500 million in
total assets on its consolidated or
combined balance sheets.
(E) The FFI must be required under
the tax laws of the country in which the
FFI is organized to perform either
information reporting or withholding of
tax with respect to resident accounts.
An FFI that is not subject to such
information reporting or withholding
requirements will be considered to meet
this requirement if all of the accounts
maintained by the FFI have a value or
account balance of $50,000 or less,
taking into account the account
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
aggregation rules set forth in § 1.1471–
4(c)(4).
(F) With respect to an FFI that is part
of an expanded affiliated group, each
FFI in the expanded affiliated group
must be incorporated or organized in
the same country and must meet the
requirements set forth in this paragraph
(f)(2)(i).
(ii) Retirement funds—(A)
Requirements. An FFI is described in
this paragraph (f)(2)(ii) if the FFI is
organized for the provision of retirement
or pension benefits under the law of the
country in which it is established or in
which it operates and meets the
requirements described in paragraph
(f)(2)(ii)(A)(1) or (2).
(1) An FFI meets the requirements of
this paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(A)(1) if—
(i) All contributions to the FFI (other
than transfers of assets from accounts
described in paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) of
this section or other plans described in
this paragraph (f)(2)(ii) or § 1.1471–6(f))
are employer, government, or employee
contributions that are limited by
reference to earned income;
(ii) No single beneficiary has a right to
more than five percent of the FFI’s
assets; and
(iii) Contributions to the FFI that
would otherwise be subject to tax under
the laws of the jurisdiction where the
FFI is established or operates are
deductible or excluded from gross
income of the beneficiary, the taxation
of investment income attributable to the
beneficiary is deferred under the laws of
such jurisdiction, or 50 percent or more
of the total contributions to the FFI
(other than transfers of assets from other
plans described in this paragraph
(f)(2)(ii) or § 1.1471–6(f)) are from the
government and the employer;
(2) An FFI meets the requirements of
this paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(A)(2) if—
(i) The FFI has fewer than 20
participants;
(ii) The FFI is sponsored by an
employer that is not an FFI described in
paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section or
passive NFFE;
(iii) Contributions to the FFI (other
than transfers of assets from other plans
described in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this
section, or § 1.1471–6(f)) are limited by
reference to earned income;
(iv) Participants that are not residents
of the country in which the FFI is
organized are not entitled to more than
20 percent of the FFI’s assets; and
(v) No participant that is not a
resident of the country in which the FFI
is organized is entitled to more than
$250,000 of the FFI’s assets.
(B) Example.
Example 1. FC, a State F foreign
corporation, instituted a retirement plan for
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9091
its current and former employees. The plan
is organized under State F law for the
provision of retirement or pension benefits
and contributions to the plan are excluded
from beneficiaries’ income under State F law.
The only contributions allowed to be made
to the plan are contributions that FC’s
employees make based on a percentage of
their compensation income, and such
contributions (as well as earnings on such
contributions) are credited to the employee’s
account. FC does not make contributions to
the plan. Retirement benefits will reflect the
amounts credited to the individual accounts.
No single beneficiary is entitled to more than
5% of the trust’s assets. The plan meets the
requirements of paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(A)(1) of
this section because contributions are limited
by reference to earned income, all
contributions to the plan are employee
contributions, no single beneficiary has a
right to more than 5% of the plan’s assets,
and contributions to the plan are excluded
from the gross income of the beneficiaries.
(iii) Non-profit organizations. An FFI
is described in this paragraph (f)(2)(iii)
if the FFI meets the following
requirements:
(1) The FFI is established and
maintained in its country of residence
exclusively for religious, charitable,
scientific, artistic, cultural or
educational purposes;
(2) The FFI is exempt from income tax
in its country of residence;
(3) The FFI has no shareholders or
members who have a proprietary or
beneficial interest in its income or
assets;
(4) The applicable laws of the FFI’s
country of residence or the FFI’s
formation documents do not permit any
income or assets of the FFI to be
distributed to, or applied for the benefit
of, a private person or noncharitable FFI
other than pursuant to the conduct of
the FFI’s charitable activities, or as
payment of reasonable compensation for
services rendered, or as payment
representing the fair market value of
property which the FFI has purchased;
and
(5) The applicable laws of the FFI’s
country of residence or the FFI’s
formation documents require that, upon
the FFI’s liquidation or dissolution, all
of its assets be distributed to an entity
that meets the requirements of § 1.1471–
6(b) or another organization that meets
the requirements of this paragraph
(f)(2)(iii), or escheat to the government
of the FFI’s country of residence or any
political subdivision thereof.
(iv) FFIs with only low-value
accounts. An FFI is described in this
paragraph (f)(2)(iv) if the FFI meets the
requirements of paragraphs (f)(2)(iv)(A)
through (C) of this section.
(A) The FFI must be an FFI only
because it is described in paragraphs
(e)(1)(i) and/or (ii) of this section.
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9092
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(B) No financial account maintained
by the FFI (or, in the case of an FFI that
is a member of an expanded affiliated
group, by any member of the expanded
affiliated group) has a balance or value
in excess of $50,000. The balance or
value of a financial account shall be
determined by applying the rules
described in paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this
section, substituting the term financial
account for the term depository account
and the term person for the term
individual.
(C) The FFI must have no more than
$50,000,000 in assets on its balance
sheet as of the end of its most recent
accounting year. In the case of an FFI
that is a member of an expanded
affiliated group, the entire expanded
affiliated group must have no more than
$50,000,000 in assets on its
consolidated or combined balance sheet
as of the end of its most recent
accounting year.
(3) Owner-documented FFIs—(i) In
general. An FFI that meets the
requirements of this paragraph (f)(3) is
treated as a deemed-compliant FFI only
with respect to payments received by
and accounts held with a designated
withholding agent. A designated
withholding agent is a withholding
agent that agrees to undertake the
additional due diligence and reporting
required under paragraphs (f)(3)(ii)(D)
and (E) of this section in order to treat
the FFI as an owner-documented FFI.
An FFI meeting the requirements of this
paragraph (f)(3) will only be treated as
a deemed-compliant FFI with respect to
a payment or account for which it does
not act as an intermediary.
(ii) Requirements of ownerdocumented FFI status. An FFI will be
treated as meeting the requirements of
this paragraph (f)(3) only if it meets all
of the following requirements—
(A) The FFI is not described in
paragraph (e)(1)(i), (ii), or (iv) of this
section;
(B) The FFI must not be affiliated with
any other FFI described in paragraph
(e)(1)(i), (ii), or (iv) of this section;
(C) The FFI must not maintain a
financial account for any
nonparticipating FFI or issue debt
which constitutes a financial account to
any person in excess of $50,000;
(D) The FFI must provide the
designated withholding agent (that is
either a U.S. financial institution or a
participating FFI) with all of the
documentation described in § 1.1471–
3(d)(7); and
(E) The withholding agent must agree
to report to the IRS all of the
information described in § 1.1474–1(i)
with respect to any of the owner-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
documented FFI’s direct or indirect
owners that are specified U.S. persons.
(4) Definition of a restricted
distributor. An entity is a restricted
distributor for purposes of paragraph
(f)(1)(D) of this section if it operates as
a distributor with respect to debt or
equity interests in an FFI and satisfies
paragraphs (f)(4)(i) through (viii) of this
section.
(i) The distributor must provide
investment services to at least 30
unrelated customers and no more than
half of the distributor’s customers can
be related persons.
(ii) The distributor must be required
to perform AML due diligence
procedures under the anti-money
laundering laws of its country of
organization (which must be FATFcompliant).
(iii) The distributor must operate
solely in its country of incorporation or
organization, must not have a fixed
place of business outside that country,
and, if such distributor belongs to an
affiliated group, must have the same
country of incorporation or organization
as all other members of its affiliated
group.
(iv) The distributor must not solicit
customers outside its country of
incorporation or organization. For this
purpose, an FFI will not be considered
to have solicited account holders
outside of its country of organization
merely because it operates a Web site,
provided that the Web site does not
specifically state that nonresidents may
acquire securities from the FFI or target
U.S. customers.
(v) The distributor must have no more
than $175 million in total assets under
management and no more than
$7,000,000 in gross revenue on its
income statement for the most recent
accounting year and, if the distributor
belongs to an affiliated group, the entire
group must have no more than $500
million in total assets under
management and no more than $20
million in gross revenue for its most
recent accounting year on a combined or
consolidated income statement.
(vi) The distributor must provide the
FFI with a valid Form W–8 indicating
that the distributor satisfies the
requirements to be a restricted
distributor.
(vii) The agreement governing the
distributor’s distribution of debt or
equity interests of the FFI must prohibit
the distributor from distributing any
securities to specified U.S. persons,
passive NFFEs that have one or more
substantial U.S. owners, and
nonparticipating FFIs, and must require
that if the distributor does distribute
securities to any of the persons
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
described in this paragraph (f)(4)(vii),
that it will redeem or cancel those
interests within six months and the
commission paid to the distributor will
be forfeited to the FFI.
(viii) With respect to sales made on or
after December 31, 2011, and prior to
the time the restrictions described in
paragraphs (f)(1)(i)(D)(8)(vii) and (viii) of
this section were incorporated into the
distribution agreement, either the
agreement governing the distributor’s
distribution of debt or equity interests of
the relevant FFI must have contained a
prohibition of the sale of securities to
U.S. entities or U.S. resident
individuals, or the distributor must
review all accounts relating to such
sales in accordance with the procedures
described in § 1.1471–4(c) applicable to
preexisting accounts and certify that it
has redeemed all securities sold to any
of the persons described in paragraph
(f)(4)(vii) of this section.
(g) Recalcitrant account holders—(1)
Scope. This paragraph (g) provides rules
for determining when an account holder
of a participating FFI is a recalcitrant
account holder. Paragraph (g)(2) of this
section defines the term recalcitrant
account holder. Paragraphs (g)(3) and (4)
of this section provide timing rules for
when an account holder will begin to be
treated as a recalcitrant account holder
by a participating FFI and when an
account holder will cease to be treated
as a recalcitrant account holder by such
institution. For rules for determining the
holder of an account, see § 1.1471–
5(a)(3). For the reporting requirements
of an FFI with respect to its recalcitrant
account holders, see § 1.1471–4(d)(6).
For the reporting requirements of an FFI
with respect to passthru payments made
to recalcitrant account holders, see
§ 1.1474–1(d).
(2) Recalcitrant account holder. The
term recalcitrant account holder means
any account holder of an account
maintained by a participating FFI if
such account holder is not an FFI (or
presumed to be an FFI), the account
does not meet the exception to U.S.
account status described in paragraph
(a)(4) of this section (applying to
depository accounts with a balance of
$50,000 or less) or does not qualify for
any of the exceptions from the
documentation requirements described
in § 1.1471–4(c)(4)(ii), (iii), or (iv)
(including if the participating FFI elects
not to apply such exceptions), (c)(7), or
(c)(9), and—
(i) The account holder fails to comply
with requests by the participating FFI
for the documentation or information
that is required under § 1.1471–4(c) for
determining the status of such account
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
as a U.S. account or other than a U.S.
account;
(ii) The account holder fails to
provide a valid Form W–9 upon request
from the participating FFI or fails to
provide a correct name and TIN
combination upon request from the
participating FFI when the participating
FFI has received notice from the IRS
indicating that the name and TIN
combination reported by the
participating FFI (or a branch thereof in
the case in which the branch reports the
account separately under § 1.1471–
4(d)(2)(ii)(C)) for the account holder is
incorrect; or
(iii) If foreign law would prevent
reporting by the participating FFI (or
branch or division thereof) of the
information described in § 1.1471–
4(d)(3) or (5) with respect to such
account, the account holder (or
substantial U.S. owner of an account
holder that is a U.S. owned foreign
entity) fails to provide a valid and
effective waiver of such law to permit
such reporting.
(3) Start of recalcitrant account holder
status—(i) Preexisting accounts
identified during the procedures
described in § 1.1471–4(c) for
identifying U.S. accounts—(A) Accounts
other than high-value accounts.
Account holders of preexisting accounts
that are not high-value accounts (as
described in § 1.1471–4(c)(8)(i)) and that
are described in paragraph (g)(2) of this
section will be treated as recalcitrant
account holders beginning on the date
that is two years after the date on which
the participating FFI’s FFI agreement
first entered into effect.
(B) High-value accounts. Account
holders of preexisting accounts that are
high-value accounts (as described in
§ 1.1471–4(c)(8)(i)) and paragraph (g)(2)
of this section) will be treated as
recalcitrant account holders beginning
on the date that is one year after the date
on which the participating FFI’s FFI
agreement first entered into effect.
(C) Preexisting accounts subject to
enhanced review. An account holder
that holds a preexisting account that is
identified when the participating FFI
applies the enhanced review described
in § 1.1471–4(c)(8)(iii) with respect to a
calendar year other than the year
preceding the date on which the FFI’s
FFI agreement is first effective, and that
is described in paragraph (g)(2) of this
section shall be treated as a recalcitrant
account holder beginning on July 1 of
the year following the year at the end of
which the account had a balance or
value of $1,000,000 or more.
(ii) Accounts that are not preexisting
accounts and accounts requiring name/
TIN correction. An account holder of an
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
account that is not a preexisting account
and that is described in paragraph (g)(2)
of this section will be treated as a
recalcitrant account holder beginning 90
days after the date the account is
opened by the FFI or 90 days after the
participating FFI requests a correct
name and TIN combination from an
account holder as described in
paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of this section or, in
a case where the account holder is
subject to backup withholding under
section 3406(a)(1)(B), within the time
prescribed in § 31.3406(d)–5(a).
(iii) Accounts with changes in
circumstances. An account holder
holding an account that is described in
paragraph (g)(2) of this section
(including a preexisting account)
following a change in circumstances
(including an event treated as a change
in circumstances under § 1.1471–
4(c)(2)(iii)) with respect to such account
will be treated as a recalcitrant account
holder beginning on the date that is 90
days after the date on which the
participating FFI requests
documentation described in § 1.1471–
4(c)(3)(i) or (c)(4)(i)(B), or a valid and
effective waiver described in paragraph
(g)(2)(iii) of this section following such
change in circumstances. For the
definition of a change in circumstances
with respect to an account, see
§ 1.1471–3(c)(6)(ii)(C).
(4) End of recalcitrant account holder
status. An account holder that is treated
as a recalcitrant account holder under
paragraphs (g)(2) and (3) of this section
will cease to be so treated as of the date
on which the account holder is no
longer described in paragraph (g)(2) of
this section.
(h) Passthru payment—(1) Defined.
The term passthru payment means any
withholdable payment and any foreign
passthru payment.
(2) Foreign passthru payment.
[Reserved].
(i) Expanded affiliated group—(1)
Scope of paragraph. This paragraph (i)
defines the term expanded affiliated
group for purposes of chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code. For the
responsibilities of a participating FFI
with respect to its expanded affiliated
group, see § 1.1471–4(e).
(2) Expanded affiliated group
defined—(i) In general. An expanded
affiliated group means an affiliated
group as defined in section 1504(a),
determined—
(A) By substituting ‘‘more than 50
percent’’ for ‘‘at least 80 percent each
place it appears; and
(B) Without regard to paragraphs (2)
and (3) of section 1504(b).
(ii) Partnerships and other entities. A
partnership or any entity other than a
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9093
corporation shall be treated as a member
of an expanded affiliated group if such
entity is controlled (within the meaning
of section 954(d)(3) by members of such
group (including any entity treated as a
member of such group by reason of this
sentence).
(j) Effective/applicability date. The
rules of this section apply on
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 8. Section 1.1471–6 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.1471–6 Payments beneficially owned
by exempt beneficial owners.
(a) Purpose and scope of paragraph.
This section describes classes of
beneficial owners that are described in
section 1471(f) (exempt beneficial
owners). The classes of persons treated
as exempt beneficial owners under this
section are: Foreign governments,
political subdivisions of a foreign
government, and wholly owned
instrumentalities and agencies of a
foreign government; international
organizations and wholly owned
agencies or instrumentalities of an
international organization; foreign
central banks of issue; governments of
United States possessions; certain
foreign retirement plans; and certain
entities wholly owned by one or more
other exempt beneficial owners.
Paragraph (b) of this section defines
which foreign entities are treated as
foreign governments, political
subdivisions of foreign governments,
and wholly owned agencies and
instrumentalities of foreign governments
for purposes of this section. Paragraph
(c) of this section defines which entities
are treated as international
organizations and wholly owned
agencies or instrumentalities of
international organizations for purposes
of this section. Paragraph (d) of this
section defines which entities are
treated as foreign central banks of issue
for purposes of this section. Paragraph
(e) defines which entities are
governments of United States
possessions for purposes of this section.
Paragraph (f) of this section describes a
class of foreign retirement plans that are
treated as exempt beneficial owners.
Paragraph (g) of this section describes a
class of exempt beneficial owners that
are wholly owned by other classes of
exempt beneficial owners. See
§§ 1.1471–2(a)(3)(v) and 1.1472–
1(c)(1)(iv) for descriptions of the
withholding exemptions provided to a
withholding agent that makes a
withholdable payment beneficially
owned by an exempt beneficial owner.
See also § 1.1471–3(d)(8) for the
documentation requirements applicable
to a withholding agent in determining
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9094
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
when a withholdable payment is
beneficially owned by an exempt
beneficial owner.
(b) Foreign government, any political
subdivision of a foreign government, or
any wholly owned agency or
instrumentality of any one or more of
the foregoing. A person is described in
this paragraph (b) if it is a foreign
government, any political subdivision of
a foreign government, or any wholly
owned agency or instrumentality of any
one or more of the foregoing.
(1) Definition. Solely for purposes of
this section, the term foreign
government, any political subdivision of
a foreign government, or any wholly
owned agency or instrumentality of any
one or more of the foregoing means only
the integral parts or controlled entities
of a foreign sovereign.
(2) Integral part. Solely for purposes
of paragraph (b) of this section, an
integral part of a foreign sovereign is
any person, body of persons,
organization, agency, bureau, fund,
instrumentality, or other body, however
designated, that constitutes a governing
authority of a foreign country. The net
earnings of the governing authority must
be credited to its own account or to
other accounts of the foreign sovereign,
with no portion inuring to the benefit of
any private person. An integral part
does not include any individual who is
a sovereign, official, or administrator
acting in a private or personal capacity.
All the facts and circumstances will be
taken into account in determining
whether an individual is acting in a
private or personal capacity.
(3) Controlled entity. (i) Solely for
purposes of paragraph (b) of this
section, a controlled entity means an
entity that is separate in form from a
foreign sovereign or that otherwise
constitutes a separate juridical entity,
but satisfies the following
requirements—
(A) It is wholly owned and controlled
by a foreign sovereign directly or
indirectly through one or more
controlled entities;
(B) Its net earnings are credited to its
own account or to other accounts of the
foreign sovereign, with no portion of its
income inuring to the benefit of any
private person as defined in paragraph
(b)(4) of this section; and
(C) Its assets vest in the foreign
sovereign upon dissolution. (ii) A
controlled entity also includes a
partnership or any other entity owned
and controlled by more than one foreign
sovereign, so long as it otherwise
satisfies paragraphs (b)(3)(i)(A) through
(C) of this section, after replacing
‘‘foreign sovereign’’ with ‘‘one or more
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
foreign sovereigns’’ in each place it
appears therein.
(4) Inurement to the benefit of private
persons. Solely for purposes of this
paragraph (b)—
(i) Income will be presumed not to
inure to the benefit of private persons if
such persons (within the meaning of
section 7701(a)(1)) are the intended
beneficiaries of a governmental program
that is carried on by the foreign
sovereign and the activities of which
constitute governmental functions
(within the meaning of the regulations
under section 892).
(ii) Income will be considered to inure
to the benefit of private persons if such
income benefits—
(A) Private persons through the use of
a governmental entity as a conduit for
personal investment, including the
operation of a commercial banking
business providing services to private
persons; or
(B) Private persons who divert such
income from its intended use by the
exertion of influence or control through
means explicitly or implicitly approved
of by the foreign sovereign.
(5) Commercial activities. Solely for
purposes of paragraph (b) of this
section, the definition of a foreign
government, any political subdivision of
a foreign government, or any wholly
owned agency or instrumentality of any
one or more of the foregoing provided
in this paragraph (b) applies regardless
of whether income is derived from the
conduct of a commercial activity as
defined in the regulations under section
892, except to the extent that such
activity is conducted by a controlled
entity that is a financial institution
within the meaning of § 1.1471–
5(e)(1)(i) or (ii).
(c) International organization and any
wholly owned agency or instrumentality
thereof. A person is described in this
paragraph (c) if it is an international
organization and any wholly owned
agency or instrumentality thereof, as
defined in section 7701(a)(18).
(d) Foreign central bank of issue. (1)
A person is described in this paragraph
(d) if it is a foreign central bank of issue.
Solely for purposes of this section, the
term foreign central bank of issue means
a bank which is by law or government
sanction the principal authority, other
than the government itself, issuing
instruments intended to circulate as
currency. Such a bank is generally the
custodian of the banking reserves of the
country under whose law it is
organized.
(2) A foreign central bank of issue
may include an instrumentality that is
separate from a foreign government,
whether or not owned in whole or in
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
part by a foreign government. For
example, foreign banks organized along
the lines of, and performing functions
similar to, the Federal Reserve System
qualify as foreign central banks of issue
for purposes of this section.
(3) The Bank for International
Settlements shall be treated as though it
were a foreign central bank of issue for
purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code.
(4) Solely for purposes of determining
whether an entity is an exempt
beneficial owner under section 1471(f),
a foreign central bank is a beneficial
owner with respect to income earned on
collateral held by the foreign central
bank in the normal course of its
operations.
(e) Governments of U.S. possessions.
A person is described in this paragraph
(f) if it is a government of a United
States possession. Whether a person or
entity constitutes a government of a
United States possession for purposes of
this chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue
Code will be determined by applying
principles analogous to those set forth
in paragraph (b) of this section.
(f) Certain retirement funds—(1)
Requirements. A fund is described in
this paragraph (f) if it is the beneficial
owner of the payment and the fund
meets the requirements described in
paragraph (f)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section.
(i) A fund meets the requirements of
this paragraph (f)(1)(i) if the fund—
(A) Is established in a country with
which the United States has an income
tax treaty in force and is generally
exempt from income taxation in that
country;
(B) Is operated principally to
administer or provide pension or
retirement benefits; and
(C) Is entitled to benefits under the
treaty on income that the fund derives
from U.S. sources as a resident of the
other country that satisfies any
applicable limitation on benefits
requirement.
(ii) A fund meets the requirements of
this paragraph (f)(1)(ii) if the fund—
(A) Is formed for the provision of
retirement or pension benefits under the
law of the country in which is
established;
(B) Receives all of its contributions
(other than transfers of assets from
accounts described in § 1.1471–
5(b)(2)(i)(A) or other plans described in
§ 1.1471–5(f)(2)(ii) or this paragraph (f))
from government, employer, or
employee contributions that are limited
by reference to earned income;
(C) Does not have a single beneficiary
with a right to more than five percent of
the entity’s assets; and
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
(D) Is exempt from tax on investment
income under the laws of the country in
which it is established or in which it
operates due to its status as a retirement
or pension plan, or receives 50 percent
or more of its total contributions (other
than transfers of assets from accounts
described in § 1.1471–5(b)(2)(i)(A) or
other plans described in § 1.1471–
5(f)(2)(ii) or this paragraph (f)) from the
government and the employer.
(2) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the provisions of paragraph (f)
of this section:
Example 1. FP, a foreign pension fund
established in Country X, is generally exempt
from income taxation in Country X, and is
operated principally to provide retirement
benefits in such country. The U.S.-Country X
income tax treaty is identical in all material
respects to the 2006 U.S. model income tax
convention. FP is a resident of Country X
under Article 4(2)(a) and a qualified person
under Article 22(2)(d) of the U.S.-Country X
income tax treaty. Therefore, FP is a pension
fund described in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this
section.
Example 2. FC, a State F foreign
corporation formed a pension trust to provide
pension benefits under the law of State and
pursuant to a retirement plan for its
employees and former employees. Retirement
benefits under the plan are based on a
percentage of the final year’s salary paid to
an individual, times the number of years of
service. Pursuant to the plan, all
contributions (calculated as a percentage of
the employee’s salary) are made by FC to the
pension trust. The income of the trust is
credited to the trust’s account and
subsequently used to satisfy the pension
plan’s obligations to retired employees. No
single beneficiary is entitled to more than 5%
of the trust’s assets. State F does not have an
income tax treaty with the United States. The
trust is a foreign employer sponsored
retirement plan that meets the requirements
of paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section.
Example 3. The facts are the same as in
Example 1, except that Country X does not
have a treaty with the United States and
employees are allowed to make contributions
to the trust based on a percentage of
compensation income, and such
contributions are credited to the employee’s
account as well as interest accrued on such
contributions. Retirement benefits will reflect
the amounts credited to the individual
accounts. No single beneficiary is entitled to
more than 5% of the trust’s assets. The
pension plan is acting as an investment
conduit and is not the beneficial owner of the
amounts credited to the individual accounts.
As a result, such plan is not a foreign
employer sponsored retirement plan that
meets the requirements of paragraph (f)(1) of
this section. See § 1.1471–5(b)(2) for an
exception for certain accounts that are part of
a retirement plan that acts as an investment
conduit.
(g) Entities wholly owned by exempt
beneficial owners. A person is described
in this paragraph (g) if it is an FFI that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
is described in § 1.1471–5(e)(1)(iii), as
long as such FFI is wholly owned by
one or more entities described in
paragraph (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f) of this
section.
(h) Effective/applicability date. The
rules of this section apply on
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 9. Section 1.1472–1 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.1472–1
Withholding on NFFEs.
(a) Overview. This section provides
rules for withholding under section
1472. This paragraph (a) provides a
general overview. Paragraph (b) of this
section provides the general rule for
withholding on withholdable payments
made to an NFFE, including a
coordinating rule for withholdable
payments made by participating FFIs.
Paragraph (c) of this section provides
exceptions from withholding on
withholdable payments made to certain
NFFEs. Paragraph (d) of this section
provides rules for establishing the status
of a payee and when a withholding
agent may treat a payee as the beneficial
owner of the payment for purposes of
this section. Paragraph (e) of this section
provides a cross-reference to § 1.1474–1
for information reporting requirements
on withholdable payments made to a
payee and the income tax filing
requirement of a withholding agent that
withholds under this section. Paragraph
(e) of this section also sets forth
information reporting rules with respect
to substantial U.S. owners of certain
NFFEs. Paragraph (f) of this section
provides the effective date of this
section.
(b) Withholdable payments made to
an NFFE—(1) In general. Except as
otherwise provided in paragraph (b)(2)
or (c) of this section, a withholding
agent must withhold 30 percent of any
withholdable payment made to a payee
that is an NFFE unless—
(i) The beneficial owner of such
payment is the NFFE or any other NFFE;
(ii) The withholding agent can,
pursuant to paragraph (d) of this
section, treat the beneficial owner of the
payment as an NFFE that does not have
any substantial U.S. owners, or as an
NFFE that has identified its substantial
U.S. owners; and
(iii) The withholding agent reports the
information described in paragraph (e)
of this section relating to any substantial
U.S. owners of the beneficial owner of
such payment.
(2) Coordination of withholding
requirements under section 1472
applicable to participating FFIs. A
participating FFI must comply with the
provisions set forth in § 1.1471–4(b) and
its FFI agreement to determine its
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9095
withholding obligations under section
1472 and paragraph (b) of this section
with respect to any withholding
payment made to a payee that is an
NFFE. See also § 1.1471–2(a)(3) for
coordination of withholding
requirements applicable to participating
FFIs under section 1471(a) and (b).
(c) Exceptions—(1) Beneficial owner
that is an excepted NFFE. A
withholding agent is not required to
withhold under section 1472(a) and
paragraph (b) of this section on a
withholdable payment (or portion
thereof) if the withholding agent may
treat the payment as beneficially owned
by an excepted NFFE. For purposes of
this paragraph (c)(1), an excepted NFFE
means an NFFE that is one of the
following—
(i) Publicly traded corporation. A
corporation the stock of which is
regularly traded on one or more
established securities markets.
(A) Regularly traded. For purposes of
this section, stock of a corporation is
regularly traded on one or more
established securities markets for a
calendar year if—
(1) One or more classes of stock of the
corporation that, in the aggregate,
represent more than 50 percent of the
total combined voting power of all
classes of stock of such corporation
entitled to vote and of the total value of
the stock of such corporation are listed
on such market or markets during the
prior calendar year; and
(2) With respect to each class relied
on to meet the more than 50 percent
listing requirement of paragraph
(c)(1)(i)(A)(1) of this section—
(i) Trades in each such class are
effected, other than in de minimis
quantities, on such market or markets
on at least 60 days during the prior
calendar year; and
(ii) The aggregate number of shares in
each such class that are traded on such
market or markets during the prior year
are at least ten percent of the average
number of shares outstanding in that
class during the prior calendar year.
(B) Entities treated as meeting the
regularly traded requirement. A class of
stock shall be considered to meet the
trading requirements of paragraph
(c)(1)(i) of this section for a calendar
year if the stock is traded during such
year on an established securities market
located in the United States and is
regularly quoted by dealers making a
market in the stock. A dealer makes a
market in a stock only if the dealer
regularly and actively offers to, and in
fact does, purchase the stock from, and
sell the stock to, customers who are not
related persons (as defined in section
954(d)(3)) with respect to the dealer in
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9096
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
the ordinary course of a trade or
business.
(C) Established securities market—(1)
In general. For purposes of paragraph
(c)(1)(i) of this section, the term
established securities market means, for
any calendar year—
(i) A foreign securities exchange that
is officially recognized, sanctioned, or
supervised by a governmental authority
of the foreign country in which the
market is located, and has an annual
value of shares traded on the exchange
(or a predecessor exchange) exceeding
$1 billion during each of the three
calendar years immediately preceding
the beginning of the calendar year in
which the determination is being made;
(ii) A national securities exchange
which is registered under section 6 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15
USC 78f) or the Securities and Exchange
Commission;
(iii) Any exchange designated under a
Limitation on Benefits article of an
income tax treaty with the United States
that is currently in force; and
(iv) Any other exchange that the
Secretary may designate in published
guidance.
(2) Foreign exchange with multiple
tiers. If an exchange in a foreign country
has more than one tier or market level
on which stock may be separately listed
or traded, each such tier shall be treated
as a separate exchange.
(3) Discretion to determine that an
exchange does not qualify as an
established securities market. The
Commissioner may provide in
published guidance that a securities
exchange that otherwise meets the
requirements of paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C) of
this section does not qualify as an
established securities market, if—
(i) The exchange does not have
adequate listing, financial disclosure, or
trading requirements (or does not
adequately enforce such requirements);
or
(ii) There is not clear and convincing
evidence that the exchange ensures the
active trading of listed stocks.
(4) Computation of dollar value of
stock traded. For purposes of paragraph
(c)(1)(i)(C)(1)(i) of this section, the value
in U.S. dollars of shares traded during
a calendar year shall be determined on
the basis of the dollar value of such
shares traded as reported by the
International Federation of Stock
Exchanges located in Paris, or, if not so
reported, then by converting into U.S.
dollars the aggregate value in local
currency of the shares traded using an
exchange rate equal to the average of the
spot rates on the last day of each month
of the calendar year.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(ii) Certain affiliated entities related
to a publicly traded corporation. Any
corporation that is a member of the
same expanded affiliated group (as
defined in § 1.1471–5(i)) as a
corporation described in paragraph
(c)(1)(i) of this section.
(iii) Certain territory entities. Any
territory entity that is directly or
indirectly wholly owned by one or more
bona fide residents of the same U.S.
possession under the laws of which the
entity is organized. The term bona fide
resident of a U.S. possession means an
individual who qualifies as a bona fide
resident under section 937(a) and
§ 1.937–1.
(iv) Exempt beneficial owner
described in § 1.1471–6(b) through (g).
An entity that is an exempt beneficial
owner described in any of § 1.1471–6(b)
through (g).
(v) Active NFFEs. Any entity that is an
active NFFE. The term active NFFE
means an NFFE if less than 50 percent
of its gross income for the preceding
calendar year is passive income or less
than 50 percent of the assets held by the
NFFE at any time during the preceding
calendar year are assets that produce or
are held for the production of passive
income. For purposes of this paragraph
(c)(1)(v), the term passive income means
the portion of gross income that consists
of—
(A) Dividends;
(B) Interest;
(C) Rents and royalties, other than
rents and royalties derived in the active
conduct of a trade or business
conducted by employees of the NFFE;
(D) Annuities;
(E) Death benefits from life insurance
contracts (under U.S. or applicable law);
(F) Amounts received from or with
respect to a pool of insurance contracts
if the amounts received depend upon
the performance of the pool;
(G) The excess of gains over losses
from the sale or exchange of property
that gives rise to passive income
described in paragraphs (c)(1)(v)(A)
through (G) of this section;
(H) The excess of gains over losses
from transactions (including futures,
forwards, and similar transactions) in
any commodities, but not including any
commodity hedging transaction
described in section 954(c)(5)(A),
determined by treating the corporation
or partnership as a controlled foreign
corporation;
(I) The excess of foreign currency
gains over foreign currency losses (as
defined in section 988(b)) attributable to
any section 988 transaction; and
(J) Net income from notional principal
contracts as defined in § 1.446–3(c)(1).
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(vi) Excepted FFIs. Any entity
described in § 1.1471–5(e)(5).
(2) Payments made to a WP or WT. A
withholding agent is not required to
withhold on a withholdable payment (or
portion thereof) under section 1472(a)
and paragraph (b) of this section if the
withholding agent may treat the payee
as an NFFE that is a WP or WT.
(d) Rules for determining payee and
beneficial owner—(1) In general. For
purposes of this section, except in the
case of a payee that is a WP or WT, a
withholding agent may treat a
withholdable payment as beneficially
owned by the payee as determined
under § 1.1471–3. Thus, a withholding
agent may treat a withholdable payment
as beneficially owned by an excepted
NFFE if the withholding agent can
reliably associate the payment with
valid documentation to determine the
payee’s status as an excepted NFFE
under the rules of § 1.1471–3(d).
(2) Payments made to an NFFE that is
a WP or WT. A withholding agent may
treat the payee of a withholdable
payment as an NFFE that is a WP or WT
if the withholding agent can reliably
associate the payment with valid
documentation to determine the payee’s
status under the rules of § 1.1471–
3(b)(3) and (d).
(3) Payments made to a partner or
beneficiary of an NFFE that is an NWP
or NWT. A withholding agent may treat
a partner or beneficiary of an NFFE that
is an NWP or NWT, respectively, as the
payee of a withholdable payment under
this section if the withholding agent can
reliably associate the payment with a
valid Form W–8 or written notification
that the NFFE is a flow-through entity
as described in § 1.1471–3(c)(2),
including valid documentation
sufficient to establish the chapter 4
status of each payee of the payment that
is a partner or beneficiary, respectively,
by applying the rules described in
§ 1.1471–3(d).
(4) Payments made to a beneficial
owner that is an NFFE. A withholding
agent may treat the beneficial owner of
a withholdable payment as an NFFE
that does not have any substantial U.S.
owners or that has identified all of its
substantial U.S. owners if it can reliably
associate the payment with valid
documentation identifying the
beneficial owner as an NFFE that does
not have any substantial U.S. owners or
that has identified all of its substantial
U.S. owners by applying the rules
described in § 1.1471–3(d).
(5) Absence of valid documentation.
A withholding agent that cannot reliably
associate the payment with
documentation as described in any of
paragraphs (d)(2) through (4) of this
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
section must treat the payment as made
to a payee in accordance with the
presumption rules under § 1.1471–3(f).
(e) Information reporting
requirements—(1) Reporting on
withholdable payments. A withholding
agent that treats a withholdable
payment as made to any payee
described in paragraph (d) of this
section must provide information about
such payee on Form 1042–S and file a
withholding income tax return on Form
1042 to the extent required under
§ 1.1474–1(d) and (c), respectively.
(2) Reporting on substantial U.S.
owners. A withholding agent that
receives information about any
substantial U.S. owners of an NFFE that
is not excepted under paragraph (c) of
this section must report to the IRS on a
designated form, on or before March 15
of the calendar year following the year
in which the withholdable payment was
made, the following information—
(i) Name of the NFFE that is owned
by a substantial U.S. owner;
(ii) Name of each such owner;
(iii) Each such owner’s TIN;
(iv) The mailing address for each such
owner; and
(v) Any other information as required
by the designated form and its
accompanying instructions.
(f) Effective/applicability date. The
rules of this section apply on
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 10. Section 1.1473–1 is added to
read as follows:
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 1.1473–1
Section 1473 definitions.
(a) Definition of withholdable
payment—(1) In general. Except as
otherwise provided in this paragraph
(a), the term withholdable payment
means—
(i) Any payment of U.S. source FDAP
income (as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of
this section); and
(ii) For any sales or other dispositions
occurring after December 31, 2014, any
gross proceeds from the sale or other
disposition (as defined in paragraph
(a)(3)(i)) of any property of a type which
can produce interest or dividends that
are U.S. source FDAP income.
(2) U.S. source FDAP income
defined—(i) In general—(A) FDAP
income defined. Except as provided in
paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B) of this section, for
purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code the term FDAP income
means fixed or determinable annual or
periodic income that is described in
§ 1.1441–2(b)(1) or 1.1441–2(c).
(B) U.S. source. The term U.S. source
FDAP income means FDAP income, as
defined in paragraph (a)(2)(i)(A) of this
section, that is derived from sources
within the United States as described in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section,
including (but not limited to) the types
of income enumerated in paragraphs
(a)(2)(iii) through (vi) of this section.
Except as provided in paragraph (a)(4)
of this section, no exception to
withholding on U.S. source FDAP
income applies for purposes of
determining whether a payment of such
income is a withholdable payment.
Thus, an exclusion from an amount
subject to withholding under § 1.1441–
2(a) for purposes of chapter 3 or an
exclusion from taxation under section
881 shall not apply for purposes of
determining whether income is U.S.
source FDAP income under this
paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B).
(ii) Determination of source of
income—(A) In general. Except as
provided in paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(B) of
this section, a payment is derived from
sources within the United States if it is
income treated as derived from sources
within the United States under sections
861 through 865 and other relevant
provisions of the Code. In the case of a
payment of FDAP income for which the
source of the payment cannot be
determined at the time the payment is
made, the payment shall be treated by
a withholding agent as being from
sources within the United States for
purposes of paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B) of this
section.
(B) Special source rule for certain
interest. Interest that is described in
section 861(a)(1)(A)(i) or (ii) shall be
treated as U.S. source FDAP income
under this paragraph (a)(2).
(iii) Original issue discount. For
purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code, the rules described in
§ 1.1441–2(b)(3)(ii) for determining
when an amount representing original
issue discount is subject to withholding
for chapter 3 purposes will apply to
determine when original issue discount
from sources within the United States is
U.S. source FDAP income under this
paragraph (a)(2).
(iv) REMIC residual interests. U.S.
source FDAP income includes an
amount described in § 1.1441–2(b)(5).
(v) Withholding liability of payee that
is satisfied by withholding agent. If a
withholding agent satisfies a
withholding liability arising under
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code
with respect to a withholdable payment
from the withholding agent’s own
funds, the satisfaction of such liability
shall be treated as an additional
payment of U.S. source FDAP income
made to the payee to the extent that the
withholding agent’s satisfaction of such
withholding also satisfies a tax liability
of the payee under section 881 or 871
with respect to the same payment, and
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9097
the satisfaction of the tax liability
constitutes additional income to the
payee under § 1.1441–3(f) that is U.S.
source FDAP income. In such a case, the
amount of any additional payment
treated as made by the withholding
agent for purposes of this paragraph
(a)(2)(v) and any tax liability resulting
from such payment shall be determined
under § 1.1441–3(f). See § 1.1474–6
regarding the coordination of the
withholding requirements under
chapters 3 and 4 in the case of a
withholdable payment that is also
subject to withholding under chapter 3.
(vi) Special rule for sales of interest
bearing debt obligations. Income that is
otherwise described as U.S. source
FDAP income in paragraphs (a)(2)(i)
through (v) of this section does not
include an amount of interest accrued
on the date of a sale or exchange of an
interest bearing debt obligation when
the sale occurs between two interest
payment dates.
(vii) Payment of U.S. source FDAP
income—(A) Amount of payment of
U.S. source FDAP income. The amount
of U.S. source FDAP income is the gross
amount of the payment of such income,
unreduced by any deductions or offsets.
The rules described in § 1.1441–3(b)(1)
shall apply to determine the amount of
an interest payment on an interestbearing obligation. In the case of a
corporate distribution, the distributing
corporation or intermediary shall
determine the portion of the distribution
that is treated as U.S. source FDAP
income under this paragraph (a)(2) in
the same manner as the distributing
corporation or intermediary determines
the portion of the distribution subject to
withholding under § 1.1441–3(c). Any
portion of a payment on a debt
instrument or a corporate distribution
that does not constitute U.S. source
FDAP income under this paragraph
(a)(2) solely because of a provision other
than the source rules of sections 861
through 865 shall be taken into account
as gross proceeds under paragraph (a)(3)
of this section. For rules regarding the
determination of the amount of a
payment of U.S. source FDAP income
under paragraph (a)(2) of this section
made in a medium other than U.S.
dollars, see § 1.1441–3(e). For
determining the amount of a payment of
a dividend equivalent, see section
871(m) and the regulations thereunder.
(B) When payment of U.S. source
FDAP income is made. A payment is
considered made when the amount
would be includible in the income of
the beneficial owner under the U.S. tax
principles governing the cash basis
method of accounting. If an FFI acts as
an intermediary with respect to a
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9098
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
payment of U.S. source FDAP, the FFI
will be treated as making a payment of
such U.S. source FDAP to the person
with respect to which the FFI acts as an
intermediary when it pays or credits
such amount to such person. For rules
regarding when a payment is considered
made in the case of income allocated
under section 482 that apply for
purposes of this paragraph (a)(2)(vii)(B),
see § 1.1441–2(e)(2). The rules of
§ 1.1441–2(e)(3) regarding blocked
income apply for purposes of this
paragraph (a)(2)(vii)(B). The rules of
§ 1.1441–2(e)(4) regarding when a
dividend is considered paid apply for
purposes of this paragraph (a)(2)(vii)(B).
For rules regarding when interest is
considered paid if a foreign person has
made an election under § 1.884–4(c)(1),
see § 1.1441–2(e)(5).
(3) Gross proceeds defined—(i) Sale or
other disposition—(A) In general.
Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (a)(3)(i), the term sale or other
disposition means any sale, exchange, or
disposition of property described in
paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section that
requires recognition of gain or loss
under section 1001, without regard to
whether the owner of such property is
a foreign person that is not subject to
U.S. Federal income tax with respect to
such sale, exchange, or disposition. The
term sale or other disposition includes
(but is not limited to) sales of securities,
redemptions of stock, retirements and
redemptions of indebtedness, and
entering into short sales and a closing
transaction in a forward contract, option
or other instrument that is otherwise a
sale. Such term further includes a
distribution from a corporation to the
extent the distribution is a return of
capital or a capital gain to the beneficial
owner of the payment. Such term does
not include grants or purchases of
options, exercises of call options for
physical delivery, or mere executions of
contracts that require delivery of
personal property or an interest therein.
For purposes of this section only, a
constructive sale under section 1259 or
a mark to fair market value under
section 475 or 1296 is not a sale or
disposition.
(B) Special rule for sales effected by
brokers. In the case of a sale effected by
a broker (with the term ‘‘effect’’ defined
in § 1.6045–1(a)(10)), a sale means a sale
as defined in § 1.6045–1(a)(9) with
respect to property described in
paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section.
(C) Special rule for gross proceeds
from sales settled by clearing
organization. In the case of a clearing
organization that settles sales and
purchases of securities between
members of such organization on a net
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
basis, the gross proceeds from a sale or
disposition are limited to the net
amount paid or credited to a member’s
account that is associated with a sale of
property described in paragraph
(a)(3)(ii) of this section by such member
as of the time that such transaction is
settled under the settlement procedures
of such organization. A clearing
organization for purposes of this
paragraph (a)(3)(i)(C) is an entity that is
in the business of holding securities for
member organizations and transferring
securities among such members by
credit or debit to the account of a
member without the necessity of
physical delivery of the securities.
(ii) Property of a type that can
produce interest or dividends that are
U.S. source FDAP income—(A) In
general. Property is of a type that can
produce interest or dividends that are
U.S. source FDAP income when the
property is of a type that ordinarily
gives rise to the payment of interest or
dividends constituting U.S. source
FDAP income, regardless of whether
any such payment is made during the
period such property is held by the
person selling or disposing of such
property. Thus, for example, stock
issued by a domestic corporation is
property of a type that can produce
dividends from sources within the
United States if a dividend from such
corporation would be from sources
within the United States, regardless of
whether the stock pays dividends at
regular intervals and regardless of
whether the issuer has any plans to pay
dividends or has ever paid a dividend
with respect to the stock.
(B) Termination of specified notional
principal contract. In the case of a
termination that requires recognition of
gain or loss under section 1001 of a
contract that can produce the payment
of a dividend equivalent as defined in
section 871(m), such contract shall be
treated as property that is described in
paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(A) of this section,
without regard to whether the taxpayer
is a foreign person subject to U.S.
Federal income tax with respect to such
transaction. To the extent that the
proceeds from such termination include
the payment of a dividend equivalent,
the gross amount of such proceeds will
not include the amount of such
dividend equivalent.
(C) Registered investment company
distributions. The amount of a
distribution that is designated as a
capital gain dividend under section
852(b)(3)(C) or 871(k)(2) is a payment of
gross proceeds to the extent attributable
to property described in paragraph
(a)(3)(ii)(A) of this section.
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(iii) Payment of gross proceeds—(A)
When gross proceeds are paid. With
respect to a sale that is effected by a
broker that results in a payment of gross
proceeds as defined under this
paragraph (a)(3), the date the gross
proceeds are considered paid is the date
that the proceeds of such sale are
credited to the account of or otherwise
made available to the person entitled to
the payment. In a case in which gross
proceeds are paid to a financial
institution or other entity acting as an
intermediary for the person selling or
otherwise disposing of the property, the
gross proceeds are considered paid to
such person on the date that the
proceeds are credited to the account of
or otherwise made available to such
institution.
(B) Amount of gross proceeds. Except
as otherwise provided in this paragraph
(a)(3)—
(1) The amount of gross proceeds from
a sale or other disposition means the
total amount realized as a result of a sale
or other disposition of property
described in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) under
section 1001;
(2) In the case of a sale effected by a
broker, the amount of gross proceeds
from a sale or other disposition means
the total amount paid or credited to the
account of the person entitled to the
payment increased by any amount not
so paid by reason of the repayment of
margin loans. The broker may but is not
required to take commissions into
account with respect to the sale in
determining the amount of gross
proceeds;
(3) In the case of a corporate
distribution, the amount treated as gross
proceeds excludes the amount described
in paragraph (a)(2)(vii)(A) of this section
that is treated as U.S source FDAP
income;
(4) In the case of a sale of an
obligation described in paragraph
(a)(2)(vi), gross proceeds includes any
interest accrued between interest
payment dates; and
(5) In the case of a sale, retirement, or
redemption of a debt obligation, gross
proceeds excludes the amount of
original issue discount treated as U.S.
source FDAP income under paragraph
(a)(2)(iii) of this section.
(iv) Withholding requirements on
gross proceeds. For the withholding
requirements with respect to a payment
constituting gross proceeds and for
determining the withholding agent that
is required to withhold on such
payment, see § 1.1471–2(a)(2)(v).
(4) Payments not treated as
withholdable payments. The following
payments are not withholdable
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
payments under paragraph (a)(1) of this
section—
(i) Certain short-term obligations. A
payment of interest or original issue
discount on short-term obligations
described in section 871(g)(1)(B)(i) or
881(f).
(ii) Effectively connected income. Any
item of income that is taken into
account under section 871(b)(1) or
882(a)(1) for the taxable year. An item
of income is taken into account under
section 871(b)(1) or 882(a)(1) when the
income is (or is deemed to be)
effectively connected with the conduct
of a trade or business in the United
States and is includible in the beneficial
owner’s gross income for the taxable
year. An amount of income shall not be
treated as taken into account under
section 871(b)(1) or 882(a)(1) if the
income is (or is deemed to be)
effectively connected with the conduct
of a trade or business in the United
States and the beneficial owner claims
an exception from tax under an income
tax treaty because the income is not
attributable to a permanent
establishment in the United States.
(iii) Ordinary course of business
payments. Payments made in the
ordinary course of the withholding
agent’s business for nonfinancial
services, goods, and the use of property.
Such payments include ordinary course
payments for nonfinancial services,
wages, office and equipment leases,
software licenses, transportation,
freight, gambling winnings, awards,
prizes, scholarships, and interest on
outstanding accounts payable arising
from the acquisition of nonfinancial
services, goods, and other tangible
property. Ordinary course payments do
not include dividends; any interest
other than interest described in the
preceding sentence; dividend equivalent
payments with respect to which the
withholding agent acts as custodian,
intermediary, or agent; or bank or
brokerage fees.
(iv) Gross proceeds from sales of
excluded property. Gross proceeds from
the sale or other disposition of any
property that can produce U.S. source
FDAP income excluded from the
definition of withholdable payment
under paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (iii)
of this section.
(v) Fractional Shares. Sales described
in § 1.6045–1(c)(3)(ix).
(5) Special payment rules for flowthrough entities, complex trusts, and
estates—(i) In general. This paragraph
(a)(5) provides special rules for a flowthrough entity, complex trust, or estate
to determine when such entity must
treat U.S. source FDAP income as
having been paid by such entity to its
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
partners, owners, or beneficiaries (as
applicable depending on the type of
entity).
(ii) Partnerships. An amount of U.S.
source FDAP income is treated as being
paid to a partner under rules similar to
the rules prescribing when withholding
is required for chapter 3 purposes as
described in § 1.1441–5(b)(2)(i)(A).
(iii) Simple trusts. An amount of U.S.
source FDAP income is treated as being
paid to a beneficiary of a simple trust
under rules similar to the rules
prescribing when withholding is
required for chapter 3 purposes as
described in § 1.1441–5(b)(2)(ii).
(iv) Complex trusts and estates. An
amount of U.S. source FDAP income is
treated as paid to a beneficiary of a
complex trust or estate under rules
similar to the rules prescribing when
withholding is required for chapter 3
purposes as described in § 1.1441–
5(b)(2)(iii).
(v) Grantor trusts. In a case in which
an amount of U.S. source FDAP income
is paid to a grantor trust, a person
treated as an owner of such trust is
treated as having been paid such income
by the trust at the time it is received by
or credited to the trust.
(vi) Special rule for NWP or NWT. In
the case of a partnership, simple trust,
or complex trust that is a NWP or NWT,
the rules described in paragraphs 5(ii)
and (iii) shall not apply, and U.S. source
FDAP income is treated as paid to the
partner or beneficiary at the time the
income is paid to the partnership or
trust, respectively.
(vii) Special rule for determining
when gross proceeds are treated as paid
to partner, owner, or beneficiary of a
flow through entity. [Reserved].
(6) Reporting of withholdable
payments. See § 1.1474–1(c) and (d) for
a description of the income tax return
and information reporting requirements
applicable to a withholding agent that
has made a withholdable payment.
(7) Example. Satisfaction of payee’s
chapter 4 liability by withholding agent. FFI1
is entitled to receive a payment of $100 of
U.S. source interest from withholding agent,
WA. The payment is subject to withholding
under chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue
Code, but is not subject to withholding under
section 1442, and FFI1 has no substantive tax
liability under section 881 with respect to
this payment. A pays the full $100 to FFI1
and, after the date of payment, pays the $30
of tax due under chapter 4 to the IRS from
its own funds. Because no underlying tax
liability of FFI1 is satisfied, and further
because WA and FFI1 did not execute any
agreement for WA to pay this tax and WA did
not have an obligation to pay this tax apart
from the requirements of chapter 4, WA’s
payment of the tax does not give rise to a
deemed payment of U.S. source FDAP
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9099
income to FFI1 under paragraph (a)(2)(v) of
this section. Thus, WA is not required to pay
any additional tax with respect to this
payment for purposes of chapter 4.
(b) Substantial U.S. owner—(1)
Definition. The term substantial United
States owner (or substantial U.S. owner)
means:
(i) With respect to any foreign
corporation, any specified U.S. person
that owns, directly or indirectly, more
than ten percent of the stock of such
corporation (by vote or value);
(ii) With respect to any foreign
partnership, any specified U.S. person
that owns, directly or indirectly, more
than ten percent of the profits interests
or capital interests in such partnership;
and
(iii) In the case of a trust—
(A) Any specified U.S. person treated
as an owner of any portion of such trust
under subpart E of Part I of subchapter
J of chapter 1 (sections 671 through
679); or
(B) Any specified U.S. person that
holds, directly or indirectly, more than
ten percent of the beneficial interests of
such trust.
(2) Direct and indirect ownership in
foreign entities. For purposes of this
paragraph (b), ownership includes
direct ownership and indirect
ownership by application of paragraph
(b)(2)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.
(i) Indirect ownership of stock. Stock
owned directly or indirectly by an entity
(other than a participating FFI, a
deemed-compliant FFI (excluding an
owner-documented FFI), a U.S.
financial institution, or an entity
described in § 1.1471–6 or 1.1472–
1(c)(1)) that is a corporation,
partnership, or trust shall be considered
as being owned proportionately by its
shareholders, partners, grantors or
others persons treated as owners under
sections 671 through 679 of any portion
of the trust that includes the stock, or
beneficiaries, respectively. Stock
considered to be owned by a person by
reason of the application of the
preceding sentence shall, for purposes
of applying such sentence, be treated as
actually owned by such person.
(ii) Indirect ownership in a
partnership or beneficial trust interest.
A capital or profits interest in a
partnership or an ownership or
beneficial trust interest (as defined in
paragraph (b)(3) of this section) owned
or held directly or indirectly by an
entity (other than a participating FFI, a
deemed-compliant FFI, a U.S. financial
institution, or an entity described in
§ 1.1471–6 or 1.1472–1(c)(1)) that is a
corporation, partnership, or trust shall
be considered as being owned or held
proportionately by its shareholders,
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9100
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
partners, grantors or others persons
treated as owners under sections 671
through 679 of any portion of the trust
that includes the partnership or
beneficial trust interest, or beneficiaries,
respectively. Partnership or beneficial
trust interests considered to be owned
or held by a person by reason of the
application of the preceding sentence
shall, for purposes of applying such
sentence, be treated as actually owned
or held by such person.
(iii) Indirect ownership through U.S.
persons. Attribution under these rules
shall not stop with a specified U.S.
person in the chain of ownership
running from the foreign entity that
does not meet the definition of a
substantial U.S. owner to the extent that
the result of further attribution would be
to treat a specified U.S. person as a
substantial U.S. owner.
(iv) Ownership and holdings through
options. If any specified U.S. person
holds, directly or indirectly applying
the principles of paragraphs (b)(2)(i),
(ii), and (iii) of this section, an option
to acquire stock in a corporation or an
option to acquire a capital or profits
interest in a partnership or an
ownership or beneficial interest in a
trust, such option shall be considered as
ownership of the underlying equity or
other ownership interest by such person
in such entity for purposes of this
paragraph (b). For purposes of the
preceding sentence, an option to acquire
such an option, and each one of a series
of such options, shall be considered as
an option to acquire such stock or other
ownership interest described in this
paragraph (b)(2)(iv).
(v) Determination of proportionate
interest. For purposes of this paragraph
(b), and except as otherwise provided in
paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the
determination of a person’s
proportionate interest in a corporation,
partnership, or trust is based on all
relevant facts and circumstances. In this
determination, any arrangement that
artificially decreases a specified U.S.
person’s proportionate interest in any
such entity will not be recognized in
determining whether such person is a
substantial U.S. owner.
(3) Beneficial trust interests—(i)
Holding a beneficial interest—(A) In
general. For purposes of paragraph
(b)(1)(iii)(B) of this section, a specified
U.S. person will be treated as directly or
indirectly holding a beneficial interest
in a foreign trust if such specified U.S.
person has the right to receive directly
or indirectly (for example, through a
nominee) a mandatory distribution or
may receive, directly or indirectly, a
discretionary distribution from the trust.
Whether a person has a right to a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
mandatory distribution is determined
taking into account all facts and
circumstances.
(B) Discretionary distribution. A
discretionary distribution is a
distribution at the discretion of the
trustee of such trust.
(ii) Valuation rules for beneficial
interests in foreign trusts. If a specified
U.S. person is a beneficiary of a foreign
trust and may receive solely one or more
discretionary distributions, the value of
the specified U.S. person’s interest in
the foreign trust is the fair market value
of the currency and other property
distributed from the foreign trust to the
specified U.S. person during the prior
calendar year. If a specified U.S. person
is a beneficiary of a foreign trust and has
the right to receive solely mandatory
distributions from the trust, the value of
the specified U.S. person’s interest in
the foreign trust is determined under
section 7520. If a specified U.S. person
is a beneficiary of a foreign trust and has
the right to receive mandatory
distributions and discretionary
distributions from the trust, the value of
the specified U.S. person’s interest in
the foreign trust is the sum of the value
of all of the currency or other property
distributed from the trust at the
discretion of the trustee during the prior
calendar year to the specified U.S.
person as a beneficiary and the value of
the specified U.S. person’s right as a
beneficiary to receive mandatory
distributions from the trust as
determined under section 7520.
(iii) Determining the ten percent
threshold in the case of a beneficial
interest in a foreign trust—(A)
Discretionary beneficial interests. If a
specified U.S. person is a direct or
indirect beneficiary of a foreign trust
and may only receive a discretionary
distribution, such person will be treated
as holding more than ten percent of the
beneficial interests in such trust if the
value of the currency or other property
distributed to such specified U.S.
person during the prior calendar year
exceeds ten percent of the value of all
distributions made by such trust during
that year.
(B) Mandatory beneficial interests. If a
specified U.S. person is a direct or
indirect beneficiary of a foreign trust
and has the right to receive only
mandatory distributions from the trust,
such person will be treated as holding
more than ten percent of the beneficial
interests in such trust if the value of the
person’s interest, determined under
paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section,
exceeds ten percent of the value of all
the assets held by the trust.
(C) Mandatory and discretionary
beneficial interests. If a specified U.S.
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
person is a beneficiary of a foreign trust
and such person has the right to
mandatory distributions from the trust
and the opportunity for discretionary
distributions from the trust, such person
will be treated as holding more than ten
percent of the beneficial interests in
such trust if the value of the person’s
interest, determined under paragraph
(b)(3)(ii) of this section, exceeds either
ten percent of the value of all
distributions made by such trust during
the year or ten percent of the value of
all assets of the trust.
(4) Exception for certain beneficial
interests. A specified U.S. person with
an interest described in paragraph
(b)(3)(iii)(A) of this section shall only be
treated as a substantial U.S. owner if the
value of the currency or other property
distributed to such specified U.S.
person during the calendar year exceeds
$5,000. A specified U.S. person
described in paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(B) or
(C) of this section shall only be treated
as a substantial U.S. owner if the value
of such person’s interest, determined
under paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section,
exceeds $50,000.
(5) Special rule for certain investment
vehicles and insurance. In the case of
any financial institution described in
§ 1.1471–5(e)(1)(iii) or (iv), paragraphs
(b)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section shall
be applied by substituting ‘‘zero
percent’’ for ‘‘ten percent.’’
(6) Determination dates for
substantial U.S. owners. A foreign entity
may make the determination of whether
it has one or more direct or indirect
substantial U.S. owners as of the last
day of such entity’s accounting year or
as of the date on which such foreign
entity provides the documentation
described in § 1.1471–3(d) to the
withholding agent with which the
foreign entity holds an account for
which such determination is required to
be made.
(7) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the provisions of paragraph (b)
of this section:
Example 1. Indirect ownership. U is a
specified U.S. person. U owns directly 100%
of the sole class of stock of F1, a foreign
corporation. F1 owns directly 90% of the sole
class of stock of F2, a foreign corporation,
and U owns directly the remaining 10% of
the sole class of stock of F2. F2 owns directly
10% of the sole class of stock of F3, a foreign
corporation, and U owns directly 3% of the
sole class of stock of F3. U is treated as
owning 13% of the sole class of stock of F3
for purposes of this paragraph (b), and is
treated as owning 100% of the sole class of
stock of F2 for purposes of this paragraph (b).
U is a substantial U.S. owner of F1, F2, and
F3.
Example 2. Determining the 10% threshold
in the case of a beneficial interest in a foreign
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
trust. U, a United States citizen, holds only
an interest described in paragraph
(b)(3)(iii)(A) in FT1, a foreign trust. U also
holds only an interest described in paragraph
(b)(3)(iii)(A) in FT2, also a foreign trust, and
FT2, in turn, holds only an interest described
in paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A) in FT1. U receives
$25,000 from FT1 in Year 1. FT2 receives
$120,000 from FT1 in Year 1 and distributes
the entire amount to its beneficiaries in year
1. The distribution from FT1 is FT2’s only
source of income. U receives $40,000 from
FT2. FT1 distributes $750,000 to all of its
beneficiaries in Year 1. U’s discretionary
interest in FT1 does not meet the 10%
threshold as determined under paragraph
(b)(3)(iii)(A). See paragraph (b)(3)(ii). U’s
discretionary interest in FT2, however, does
meet the 10% threshold as determined under
paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A).
Example 3. Determining ownership
(determination date). F, a foreign corporation
that is an NFFE, has a calendar year
accounting year. On December 31 of Year 1,
U, a specified U.S. person, owns 12% of the
sole class of outstanding stock of F. In March
of Year 2, F redeems a portion of U’s stock
and reduces U’s ownership of F to 9%. In
May of Year 2, F opens an account with P,
a participating FFI, and delivers to P the
documentation required under § 1.1471–3(d).
At the time F opens its account with P, U is
the only specified U.S. person that directly
or indirectly owns stock in F. Because of the
redemption, U’s interest in F is 9% on the
date F opens its account with P. F may
determine whether it has a substantial U.S.
owner as of the date it provides the
documentation required under § 1.1471–3(d)
to P, which would be the day it opens the
account. As a result, F may indicate in its
§ 1.1471–3(d) documentation that it has no
substantial U.S. owners.
(c) Specified U.S. person. The term
specified United States person (or
specified U.S. person) means any U.S.
person other than—
(1) A corporation the stock of which
is regularly traded on one or more
established securities markets, as
described in § 1.1472–1(c)(1)(i);
(2) Any corporation that is a member
of the same expanded affiliated group as
a corporation described in § 1.1472–
1(c)(1)(i);
(3) Any organization exempt from
taxation under section 501(a) or an
individual retirement plan as defined in
section 7701(a)(37);
(4) The United States or any wholly
owned agency or instrumentality
thereof;
(5) Any State, the District of
Columbia, any possession of the United
States, any political subdivision of any
of the foregoing, or any wholly owned
agency or instrumentality of any one or
more of the foregoing;
(6) Any bank as defined in section
581;
(7) Any real estate investment trust as
defined in section 856;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(8) Any regulated investment
company as defined in section 851 or
any entity registered with the Securities
Exchange Commission under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (15
U.S.C. 80a–64);
(9) Any common trust fund as defined
in section 584(a);
(10) Any trust that is exempt from tax
under section 664(c) or is described in
section 4947(a)(1);
(11) A dealer in securities,
commodities, or derivative financial
instruments (including notional
principal contracts, futures, forwards,
and options) that is registered as such
under the laws of the United States or
any State; and
(12) A broker as defined in section
6045(c) and § 1.6045–1(a)(1).
(d) Withholding agent—(1) In general.
Except as provided in this paragraph
(d), the term withholding agent means
any person, U.S. or foreign, in whatever
capacity acting, that has the control,
receipt, custody, disposal, or payment of
a withholdable payment.
(2) Participating FFIs as withholding
agents. Except as otherwise provided in
the FFI agreement of a participating FFI,
the term withholding agent includes a
participating FFI that has the control,
receipt, custody, disposal, or payment of
a passthru payment (as defined in
§ 1.1471–5(h)). The term withholding
agent also includes a registered deemedcompliant FFI to the extent that such
FFI is required to withhold on a
passthru payment as part of the
conditions for maintaining its status as
a deemed-compliant FFI under
§ 1.1471–5(f)(1)(ii). For the withholding
requirements of a participating FFI with
respect to limited branches and limited
FFIs that are in the same expanded
affiliated group as the participating FFI,
see § 1.1471–4(b).
(3) Grantor trusts as withholding
agents. The term withholding agent
includes a grantor trust with respect to
a withholdable payment or a passthru
payment (in the case of a grantor trust
that is a participating FFI) made to a
person treated as an owner of the trust
under sections 671 through 679. For
purposes of determining when a
payment is treated as made to such
owner of a trust, see § 1.1473–1(a)(5)(v).
(4) Deposit and return requirements.
See § 1.1474–1(a) for the requirement of
any person that meets the definition of
a withholding agent under this
paragraph (d) to deposit any tax
withheld, and § 1.1474–1(c) and (d) for
the requirement to file income tax and
information returns.
(5) Multiple withholding agents.
When several persons qualify as a
withholding agent with respect to a
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9101
single payment, only one tax is required
to be withheld and deposited. See
§ 1.1474–1(a). A person who, as a
nominee described in § 1.6031(c)–1T,
has furnished to a partnership all of the
information required to be furnished
under § 1.6031(c)–1T(a) shall not be
treated as a withholding agent if it has
notified the partnership that it is
treating the provision of information to
the partnership as a discharge of its
obligations as a withholding agent.
(6) Exception for certain individuals.
The term withholding agent excludes an
individual with respect to a
withholdable payment made by such
person that is not made in the course of
such person’s trade or business
(including as an agent with respect to
making or receiving such payment).
(e) Foreign entity. The term foreign
entity means any entity that is not a U.S.
person and includes a territory entity.
(f) Effective/applicability date. The
rules of this section apply on
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 11. Section 1.1474–1 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.1474–1
Liability for withheld tax.
(a) Payment and returns of tax
withheld—(1) In general. A withholding
agent is required to deposit any tax
withheld pursuant to chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code as provided
under paragraph (b) of this section and
to make the returns prescribed by
paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section,
except as otherwise may be required by
an FFI agreement. When several persons
qualify as withholding agents with
respect to a single payment, only one
tax is required to be withheld and
deposited.
(2) Withholding agent liability. A
withholding agent that is required to
withhold with respect to a payment
subject to withholding under § 1.1471–
2(a), 1.1471–4(b) (in the case of a
participating FFI), or 1.1472–1(b) but
fails either to withhold or to deposit any
tax withheld with an authorized
financial institution, as required under
paragraph (b) of this section, is liable for
the amount of tax not withheld and
deposited.
(3) Use of agents—(i) In general. A
withholding agent may use an agent to
fulfill its obligations under chapter 4 of
the Internal Revenue Code. The acts of
an agent of a withholding agent
(including the receipt of withholding
certificates, the payment of amounts of
income subject to withholding, and the
deposit of tax withheld) are imputed to
the withholding agent on whose behalf
it is acting. For this purpose, the agent’s
actual knowledge or reason to know
shall be imputed to the withholding
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9102
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
agent. The withholding agent’s liability
under paragraph (a)(2) of this section
will exist irrespective of the fact that the
agent is also a withholding agent and is
itself separately liable for failure to
comply with the provisions of chapter 4.
However, the same tax, interest, or
penalties shall not be collected more
than once. If the agent is a foreign
person, a withholding agent may treat
the acts of the foreign agent as its own
for purposes of determining whether it
has complied with the provisions of
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code,
but only if—
(A) There is a written agreement
between the withholding agent and the
foreign person acting as agent;
(B) Books and records and relevant
personnel of the foreign agent are
available (on a continuous basis,
including after termination of the
relationship) in order to evaluate the
withholding agent’s compliance with
the provisions of chapter 4; and
(C) The withholding agent remains
fully liable for the acts of its agent and
does not assert any of the defenses that
may otherwise be available, including
under common law principles of
agency, in order to avoid tax liability
under the Internal Revenue Code.
(ii) Liability of agent of withholding
agent. An agent of a withholding agent
is subject to the same withholding and
reporting obligations that apply to any
withholding agent under the provisions
of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue
Code. However, a foreign agent cannot
apply the provisions of this paragraph
(a)(3) to appoint another person its agent
with respect to the payments it receives
from the withholding agent.
(4) Liability for failure to obtain
documentation timely or to act in
accordance with applicable
presumptions—(i) In general. A
withholding agent that cannot reliably
associate a payment with
documentation on the date of payment
and that does not withhold under
§ 1.1471–2(a) or 1.1472–1(b), or
withholds at less than the 30 percent
rate prescribed under sections 1471 and
1472, is liable under this section for the
tax required to be withheld under
§ 1.1471–2(a) or 1.1472–1(b), without
the benefit of a reduced rate unless—
(A) The withholding agent has
appropriately relied on the
presumptions described in § 1.1471–3(f)
in order to treat the payment as exempt
from withholding; or
(B) The withholding agent can
demonstrate to the satisfaction of the
Commissioner that the proper amount of
withholding was satisfied by another
withholding agent or was otherwise
paid.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
(ii) Withholding satisfied by another
withholding agent. If a withholding
agent fails to deduct and withhold any
amount required to be deducted and
withheld under § 1.1471–2(a) or 1.1472–
1(b), and that tax is paid by another
withholding agent, then the amount of
tax required to be deducted and
withheld shall not be collected from the
first-mentioned withholding agent.
However, the withholding agent is not
relieved from liability for any interest or
penalties or additions to tax otherwise
applicable in respect of the failure to
deduct and withhold.
(b) Payment of withheld tax. Every
withholding agent who withholds tax
pursuant to chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code shall deposit such tax
with an authorized financial institution
as provided in § 1.6302–2(a). If for any
reason the total amount of tax required
to be returned for any calendar year
pursuant to the income tax return
described in paragraph (c) of this
section has not been deposited pursuant
to § 1.6302–2, the withholding agent
shall pay the balance of such tax due for
such year at such place as the IRS shall
specify. The tax shall be paid when
filing the return described in paragraph
(c)(1) of this section for such year,
unless the IRS specifies otherwise.
(c) Income tax return—(1) In general.
Every withholding agent shall file an
income tax return on Form 1042 (or
such other form as the IRS may
prescribe) to report chapter 4 reportable
amounts (as defined in paragraph
(d)(2)(i) of this section). This income tax
return shall be filed on the same income
tax return used to report amounts
subject to reporting for chapter 3
purposes as described in § 1.1461–1(b).
The return must show the aggregate
amount of payments that are chapter 4
reportable amounts (as defined in
paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section) and
must report the tax withheld for the
preceding calendar year by the
withholding agent, in addition to any
information required by the form and its
accompanying instructions.
Withholding certificates and other
statements or information provided to a
withholding agent are not required to be
attached to the return. A Form 1042 (or
such other form as the IRS may
prescribe) must be filed under this
paragraph (c)(1) even if no tax was
required to be withheld for chapter 4
purposes during the preceding calendar
year. The withholding agent must retain
a copy of Form 1042 for the applicable
period of limitations on assessment and
collection with respect to the amounts
required to be reported on the Form
1042. For purposes of determining the
applicable period of limitations, chapter
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
4 reportable amounts are treated as if
such amounts are subject to withholding
under chapter 3. See section 6501 and
the regulations thereunder for the
applicable period of limitations.
Adjustments to the total amount of tax
withheld described in § 1.1474–2 shall
be stated on the return as prescribed by
the form and accompanying
instructions. A participating FFI shall
file Form 1042 in accordance with this
paragraph (c) except as otherwise
provided in its FFI agreement.
(2) Amended returns. An amended
return under this paragraph (c) must be
filed on Form 1042 (or such other form
as the IRS may prescribe). An amended
return must include such information as
the form or its accompanying
instructions shall require, including,
with respect to any information that has
changed from the time of the filing of
the return, the information that was
shown on the original return and the
corrected information.
(d) Information returns for payment
reporting—(1) Filing requirement—(i) In
general. Every withholding agent must
file an information return on Form
1042–S (or such other form as the IRS
may prescribe) to report to the IRS
chapter 4 reportable amounts as
described in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this
section that were paid to a recipient
during the preceding calendar year. A
separate Form 1042–S must be filed
with the IRS for each recipient of an
amount subject to reporting. A separate
Form 1042–S must also be filed with the
IRS for each separate type of payment
made to a single recipient. The Form
1042–S shall be prepared in such
manner as the form and accompanying
instructions prescribe. One copy of the
Form 1042–S shall be filed with the IRS
on or before March 15 of the calendar
year following the year in which the
amount subject to reporting was paid,
with a transmittal form as provided in
the instructions to the Form 1042–S.
Withholding certificates, certifications,
documentary evidence, or other
statements or documentation provided
to a withholding agent are not required
to be attached to the form. A copy of the
Form 1042–S must be furnished to the
recipient for whom the form is prepared
(or any other person, as required under
this paragraph or the instructions to the
form) on or before March 15 of the
calendar year following the year in
which the amount subject to reporting
was paid. The copy provided to the
recipient of the payments may show
more than one type of income or other
payment subject to reporting on the
Form 1042–S. The withholding agent
must retain a copy of each Form 1042–
S for the period of limitations on
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
assessment and collection applicable to
the tax reportable on the Form 1042 to
which the Form 1042–S relates
(determined as set forth in paragraph
(c)(1) of this section).
(ii) Recipient—(A) Defined. The term
recipient under this paragraph (d)
means a person that is a recipient of a
passthru payment (including a
withholdable payment) or, in the case of
a participating FFI, foreign reportable
amount described in paragraph (d)(2)(ii)
of this section reportable for Form
1042–S reporting purposes, and
includes—
(1) A participating FFI or a deemedcompliant FFI (regardless of whether
such FFI is a flow-through entity or acts
as an intermediary with respect to the
payment except as otherwise provided
under paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(B)(7) of this
section);
(2) A nonparticipating FFI that is a
beneficial owner of the payment;
(3) A territory financial institution
that acts as an intermediary with respect
to a payment and that agrees to be
treated as a U.S. person under § 1.1471–
3(c)(3)(iii)(F), and a territory financial
institution that is a beneficial owner of
the payment;
(4) An account holder of a
participating FFI to the extent that the
FFI issues a Form 1042–S to such
person or the FFI provides information
sufficient for a withholding agent to
report on a Form 1042–S with respect to
such account holder under an election
by the participating FFI under section
1471(b)(3) or when the participating FFI
or QI does not otherwise have
withholding responsibility for the
payment;
(5) An NFFE except to the extent
described in paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(A)(6) of
this section;
(6) A partner, owner, or beneficiary in
a flow-through entity that is an NFFE
when the withholding agent treats such
partner, owner, or beneficiary as a payee
and beneficial owner for purposes of
determining the amount required to be
withheld under § 1.1472–1;
(7) An exempt beneficial owner of a
payment, including when the payment
is made to such owner through a
nonparticipating FFI that provides
documentation and information
sufficient for a withholding agent to
determine the portion of the payment
paid to such owner;
(8) A qualified intermediary that is a
foreign branch of a U.S. person except
as otherwise provided under paragraph
(d)(1)(ii)(B)(7) of this section);
(9) A limited branch of a participating
FFI; and
(10) Any other person required to be
reported as a recipient as required on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
Form 1042–S or the instructions to the
form.
(B) Persons that are not recipients.
Persons that are not recipients include—
(1) A person that the withholding
agent properly treats as a U.S. person
under the rules of § 1.1471–3;
(2) Except as provided in paragraph
(d)(1)(ii)(A)(8) of this section, a wholly
owned entity that is disregarded under
§ 301.7701–2(c)(2) as an entity separate
from its owner;
(3) A flow-through entity that is an
NFFE to the extent that the withholding
agent treats a partner, owner, or
beneficiary of the NFFE as a recipient
pursuant to paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(A)(6) of
this section;
(4) An owner of an NFFE except as
otherwise provided in paragraph
(d)(1)(ii)(A)(6) of this section;
(5) A territory financial institution
that acts as an intermediary with respect
to a payment and does not agree to be
treated as a U.S. person under § 1.1471–
3(c)(3)(iii)(G);
(6) An account holder that is included
in a pool of recalcitrant account holders
of a participating FFI;
(7) A participating FFI, registered
deemed-compliant FFI, or foreign
branch of a U.S. financial institution
that is a QI that is acting as an
intermediary or flow-through entity
with respect to a payment to the extent
that such entity provides to its
withholding agent information
sufficient for the withholding agent to
report on Form 1042–S with respect to
one or more account holders of such FFI
or payees that are nonparticipating FFIs;
(8) A nonparticipating FFI that acts as
an intermediary with respect to a
payment or that is a flow-through entity;
and
(9) Any other person not treated as a
recipient on Form 1042–S and its
accompanying instructions.
(2) Amounts subject to reporting—(i)
In general. Subject to paragraph
(d)(2)(iii) of this section, the term
chapter 4 reportable amount means an
amount reportable on a Form 1042–S for
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code
purposes that is—
(A) U.S. source FDAP income
(regardless of whether subject to
withholding under chapter 4 and
including a passthru payment that is
U.S. source FDAP income) paid on or
after January 1, 2014;
(B) Gross proceeds subject to
withholding under chapter 4; and
(C) Foreign passthru payments subject
to withholding under chapter 4.
(ii) Special transitional reporting by
participating FFIs—(A) Reporting
requirements for certain payments to
nonparticipating FFIs. In the case of a
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9103
participating FFI that makes a payment
to a nonparticipating FFI of a foreign
reportable amount, the participating FFI
shall report with respect to each such
nonparticipating FFI the aggregate
amount of all such payments made to
the participating FFI for each of the
calendar years 2015 and 2016. A foreign
reportable amount means–
(1) FDAP income. A payment of FDAP
income as defined in § 1.1473–
1(a)(2)(i)(A) that would be a
withholdable payment if paid by a U.S.
person; and
(2) Other financial payments.
[Reserved].
(B) Payments to limited branches. A
participating FFI shall report
withholdable payments made to limited
branches as described in § 1.1471–
4(e)(2).
(iii) Exceptions to reporting. A chapter
4 reportable amount does not include
any amount that is excluded from the
definition of withholdable payments
under § 1.1473–1(a)(4)(i), (iii), (iv), and
(v).
(iv) Coordination with chapter 3 of
the Internal Revenue Code. A payment
that is not subject to reporting under
this paragraph (d)(2) may be subject to
chapter 3 reporting on Form 1042–S to
the extent provided on such form and
its accompanying instructions or under
§ 1.1461–1(c)(2). The recipient
information and other information
required to be reported on Form 1042–
S for purposes of chapter 4 shall be in
addition to the information required to
be provided on Form 1042–S for
purposes of chapter 3.
(3) Required information. The
information required to be furnished
under this paragraph (d)(3) shall be
based upon the information provided by
or on behalf of the recipient of an
amount subject to reporting (as
corrected and supplemented based on
the withholding agent’s actual
knowledge), the presumption rules of
§ 1.1471–3(f), or the requirements for
reporting recalcitrant account holders of
participating FFIs under § 1.1471–
4(d)(6). The Form 1042–S must include
the following information, if
applicable—
(i) The name, address, and EIN of the
withholding agent;
(ii) A description of each category of
income or payment made based on the
income and payment codes provided on
the form (for example, interest,
dividends, and gross proceeds) and the
aggregate amount in each category
expressed in U.S. dollars;
(iii) The rate and amount of
withholding applied or the basis for
exempting the payment from
withholding under chapter 4 of the
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9104
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Internal Revenue Code (based on
exemption codes provided on the form);
(iv) The name and address of the
recipient and its TIN or EIN (when
required);
(v) The name and address of any FFI
acting as an intermediary, a flowthrough entity that is an NFFE, or
territory financial institution that is not
treated as a U.S. person under § 1.1471–
3(c)(2)(iii)(G) when an account holder or
owner of such entity (including an
unknown recipient or owner) is treated
as the recipient of the payment;
(vi) The TIN or EIN of an entity
reported under paragraph (d)(3)(v) of
this section;
(vii) The country (based on the
country codes provided on the form) of
the recipient and of any entity the name
of which appears on the form; and
(viii) Such information as the form or
instructions may require in addition to,
or in lieu of, information required under
this paragraph (d)(3).
(4) Method of reporting—(i) Payments
by U.S. withholding agent to recipients.
Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (d) or on the Form 1042–S
and its accompanying instructions, a
withholding agent that is a U.S. person
(other than a foreign branch of a U.S.
person that is a qualified intermediary)
and that makes a payment of a chapter
4 reportable amount must file a separate
Form 1042–S for each recipient that
receives such amount. Except as
otherwise provided on Form 1042–S or
its instructions, only payments for
which the income or payment code,
exemption code, withholding rate, and
recipient code are the same may be
reported on a single Form 1042–S filed
with the IRS. See paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of
this section for reporting of payments
made to a person that is not a recipient
and that is otherwise to be reported on
Form 1042–S.
(A) Payments to certain entities that
are beneficial owners. If the beneficial
owner of a payment made by a U.S.
withholding agent is an exempt
beneficial owner, a nonparticipating
FFI, an NFFE, or a territory entity, it
must complete Form 1042–S treating
such entity as the recipient of the
payment.
(B) Payments to participating FFIs,
deemed-compliant FFIs, or certain QIs.
A U.S. withholding agent that makes a
payment of a chapter 4 reportable
amount to a participating FFI or a
deemed-compliant FFI shall complete
Forms 1042–S treating the participating
FFI or the deemed-compliant FFI as the
recipient. A participating FFI acting as
an intermediary with respect to a
payment may provide a U.S.
withholding agent with pooled
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
information regarding recalcitrant
account holders that are entitled to the
payment pursuant to an election under
section 1471(b)(3) and § 1.1471–
2(a)(2)(iii), pursuant to § 1.1471–
2(a)(2)(i) in the case of a payment of
U.S. source FDAP to a participating FFI
that is an NQI, NWP, or NWT, or
pursuant to § 1.1471–2(a)(2)(iii)(B) in
the case of a foreign branch of a U.S.
financial institution that provides
pooled information regarding its
account holders subject to withholding
under chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue
Code. The U.S. withholding agent must
complete a separate Form 1042–S issued
to the FFI for each such pool to the
extent required on Form 1042–S and its
accompanying instructions. A
participating FFI may, however, provide
to its withholding agent specific payee
information with respect to one or more
recalcitrant account holders that are
entitled to the payment. In such a case,
the participating FFI providing such
information shall not be treated as a
recipient of the payment. See paragraph
(d)(4)(ii)(A) of this section for reporting
rules applicable to cases in which
participating FFIs, deemed-compliant
FFIs, or certain QIs are not treated as
recipients.
(C) Amounts paid to territory
financial institutions acting as
intermediaries. A U.S. withholding
agent making a payment to a territory
financial institution acting as an
intermediary shall complete Form
1042–S as follows—
(1) If the territory financial institution
has agreed to be treated as a U.S. person
with respect to the payment under
§ 1.1471–3(c)(3)(iii)(F), the withholding
agent files Form 1042–S treating the
territory financial institution as the
recipient; or
(2) If the territory financial institution
has provided the withholding agent
with a withholding certificate that
transmits information regarding
beneficial owners or other recipients of
a chapter 4 reportable amount, the
withholding agent must complete a
separate Form 1042–S for each recipient
whose documentation is associated with
the territory financial institution’s
withholding certificate as described in
paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(A) of this section
and must report the territory financial
institution under that paragraph.
(D) Amounts paid to NFFEs. A U.S.
withholding agent that makes payments
of chapter 4 reportable amounts to an
NFFE shall complete Forms 1042–S
treating the NFFE as the recipient unless
such withholding agent treats a partner,
owner, or beneficiary in a flow-through
entity that is an NFFE as a payee for
purposes of determining the amount
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
required to be withheld under § 1.1472–
1(b).
(ii) Payments made by withholding
agents to certain entities that are not
recipients—(A) Form 1042–S reporting
of entities that provide information for
a withholding agent to perform specific
payee reporting. If a U.S. withholding
agent makes a payment of a chapter 4
reportable amount to a flow-through
entity that is an NFFE, a
nonparticipating FFI receiving a
payment on behalf of an exempt
beneficial owner, a territory financial
institution, a participating FFI, a
deemed-compliant FFI, or a foreign
branch of a U.S. financial institution
that is acting as a QI, it must complete
a separate Form 1042–S for each
recipient that is an owner of or account
holder in such entity to the extent the
withholding agent can reliably associate
the payment with valid documentation
(under the rules of § 1.1471–3(c) and
(d)) provided by such entity (as
applicable) with respect to each such
recipient. If a payment is made through
tiers of such entities, the withholding
agent must nevertheless complete Form
1042–S for each recipient to the extent
it can reliably associate the payment
with documentation provided with
respect to that recipient. A withholding
agent that is completing a Form 1042–
S for a recipient described in this
paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(A) must include on
the Form 1042–S the name of such
entity through which the recipient
receives the payment and its TIN or
FFI–EIN (if applicable).
(B) Nonparticipating FFIs that act as
intermediaries. If a withholding agent
makes a payment of a chapter 4
reportable amount to a nonparticipating
FFI that it is required to treat as an
intermediary or as a flow-through entity
with regard to a payment under rules
described in § 1.1471–3(c)(2)(iii), and
except as otherwise provided in
paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(A)(7), it shall report
the recipient of the payment as an
unknown recipient and shall report the
nonparticipating FFI as provided in
paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(A) of this section for
an entity not treated as a recipient.
(C) Disregarded entities. If a U.S.
withholding agent makes a payment to
a disregarded entity but receives a valid
withholding certificate or other
documentary evidence from a person
that is the single owner of a disregarded
entity, the withholding agent must file
a Form 1042–S treating the single owner
as the recipient. The FFI–EIN on the
Form 1042–S, or TIN, if required, must
be the single owner’s FFI–EIN or TIN.
(iii) Reporting by nonparticipating
FFIs, flow-through entities, or territory
financial institutions that do not elect to
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
be treated as U.S. persons. A
nonparticipating FFI, a flow-through
entity that is a foreign person, or
territory financial institution must file
Forms 1042–S for chapter 4 reportable
amounts paid to recipients in the same
manner as a U.S. withholding agent. A
Form 1042–S will not be required,
however, if another withholding agent
has reported the same amount with
regard to the same recipient for which
such entity would otherwise be required
to file a return under this paragraph
(d)(4)(iii) and the entire amount that
should be withheld from such payment
has been withheld. The
nonparticipating FFI, flow-through
entity, or territory financial institution
must report payments made to
recipients to the extent it has failed to
provide the appropriate documentation
to another withholding agent or to the
extent it knows, or has reason to know,
that less than the required amount has
been withheld.
(iv) Other withholding agents. Any
person that is a withholding agent that
is not a participating FFI shall file
Forms 1042–S in the same manner as a
U.S. withholding agent and in
accordance with the instructions to the
form. A participating FFI shall file
Forms 1042–S in accordance with this
paragraph (d) except as otherwise
provided in its FFI agreement.
(e) Magnetic media reporting. A
withholding agent that is not a financial
institution and that is required to file
250 or more Form 1042–S information
returns for a taxable year must file Form
1042–S returns on magnetic media. See
§ 301.6011–2(b) of this chapter for the
requirements of a withholding agent
that is not a financial institution with
respect to the filing of Forms 1042–S on
magnetic media. See § 301.1474–1(a) of
this chapter for the requirements
applicable to a withholding agent that is
a financial institution with respect to
the filing of Forms 1042–S on magnetic
media.
(f) Indemnification of withholding
agent. A withholding agent is
indemnified against the claims and
demands of any person for the amount
of any tax it deducts and withholds in
accordance with the provisions of
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code
and the regulations thereunder. A
withholding agent that withholds based
on a reasonable belief that such
withholding is required under chapter 4
and the regulations thereunder is treated
for purposes of section 1474 and this
paragraph (f) as having withheld tax in
accordance with the provisions of
chapter 4 and the regulations
thereunder. This paragraph (f) does not
relieve a withholding agent from tax
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
liability under chapter 3 or 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code or the
regulations under those chapters.
(g) Extensions of time to file Forms
1042 and 1042–S. The IRS may grant an
extension of time to file Form 1042 or
1042–S as described in § 1.1461–1(g).
(h) Penalties. For penalties and
additions to tax for failure to file returns
or file and furnish statements in
accordance with this section, see
sections 6651, 6662, 6663, 6721, 6722,
6723, 6724(c), 7201, 7203, and the
regulations under those sections. For
penalties and additions to the tax for
failure to timely pay the tax required to
be withheld under chapter 4 of the
Code, see sections 6656, 6672, and 7202
and the regulations under those
sections.
(i) Reporting requirements with
respect to owner-documented FFIs—(1)
Reporting by U.S. withholding agent. In
a case in which a U.S. withholding
agent makes during a calendar year a
payment of a chapter 4 reportable
amount to an entity account holder that
the withholding agent treats as an
owner-documented FFI under § 1.1471–
3(d)(6), the withholding agent will be
required to report for such calendar year
with respect to each specified U.S.
person that has a direct or indirect
interest in such entity the following
information—
(a) The name of the ownerdocumented FFI;
(b) The name of the specified U.S.
person;
(c) The TIN or EIN of the specified
U.S. person;
(d) The address of the specified U.S.
person; and
(e) Any other information required on
the form and accompanying instructions
provided for purposes of such reporting.
(2) Cross reference to reporting by
participating FFIs. For the reporting
requirements of a participating FFI with
respect to an account holder that it
treats as an owner-documented FFI, see
§ 1.1471–4(d)(2)(iv).
(j) Effective/applicability date. The
rules of this section apply on
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 12. Section 1.1474–2 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.1474–2 Adjustments for
overwithholding or underwithholding of tax.
(a) Adjustments of overwithheld tax—
(1) In general. Except as otherwise
provided by this section, a withholding
agent that has overwithheld tax under
chapter 4 and made a deposit of the tax
as provided in § 1.6302–2(a) may adjust
the amount of overwithheld tax either
pursuant to the reimbursement
procedure described in paragraph (a)(3)
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9105
of this section or pursuant to the set-off
procedure described in paragraph (a)(4)
of this section. Adjustments under this
paragraph (a) may only be made within
the time prescribed under paragraph
(a)(3) or (a)(4) of this section. After such
time, a refund of the amount of
overwithheld tax can only be claimed
pursuant to the procedures described in
§ 1.1474–5 and chapter 65 of the Code
and the regulations thereunder.
(2) Overwithholding. For purposes of
this section, the term overwithholding
means any amount actually withheld
(determined before application of the
adjustment procedures under this
section) from an item of income or other
payment pursuant to chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code or the
regulations thereunder in excess of both
the amount required to be withheld
with respect to such item of income or
other payment under chapter 4 and, in
the case of an amount subject to chapter
3 withholding, the actual tax liability of
the beneficial owner of the income or
payment to which the withheld amount
is attributable, regardless of whether
such overwithholding was in error or
appeared correct at the time it occurred.
(3) Reimbursement of tax—(i) General
rule. Under the reimbursement
procedure, the withholding agent repays
the beneficial owner or payee for the
amount of overwithheld tax. In such a
case, the withholding agent may
reimburse itself by reducing, by the
amount actually repaid to the beneficial
owner or payee, the amount of any
deposit of tax made by the withholding
agent under § 1.6302–2(a)(1)(iii) for any
subsequent payment period occurring
before the end of the calendar year
following the calendar year of
overwithholding. A withholding agent
must obtain valid documentation as
described under § 1.1471–3(c)(7) with
respect to the beneficial owner or payee
supporting a reduced rate of
withholding before adjusting the
amount of tax under this paragraph
(a)(3)(i). Any such reduction that occurs
for a payment period in the calendar
year following the calendar year of
overwithholding shall be allowed only
if—
(A) The repayment occurs before the
earlier of the due date (without regard
to extensions) for filing the Form 1042–
S for the calendar year of
overwithholding or the date that the
Form 1042–S is actually filed with the
IRS;
(B) The withholding agent states on
timely filed (not including extensions)
Form 1042–S the amount of tax
withheld and the amount of any actual
repayment; and
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
9106
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
(C) The withholding agent states on a
timely filed (not including extensions)
Form 1042 for the calendar year of
overwithholding, that the filing of the
Form 1042 constitutes a claim for credit
in accordance with § 1.6414–1.
(ii) Record maintenance. If the
beneficial owner or payee is repaid an
amount of overwithheld tax under the
provisions of this paragraph (a)(3), the
withholding agent shall keep as part of
its records a receipt showing the date
and amount of repayment, and the
withholding agent must provide a copy
of such receipt to the beneficial owner
or payee. For this purpose, a canceled
check or an entry in a statement is
sufficient provided that the check or
statement contains a specific notation
that it is a refund of tax overwithheld.
(4) Set-offs. Under the set-off
procedure, the withholding agent may
repay the beneficial owner or payee by
applying the amount overwithheld
against any amount which otherwise
would be required under chapter 3 or 4
of the Internal Revenue Code or the
regulations thereunder to be withheld
from the amount paid by the
withholding agent to such person before
the earlier of the due date (without
regard to extensions) for filing the Form
1042–S for the calendar year of
overwithholding or the date that the
Form 1042–S is actually filed with the
IRS. For purposes of making a return on
Form 1042 or 1042–S (or an amended
form) for the calendar year of
overwithholding and for purposes of
making a deposit of the amount
withheld, the reduced amount shall be
considered the amount required to be
withheld from such payment under
chapter 3 or 4, respectively, and the
regulations thereunder.
(5) Examples. The principles of
paragraph (a) of this section are
illustrated by the following examples:
Example 1. (i) Fund A, organized as a
United Kingdom corporation, is a unit
investment trust that is an FFI and that is a
resident that qualifies for the benefits of the
income tax treaty between the United States
and the United Kingdom. On December 1,
2014, domestic corporation C pays a
dividend of $100 to Fund A, at which time
C withholds $30 of tax pursuant to § 1.1471–
2(a) and remits the balance of $70 to Fund
A because it does not hold valid
documentation that Fund A is a participating
FFI or deemed-compliant FFI. On February
10, 2015, prior to the time that C is obligated
to file its Form 1042, Fund A furnishes a
valid Form W–8BEN described in §§ 1.1441–
1(e)(2)(i) and 1.1471–3(c)(3)(ii) upon which C
may rely to treat Fund A as the beneficial
owner of the income and as a participating
FFI so that C may reduce the rate of
withholding to 15% under the provisions of
the United States-United Kingdom income
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
tax treaty with respect to the payment. C
repays the excess tax withheld of $15 to
Fund A.
(ii) During the 2014 calendar year, C makes
no other payments upon which tax is
required to be withheld under chapter 3 or
4 of the Code; accordingly, its Form 1042 for
such year, filed on March 15, 2015, shows
total tax withheld of $30, an adjusted total
tax withheld of $15, and tax deposited of $30
for such year. Pursuant to § 1.6414–1, C
claims a credit for the overpayment of $15
shown on the Form 1042 for 2014.
Accordingly, C is permitted to reduce by $15
any deposit required by § 1.6302–2 to be
made of tax withheld during the 2015
calendar year with respect to taxes due under
chapters 3 or 4. The Form 1042–S required
to be filed by C with respect to the dividend
of $100 paid to Fund A in 2014 is required
to show tax withheld of $30 and tax repaid
of $15 to Fund A.
Example 2. (i) In November 2014, Bank A,
a foreign bank organized in the United
Kingdom that is a nonqualified intermediary,
receives on behalf of one of its account
holders, Z, an individual, a $100 dividend
payment from C, a domestic corporation. At
the time of payment, C withholds $30
pursuant to § 1.1471–2(a) and remits the
balance of $70 to Bank A, because it does not
hold valid documentation that it may rely on
to treat Bank A as a participating FFI or
deemed-compliant FFI. On December 2014,
prior to the time that C files its Forms 1042
and 1042–S, Bank A furnishes a valid Form
W–8IMY and FFI withholding statement
described in § 1.1471–3(c)(3)(iii) that
establishes Bank A’s status as a participating
FFI that is a nonqualified intermediary, as
well as a valid Form W–8BEN that has been
completed by Z as described in § 1.1471–
3(c)(2)(ii) and § 1.1441–1(e)(2)(i) upon which
C may rely to treat the payment as made to
Z, a nonresident alien individual who is a
resident of the United Kingdom eligible for
a reduced rate of withholding of 15% under
the income tax treaty between the United
States and United Kingdom. Although C has
already deposited the $30 that was withheld,
as required by § 1.6302–2(a)(1)(iv), C remits
the amount of $15 to Bank A for the benefit
of Z.
(ii) During the 2014 calendar year, C makes
no other payments upon which tax is
required to be withheld under chapters 3 or
4; accordingly, its return on Form 1042 for
such year, which is filed on March 15, 2015,
shows total tax withheld of $30, an adjusted
total tax withheld of $15, and tax deposited
of $30. Pursuant to § 1.6414–1(b), C claims a
credit for the overpayment of $15 shown on
the Form 1042 for 2014. Accordingly, it is
permitted to reduce by $15 any deposit
required by § 1.6302–2 to be made of tax
withheld during the 2015 calendar year. The
Form 1042–S required to be filed by C for
2014 with respect to the dividend of $100
beneficially owned by Z is required to show
tax withheld of $30 and tax repaid of $15 to
Z.
(b) Withholding of additional tax
when underwithholding occurs. A
withholding agent that has
underwithheld under chapter 4, may
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
apply the procedures described in
§ 1.1461–2(b) (by substituting the term
‘‘chapter 4’’ for ‘‘chapter 3’’) to satisfy
its withholding obligations under
chapter 4 with respect to a payee or
beneficial owner.
(c) Effective/applicability date. The
rules of this section apply on
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 13. Section 1.1474–3 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.1474–3 Withheld tax as credit to
beneficial owner of income.
(a) Creditable tax. The entire amount
of the income, if any, attributable to a
payment from which tax is required to
be withheld under chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code (including
income deemed paid by a withholding
agent under § 1.1473–1(a)(2)(v)) shall be
included in gross income in a return
required to be made by the beneficial
owner of the income, without deduction
for the amount required to be or actually
withheld, but the amount of tax actually
withheld shall be allowed as a credit
against the total income tax computed
in the beneficial owner’s return.
(b) Amounts paid to persons that are
not the beneficial owners. Amounts
actually deducted and withheld under
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code
on payments made to a fiduciary, agent,
partnership, trust, or intermediary are
deemed to have been paid by the
beneficial owner of the item of income
or other payment subject to withholding
under chapter 4 except when the
fiduciary, agent, partnership, trust, or
intermediary pays the tax from its own
funds and does not in turn withhold
with respect to the payment made to
such person. Thus, for example, if a
beneficiary of a trust is subject to the
taxes imposed by section 1, 2, 3, or 11
of the Internal Revenue Code upon any
amount of distributable net income or
other taxable distribution received from
a foreign trust, the part of any amount
withheld at source under chapter 4 of
the Code that is properly allocable to the
income so taxed to such beneficiary
shall be credited against the amount of
the income tax computed upon the
beneficiary’s return, and any excess
shall be refunded to the beneficiary in
accordance with § 1.1474–5 and chapter
65 of the Code.
(c) Effective/applicability date. The
rules of this section apply on
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 14. Section 1.1474–4 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.1474–4
Tax paid only once.
(a) Tax paid. If the tax required to be
withheld under chapter 4 on a payment
is paid by the payee, beneficial owner,
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
or the withholding agent, it shall not be
re-collected from any other, regardless
of the original liability therefor.
However, this section does not relieve
the person that did not withhold tax
from liability for interest or any
penalties or additions to tax otherwise
applicable.
(b) Effective/applicability date. The
rules of this section apply on
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 15. Section 1.1474–5 is added to
read as follows:
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 1.1474–5
Refunds or credits.
(a) Refund and credit—(1) In general.
Except to the extent otherwise provided
in this section, a refund or credit under
chapter 65 of tax which has actually
been withheld at the source at the time
of payment under chapter 4 shall be
made to the beneficial owner of the
payment to which the amount of
withheld tax is attributable if the
beneficial owner or payee meets the
requirements of this paragraph (a). To
the extent that the amount withheld
under chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue
Code is not actually withheld at source,
but is later paid by the withholding
agent to the IRS, the refund or credit
under chapter 65 of the Code shall be
made to the withholding agent to the
extent the withholding agent can
provide documentation with respect to
the beneficial owner or payee described
in paragraphs (a)(2) and (3) of this
section sufficient for the beneficial
owner or payee to have obtained a
refund of the tax and sufficient for the
withholding agent to have applied a
reduced rate or exemption from
withholding under chapter 4 of the
Code. The preceding sentence shall not,
however, apply to a nonparticipating
FFI that is acting as a withholding agent
with respect to one or more of its
account holders. In such a case, only the
account holders of the nonparticipating
FFI will be entitled to a credit or refund
of an amount withheld upon under
chapter 4, to the extent otherwise
allowable under this section.
(2) Limitation to refund and credit for
a nonparticipating FFI. Notwithstanding
paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a
nonparticipating FFI (determined as of
the time of payment) that is the
beneficial owner of an item of income
or other payment that is subject to
withholding under chapter 4 of the
Code shall not be entitled to any credit
or refund pursuant to section 1474(b)(2)
and this section unless it is entitled to
a reduced rate of tax with respect to the
income or other payment by reason of
any treaty obligation of the United
States. If the nonparticipating FFI is
entitled to a reduced rate of tax with
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
respect to an item of income or other
payment by reason of any treaty
obligation of the United States, the
amount of any credit or refund with
respect to such tax shall not exceed the
amount of credit or refund attributable
to such reduction in rate on the item of
income or other payment, and no
interest otherwise allowable under
section 6611 shall be allowed or paid
with respect to such credit or refund
(3) Requirement to provide additional
documentation for certain beneficial
owners—(i) In general. Except as
provided in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this
section, no refund or credit shall be
allowed under paragraph (a)(1) of this
section to a beneficial owner from
whose income or other payment to
which the amount of such withheld tax
was attributable if such beneficial owner
is an NFFE, unless the NFFE attaches to
its income tax return the information
described in paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this
section.
(ii) Claim of reduced withholding
under an income tax treaty. Paragraph
(a)(3)(i) of this section does not apply to
a beneficial owner that is entitled to a
reduced rate of tax with respect to the
income or other payment by reason of
any treaty obligation of the United
States.
(iii) Additional documentation to be
furnished to the IRS for certain NFFEs.
The information described in this
paragraph (a)(3)(iii) is—
(A) A certification that the beneficial
owner does not have any substantial
U.S. owners;
(B) The form described in § 1.1472–
1(e)(2) relating to each substantial U.S.
owner of such entity; or
(C) Other appropriate documentation
to establish withholding was not
required under chapter 4.
(b) Tax repaid to payee. For purposes
of this section and § 1.6414–1, any
amount of tax withheld under chapter 4,
which, pursuant to § 1.1474–2(a)(1), is
repaid by the withholding agent to the
beneficial owner of the income or
payment to which the withheld amount
is attributable shall be considered as tax
which, within the meaning of sections
1474 and 6414, was not actually
withheld by the withholding agent.
(c) Effective/applicability date. The
rules of this section apply on
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 16. Section 1.1474–6 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.1474–6 Coordination of chapter 4 of
the Internal Revenue Code with other
withholding provisions.
(a) In general. This section
coordinates the withholding
requirements of a withholding agent
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
9107
when a withholdable payment or
passthru payment is subject to
withholding under both chapter 4 and
another provision of the Code. See
§ 1.1473–1(a) for the definition of
withholdable payment and see
§ 1.1471–5(h) for the definition of
passthru payment.
(b) Coordination of withholding for
amounts subject to withholding under
sections 1441, 1442, and 1443—(1) In
general. In the case of a withholdable
payment or passthru payment that is
both subject to withholding under
chapter 4 and is an amount subject to
withholding under § 1.1441–2(a), a
withholding agent may credit the
withholding applied under chapter 4 of
the Internal Revenue Code against its
liability for any tax due under sections
1441, 1442, or 1443. See § 1.1474–1(c)
and (d) for the income tax return and
information return reporting
requirements that apply in the case of a
payment that is a withholdable payment
subject to withholding under chapter 4
of the Code that is also an amount
subject to withholding under § 1.1441–
2(a).
(2) When withholding is applied. For
purposes of paragraph (b)(1) of this
section, withholding is applied by a
withholding agent under section 1441
(or section 1442 or 1443) or chapter 4
of the Code (as applicable) when the
withholding agent has withheld on the
payment and has designated the
withholding as having been made under
section 1441 (or section 1442 or 1443)
or chapter 4 to the extent required in the
reporting described in § 1.1474–1(b) and
(c). For purposes of allowing an offset of
withholding and allowing a credit to a
withholding agent against its liability
for such tax as described in paragraph
(b)(1) of this section, withholding is
treated as applied for purposes of
paragraph (a) of this section only when
the withholding agent has actually
withheld on a payment and has not
made any adjustment for overwithheld
tax applicable to the amount withheld
that would be otherwise permitted with
respect to the payment.
(c) Coordination with amounts subject
to withholding under section 1445—(1)
In general. An amount subject to
withholding under section 1445 is not
subject to withholding under chapter 4.
(2) Determining amount of
distribution from certain domestic
corporations subject to section 1445 or
chapter 4 withholding—(i) Distribution
from qualified investment entity. In the
case of a passthru payment (including a
withholdable payment) subject to
withholding under chapter 4 that is a
distribution with respect to the stock of
a qualified investment entity as
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
9108
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
described in section 897(h)(4)(A),
withholding under chapter 4 does not
apply when withholding under section
1445 applies to such amounts. With
respect to the portion of such
distribution that is not subject to
withholding under section 1445 but is
subject to withholding under section
1441 (or section 1442 or 1443) and
chapter 4, the coordination rule
described in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section shall apply.
(ii) Distribution from a United States
Real Property Holding Corporation. A
distribution (or portion of a distribution)
from a United States real property
holding corporation (or from a
corporation that was a United States real
property holding corporation at any
time during the five-year period ending
on the date of the distribution) with
respect to its stock that is a United
States real property interest under
section 897(c) is subject to withholding
under chapter 4 and is also subject to
the withholding provisions of section
1441 (or section 1442 or 1443) and
section 1445. In such a case, to the
extent that the United States real
property holding corporation chooses to
withhold on a distribution only under
section 1441 (or section 1442 or 1443)
pursuant to § 1.1441–3(c)(4)(i)(A), the
coordination rule described in
paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall
apply to such distribution.
Alternatively, to the extent that the
United States real property holding
corporation chooses to withhold under
both section 1441 (or section 1442 or
1443) and section 1445 pursuant to
§ 1.1441–3(c)(4)(i)(B), the coordination
rule described in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section shall apply to the portion of
such distribution described in § 1.1441–
3(c)(4)(i)(B)(1), and withholding under
section 1445 shall apply to the amount
of such distribution described in
§ 1.1441–3(c)(4)(i)(B)(2). A withholding
agent other than a United States real
property holding corporation may,
absent actual knowledge or reason to
know otherwise, rely on the
representations of the United States real
property holding corporation making
the distribution regarding the portion of
the distribution that is estimated to be
a dividend under § 1.1441–3(c)(2)(ii)(A)
and in the case of a failure by the
withholding agent to withhold under
chapter 4 the required amount shall be
imputed to the United States real
property holding corporation.
(d) Coordination with section 1446—
(1) In general. Except as otherwise
provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this
section, a withholdable payment or a
passthru payment subject to
withholding under section 1446 shall
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
not be subject to withholding under
chapter 4. See § 1.1473–1(a)(4)(ii) for the
exclusion from withholdable payment
and the requirements for such exclusion
for any item of income that is taken into
account under section 871(b)(1) or
882(a)(1) for the taxable year.
(2) Determining amount of
distribution subject to section 1446.
[Reserved].
(e) Coordination of withholding under
section 3406. [Reserved].
(f) Example. Chapter 4 withholding
satisfies chapter 3 withholding obligation.
WA, a U.S. withholding agent, makes a
payment consisting of a dividend from
sources within the United States to NPFFI.
NPFFI is a nonparticipating FFI that is a
resident of country X, a country that has an
income tax treaty in force with the United
States that would allow WA to reduce the
rate of withholding for section 1442 purposes
on a payment of U.S. source dividends paid
to NPFFI to 15%. Because the payment is a
withholdable payment and NPFFI is a
nonparticipating FFI, WA withholds on the
payment at the rate of 30% under chapter 4.
WA does not make any adjustment for
overwithholding that is otherwise permitted
with respect to this payment. Although the
payment is also an amount subject to
withholding under section 1442, WA is not
required to withhold any tax on this payment
under section 1442. WA may credit its
withholding applied under chapter 4 against
the amount of tax otherwise required to be
withheld on this payment under section
1442. See § 1.1474–5(a)(2) for the credit and
refund procedures for nonparticipating FFIs
that are entitled to a reduced rate of tax with
respect to an amount subject to withholding
under chapter 4 by reason of any treaty
obligation of the United States.
(g) Effective/applicability date. The
rules of this section apply on
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 17. Section 1.1474–7 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.1474–7
Confidentiality of information.
(a) Confidentiality of information.
Pursuant to section 1474(c)(1), the
provisions of § 3406(f)–1(a) shall apply
(substituting ‘‘sections 1471 through
1474’’ for ‘‘section 3406’’) to
information obtained or used in
connection with the requirements of
chapter 4.
(b) Exception for disclosure of
participating FFIs. Pursuant to section
1474(c)(2), the identity of a participating
FFI or deemed-compliant FFI shall not
be treated as return information for
purposes of section 6103.
(c) Effective/applicability date. The
rules of this section apply on
[EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
PART 301—PROCEDURE AND
ADMINISTRATION
Par. 18. The authority citation for part
301 is amended by adding an entry, in
numerical order, to read as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Section 301.1474–1 also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1474(f). * * *
Par. 19. Section 301.1474–1 is added
to read as follows:
§ 301.1474–1 Required use of magnetic
media for financial institutions filing Form
1042–S.
(a) Financial institutions filing of
information returns on Form 1042–S. If
a financial institution is required to file
a Form 1042–S, Foreign Person’s U.S.
Source Income Subject to Withholding
under § 1.1474–1(d) of this chapter, the
financial institution must file the
information required by the applicable
forms and schedules on magnetic
media. Returns filed on magnetic media
must be made in accordance with
applicable regulations, revenue
procedures, publications, forms,
instructions and the IRS.gov Internet
site. In prescribing regulations, revenue
procedures, publications, forms, and
instructions, including those on the
IRS.gov Internet site, the Commissioner
may direct the type of magnetic media
filing. See § 601.601(d)(2) of this
chapter.
(b) Waiver. The Commissioner may
grant waivers from the requirements of
this section in cases of undue hardship.
A request for waiver must be made in
accordance with applicable revenue
procedures or publications. The waiver
also will be subject to the terms and
conditions regarding the method of
filing as may be prescribed by the
Commissioner.
(c) Failure to file. If a financial
institution fails to file a Form 1042–S on
magnetic media when required to do so
by this section, the financial institution
is deemed to have failed to comply with
the information reporting requirements
under section 6723 of the Internal
Revenue Code. See section 6724(c) for
failure to meet magnetic media
requirements. In determining whether
there is reasonable cause for failure to
file the return, § 301.6651–1(c) and rules
similar to the rules in § 301.6724–1(c)(3)
(undue economic hardship related to
filing information returns on magnetic
media) will apply.
(d) Meaning of terms. The following
definitions apply for purposes of this
section—
(1) Magnetic media. The term
magnetic media means any magnetic
media permitted under applicable
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3
regulations, revenue procedures, or
publications. These generally include
magnetic tape, tape cartridge, and
diskette, as well as other media, such as
electronic filing, specifically permitted
under the applicable regulations,
procedures, publications, forms, or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:39 Feb 14, 2012
Jkt 226001
instructions. See § 601.601(d)(2) of this
chapter.
(2) Financial institution. The term
financial institution has the meaning set
forth in section 1471(d)(5) of the
Internal Revenue Code and the
regulations thereunder.
(e) Effective/applicability date. This
section applies to any Form 1042–S
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
filed with respect to taxable years
ending after December 31, 2013.
Steven T. Miller,
Deputy Commissioner for Services and
Enforcement.
[FR Doc. 2012–2979 Filed 2–8–12; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4830–01–P
E:\FR\FM\15FEP3.SGM
15FEP3
9109
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 77, Number 31 (Wednesday, February 15, 2012)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 9022-9109]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2012-2979]
[[Page 9021]]
Vol. 77
Wednesday,
No. 31
February 15, 2012
Part III
Department of the Treasury
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Internal Revenue Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
26 CFR Parts 1 and 301
Regulations Relating to Information Reporting by Foreign Financial
Institutions and Withholding on Certain Payments to Foreign Financial
Institutions and Other Foreign Entities; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 77 , No. 31 / Wednesday, February 15, 2012 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 9022]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Parts 1 and 301
[REG-121647-10]
RIN 1545-BK68
Regulations Relating to Information Reporting by Foreign
Financial Institutions and Withholding on Certain Payments to Foreign
Financial Institutions and Other Foreign Entities
AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking and notice of public hearing.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This document contains proposed regulations under chapter 4 of
Subtitle A (sections 1471 through 1474) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986 (Code) regarding information reporting by foreign financial
institutions (FFIs) with respect to U.S. accounts and withholding on
certain payments to FFIs and other foreign entities. These regulations
affect persons making certain U.S.-related payments to FFIs and other
foreign entities and payments by FFIs to other persons. This document
also provides a notice of a public hearing on these proposed
regulations.
DATES: Written or electronic comments must be received by April 30,
2012. Requests to speak and outlines of topics to be discussed at the
public hearing scheduled for May 15, 2012, at 10 a.m. must be received
by May 1, 2012.
ADDRESSES: Send submissions to: CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-121647-10), room
5205, Internal Revenue Service, P.O. Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station,
Washington, DC 20044. Submissions may be hand-delivered Monday through
Friday between the hours of 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. to: CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-
121647-10), Courier's Desk, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution
Avenue NW., Washington, DC, or sent electronically via the Federal
eRulemaking Portal at www.regulations.gov (IRS REG-121647-10). The
public hearing will be held in the auditorium, Internal Revenue
Building, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Concerning the proposed regulations,
John Sweeney, (202) 622-3840; concerning submissions of comments, the
hearing, and/or to be placed on the building access list to attend the
hearing, Oluwafunmilayo Taylor,
Oluwafunmilayo.P.Taylor@irscounsel.treas.gov, (202) 622-7180 (not toll
free numbers).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
I. In General
This document contains proposed amendments to 26 CFR part 1 under
sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code. On March 18, 2010, the Hiring
Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010, Public Law 111-147 (the
HIRE Act), added chapter 4 of Subtitle A (chapter 4), comprised of
sections 1471 through 1474, to the Code. These provisions were
originally introduced as part of the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
of 2009 (H.R. 3933), commonly referred to as FATCA.
Chapter 4 generally requires foreign financial institutions (FFIs)
to provide information to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) regarding
their United States accounts (U.S. accounts). Chapter 4 also requires
certain non-financial foreign entities (NFFEs) to provide information
on their substantial United States owners (substantial U.S. owners) to
withholding agents. Chapter 4 imposes a withholding tax on certain
payments to FFIs and NFFEs that fail to comply with their obligations.
Since the enactment of chapter 4, the Department of the Treasury
(Treasury Department) and the IRS have issued preliminary guidance on
the implementation of chapter 4. See Notice 2010-60, 2010-37 I.R.B.
329, Notice 2011-34, 2011-19 I.R.B. 765, and Notice 2011-53, 2011-32
I.R.B. 124 (collectively, the FATCA Notices). See Sec.
601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b). The Treasury Department and the IRS received
numerous comments in response to the FATCA Notices, as well as on
chapter 4 more generally. These comments were carefully considered in
developing these proposed regulations.
II. Chapter 4 in the Context of the U.S. Federal Income Tax Laws
Like the tax systems in many countries, the U.S. Federal income tax
system relies on voluntary compliance. That is, taxpayers are expected
to compute, report, and remit their Federal income tax liability each
year. Also, as is the case in many countries, third-party payors of
certain items are required to report these amounts to the IRS. Such
reporting serves as an important and long-standing check on voluntary
compliance.
The reporting and diligence rules applicable to third-party payors
are comprehensive. In particular, chapter 61 of subtitle A of the Code
(chapter 61), comprised in relevant part of sections 6041 through 6049,
requires certain payors to document their third-party payees and report
certain types of payments (for example interest, dividends, and gross
proceeds from broker transactions) made to those payees. These rules
are subject to exceptions for certain non-U.S. payors (including many
FFIs), certain payments of foreign source income, and certain payments
to foreign persons. In addition, chapter 3 of subtitle A of the Code
(chapter 3), comprised of sections 1441 through 1464, generally
requires withholding agents to document their payees and to withhold
and report with respect to certain U.S. source payments made to foreign
persons. This third-party information reporting assists taxpayers in
correctly computing and reporting their tax liabilities, increases
compliance with tax obligations, reduces the incidence of and
opportunities for tax evasion, and thus helps to maintain the fairness
of the U.S. Federal income tax system.
As a result of recent improvements in international communications
and the associated globalization of the world economy, U.S. taxpayers'
investments have become increasingly global in scope. FFIs now provide
a significant proportion of the investment opportunities for, and act
as intermediaries with respect to the investments of, U.S. taxpayers.
Like U.S. financial institutions, FFIs are generally in the best
position to identify and report with respect to their U.S. customers.
Absent such reporting by FFIs, some U.S. taxpayers may attempt to evade
U.S. tax by hiding money in offshore accounts. To prevent this abuse of
the voluntary compliance system and address the use of offshore
accounts to facilitate tax evasion, it is essential in today's global
investment climate that reporting be available with respect to both the
onshore and offshore accounts of U.S. taxpayers. This information
reporting strengthens the integrity of the voluntary compliance system
by placing U.S. taxpayers that have access to international investment
opportunities on an equal footing with U.S. taxpayers that do not have
such access or otherwise choose to invest within the United States.
To this end, chapter 4 extends the scope of the U.S. information
reporting regime to include FFIs that maintain U.S. accounts. Chapter 4
also imposes increased disclosure obligations on certain NFFEs that
present a high risk of U.S. tax avoidance. In addition, chapter 4
provides for withholding on FFIs and NFFEs that do not comply with the
reporting and other requirements of chapter 4. This withholding
generally may be credited against the U.S. income tax liability of the
beneficial owner of the payment to which the withholding is
attributable, and generally may be
[[Page 9023]]
refunded to the extent the withholding exceeds such liability. An FFI
that does not comply with the requirements of section 1471(b), however,
and that beneficially owns the payment from which tax is withheld under
chapter 4, may not receive a credit or refund of such tax except to the
extent required by a treaty obligation of the United States.
Recognizing that there are costs associated with the implementation
of any new reporting regime, the Treasury Department and the IRS have
considered carefully all comments received and have met extensively
with stakeholders to develop an implementation approach that achieves
an appropriate balance between fulfilling the important policy
objectives of chapter 4 and minimizing the burdens imposed on
stakeholders. Further to this end, the Treasury Department and the IRS
will continue to engage with interested stakeholders, including foreign
governments, in connection with finalizing these proposed regulations
regarding the efficient and effective implementation of chapter 4. In
particular, to minimize burden, facilitate coordination with local law
restrictions, and improve collaboration in the battle against offshore
tax evasion, the Treasury Department and the IRS are considering, in
consultation with foreign governments, an alternative approach to
implementation whereby an FFI could satisfy the reporting requirements
of chapter 4 if: (1) the FFI collects the information required under
chapter 4 and reports this information to its residence country
government; and (2) the residence country government enters into an
agreement to report this information annually to the IRS, as required
by chapter 4, pursuant to an income tax treaty, tax information
exchange agreement, or other agreement with the United States.
Moreover, consistent with the policies underlying chapter 4, the
Treasury Department and the IRS remain committed to working
cooperatively with foreign jurisdictions on multilateral efforts to
improve transparency and information exchange on a global basis.
III. Statutory Provisions and FATCA Notices
A. Statutory Provisions
Section 1471(a) requires any withholding agent to withhold 30
percent of any withholdable payment to an FFI that does not meet the
requirements of section 1471(b). A withholdable payment is defined in
section 1473(1) to mean, subject to certain exceptions: (i) any payment
of interest, dividends, rents, salaries, wages, premiums, annuities,
compensations, remunerations, emoluments, and other fixed or
determinable annual or periodical gains, profits, and income (FDAP
income), if such payment is from sources within the United States; and
(ii) any gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any
property of a type which can produce interest or dividends from sources
within the United States.
An FFI meets the requirements of section 1471(b) if it either
enters into an agreement (an FFI agreement) with the IRS under section
1471(b)(1) to perform certain obligations or meets requirements
prescribed by the Treasury Department and the IRS to be deemed to
comply with the requirements of section 1471(b). An FFI is defined as
any financial institution that is a foreign entity, other than a
financial institution organized under the laws of a possession of the
United States (generally referred to as a U.S. territory in this
preamble). For this purpose, section 1471(d)(5) defines a financial
institution as, except to the extent provided by the Secretary, any
entity that: (i) Accepts deposits in the ordinary course of a banking
or similar business; (ii) as a substantial portion of its business,
holds financial assets for the account of others; or (iii) is engaged
(or holding itself out as being engaged) primarily in the business of
investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities, partnership
interests, commodities, or any interest in such securities, partnership
interests, or commodities.
Section 1471(b)(1)(A) and (B) requires an FFI that enters into an
FFI agreement (a participating FFI) to identify its U.S. accounts and
comply with verification and due diligence procedures prescribed by the
Secretary. A U.S. account is defined under section 1471(d)(1) as any
financial account held by one or more specified United States persons,
as defined in section 1473(3), (specified U.S. persons) or United
States owned foreign entities (U.S. owned foreign entities), subject to
certain exceptions. Section 1471(d)(2) defines a financial account to
mean, except as otherwise provided by the Secretary, any depository
account, any custodial account, and any equity or debt interest in an
FFI, other than interests that are regularly traded on an established
securities market. A U.S. owned foreign entity is defined in section
1471(d)(3) as any foreign entity that has one or more substantial U.S.
owners (as defined in section 1473(2)).
A participating FFI is required under section 1471(b)(1)(C) and (E)
to report certain information on an annual basis to the IRS with
respect to each U.S. account and to comply with requests for additional
information by the Secretary with respect to any U.S. account. The
information that must be reported with respect to each U.S. account
includes: (i) The name, address, and taxpayer identifying number (TIN)
of each account holder who is a specified U.S. person (or, in the case
of an account holder that is a U.S. owned foreign entity, the name,
address, and TIN of each specified U.S. person that is a substantial
U.S. owner of such entity); (ii) the account number; (iii) the account
balance or value; and (iv) except to the extent provided by the
Secretary, the gross receipts and gross withdrawals or payments from
the account (determined for such period and in such manner as the
Secretary may provide). In lieu of reporting account balance or value
and reporting gross receipts and gross withdrawals or payments, a
participating FFI may, subject to conditions provided by the Secretary,
elect under section 1471(c)(2) to report the information required under
sections 6041, 6042, 6045, and 6049 as if such institution were a U.S.
person and each holder of such U.S. account that is a specified U.S.
person or U.S. owned foreign entity were a natural person and citizen
of the United States. If foreign law would prevent the FFI from
reporting the required information absent a waiver from the account
holder, and the account holder fails to provide a waiver within a
reasonable period of time, the FFI is required under section
1471(b)(1)(F) to close the account.
Section 1471(b)(1)(D)(i) requires a participating FFI to withhold
30 percent of any passthru payment to a recalcitrant account holder or
to an FFI that does not meet the requirements of section 1471(b)
(nonparticipating FFI). A passthru payment is defined in section
1471(d)(7) as any withholdable payment or other payment to the extent
attributable to a withholdable payment. Section 1471(d)(6) defines a
recalcitrant account holder as any account holder that fails to provide
the information required to determine whether the account is a U.S.
account, or the information required to be reported by the FFI, or that
fails to provide a waiver of a foreign law that would prevent
reporting. A participating FFI may, subject to such requirements as the
Secretary may provide, elect under section 1471(b)(3) not to withhold
on passthru payments, and instead be subject to withholding on payments
it receives, to the extent those payments are allocable to recalcitrant
account
[[Page 9024]]
holders or nonparticipating FFIs. Section 1471(b)(1)(D)(ii) requires a
participating FFI that does not make such an election to withhold on
passthru payments it makes to any participating FFI that makes such an
election.
Section 1471(e) provides that the requirements of the FFI agreement
shall apply to the U.S. accounts of the participating FFI and, except
as otherwise provided by the Secretary, to the U.S. accounts of each
other FFI that is a member of the same expanded affiliated group, as
defined in section 1471(e)(2).
Section 1471(f) exempts from withholding under section 1471(a)
certain payments beneficially owned by certain persons, including any
foreign government, international organization, foreign central bank of
issue, or any other class of persons identified by the Secretary as
posing a low risk of tax evasion.
Section 1472(a) requires a withholding agent to withhold 30 percent
of any withholdable payment to an NFFE if the payment is beneficially
owned by the NFFE or another NFFE, unless the requirements of section
1472(b) are met with respect to the beneficial owner of the payment.
Section 1472(d) defines an NFFE as any foreign entity that is not a
financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(5).
The requirements of section 1472(b) are met with respect to the
beneficial owner of a payment if: (i) The beneficial owner or payee
provides the withholding agent with either a certification that such
beneficial owner does not have any substantial U.S. owners, or the
name, address, and TIN of each substantial U.S. owner; (ii) the
withholding agent does not know or have reason to know that any
information provided by the beneficial owner or payee is incorrect; and
(iii) the withholding agent reports the information provided to the
Secretary.
Section 1472(c)(1) provides that withholding under section 1472(a)
does not apply to payments beneficially owned by certain classes of
persons, including any class of persons identified by the Secretary. In
addition, section 1472(c)(2) provides that withholding under section
1472(a) does not apply to any class of payment identified by the
Secretary for purposes of section 1472(c) as posing a low risk of tax
evasion.
Section 1474(a) provides that every person required to withhold and
deduct any tax under chapter 4 is made liable for such tax and is
indemnified against the claims and demands of any person for the amount
of any payments made in accordance with the provisions of chapter 4. In
general, the beneficial owner of a payment is entitled to a refund for
any overpayment of tax actually due under other provisions of the Code.
However, with respect to any tax properly deducted and withheld under
section 1471 from a payment beneficially owned by an FFI, section
1474(b)(2) provides that the FFI is not entitled to a credit or refund,
except to the extent required by a treaty obligation of the United
States (and, if a credit or refund is required by a treaty obligation
of the United States, no interest shall be allowed or paid with respect
to such credit or refund). In addition, section 1474(b)(3) provides
that no credit or refund shall be allowed or paid with respect to any
tax properly deducted and withheld under chapter 4 unless the
beneficial owner of the payment provides the Secretary with such
information as the Secretary may require to determine whether such
beneficial owner is a U.S. owned foreign entity and the identity of any
substantial U.S. owners of such entity.
Section 1474(c) provides that information provided under chapter 4
is confidential under rules similar to section 3406(f), except that the
identity of an FFI that meets the requirements of section 1471(b) is
not treated as return information for purposes of section 6103.
Section 1474(d) provides that the Secretary shall provide for the
coordination of chapter 4 with other withholding provisions under the
Code, including providing for the proper crediting of amounts deducted
and withheld under chapter 4 against amounts required to be deducted
and withheld under other provisions.
Section 1474(f) provides that the Secretary shall prescribe such
regulations or other guidance as may be necessary or appropriate to
carry out the purposes of, and prevent the avoidance of, chapter 4.
B. FATCA Notices
On August 29, 2010, the Treasury Department and the IRS released
Notice 2010-60, which provided preliminary guidance regarding the
implementation of chapter 4. In particular, Notice 2010-60: (i) Defined
the scope of certain grandfathered obligations; (ii) provided initial
guidance on what entities would be considered FFIs and NFFEs; (iii) set
forth the account due diligence procedures for FFIs and U.S. financial
institutions with respect to new and preexisting accounts held by
individuals and entities; (iv) provided initial guidance on the
information required to be reported by FFIs with respect to their U.S.
accounts and recalcitrant account holders; and (v) requested further
comments on a number of issues.
On April 8, 2011, the Treasury Department and the IRS released
Notice 2011-34, which modified and supplemented the guidance in Notice
2010-60. Specifically, Notice 2011-34: (i) Modified the account due
diligence procedures for preexisting accounts held by individuals; (ii)
provided initial guidance regarding the definition and identification
of passthru payments; (iii) provided guidance on initial categories of
FFIs that would be deemed compliant with the requirements of section
1471(b); (iv) modified and supplemented the guidance in Notice 2010-60
regarding the reporting required of FFIs with respect to their U.S.
accounts; (v) provided initial guidance regarding the interaction of
the qualified intermediary (QI) regime and chapter 4; and (vi) provided
initial guidance regarding the application of section 1471(b) to
expanded affiliated groups.
On July 14, 2011, the Treasury Department and the IRS released
Notice 2011-53, which provides for phased implementation of certain
requirements under chapter 4, and discusses certain substantive and
procedural matters.
Explanation of Provisions
I. Executive Summary
These proposed regulations seek to implement the chapter 4
reporting and withholding regime efficiently and effectively by
establishing adequate lead times to allow system development and by
minimizing the overall compliance burdens in a manner that is
consistent with chapter 4's enforcement goals. To accomplish this goal,
the proposed regulations incorporate the guidance described in the
FATCA Notices and, in response to comments and further consideration,
revise and refine the rules discussed therein. The proposed regulations
also provide guidance on topics that were not addressed in the FATCA
Notices.
The proposed regulations take into account the numerous helpful
comments received, provide extensive guidance on all major aspects of
the implementation of chapter 4, and, in response to requests received
by the Treasury Department and the IRS, provide detail and certainty on
the scope of obligations required under chapter 4. To facilitate review
of this detailed operational guidance, the following section provides a
summary of the most significant modifications and additions the
proposed regulations
[[Page 9025]]
make to the guidance provided in the FATCA Notices, an overview of the
obligations of FFIs, and the timeline for phased implementation as
currently proposed.
A. Modifications and Additions to FATCA Notices
Significant modifications and additions to the guidance in the
FATCA Notices include the following:
1. Expanded Scope of ``Grandfathered Obligations.'' Section
501(d)(2) of the HIRE Act provides that no amount shall be required to
be deducted or withheld from any payment under any obligation
outstanding on March 18, 2012, or from the gross proceeds from any
disposition of such an obligation. To facilitate implementation of
chapter 4 by withholding agents and FFIs, the proposed regulations
exclude from the definition of withholdable payment and passthru
payment any payment made under an obligation outstanding on January 1,
2013, and any gross proceeds from the disposition of such an
obligation.
2. Transitional Rules for Affiliates with Legal Prohibitions on
Compliance. Section 1471(e) provides that the requirements of the FFI
agreement shall apply to the U.S. accounts of the participating FFI
and, except as otherwise provided by the Secretary, to the U.S.
accounts of each other FFI that is a member of the same expanded
affiliated group. Notice 2011-34 states that the Treasury Department
and the IRS intend to require that each FFI that is a member of an
expanded affiliated group must be a participating FFI or deemed-
compliant FFI in order for any FFI in the expanded affiliated group to
become a participating FFI. Recognizing that some jurisdictions have in
place laws that prohibit an FFI's compliance with certain of chapter
4's requirements, the proposed regulations, pursuant to the authority
granted in section 1471(e), provide a two-year transition, until
January 1, 2016, for the full implementation of this requirement.
During this transitional period, an FFI affiliate in a jurisdiction
that prohibits the reporting or withholding required by chapter 4 will
not prevent the other FFIs within the same expanded affiliated group
from entering into an FFI agreement, provided that the FFI in the
restrictive jurisdiction agrees to perform due diligence to identify
its U.S. accounts, maintain certain records, and meet certain other
requirements. Similar rules apply to branches of FFIs that are subject
to comparable legal prohibitions on compliance.
3. Additional Categories of Deemed-Compliant FFIs. Section
1471(b)(2) provides that an FFI may be deemed to comply with the
requirements of section 1471(b) if it meets certain requirements.
Notice 2011-34 provides initial guidance regarding certain categories
of FFIs that will be deemed to comply with the requirements of section
1471(b). The proposed regulations expand the guidance in Notice 2011-34
and provide additional categories of deemed-compliant institutions. The
expansion of categories of deemed-compliant institutions is intended to
focus the application of chapter 4's obligations on financial
institutions that provide services to the global investment community
and reduce or eliminate burdens on truly local entities and other
entities for which entering into an FFI agreement is not necessary to
carry out the purposes of chapter 4.
4. Modification of Due Diligence Procedures for the Identification
of Accounts. Section 1471(b) requires participating FFIs to identify
their U.S. accounts. Notices 2010-60 and 2011-34 provide guidance
regarding the due diligence procedures that participating FFIs will be
required to undertake to identify their U.S. accounts. A number of
comments suggested modifications to that guidance, in particular with
respect to preexisting accounts, to reduce the administrative burden on
FFIs. To address these concerns in a manner that is consistent with the
policy objectives of chapter 4, the proposed regulations rely primarily
on electronic reviews of preexisting accounts. For preexisting
individual accounts that are offshore obligations, manual review of
paper records is limited to accounts with a balance or value that
exceeds $1,000,000 (unless the electronic searches meet certain
requirements, in which case manual review is not required). In
addition, the proposed regulations provide detailed guidance on the
precise scope of paper records required to be searched. Additionally,
with respect to preexisting accounts, individual accounts with a
balance or value of $50,000 or less, and certain cash value insurance
contracts with a value of $250,000 or less, are excluded from the due
diligence procedure. With respect to preexisting entity accounts, a
number of burden-reducing measures are proposed, including exclusions
of accounts of $250,000 or less and extended reliance on information
gathered in the context of the due diligence required to comply with
anti-money laundering/``know your customer'' (AML/KYC) rules, and
simplified procedures to identify the chapter 4 status of preexisting
entity accounts. With respect to new accounts, the proposed due
diligence rules rely extensively on an FFI's existing customer intake
procedures. Accordingly, the proposed regulations generally do not
require an FFI to make significant modifications to the information
collected on customer intake, other than with respect to account
holders identified as FFIs, as passive investment entities, or as
having U.S. indicia.
5. Guidance on Procedures Required to Verify Compliance. Section
1471(b)(1)(B) requires a participating FFI to comply with such
verification procedures as the Secretary may require with respect to
the identification of U.S. accounts. Notice 2010-60 states that the
Treasury Department and the IRS were exploring the possibility of
relying on written certifications by high-level management employees
regarding the steps taken to comply with chapter 4, and Notice 2011-34
provides further guidance on the certifications to be provided by
officers of a participating FFI. The proposed regulations modify and
supplement the guidance in Notices 2010-60 and 2011-34 by providing
that responsible FFI officers will be expected to certify that the FFI
has complied with the terms of the FFI agreement. Verification of such
compliance through third-party audits is not mandated. If an FFI
complies with the obligations set forth in an FFI agreement, it will
not be held strictly liable for failure to identify a U.S. account.
6. Refinement of the Definition of Financial Account. Section
1471(d)(2) defines a financial account to mean, except as otherwise
provided by the Secretary, any depository account, any custodial
account, and any equity or debt interest in an FFI, other than
interests that are regularly traded on an established securities
market. The proposed regulations refine the definition of financial
accounts to focus on traditional bank, brokerage, money market
accounts, and interests in investment vehicles, and to exclude most
debt and equity securities issued by banks and brokerage firms, subject
to an anti-abuse rule.
7. Extension of the Transition Period for the Scope of Information
Reporting. Notice 2011-53 provides for phased implementation of the
reporting required under chapter 4 with respect to U.S. accounts.
Pursuant to Notice 2011-53, only identifying information (name,
address, TIN, and account number) and account balance or value of U.S.
accounts would be required to be reported in 2014 (with respect to
2013). Numerous commentators indicated that they would need additional
time to make the systems adjustments necessary
[[Page 9026]]
to be able to report income and gross proceeds. To facilitate the
implementation of chapter 4 by FFIs, the proposed regulations provide
that reporting on income will be phased in beginning in 2016 (with
respect to the 2015 calendar year), and reporting on gross proceeds
will begin in 2017 (with respect to the 2016 calendar year). In
addition, the proposed regulations provide that FFIs may elect to
report information either in the currency in which the account is
maintained or in U.S. dollars.
8. Passthru Payments. Section 1471(b)(1)(D) requires participating
FFIs to withhold on passthru payments made to nonparticipating FFIs and
recalcitrant account holders. Notice 2011-53 states that participating
FFIs will not be obligated to withhold on passthru payments that are
not withholdable payments (foreign passthru payments) made before
January 1, 2015. The Treasury Department and the IRS have received
numerous comments expressing concern about the costs, administrative
complexity, and legal impediments associated with identifying and
withholding on passthru payments. The comments indicated that, without
additional time to work through these issues, it would be impossible
for many FFIs to commit to fulfill their obligations under chapter 4.
In recognition of these concerns, and to facilitate implementation of
the chapter 4 rules by FFIs, the proposed regulations provide that
withholding will not be required with respect to foreign passthru
payments before January 1, 2017. Instead, until withholding applies, to
reduce incentives for nonparticipating FFIs to use participating FFIs
to block the application of the chapter 4 rules, the proposed
regulations require participating FFIs to report annually to the IRS
the aggregate amount of certain payments made to each nonparticipating
FFI. With respect to the scope and ultimate implementation of
withholding on foreign passthru payments, the Treasury Department and
the IRS request comments on approaches to reduce burden, for example,
by providing a de minimis exception from foreign passthru payment
withholding and a simplified computational approach or safe harbor
rules to determine an FFI's passthru payment percentage. In the case of
jurisdictions that enter into agreements to facilitate FATCA
implementation, the Treasury Department and the IRS will work with the
governments of such jurisdictions to develop practical alternative
approaches to achieving the policy objectives of passthru payment
withholding. In addition, where such an agreement provides for the
foreign government to report to the IRS information regarding U.S.
accounts and recalcitrant account holders, FFIs in such jurisdictions
may not be required to withhold on any foreign passthru payments to
recalcitrant account holders.
B. Summary of Obligations of FFIs
The proposed regulations provide a detailed explanation of how an
FFI can satisfy the obligations imposed by the statutory provisions of
chapter 4 and thus avoid withholding. A summary of the proposed rules
follows.
1. Due Diligence Required To Identify U.S. Accounts
Chapter 4 requires FFIs to identify U.S. accounts, which include
both accounts held by U.S. individuals and certain U.S. entities, and
accounts held by foreign entities with substantial U.S. owners
(generally, owners with a greater than ten percent interest). To
provide certainty, and minimize costs and burdens in a manner that is
consistent with policy objectives, the proposed regulations outline the
due diligence required to be undertaken by FFIs to identify U.S.
accounts. For this purpose, the proposed regulations distinguish
between the diligence expected with respect to individual accounts and
entity accounts and between preexisting accounts and new accounts. It
is intended that FFIs that adhere to the diligence guidelines outlined
in the proposed regulations will be treated as compliant with the
requirement to identify U.S. accounts and will not be held to a strict
liability standard.
a. Preexisting Individual Accounts
Accounts with a balance or value that does not exceed
$50,000 are exempt from review, unless the FFI elects otherwise.
Certain cash value insurance and annuity contracts held by
individual account holders that are preexisting accounts with a value
or balance of $250,000 or less are exempt from review, unless the FFI
elects otherwise.
Accounts that are offshore obligations with a balance or
value that exceeds $50,000 ($250,000 for a cash value insurance or
annuity contract) but does not exceed $1,000,000 are subject only to
review of electronically searchable data for indicia of U.S. status.
For this purpose, U.S. indicia include: (1) Identification of an
account holder as a U.S. person; (2) a U.S. place of birth; (3) a U.S.
address; (4) a U.S. telephone number; (5) standing instructions to
transfer funds to an account maintained in the United States; (6) a
power of attorney or signatory authority granted to a person with a
U.S. address; or (7) a U.S. ``in-care-of'' or ``hold mail'' address
that is the sole address the FFI has identified for the account holder.
No further search of records or contact with the account holder is
required unless U.S. indicia are found through the electronic search.
The $1,000,000 threshold replaces the $500,000 threshold and the
private banking test proposed in the FATCA Notices. Accordingly, FFIs
will not be required to distinguish between private banking accounts
and other accounts.
Accounts with a balance that exceeds $1,000,000 are
subject to review of electronic and non-electronic files for U.S.
indicia, including an inquiry of the actual knowledge of any
relationship manager associated with the account. To minimize burden,
review of non-electronic files is limited to the current customer files
and certain other documents, and is required only to the extent that
the electronically searchable files do not contain sufficient
information about the account holder.
b. New Individual Accounts
For individual accounts opened after the effective date of an FFI's
agreement, the FFI will be required to review the information provided
at the opening of the account, including identification and any
documentation collected under AML/KYC rules. If U.S. indicia are
identified as part of that review, the FFI must obtain additional
documentation or treat the account as held by a recalcitrant account
holder. Accordingly, FFIs will generally not need to make significant
changes to the information collected during the account opening process
in order to identify U.S, accounts, except to the extent that U.S.
indicia are identified.
c. Preexisting Entity Accounts
Preexisting entity accounts with account balances of
$250,000 or less are exempt from review until the account balance
exceeds $1,000,000.
For remaining preexisting entity accounts, FFIs can
generally rely on AML/KYC records and other existing account
information to determine whether the entity is an FFI, is a U.S.
person, is excepted from the requirement to document its substantial
U.S. owners (for example, because it is engaged in a nonfinancial trade
or business), or is a passive investment entity (referred to in the
regulations as a ``passive NFFE'').
[[Page 9027]]
[cir] In the case of preexisting accounts of passive investment
entities with account balances that do not exceed $1,000,000, FFIs may
generally rely on information collected for AML/KYC due diligence
purposes to identify substantial U.S. owners.
[cir] In the case of preexisting entity accounts of passive
investment entities with account balances that exceed $1,000,000, FFIs
must obtain information regarding all substantial U.S. owners or a
certification that the entity does not have substantial U.S. owners.
d. New Entity Accounts
The following new entity accounts are exempt from
documentation of substantial U.S. owners:
[cir] Accounts of another FFI (other than an owner-documented FFI
for which the participating FFI has agreed to perform reporting); and
[cir] Accounts of an entity engaged in an active nonfinancial trade
or business or otherwise excepted from documentation requirements.
With respect to the remaining entities (essentially,
passive investment entities), FFIs will be required to determine
whether the entity has any substantial U.S. owners upon opening a new
account, generally by obtaining a certification from the account
holder.
2. Deemed-Compliant FFIs
The statute grants the Treasury Department and the IRS regulatory
authority to identify certain FFIs as ``deemed-compliant'' FFIs that
may avoid withholding under chapter 4 without entering into an FFI
agreement. The FATCA Notices identified certain types of FFIs that
would be deemed to be compliant with chapter 4. The proposed
regulations implement the exclusions provided in the FATCA Notices, and
expand the categories of deemed-compliant FFIs to include certain banks
and investment funds conducting business only with local clients, low-
risk entities, or participating FFIs, subject to restrictions designed
to prevent the FFIs from being used for U.S. tax evasion. In addition,
the proposed regulations expand the category of retirement plans that
are treated as posing a low risk of tax evasion and thus are excepted
from the chapter 4 requirements.
3. Transitional Rule for Affiliated Groups
The proposed regulations provide that, until January 1, 2016, a
nonparticipating FFI or branch that is subject to foreign laws that
prohibit that FFI or branch from complying with the requirements of
section 1471(b) will not disqualify an otherwise participating FFI
group with which it is affiliated, as long as the FFI or branch
complies with the due diligence procedures required of participating
FFIs for identifying U.S. accounts and maintains records of the account
holder documentation it collects. These ``limited FFI affiliates'' and
``limited branches'' will be subject to withholding upon receipt of
withholdable payments.
4. Phase-In of Reporting Obligations
The proposed regulations phase in the reporting obligations of FFIs
as follows:
For reporting in 2014 and 2015 (with respect to calendar
years 2013 and 2014), participating FFIs are required to report only
name, address, TIN, account number, and account balance with respect to
U.S. accounts.
Beginning with reporting in 2016 (with respect to calendar
year 2015), in addition to the aforementioned information, income
associated with U.S. accounts must be reported.
Beginning with reporting in 2017 (with respect to calendar
year 2016), full reporting, including information on the gross proceeds
from broker transactions, will be required.
5. Phase-In of Scope of Passthru Payments
The proposed regulations phase in the passthru payment regime in
two steps.
Beginning on January 1, 2014, FFIs, like U.S. withholding
agents, will be required to withhold on passthru payments that are
withholdable payments. FFIs will also be required to report annually on
the aggregate amount of certain payments to each nonparticipating FFI
for the 2015 and 2016 calendar years.
Beginning no earlier than January 1, 2017, the scope of
passthru payments will be expanded beyond withholdable payments and
FFIs will be required to withhold on such payments pursuant to and in
accordance with future guidance. In the case of jurisdictions that
enter into agreements to facilitate FATCA implementation, Treasury and
IRS will work with the governments of such jurisdictions to develop
practical alternative approaches to achieving the policy objectives of
passthru payment withholding.
6. Refunds
The statute provides that, to the extent withholding on a payment
under chapter 4 exceeds the beneficial owner's underlying U.S. tax
liability, the beneficial owner may claim a refund for the overwithheld
amount. No refund is available, however, for payments beneficially
owned by nonparticipating FFIs, except to the extent required under an
income tax treaty. In addition, the proposed regulations provide that
an NFFE claiming a refund (other than a refund attributable to a
reduced rate of tax under a tax treaty obligation of the United States)
must provide information regarding the NFFE's substantial U.S. owners,
or certification that the NFFE does not have substantial U.S. owners.
The Treasury Department and the IRS intend to issue future guidance
regarding the substantiation requirements necessary for claiming a
refund.
II. Detailed Description of the Provisions of the Proposed Regulations
A. Section 1.1471-1--Scope of Chapter 4 Provisions and Definitions
Proposed Sec. 1.1471-1(a) describes the purpose and scope of the
proposed regulations under sections 1471 through 1474. Paragraph (b)
provides definitions of terms relevant to the provisions of chapter 4
and the regulations thereunder. In order to maintain consistency with
the structure of the statutory provisions of chapter 4, certain terms
are defined in other sections of the regulations. For example, Sec.
1.1471-5 contains certain definitions that apply only for purposes of
section 1471 and the regulations thereunder, and Sec. 1.1473-1
contains definitions of certain terms contained in section 1473. In
order to facilitate review of the regulations, Sec. 1.1471-1(b)
contains specific cross-references to the sections in which each such
term is defined. Many of the relevant terms are also used in chapters 3
and 61, and the proposed regulations in most cases adopt the terms and
definitions provided in the regulations under those chapters. In the
instances in which a different definition is used for purposes of the
proposed regulations, the Treasury Department and the IRS generally
intend to revise the definitions provided in the regulations under
chapter 3 or 61 to conform to the chapter 4 definitions. It is expected
that these conforming changes, and the other changes to chapter 3 or 61
guidance needed to conform to chapter 4, as noted in this preamble,
will become effective on January 1, 2014, when the withholding and
reporting obligations under chapter 4 begin to be phased in.
B. Rules Applicable to Withholding Agents
1. Overview
Under the proposed regulations, the rules relating to the
requirement to withhold U.S. tax on certain payments
[[Page 9028]]
apply principally to U.S. financial institutions or withholding agents.
FFIs, other than FFIs serving as intermediaries with respect to
withholdable payments, will generally not be required to withhold tax
on payments made to account holders or nonparticipating FFIs before
January 1, 2017. In the case of jurisdictions that enter into
agreements to facilitate FATCA implementation, Treasury and IRS will
work with the governments of such jurisdictions to develop practical
alternative approaches to achieving the policy objectives of passthru
payment withholding. In addition, where such an agreement provides for
the foreign government to report to the IRS information regarding U.S.
accounts and recalcitrant account holders, FFIs in such jurisdictions
may not be required to withhold on any foreign passthru payments to
recalcitrant account holders. The proposed regulations generally
coordinate withholding under chapters 3 and 4 by requiring a
withholding agent to withhold on payments of U.S. source FDAP income
under chapter 4 when the withholding agent would be responsible for
withholding under chapter 3.
2. Section 1.1471-2--Requirement To Deduct and Withhold Tax on
Withholdable Payments to Certain FFIs
Paragraph (a)(1) of Sec. 1.1471-2 provides the general rule that,
absent an exception, a withholding agent must withhold under section
1471(a) on a withholdable payment made after December 31, 2013, to an
FFI regardless of whether the FFI receives the withholdable payment as
a beneficial owner or intermediary. Paragraph (a)(2) provides special
withholding rules, including a requirement for withholding agents to
withhold with respect to payments of U.S. source FDAP to a
participating FFI that is not a QI and is acting as an intermediary or
that is a nonwithholding flow-through entity for chapter 3 purposes,
unless the participating FFI provides the documentation necessary to
determine the portion of the payment for which no withholding is
required under chapter 4. A participating FFI that acts as an
intermediary or that is a nonwithholding flow-through entity and that
provides a valid withholding certificate and all required documentation
is not required to withhold or report such payment under chapter 4
unless it knows or has reason to know that the withholding agent failed
to withhold the correct amount or failed to report the payment
correctly. These rules are intended to reduce instances in which
overwithholding occurs because a withholding agent applies withholding
under chapter 3 to a withholdable payment that is also subject to
withholding by the participating FFI with respect to its own account
holders under chapter 4.
Paragraph (a)(2)(iii) describes the circumstance in which a
participating FFI will be permitted to make an election under section
1471(b)(3) to be withheld upon rather than to withhold on a passthru
payment. Generally, a participating FFI that is a QI may make an
election under section 1471(b)(3) to be withheld upon rather than to
withhold only with respect to a payment that is U.S. source FDAP income
and only if the participating FFI has not assumed primary withholding
responsibility under chapter 3. A participating FFI that is a QI and
that does not make the election under section 1473(b)(3) with respect
to U.S. source FDAP income must assume primary withholding
responsibility under chapter 3. The election under section 1471(b)(3)
is not extended to withholding foreign partnerships (WPs) or
withholding foreign trusts (WTs) because these entities are generally
required to assume chapter 3 withholding responsibilities under their
respective agreements with respect to their partners, beneficiaries, or
owners, and the Treasury Department and the IRS intend to expand their
responsibilities to assume chapter 4 withholding to coordinate their
withholding requirements. Similarly, a foreign branch of a U.S.
financial institution that is a QI not assuming primary withholding
responsibility under chapter 3 must provide a withholding agent with
the documentation necessary to perform withholding under chapter 4 with
respect to payments of U.S. source FDAP income.
Paragraph (a)(2)(iv) describes the obligation of a financial
institution organized under the laws of one of the U.S. territories
(territory financial institution) to withhold on withholdable payments.
Similar to the rules provided in chapter 3, a territory financial
institution that acts as an intermediary with respect to a withholdable
payment may agree to be treated similarly to a U.S. financial
institution with respect to withholding and reporting under chapter 4.
If a territory financial institution is a flow-through entity or acts
as an intermediary with respect to a withholdable payment, the
territory financial institution does not have an obligation to withhold
under chapter 4, if it has provided its withholding agent with certain
information to allow the withholding agent to withhold.
Paragraph (a)(2)(v) provides that when multiple withholding agents
that are brokers are involved in effecting a sale, each broker must
determine whether it is required to withhold on its payment of gross
proceeds by reference to the status of its payee for chapter 4
purposes.
This paragraph also provides that for a ``delivery versus payment''
transaction, ``cash on delivery'' transaction, or other similar account
or transaction, each broker that pays the gross proceeds is a
withholding agent with respect to the payment.
Paragraph (a)(3) coordinates the withholding requirements of
sections 1471(a) and 1471(b) with respect to participating FFIs that
make withholdable payments to account holders, and generally provides
that a participating FFI that complies with the withholding
requirements of section 1471(b), as described in Sec. 1.1471-4(b) and
its FFI agreement, will be deemed to satisfy its withholding
obligations with respect to withholdable payments under section
1471(a).
Paragraph (a)(4) describes payments for which no withholding is
required, including payments for which the withholding agent lacks
control, custody, or knowledge, and certain payments to participating
FFIs and territory financial institutions. Paragraph (a)(4) also sets
forth a transitional rule that exempts from withholding under section
1471(a) certain payments made prior to January 1, 2015, with respect to
a preexisting account for which the withholding agent does not have
documentation indicating the payee's status as a nonparticipating FFI,
unless the payee is a prima facie FFI. The rules for determining if a
payee is a prima facie FFI require the withholding agent to search its
electronic data for certain indications that the payee is an FFI. In
addition, paragraph (a)(4) provides for certain exceptions to
withholding for payments made to certain classes of payees.
Paragraph (b) of Sec. 1.1471-2 describes certain obligations the
payments on which will be exempt from withholding under chapter 4.
Section 501(d)(2) of the HIRE Act provides that no amount shall be
deducted or withheld from any payment under any obligation outstanding
on March 18, 2012, (two years after the date of enactment of the HIRE
Act) or from the gross proceeds from any disposition of such an
obligation. Paragraph (b)(1) provides that withholding is not required
with respect to any payment under a grandfathered obligation or from
the gross proceeds from any disposition of
[[Page 9029]]
such an obligation. Paragraph (b)(2)(ii) defines the term grandfathered
obligation as any obligation outstanding on January 1, 2013, and the
term obligation as a legal agreement that produces or could produce a
withholdable payment or passthru payment, other than an instrument that
is treated as equity for U.S. tax purposes or that lacks a stated
expiration or term.
Paragraphs (b)(2)(iii) and (iv) provide that the determination of
whether an obligation is outstanding on January 1, 2013, depends upon
the type of obligation. A debt instrument is outstanding on January 1,
2013, if it has an issue date, as determined under U.S. tax law, before
January 1, 2013. A significant modification under Sec. 1.1001-3 will
result in the obligation being treated as newly issued as of the date
of the significant modification. An obligation that is not a debt
instrument is outstanding on January 1, 2013, if a legally binding
agreement establishing the obligation was executed before January 1,
2013. A material modification of the obligation will result in the
obligation being treated as newly issued or executed as of the
effective date of such modification, and whether (and when) a material
modification has occurred will be determined based upon all relevant
facts and circumstances. Paragraph (b)(3) describes special rules to
determine when a payment is made under a grandfathered obligation in
the case of a flow-through entity with respect to a partner,
beneficiary, or owner in such entity. See section XIX.G of this
preamble for a request for comments regarding a potential grandfather
status for certain investment vehicles.
IV. Section 1.1471-3--Establishing a Payee's Chapter 4 Status
Paragraph (a) of Sec. 1.1471-3 sets forth the rules for
determining the payee for chapter 4 purposes and the documentation
requirements to establish a payee's chapter 4 status. These rules
generally follow the rules under Sec. 1.1441-1(b)(2) for determining
the payee of a payment subject to withholding or reporting for chapter
3 purposes, but are modified in several ways, including to account for
the requirement of withholding agents to determine an FFI's status for
chapter 4 purposes and to determine whether an NFFE that is a flow-
through entity is an active NFFE under Sec. 1.1472-1(c)(1)(v). The
Treasury Department and the IRS intend to revise Forms W-8 and W-9 as
necessary to permit a payee to establish its status for both chapters 3
and 4 on one form.
Paragraph (c) of Sec. 1.1471-3 provides rules for when a
withholding agent may reliably associate a withholdable payment with
valid documentation. Paragraph (c)(2) sets forth the documentation
requirements for payments made through an intermediary or flow-through
entity that is not the payee. Paragraph (c)(3) provides the standards
for withholding certificates, written statements (in lieu of
withholding certificates), withholding statements, and documentary
evidence; describes a withholding agent's responsibilities with respect
to changes in circumstances and documenting payees after payments are
made; allows for the electronic transmission of withholding
certificates (including by facsimile); and allows a withholding agent
to continue to accept a prior version of the withholding certificate
for six months after an IRS revision of the withholding certificate
(based on the revision date shown on the updated withholding
certificate).
Paragraph (d) of Sec. 1.1471-3 provides the general documentation
requirements to establish a payee's chapter 4 status for determining
whether withholding applies under section 1471 or 1472. Paragraph (d)
also sets forth the specific documentation requirements that must be
met in order to treat a payee as having a particular chapter 4 status,
and provides certain exceptions and special rules for payees that hold
offshore and preexisting accounts. Consistent with the rules for
documentation of offshore accounts contained in Sec. 1.6049-5(c)(4),
paragraph (d) allows a withholding agent that makes a payment to an
account that is an offshore obligation to rely on documentary evidence,
in certain cases supplemented by a written statement, to establish the
payee's chapter 4 status in lieu of obtaining a withholding
certificate. To minimize the burden on withholding agents to collect
new documentation for preexisting accounts, paragraph (d) provides that
for withholdable payments made prior to January 1, 2017, with respect
to a preexisting account, a withholding agent may treat a payee as a
participating FFI or a registered deemed-compliant FFI if it has a
valid withholding certificate establishing the payee's foreign status
and the withholding agent has verified the payee's FFI-EIN (provided by
the payee either orally or in writing) on the IRS's published FFI list.
With respect to preexisting accounts held by passive NFFEs with a
balance or value of $1,000,000 or less, paragraph (d)(11)(vi)(D)(2)
permits a withholding agent to rely upon its review conducted for AML
due diligence purposes to identify any substantial U.S. owners of the
payee.
Paragraph (e) sets forth the standards of knowledge for when a
withholding agent knows or has reason to know that a withholding
certificate is unreliable or incorrect, and modifies the standards set
forth in chapter 3 for a withholding agent to determine the foreign
status of a payee by adding a telephone number in the United States and
a U.S. place of birth as reasons to know that a withholding certificate
establishing foreign status is unreliable or incorrect, unless
additional documentation of foreign status is obtained. The Treasury
Department and the IRS intend to modify the chapter 3 rules regarding
standards of knowledge to conform to these requirements. Paragraph (e)
also requires a withholding agent to review the IRS's published FFI
list and to check annually to confirm a payee's claim to be a
participating FFI or registered deemed-compliant FFI.
Paragraph (f) of Sec. 1.1471-3 sets forth presumption rules for
determining the payee's chapter 4 status in the absence of
documentation or when documentation is unreliable or incorrect. The
presumption rules set forth in paragraph (f) for purposes of chapter 4
differ from the presumption rules of chapters 3 and 61 because the
rules in paragraph (f) require a withholding agent to presume that
certain entities that are treated as exempt recipients under Sec.
1.6049-4(c)(1)(ii) and for which reliable documentation is not obtained
are foreign persons. The Treasury Department and the IRS intend to make
a conforming change to the presumption rules set forth in chapters 3
and 61.
V. Section 1.1471-4--Foreign Financial Institution Agreement (FFI
Agreement)
A. In General
The Treasury Department and the IRS intend to publish a draft model
FFI agreement in early 2012, and intend to publish a final model FFI
agreement, incorporating comments received, in the fall of 2012.
Section 1.1471-4 sets forth the general requirements that will apply to
an FFI under an FFI agreement. Paragraph (a) of Sec. 1.1471-4 includes
a general description of the withholding, due diligence, reporting,
verification, and certain other requirements under the FFI agreement.
Paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) set forth in more detail the withholding,
due diligence, and account reporting requirements that will apply to an
FFI under an FFI agreement.
The FFI agreement will also provide the IRS's verification process
for
[[Page 9030]]
determining a participating FFI's compliance with its FFI agreement. As
described in paragraph (a), this will require, among other things, that
a participating FFI: (i) Adopt written policies and procedures
governing the participating FFI's compliance with its responsibilities
under the FFI agreement; (ii) conduct periodic internal reviews of its
compliance (rather than periodic external audits, as is presently
required for many QIs); and (iii) periodically provide the IRS with a
certification and certain other information that will allow the IRS to
determine whether the participating FFI has met its obligations under
the FFI agreement. The Treasury Department and the IRS intend to
include the requirements to conduct these periodic reviews and to
provide their certifications in the FFI agreement or in other guidance.
The Treasury Department and the IRS request comments regarding the
scope and content of such reviews and the factual information and
representations FFIs should be required to include as part of such
certifications. The proposed FFI agreement also will provide that
repetitive or systematic failures of the participating FFI's processes
relating to its compliance with the FFI agreement may result in
enhanced compliance verification requirements such as an external audit
of one or more issues identified by the IRS. The proposed FFI agreement
also will provide the egregious circumstances that will cause a
participating FFI to be in default with respect to its FFI agreement.
B. Withholding Requirements Under the FFI Agreement
Paragraph (b) of Sec. 1.1471-4 describes the withholding
requirements of participating FFIs and provides that a participating
FFI is required to withhold on any passthru payment that is a
withholdable payment made to a recalcitrant account holder or a
nonparticipating FFI (or a participating FFI that has made an election
to be withheld upon under section 1471(b)(3)) after December 31, 2013.
The requirements for withholding on foreign passthru payments are
reserved.
Paragraph (b) of Sec. 1.1471-4 also provides that a participating
FFI is a withholding agent for purposes of chapter 4 and thus is
subject to the requirements of sections 1471(a) and 1472(a) with
respect to withholdable payments. Paragraph (b)(2) provides, however,
that a participating FFI that complies with the withholding
requirements of paragraph (b) and its FFI agreement will be deemed to
satisfy its withholding obligations with respect to withholdable
payments under sections 1471(a) and 1472(a).
Paragraph (b)(4) provides a special rule for dormant accounts,
under which a participating FFI that withholds on passthru payments
(including withholdable payments) made to a recalcitrant account holder
of a dormant account may, in lieu of depositing the tax withheld, set
aside the amount withheld in escrow until the date that the account
ceases to be a dormant account. Paragraph (b)(4) provides that within
90 days of the account ceasing to be dormant, the participating FFI
must obtain the appropriate documentation for the account holder, in
which case the tax withheld is refunded to the account holder. If the
participating FFI fails to obtain the required documentation within 90
days, the participating FFI must deposit the tax withheld.
Paragraph (b)(5) provides a special withholding rule for U.S.
branches of participating FFIs, which treats a U.S. branch similar to a
U.S. financial institution with respect to the withholding requirements
under chapter 4. This paragraph provides that a U.S. branch that
satisfies its backup withholding obligations under section 3406(a) with
respect to accounts treated as held by U.S. non-exempt recipients will
be treated as satisfying its withholding obligations under section
1471(b) with respect to such accounts. Paragraph (b)(5) thereby
eliminates duplicate withholding that would otherwise occur with
respect to account holders of a U.S. branch that are (or are presumed
to be) U.S. non-exempt recipients to which backup withholding under
section 3406 would apply. A U.S. branch of a participating FFI is also
subject to special reporting requirements described in paragraph (d) of
Sec. 1.1471-4, which are coordinated with its withholding requirements
under this paragraph.
C. Identification of Account Holders Under the FFI Agreement
Paragraph (c) of Sec. 1.1471-4 describes the procedures for
participating FFIs to identify and document U.S. accounts and accounts
other than U.S. accounts. Paragraph (c)(2) describes the general
requirements with respect to identification of account holders and
incorporates the principles of Sec. 1.1471-3 that determine the
chapter 4 status of an account holder, associate an account with valid
documentation (without regard to payments), and establish the standards
of knowledge for reliance on documentation. Paragraph (c)(2) also
requires a participating FFI to retain records of documentation
collected, including electronic searches and responses to relationship
manager inquiries with respect to certain high-value accounts, for a
minimum of six years. The account identification and documentation for
participating FFIs described in paragraph (c) generally follow the
procedures described in Notice 2011-34 with some modifications made in
response to comments.
For identification of entity accounts, paragraph (c)(3)
incorporates the identification and documentation rules of Sec.
1.1471-3 and provides an exception from these procedures for
preexisting accounts held by entities that are offshore obligations
with an account balance or value of $250,000 or less, subject to
further diligence if the account balance or value subsequently exceeds
$1,000,000. An account that meets this exception is not treated as a
U.S. account, and the account holder is not treated as a
nonparticipating FFI for withholding and reporting purposes with
respect to the account.
For new accounts established for individual account holders, a
participating FFI is required to review all information collected under
its existing account opening procedures to determine whether the
account holder has U.S. indicia (defined in paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A)).
Where an account has U.S. indicia, paragraph (c)(4)(i)(B) describes the
documentation a participating FFI is required to obtain in order to
establish whether the account is a U.S. account. For accounts that are
required to be treated as U.S. accounts, the participating FFI is
generally required to collect a Form W-9 from each individual account
holder. Except for such cases, these rules are intended to minimize the
extent to which participating FFIs would need to modify their account
opening and documentation collection procedures to comply with these
requirements.
Paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of Sec. 1.1471-4 incorporates the rule
provided in Sec. 1.1471-5(a)(4), which provides that a participating
FFI may treat as other than a U.S. account a preexisting account with a
balance or value of $50,000 or less that is held by one or more
individuals. Paragraph (c)(4)(iii) provides a documentation exception
for preexisting accounts of individual account holders that are
offshore obligations, other than cash value insurance or annuity
contracts, with an account balance or value of $50,000 or less.
Paragraphs (c)(4)(iii)(A), (B), and (C) provide the requirements for
accounts to meet this documentation exception, including aggregation
rules. Paragraph (c)(4)(iv) provides a
[[Page 9031]]
documentation exception for preexisting cash value insurance or annuity
contracts of individual account holders if such account has an account
balance or value of $250,000 or less on the last day of the calendar
year preceding the effective date of the FFI's FFI agreement. Accounts
that meet these two exceptions will be subject to further due diligence
procedures if the account balance or value subsequently exceeds
$1,000,000. Further, an account that meets a documentation exception is
not treated as a U.S. account and the account holder of such account is
not treated as a recalcitrant account holder for withholding and
reporting purposes.
Paragraph (c)(5) provides the currency translation rules for
determining the account balance or value. Paragraph (c)(6) provides
several examples illustrating the application of the aggregation rules
described in paragraphs (c)(4)(iii) and (iv).
Paragraph (c)(7) provides an alternative to the general
identification and documentation procedure of paragraph (c)(4)(i) for
preexisting offshore accounts of individual account holders. Paragraph
(c)(7)(ii) requires, as part of this alternative procedure, that the
participating FFI conduct an electronic search for U.S. indicia and
obtain the appropriate documentation to establish the account holder's
status if U.S. indicia are found. A participating FFI that follows this
alternative procedure with respect to an account will not be attributed
knowledge with respect to information contained in any account files
that the participating FFI did not review and that it was not required
to review under this alternative procedure. Additionally, under this
alternative procedure, a participating FFI will be treated as having
obtained the required documentary evidence if the participating FFI's
file contains a notation stating that documentary evidence has been
examined and listing the type of document examined and the name of the
employee that reviewed the document. The rule described in the
preceding sentence is intended to limit those cases in which a
participating FFI would need to contact its preexisting account holders
to obtain additional documentation of their chapter 4 status.
In response to comments, the proposed regulations do not
incorporate the requirement to identify and perform an enhanced review
of private banking accounts, as described in Notice 2011-34. Instead,
paragraph (c)(8) requires that a participating FFI perform an
additional enhanced review of high-value accounts. A high-value account
is any account with a balance or value that exceeds $1,000,000 at the
end of the calendar year preceding the effective date of the
participating FFI's FFI agreement, or at the end of any subsequent
calendar year. As part of the enhanced review, the participating FFI
must identify all high-value accounts for which a relationship manager
has actual knowledge that the account holder is a U.S. person. For
these accounts, the participating FFI is required to obtain from the
account holder a Form W-9, and a valid and effective waiver, if
necessary. For other high-value accounts, paragraph (c)(8)(iii) also
requires an enhanced review of paper and electronic files. In response
to comments, paragraph (c)(8)(iii)(B) provides that the paper review is
limited to the current customer master file and certain documents,
described in paragraphs (c)(8)(iii)(A)(1) through (5), obtained by the
participating FFI in the five years prior to the effective date of its
FFI agreement, and the review is required only to the extent sufficient
information about the account holder is not available in the
participating FFI's electronically searchable information. Paragraph
(c)(8)(iv) provides an exception from the enhanced review requirement
for any high-value account for which the participating FFI has obtained
a Form W-8BEN and documentary evidence to establish the foreign status
of the account holder, but the participating FFI is still required to
perform the relationship manager inquiry. Paragraph (c)(9) provides an
exception from the electronic search and, if the account is a high-
value account, the enhanced review requirement (excluding the
relationship manager inquiry) if the account was previously documented
by the participating FFI to establish the account holder's status as a
foreign individual in order to meet its obligations under a QI, WP, or
WT agreement or to fulfill its reporting obligations as a U.S. payor
under sections 6041, 6042, 6045, and 6049.
Paragraph (c)(10) requires a responsible officer of a participating
FFI to make certain certifications. The first certification is required
to confirm, with respect to its preexisting accounts that are high-
value accounts, that within one year of the effective date of the FFI
agreement the participating FFI has completed the required review and
to the best of the responsible officer's knowledge, after conducting a
reasonable inquiry, the participating FFI did not have any formal or
informal practices or procedures in place at any time from August 6,
2011 (120 days from the release of Notice 2011-34 to the public)
through the date of such certification to assist account holders in the
avoidance of chapter 4. The Treasury Department and the IRS request
comments regarding alternative due diligence or other procedures that
should be required of FFIs that are unable to certify that no such
practices or procedures were in place after such date in order to
maintain participating FFI status.
The second certification by a responsible officer is required to
confirm, with respect to all of its preexisting accounts, that within
two years of the effective date of its FFI agreement the participating
FFI has completed the account identification procedures and
documentation requirements or, if it has not obtained the documentation
required to be obtained with respect to an account, the participating
FFI treats the account holder of such an account as a recalcitrant
account holder or nonparticipating FFI.
D. Reporting Requirements of Participating FFIs
Paragraph (d) of Sec. 1.1471-4 describes the reporting
responsibilities of participating FFIs with respect to U.S. accounts
and accounts held by recalcitrant account holders, and includes rules
to phase in the reporting requirements. Paragraph (d)(2)(i) provides
that a participating FFI is required to report any account that it is
required to treat as a U.S. account or as held by a recalcitrant
account holder that it maintained at any time during the preceding
calendar year or as of the end of the year, respectively.
Paragraph (d)(2)(ii) provides that the participating FFI that
maintains the account is responsible for reporting the account for each
calendar year subject to an exception that requires a participating FFI
to report with respect to account holders of a territory financial
institution that acts as an intermediary with respect a withholdable
payment and that does not agree to be treated as a U.S. person with
respect to the payment. Paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(C) also provides an
exception for a participating FFI that elects for one or more of its
branches to separately report the accounts maintained by each such
branch. This election is intended to address legal restrictions on
sharing account holder information across branches located in different
jurisdictions and the limitations of many FFIs' information technology
systems.
Paragraph (d)(2)(iii)(A) provides a special reporting rule for
participating FFIs (other than U.S. branches) that are U.S. payors to
coordinate their chapter
[[Page 9032]]
61 reporting requirements with respect to U.S. non-exempt recipients
with their chapter 4 reporting with respect to U.S. accounts. This rule
provides that a participating FFI that is a U.S. payor may add the
information required under paragraph (d)(5)(ii) to its reporting for
chapter 61 purposes to satisfy the participating FFI's reporting
requirements for U.S. accounts under chapter 4. Paragraph
(d)(2)(iii)(B) describes a special reporting rule for a U.S. branch of
a participating FFI to satisfy its reporting requirements under chapter
4 and to coordinate this reporting with its withholding requirements
under Sec. 1.1471-4(b). This reporting rule requires a U.S. branch to
report for chapter 4 purposes in the same manner as a U.S. financial
institution.
Paragraph (d)(2)(iv) requires a participating FFI that maintains an
account held by a financial institution that it has identified as an
owner-documented FFI to report information with respect to each owner
of the owner-documented FFI that is a specified U.S. person.
Paragraph (d)(3) provides rules for reporting accounts held by
specified U.S. persons and accounts held by U.S. owned foreign entities
under section 1471(c)(1). These rules prescribe the information to be
reported with respect to accounts required to be treated as U.S.
accounts, the time and manner of filing the required form, and
procedures for requesting an extension to file such forms. If a
separate reporting election is not made with respect to a branch (as
described in this preamble), a participating FFI is also required to
report the jurisdiction of the branch that maintains the U.S. account
being reported.
Paragraph (d)(4) provides guidance on the information required to
be included on the U.S. account information reporting form, including
the methods for determining the account balance or value and the
currency to be used for reporting account balances and payments made
with respect to the account. These rules generally follow the proposed
guidance described in Notice 2011-34, but allow a participating FFI to
report its U.S. accounts in the currency in which the account is
maintained. Paragraph (d)(4)(vi) provides record retention requirements
for account statements. The IRS is developing a form for U.S. account
reporting and the procedures for processing the form.
Paragraph (d)(5) prescribes the reporting requirements for those
participating FFIs that elect to report U.S. accounts under section
1471(c)(2). This paragraph provides that a participating FFI that makes
such election must report under sections 6041, 6042, 6045, and 6049
with respect to reportable payments to the same extent as is required
of a U.S. payor and requires that the participating FFI treat each
holder of a U.S. account that is a specified U.S. person or U.S. owned
foreign entity as a payee who is an individual and citizen of the
United States. Paragraph (d)(5) also provides that the election under
section 1471(c)(2) does not apply to cash value insurance or annuity
contracts that are financial accounts and that would otherwise be
subject to the reporting requirements of section 6047.
For accounts held by recalcitrant account holders, paragraph (d)(6)
provides for aggregate reporting of recalcitrant account holders in
separate categories. The separate categories of accounts held by
recalcitrant account holders are accounts with U.S. indicia, accounts
of other recalcitrant account holders, and dormant accounts. Paragraph
(d)(6)(ii) defines dormant accounts and prescribes when an account
ceases to be treated as a dormant account.
Paragraph (d)(7) sets forth special reporting rules for accounts
maintained for the 2013 through 2015 calendar years. Paragraph
(d)(7)(v)(B) provides that, with respect to the 2013 year,
participating FFIs must report by September 30, 2014, those accounts
identified as U.S. accounts or as held by recalcitrant account holders
as of June 30, 2014. However, this paragraph further provides that a
U.S. payor (including a U.S. branch) is not required to follow this
special June 30, 2014, determination date and may instead report with
respect to the 2013 calendar year in accordance with the reporting
dates provided under chapter 61 with respect to all accounts identified
as U.S. accounts or as held by recalcitrant account holders as of
December 31, 2013. These rules also phase in the extent of information
required to be reported by participating FFIs with respect to the 2013
through 2015 calendar years.
Paragraphs (d)(8) through (10) reserve on the reporting
requirements for participating FFIs that are QIs, and for WPs and WTs
with respect to their partners, owners, and beneficiaries. The Treasury
Department and the IRS seek comments on coordinating the chapter 3
reporting requirements and existing withholding requirements of these
entities under their respective agreements with the reporting and
withholding requirements under chapter 4 (including QIs that are
foreign branches of U.S. financial institutions). With respect to QIs,
the Treasury Department and the IRS do not intend to limit reporting
under chapter 4 to QI designated accounts as currently defined in the
QI model agreement.
E. Expanded Affiliated Group Requirements
Paragraph (e)(1) of Sec. 1.1471-4 provides the general rule that,
for any member of an expanded affiliated group to be a participating
FFI or registered deemed-compliant FFI, each FFI that is a member of
the group must be either a participating FFI or registered deemed-
compliant FFI. Paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) provide exceptions to
this general rule for certain branches, FFI affiliates, and QIs.
Paragraph (e)(1) also provides that each FFI that is a member of an
expanded affiliated group must complete a registration form with the
IRS and agree to all the requirements for the status for which it
applies with respect to all of the accounts it maintains.
Paragraph (e)(2) permits an FFI to be a participating FFI
notwithstanding that one or more of its branches cannot satisfy all of
the requirements of the FFI agreement. Paragraph (e)(2)(ii) defines a
branch as a unit, business or office of the FFI that is treated as a
branch under the regulatory regime of the country in which it is
located or is otherwise regulated under the laws of such country as
separate from other offices, units, or branches of the FFI, and
maintains books and records separate from the books and records of the
participating FFI (and any other of its branches). Further, all units,
businesses, or offices of a participating FFI in a single country
(including the country of organization or incorporation) are treated as
a single branch. Paragraph (e)(2)(iii) defines a limited branch as a
branch that cannot report the information required to be reported with
respect to its U.S. accounts to the IRS and cannot close or transfer
such accounts, or that cannot withhold on its recalcitrant account
holders or accounts held by nonparticipating FFIs and cannot close or
transfer such accounts. To qualify for limited branch status, the FFI,
as part of its registration process, must: (i) Identify the relevant
jurisdiction of each branch for which it seeks limited branch status;
(ii) agree that each such branch will identify its account holders
under the due diligence requirements applicable to participating FFIs;
(iii) retain account holder documentation pertaining to those
identification requirements for six years from the effective date of
its FFI agreement; (iv) report to the IRS with
[[Page 9033]]
respect to its accounts that it is required to treat as U.S. accounts
to the extent permitted under the relevant laws pertaining to the
branch; (v) treat each such branch as a separate entity for purposes of
withholding; (vi) agree that each such branch will not open new
accounts that it is required to treat as U.S. accounts or accounts held
by nonparticipating FFIs; and (vii) agree that each such branch will
identify itself to withholding agents (including affiliates of the FFI)
as a nonparticipating FFI. Paragraph (e)(2)(v) requires a participating
FFI to withhold on certain withholdable payments that it is considered
to receive on behalf of a limited branch. Paragraph (e)(2)(vi) provides
that a branch will cease to be a limited branch after the earlier of
December 31, 2015, or the beginning of the third calendar quarter
following the date on which the branch is no longer prohibited from
complying with the requirements of the FFI agreement. In order to
retain its status, a participating FFI must notify the IRS by such date
that the branch will comply with the FFI agreement.
Paragraph (e)(3) permits an FFI that is a member of an expanded
affiliated group to obtain status as a participating FFI
notwithstanding that one or more members of the group cannot satisfy
the requirements of the FFI agreement. Similar to the requirements
under paragraph (e)(2) for a limited branch, paragraph (e)(3)(ii)
defines a limited FFI as an FFI that, under the laws of each
jurisdiction that apply with respect to the accounts maintained by the
affiliate, cannot report or withhold as required under the FFI
agreement. Paragraph (e)(3)(iii) also provides registration
requirements for limited FFI status that are similar to those for
limited branches. Paragraph (e)(3)(iv) requires participating and
deemed-compliant FFIs to treat limited FFIs as nonparticipating FFIs
with respect to withholdable payments made to these affiliates. No
withholding will be required, however, with respect to foreign passthru
payments made to a limited FFI. Paragraph (e)(3)(v) provides that an
FFI will cease to qualify as a limited FFI either after December 31,
2015, or the beginning of the third calendar quarter following the date
on which the FFI is no longer prohibited from complying with the
requirements of the FFI agreement. Participating and deemed-compliant
FFIs that are members of the same expanded affiliated group will retain
their status if, by such date, the FFI that ceased to be limited
notifies the IRS that it will comply with the FFI agreement.
Paragraph (e)(4) provides a special rule for QIs. The Treasury
Department and the IRS intend to require all QIs that are FFIs to
become participating FFIs. Therefore, in order for an FFI to renew its
QI agreement for chapter 3 purposes, an FFI will be required to be a
participating FFI. However, paragraph (e)(4) permits QIs to retain
their status as a QI for a limited period of time (until December 31,
2015) even though the QI cannot comply with the provisions of an FFI
agreement. In such case, the QI is treated as a limited FFI and must
identify itself to its withholding agents as a nonparticipating FFI.
VI. Section 1.1471-5--Section 1471 Definitions
Section 1.1471-5 sets forth additional definitions that are
applicable to the regulations under section 1471 and to the FFI
agreement.
A. U.S. Account
Paragraph (a)(2) of Sec. 1.1471-5 defines the term U.S. account as
any financial account maintained by a financial institution that is
held by one or more specified U.S. persons or U.S. owned foreign
entities. Paragraph (a)(3) generally provides that an account is held
by the person listed or identified as the holder of such account with
the financial institution that maintains the account, even if that
person is a flow-through entity. Paragraphs (a)(3)(ii) through (v) set
forth exceptions and other rules that supplement the general rule for
determining the holder of an account. For accounts held by a grantor
trust, the grantor is treated as the owner of the account or assets in
the account to the extent required under the principles of sections 671
through 679. For accounts held by agents, investment advisors, and
similar persons, the person on whose behalf such person is acting is
treated as the account holder. For accounts held jointly, each joint
holder will be treated as owning the account. Finally, for accounts
that are insurance and annuity contracts, the account holder is the
person who can access the cash value of the contract or change the
beneficiary, or, if there is no such person, the account holder is the
beneficiary.
Paragraph (a)(4) sets forth the exception from U.S. account status
provided in section 1471(d)(1)(B) for any depository account held by
one or more individuals with an aggregate balance or value that does
not exceed $50,000. Paragraph (a)(4)(ii) provides aggregation rules for
determining the aggregate balance or value of the account for purposes
of this exception to U.S. account status. The same rules apply to both
preexisting and new accounts. Generally, the rules provide that
depository accounts are aggregated with other depository accounts only
for purposes of applying the exception from U.S. account status
provided in section 1471(d)(1)(B).
B. Financial Account
Section 1471(d)(2) provides that except as provided by the
Secretary, the term financial account means, with respect to any
financial institution, any depository account maintained by such
financial institution; any custodial account maintained by such
financial institution; and any equity or debt interest in such
financial institution (other than interests which are regularly traded
on an established securities market). In addition, the technical
explanation of the HIRE Act prepared by the Joint Committee on Taxation
states that the Secretary may ``prescribe special rules addressing
circumstances in which certain categories of companies, such as
insurance companies, are financial institutions or the circumstances in
which certain contracts or policies, for example annuity contracts or
cash value life insurance contracts, are financial accounts or United
States accounts * * *.'' Joint Committee on Taxation, Technical
Explanation of the Revenue Provisions Contained in Senate Amendment
3310, the ``Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act,'' under
Consideration by the Senate,'' (JCX-4-10), February 23, 2010, at 44
(Technical Explanation).
Paragraph (b)(1) of Sec. 1.1471-5 defines the term financial
account. First, the proposed regulations define a depository account to
include a commercial, checking, savings, time, or thrift account, an
account evidenced by a certificate of deposit or similar instruments,
and any amount held with an insurance company under an agreement to pay
interest. A custodial account is defined to include an account that
holds any financial instrument or contract held for investment for the
benefit of another person. The proposed regulations exclude from the
definition of a financial account certain savings accounts (including
both retirement and pension accounts and nonretirement savings
accounts) that meet certain requirements with respect to tax treatment
and the type and amount of contributions. They also exclude any account
that otherwise constitutes a financial account if it is held solely by
one or more exempt beneficial owners described in Sec. 1.1471-6 or by
nonparticipating FFIs that hold the
[[Page 9034]]
account as intermediaries solely on behalf of one or more such owners.
Thus, a participating FFI need not determine whether such an account is
a U.S. account or held by a recalcitrant account holder.
The proposed regulations also provide guidance on the treatment of
debt or equity as a financial account. First, as provided in section
1471(d)(2)(C), debt or equity that is regularly traded on an
established securities market is not a financial account. For this
purpose, debt or equity interests are considered regularly traded on an
established securities market if trades in such interests are effected,
other than in de minimis quantities, on such market or markets on at
least 60 days during the prior year, and the aggregate number of such
interests that are traded on such market or markets during the prior
year is at least ten percent of the average number of such interests
outstanding during the prior year.
Second, the proposed regulations provide that an equity interest
includes a capital or profits interest in a partnership and, in the
case of a trust that is a financial institution, the interest of an
owner under sections 671 through 679 and a beneficial interest in a
trust described in Sec. 1.1473-1(b)(3).
Third, the proposed regulations provide that an equity or debt
interest in a financial institution is a financial account if it is an
equity or debt interest in a financial institution that is engaged
primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting, or trading
securities. In the case of a financial institution that is engaged in a
banking or similar business, holds financial assets for the account of
others, or is an insurance company, equity or debt instruments in such
financial institution will constitute financial accounts only if the
value of those interests is determined, directly or indirectly,
primarily by reference to assets that give rise to withholdable
payments.
Finally, to address the circumstances in which certain insurance or
annuity contracts are financial accounts, paragraph (b)(1)(iv) includes
in the definition of a financial account insurance contracts that
include an investment component--namely cash value insurance contracts
and annuity contracts. The proposed regulations exclude from the
definition of financial account insurance contracts that provide pure
insurance protection (such as term life, disability, health, and
property and casualty insurance contracts).
C. U.S. Owned Foreign Entity
Paragraph (c) of Sec. 1.1471-5 defines the term U.S. owned foreign
entity as any foreign entity that has one or more substantial U.S.
owners. Additionally, paragraph (c) provides that an owner-documented
FFI will be treated as a U.S. owned foreign entity if it has one or
more direct or indirect owners that are specified U.S. persons, whether
or not it has a substantial U.S. owner.
D. Financial Institution and FFI
Section 1471(d)(4) and Sec. 1.1471-5(d) provide that an FFI means
any financial institution that is a foreign entity. A territory
financial institution is not an FFI.
Section 1471(d)(5) provides that except as otherwise provided by
the Secretary, the term financial institution means any entity that:
(i) Accepts deposits in the ordinary course of a banking or similar
business; (ii) holds as a substantial portion of its business financial
assets for the account of others; or (iii) is engaged (or holding
itself out as being engaged) primarily in the business of investing,
reinvesting, or trading in securities (as defined in section 475(c)(2)
without regard to the last sentence thereof), partnership interests,
commodities (as defined in section 475(e)(2)), or any interest
(including a futures or forward contract or option) in such securities,
partnership interests, or commodities.
In addition, the Technical Explanation states that the Secretary
has authority to ``prescribe special rules addressing circumstances in
which certain categories of companies, such as insurance companies, are
financial institutions.'' Technical Explanation, at 44.
Paragraph (e) of Sec. 1.1471-5 provides guidance on the types of
entities that constitute ``financial institutions.'' Paragraph (e)(2)
lists the activities that constitute a ``banking or similar business''
for a deposit-taking institution, and clarifies that entities engaged
in a banking or similar business include, but are not limited to,
entities that would qualify as a ``bank'' under section 585(a)(2)
(including ``banks'' as defined in section 581 and any corporation to
which section 581 would apply except for the fact that it is a foreign
corporation). Instead, the proposed regulations provide that the
determination of whether an entity conducts a banking or similar
business is based on the character of the business conducted, and the
fact that the entity is subject to local regulation is relevant, but
not necessarily determinative.
Paragraph (e)(3) defines what constitutes holding financial assets
as a ``substantial portion'' of an entity's business by reference to a
bright line test based on gross income. As in the case of deposit-
taking institutions, the fact that an entity is subject to the banking
or credit laws of one or more jurisdictions is relevant to, but not
necessarily determinative of, financial institution status.
The proposed regulations also provide guidance regarding whether an
entity is engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting,
or trading securities and other relevant assets. Paragraph (e)(1)(iii)
includes within the types of securities that cause a financial
institution to be engaged primarily in the business of investing,
reinvesting, or trading notional principal contracts and insurance and
annuity contracts that are traded, held for investment, or securitized.
Paragraph (e)(4) provides that an entity is engaged primarily in the
business of investing, reinvesting, or trading if the entity's gross
income from those activities is at least 50 percent of the entity's
total gross income over the testing period.
Paragraph (e)(1)(iv) of the proposed regulations provides that an
entity that is an insurance company and issues (or is obligated to make
payments with respect to) a cash value insurance policy or an annuity
contract is a financial institution.
Finally, the proposed regulations describe entities that are
excluded from the definition of a financial institution and are treated
as excepted NFFEs. These entities are certain nonfinancial holding
companies, certain start-up companies, nonfinancial entities that are
liquidating or emerging from reorganization or bankruptcy, hedging/
financing centers of a nonfinancial group, and entities described in
section 501(c).
E. Deemed-Compliant FFIs
Paragraph (f) of Sec. 1.1471-5 describes the FFIs that will be
deemed compliant with the requirements of section 1471(b), and
therefore exempt from withholding under section 1471(a) and (b). The
categories of deemed-compliant FFIs described in these proposed
regulations are broader than the categories of deemed-compliant FFIs
described in Notice 2011-34. Paragraph (f) provides for two general
types of deemed-compliant FFI: registered and certified deemed-
compliant FFIs. A registered deemed-compliant FFI generally is required
to register with the IRS to declare its status as deemed-compliant and
to attest to the IRS that it satisfies certain procedural requirements.
The categories of registered deemed-compliant FFIs are
[[Page 9035]]
local FFIs, nonreporting members of participating FFI groups, qualified
investment vehicles, restricted funds, and FFIs that comply with the
requirements of section 1471(b) under an agreement between the United
States and a foreign government.
To qualify as a local FFI, generally, each FFI in the group (or in
the case of a standalone FFI, the FFI) must meet certain licensing and
regulation requirements. In addition, it must have no fixed place of
business outside its country of organization and must not solicit
account holders outside its country of organization. In addition, 98
percent of the accounts maintained by the FFI must be held by residents
of the FFI's country of organization, and the FFI must be subject to
reporting or withholding requirements in its country of organization
with respect to resident accounts. For this purpose, an FFI that is
organized in a European Union (EU) Member State may treat account
holders that are residents of other EU Member States as residents of
the country in which the FFI is organized. The Treasury Department and
the IRS included this rule for FFIs established in EU Member States
because financial institutions in EU Member States have common tax
reporting or withholding obligations with respect to EU residents. A
local FFI must also establish policies and procedures to ensure that it
does not open or maintain accounts for specified U.S. persons that are
not residents in the country in which the FFI is organized, for
nonparticipating FFIs, or for entities controlled or beneficially owned
by specified U.S. persons, and must perform due diligence with respect
to its entity accounts and certain individual accounts.
The registered deemed-compliant category for nonreporting members
of participating FFI groups permits an FFI that is a member of an
expanded affiliated group that includes at least one participating FFI
to become a deemed-compliant FFI if it transfers any preexisting
accounts that are identified under specified procedures as U.S.
accounts or accounts held by nonparticipating FFIs to an affiliate that
is a participating FFI or U.S. financial institution. Paragraph
(f)(1)(i)(B) also requires the nonreporting member to implement
policies and procedures to ensure that if it opens or maintains any
U.S. accounts or accounts held by nonparticipating FFIs, it either
transfers any such accounts to an affiliate that is a participating FFI
or U.S. financial institution or becomes a participating FFI itself, in
either case within 90 days of having opened the account or of having
knowledge or reason to know of a change in circumstances resulting in
an account becoming a U.S. account or an account held by a
nonparticipating FFI. In response to comments, this type of deemed-
compliant FFI is not limited to those FFIs that operate within a single
country and that solicit account holders in such country, as was
required under Notice 2011-34.
Paragraph (f)(1)(i)(C) sets forth a deemed-compliant category for
qualified investment vehicles. In general, an FFI regulated as a
collective investment vehicle (CIV) is a qualified investment vehicle
if all holders of record of a direct interest in the FFI are
participating FFIs, deemed-compliant FFIs, or exempt beneficial owners.
In response to comments, paragraph (f)(1)(i)(D) provides a separate
deemed-compliant category for an FFI that is regulated as an investment
fund under the law of its country of organization and for which each
distributor of the investment fund's interests is a participating FFI,
a registered deemed-compliant FFI, a nonregistering local bank, or a
restricted distributor (defined in paragraph (f)(4)). Paragraph
(f)(1)(i)(D) requires that each agreement that governs the distribution
of the investment fund's debt or equity interests (other than interests
which are both distributed by and held through a participating FFI)
prohibit sales of debt or equity interests in the fund to U.S. persons,
nonparticipating FFIs, or passive NFFEs with one or more substantial
U.S. owners, and its prospectus must indicate that sales to U.S.
persons, passive NFFEs, and nonparticipating FFIs (other than interests
which are both distributed by and held through a participating FFI) are
prohibited. The FFI must also establish procedures to review
preexisting direct accounts and ensure proper treatment of new direct
accounts.
Paragraph (f)(1)(ii) sets forth the procedural requirements for
registered deemed-compliant FFIs and provides that a registered deemed-
compliant FFI must certify to the IRS that it meets the requirements of
its applicable deemed-compliant category, agrees to the conditions for
deemed-compliant status, and will renew its certification every three
years (or earlier if there is a change in circumstance).
The certified categories of deemed-compliant FFIs are
nonregistering local banks, retirement plans, non-profit organizations,
certain owner-documented FFIs, and FFIs with only low-value accounts.
Institutions that satisfy the requirements of these categories are not
required to register with the IRS, but each will certify to the
withholding agent that it meets the requirements of its certified
deemed-compliant category on a Form W-8.
To qualify as a nonregistering local bank, generally, a bank must
offer basic banking services, operate solely in its country of
incorporation (or if it is a member of an expanded affiliated group,
all members must operate in the same country), and the assets on each
member FFI's balance sheet must be no more than $175 million (and the
entire expanded affiliated group must have no more than $500 million on
their combined balance sheets).
Paragraph (f)(2)(ii) describes the requirements for retirement
plans to qualify for certified deemed-compliant status. Generally, the
FFI must be organized for the provision of retirement or pension
benefits under the law of each country in which it is established or in
which it operates. Contributions to the FFI must consist only of
employer, government, or employee contributions and must be limited by
reference to earned income. In addition, no single beneficiary may have
a right to more than five percent of the FFI's assets. Finally,
contributions to the FFI must be excluded from the income of the
beneficiary and/or taxation of the income attributable to the
beneficiary must be deferred under the laws of the country in which the
FFI is organized or operates, or the FFI must receive 50 percent or
more of its total contributions from the government or employers.
Alternative criteria are provided for FFIs that provide retirement or
pension benefits and that have fewer than 20 participants and meet
certain other requirements.
Paragraph (f)(2)(iii) describes the requirements for non-profit
organizations to qualify for certified deemed-compliant status. A non-
profit organization will qualify for certified deemed-compliant status
if it: (i) Is established and maintained in its country of residence
exclusively for religious, charitable, scientific, artistic, cultural,
or educational purposes; (ii) is exempt from income tax in its country
of residence; (iii) has no shareholders or members that have a
proprietary interest in its income or assets; and (iv) is subject to
restrictions preventing the private inurement of its income and assets.
Paragraph (f)(2)(iv) describes the requirements for FFIs with only
low-value accounts to qualify for certified deemed-compliant status. An
FFI with only low-value accounts will qualify for certified deemed-
compliant status if: (i) The FFI is an FFI solely because it accepts
deposits in the ordinary course of a banking or similar business as
[[Page 9036]]
described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(1)(i) or, as a substantial portion of
its business, holds financial assets for the account of others as
described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(ii); (ii) no financial account
maintained by the FFI (or, in the case of an FFI that is a member of an
expanded affiliated group, by any member of the expanded affiliated
group) has a balance or value in excess of $50,000; and (iii) the FFI
has no more than $50 million in assets on its balance sheet (and, in
the case of an FFI that is a member of an expanded affiliated group,
the entire expanded affiliated group has no more than $50 million in
assets on its consolidated or combined balance sheet).
Paragraph (f)(3) provides, generally, that an owner-documented FFI
is eligible for certified deemed-compliant status if it is not
described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(1)(i), (ii), or (iv) and is not
affiliated with another FFI described in those sections, it maintains
no financial accounts for nonparticipating FFIs, it does not issue debt
that constitutes a financial account in excess of $50,000 to any
person, it provides a withholding agent with all required documentation
regarding its owners, and the withholding agent agrees to report to the
IRS the information required with respect to any of the owners of the
owner-documented FFI that are specified U.S. persons. Because an owner-
documented FFI is required to provide each withholding agent with
documentation and the withholding agent must agree to report on behalf
of the owner-documented FFI, an owner-documented FFI may have certified
deemed-compliant status only with respect to a specific withholding
agent.
The Treasury Department and the IRS are considering how to address
specific organizations or classes of organizations that may not be
deemed to comply with the requirements of section 1471(b) due to their
use to circumvent the purposes of chapter 4.
In addition, the Treasury Department and the IRS are considering
how the conditions for deemed-compliant status should apply where an
FFI is described in more than one subparagraph of section 1471(d)(5),
because, for example, it accepts deposits in the ordinary course of a
banking business and, as a substantial portion of its business, holds
financial assets for the account of others.
F. Recalcitrant Account Holder
Paragraph (g) defines the term recalcitrant account holder and
provides guidance on when an account holder will be treated as
recalcitrant. Generally, a recalcitrant account holder is any holder of
an account maintained by a participating FFI if the account holder is
not an FFI and the account holder either (i) Fails to comply with the
participating FFI's request for documentation or information to
establish whether the account is a U.S. account, (ii) fails to provide
a valid Form W-9 upon the request of the participating FFI, (iii) fails
to provide a correct name and TIN upon request of the FFI after the
participating FFI receives notice from the IRS indicating a name/TIN
mismatch, or (iv) fails to provide a valid and effective waiver of
foreign law if foreign law prevents reporting with respect to the
account holder by the participating FFI. The IRS intends to extend the
``B'' notice process currently used for name/TIN mismatches in Form
1099 reporting to the reporting of U.S. accounts and will notify a
participating FFI if a name and TIN combination provided on a form is
incorrect. The Treasury Department and the IRS are considering whether
participating FFIs should be required to use the IRS on-line TIN
matching program to ensure that its U.S. account holders have provided
the correct name and TIN combination prior to filing the form for
reporting U.S. accounts with the IRS, but if this requirement were
adopted, it would begin no earlier than January 1, 2015. Paragraph (g)
also sets forth the rules for when a participating FFI will start and
cease treating an account holder as recalcitrant.
G. Passthru Payments
Paragraph (h) of Sec. 1.1471-5 defines a passthru payment as any
withholdable payment and any foreign passthru payment. The proposed
regulations reserve on the definition of a foreign passthru payment,
but see the discussions regarding the proposed implementation of
reporting on certain foreign payments in section X of this preamble and
withholding in section XIX of this preamble.
H. Expanded Affiliated Groups
Section 1471(e)(2) provides the definition of an expanded
affiliated group for purposes of section 1471(e) and chapter 4, and
Sec. 1.1471-5(i) incorporates that definition.
VII. Section 1.1471-6--Exempt Payments to Certain Beneficial Owners
Section 1.1471-6 describes classes of beneficial owners that are
exempt from withholding under section 1471(a) pursuant to section
1471(f) (exempt beneficial owners). The classes of persons treated as
exempt beneficial owners are: foreign governments, political
subdivisions of a foreign government, and wholly owned
instrumentalities and agencies of a foreign government; international
organizations and wholly owned agencies or instrumentalities of an
international organization; foreign central banks of issue; governments
of U.S. territories; and certain foreign retirement plans.
In general, the principles of section 892 and the regulations
thereunder apply in determining whether a beneficial owner qualifies as
a foreign government. The definition of a controlled entity of a
foreign government has been expanded from the definition set forth in
Sec. 1.892-2T to include entities that are owned and controlled by
more than one foreign sovereign, and paragraph (b)(5) prescribes that
such entities will qualify as exempt beneficial owners except when they
are financial institutions described in section 1471(d)(5)(A) or (B)
and the regulations thereunder. The principles of section 7701(a)(18)
and the regulations thereunder generally apply to determine whether a
beneficial owner qualifies as an international organization. The
principles of section 895 and the regulations thereunder generally
apply to determine whether a beneficial owner qualifies as a foreign
central bank. Additionally, a foreign central bank is exempt from
withholding under chapter 4 with respect to income earned on collateral
held by the foreign central bank in the normal course of its
operations.
Under paragraph (f), certain foreign retirement funds will qualify
as exempt beneficial owners. Specifically, a fund that is eligible for
the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States with
respect to income that the fund derives from U.S. sources and that is
generally exempt from income tax in that country is an exempt
beneficial owner if it operates principally to administer or provide
pension or retirement benefits. A fund that is formed for the provision
of retirement or pension benefits under the law of the country in which
it is established will also qualify as an exempt beneficial owner if:
(i) It receives only employer, government, or employee contributions
that are limited by reference to earned income, (ii) no single
beneficiary has a right to more than five percent of the fund's assets,
and (iii) its investment income is exempt from tax under the laws of
the country in which it is organized or in which it operates as a
result of its status as a retirement or pension plan in that country,
or it receives 50 percent or more of its total contributions from the
government or employers.
[[Page 9037]]
An entity that is described in Sec. 1.1471-6(g) and is wholly
owned by one or more exempt beneficial owners is also an exempt
beneficial owner.
VIII. Section 1.1472-1--Withholdable Payments to Non-Financial Foreign
Entities (NFFEs)
A. General Rules for Withholding Under Section 1472
Section 1.1472-1 provides rules regarding the withholding and
reporting requirements of section 1472. Except as otherwise provided in
section 1472 and Sec. 1.1472-1, a withholding agent must withhold tax
of 30 percent of any withholdable payment made to an NFFE, unless the
beneficial owner of such payment is the NFFE or another NFFE, the
withholding agent can treat the beneficial owner as an NFFE that does
not have any substantial U.S. owners or as an NFFE that has identified
its substantial U.S. owners, and the withholding agent reports the
required information with respect to any substantial U.S. owners.
Paragraph (b)(2) also provides a rule to coordinate the withholding
obligations under these proposed regulations with the withholding
obligations set forth in an applicable FFI agreement for withholdable
payments made by a participating FFI. In general, a participating FFI
that complies with its FFI agreement is considered to have satisfied
its obligations under section 1472(a) and Sec. 1.1472-1.
C. Exceptions From Withholding Under Section 1472
Paragraph (c) contains exceptions to the withholding rules
described in Sec. 1.1472-1(b) for withholdable payments made to
certain excepted NFFEs. Paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (vi) of Sec.
1.1472-1 identify categories of entities that are exempt from
withholding under section 1472(a) and (c). Paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of
Sec. 1.1472-1 expands the statutory exception to include a government
of a U.S. territory. Paragraph (c)(1)(v) provides an exception for an
NFFE that is an active NFFE. An active NFFE is any NFFE if less than 50
percent of its gross income for the calendar year is passive income and
less than 50 percent of its assets are assets that produce or are held
for the production of dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other
than those derived in the active conduct of a trade or business),
annuities, or other passive income. Paragraph (c)(1)(vi) clarifies that
an entity that is the recipient and beneficial owner of a withholdable
payment that is described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(5) shall not be subject
to withholding under section 1472.
Paragraph (c)(2) provides that payments to a WP and a WT are not
subject to withholding under section 1472(a). This is because a WP or
WT must generally assume primary withholding responsibilities with
respect to reportable amounts under chapter 3 on behalf of their
partners, owners, or beneficiaries, respectively, pursuant to their
withholding agreements with the IRS under section 1441. Because WP and
WT agreements are expected to be modified to take into account
withholding obligations under chapter 4, it is not necessary to
withhold under section 1472(a) on payments to such entities. Instead,
the WP or WT will be required to assume primary chapter 4 withholding
responsibility and to identify the chapter 4 status of its partners,
owners, or beneficiaries to determine whether it must withhold under
section 1471 or 1472.
D. Establishing When a Withholding Agent May Treat a Withholdable
Payment as Made to a Payee
Paragraphs (d)(1) through (5) of Sec. 1.1472-1 provide rules that
clarify the coordination between Sec. Sec. 1.1472-1 and 1.1471-3. In
general, for purposes of Sec. 1.1472-1, a withholding agent may treat
the payee of a payment (as determined under Sec. 1.1471-3) as the
beneficial owner of the payment, and must determine the chapter 4
status of such payee in accordance with the rules of Sec. 1.1471-3. In
addition, paragraph (d)(5) provides that the presumption rules under
Sec. 1.1471-3(f) must be applied to determine the chapter 4 status of
a payee when the withholding agent does not have valid documentation
that it can rely upon to determine the chapter 4 status of the payee.
E. Information Reporting Requirement
Paragraph (e) of Sec. 1.1472-1 provides information reporting
requirements with respect to withholdable payments made to a payee and
the income tax filing requirement of a withholding agent that withholds
under Sec. 1.1472-1. In addition, it sets forth the information
reporting rules with respect to substantial U.S. owners of certain
NFFEs.
IX. Section 1.1473-1--Section 1473 Definitions
A. Withholdable Payment
Generally, paragraph (a) of Sec. 1.1473-1 defines withholdable
payment as any payment of U.S. source FDAP income and any gross
proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any property which may
produce interest or dividends from sources within the United States
with respect to a sale or disposition occurring after December 31,
2014. For chapter 4 purposes, the term FDAP income means fixed or
determinable annual or periodic income as defined for purposes of
chapter 3 (without regard to the exemptions from withholding).
Paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B) clarifies that an exclusion from withholding
under chapter 3 or an exclusion from taxation under section 881 does
not exclude such amount from the definition of U.S. source FDAP for the
purpose of determining whether a payment is a withholdable payment
under chapter 4. In addition, paragraphs (a)(2)(vi) and (a)(3)(iii)(B)
provide that interest accrued between payment dates is not treated as
FDAP, but is instead treated as gross proceeds solely for purposes of
chapter 4.
To determine the source of income, paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(A) cross-
references the rules provided in sections 861 through 865 and other
relevant Code provisions. However, as provided in section 1473(1)(C),
paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(B) provides that interest described in section
861(a)(1)(A)(i) or (ii) (bank deposit interest paid with respect to
offshore accounts) is treated as income from sources within the United
States for purposes of the definition of withholdable payment. Similar
to the rule that applies for purposes of withholding under chapter 3,
paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(A) provides that if a withholding agent cannot
determine the source of a payment at the time the payment is made, the
payment is treated as U.S. source.
Generally, paragraph (a)(3) defines the term sale or other
disposition as any sale, exchange, or other disposition that requires
the recognition of gain or loss under section 1001 from property of a
type that can produce interest or dividends from sources within the
United States. Paragraph (a)(3)(i)(C) provides a special rule that
limits gross proceeds paid by a clearing organization to the net amount
paid or credited to an account of a member of the clearing organization
if the clearing organization settles sales and purchases of securities
between member organizations on a net basis. Paragraph (a)(3)(ii)
provides rules for determining when property is of a type that can
produce interest or dividends from sources within the United States.
Paragraph (a)(3)(iii)(A) provides rules for determining when gross
proceeds are paid. Paragraph (a)(3)(iii)(B) sets forth the rules for
determining the amount of gross
[[Page 9038]]
proceeds from a sale or other disposition.
Paragraph (a)(4) provides a list of payments that are excluded from
the definition of withholdable payments. This list includes original
issue discount from certain short-term obligations, income that is
taken into account as effectively connected with the conduct of a trade
or business in the United States, certain payments in the ordinary
course of the withholding agent's business, gross proceeds from the
sale of property that can produce income that is excluded from the
definition of withholdable payment, and certain broker transactions
that involve the sale of fractional shares. While the proposed
regulations do not explicitly exempt payments with respect to State and
local bonds, interest on State and local bonds is excluded from gross
income under section 103, and such interest is thus not a withholdable
payment. Moreover, interest that is excluded from gross income under
section 103 is not treated as gross income from sources within the
United States under section 861(a), and thus gross proceeds from the
sale of bonds that give rise to interest that is excluded under section
103 are not withholdable payments.
Paragraph (a)(5) provides special payment rules for flow-through
entities with respect to U.S. source FDAP income allocated to partners,
owners, and beneficiaries in these entities that mirror the rules under
Sec. 1.1441-5. Paragraph (a)(5) reserves on how payments of gross
proceeds are to be allocated to such persons.
B. Substantial U.S. Owner
Paragraph (b) provides the definition of substantial U.S. owner.
Generally, the term substantial U.S. owner means any specified U.S.
person (as defined in paragraph (c)) that owns, directly or indirectly,
more than ten percent of the stock of a corporation, or with respect to
a partnership, more than ten percent of the profits interests or
capital interests in such partnership. For trusts, a substantial U.S.
owner is any specified U.S. person that holds, directly or indirectly,
more than ten percent by value of the beneficial interests in such
trust, or with respect to a grantor trust, any specified U.S. person
that is an owner of such grantor trust.
Paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) set forth attribution rules to determine
indirect ownership of stock, partnership interests, and beneficial
trust interests. These rules are based on the rules provided in Sec.
1.958-1 for determining stock ownership of controlled foreign
corporations.
Paragraph (b)(3) provides the rules for determining whether a
specified U.S. person will be treated as directly or indirectly holding
a beneficial interest in a foreign trust. These rules are generally
coordinated with the rules provided in the recently published temporary
regulations under section 6038D, regarding information reporting
requirements of certain U.S. persons with respect to their interests in
foreign trusts. See TD 9567, 76 FR 78560 (December 19, 2011). Paragraph
(b)(4) provides a special rule under which a beneficiary of a trust
will not be treated as a substantial U.S. owner if the beneficiary has
a right only to discretionary distributions and receives, directly or
indirectly, discretionary trust distributions that do not exceed $5,000
in a calendar year or if the beneficiary has a right to mandatory
distributions and the value of such beneficiary's interest does not
exceed $50,000.
Paragraph (b)(5) provides a special rule for certain investment
vehicles and insurance companies that issue (or are obligated to make
payments with respect to) cash value insurance or annuity contracts.
This rule applies the rules of paragraph (b)(1)(i) through (iii) with a
threshold of zero percent, rather than ten percent.
Paragraph (b)(6) specifies that a foreign entity may determine if
it has one or more substantial U.S. owners on either the last day of
the foreign entity's accounting year or the date on which the foreign
entity provides documentation to the withholding agent that maintains
the foreign entity's account.
C. Specified U.S. Person
Paragraph (c) provides the definition of specified U.S. person. A
specified U.S. person is any U.S. person except as provided in
paragraph (c). Persons excluded from the definition of specified U.S.
person include: corporations the stock of which is regularly traded on
an established securities market; corporations that are affiliates of
such corporations; organizations that are exempt from tax under section
501(a); individual retirement plans (as defined in section
7701(a)(37)); real estate investment trusts (as defined in section
856); regulated investment companies (as defined in section 851);
common trust funds (as defined in section 584(a)); dealers in
securities, commodities, or notional principal contracts (as defined in
section 475(c) and (e)) and brokers (as defined in section 6045(c) and
Sec. 1.6045-1(a)(1)). The United States and its wholly owned agencies
or instrumentalities are also excluded, as are the States, the District
of Columbia, the U.S. territories, and any political subdivision or
wholly owned agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing.
D. Withholding Agent
Section 1473(4) defines a withholding agent as any person, in
whatever capacity acting, having the control, receipt, custody,
disposal, or payment of any withholdable payment. Paragraph (d)
incorporates this definition and generally adopts rules similar to
those provided in the regulations under chapter 3. Paragraph (d)
specifically includes participating FFIs and grantor trusts in the
definition of withholding agent. Paragraph (d)(6) provides an exception
from withholding agent status for individuals making payments that are
not in the ordinary course of the individual's trade or business.
E. Foreign Entity
Paragraph (e) defines the term foreign entity as any entity that is
not a U.S. person, including a territory entity.
X. Section 1.1474-1--Liability for Tax Withheld
Paragraph (a) provides that a withholding agent that fails to
deposit tax that it is required to withhold under chapter 4 is liable
for such tax and applicable penalties and additions to tax. Paragraph
(b) provides rules for a withholding agent's payment of withholding
tax. Paragraph (c)(1) provides rules for the filing of income tax
returns by withholding agents for years beginning with the 2014
calendar year and prescribes the payments required to be reported on
such returns. These rules generally mirror the rules for returns that
are filed under chapter 3. Such returns are required to be filed on
Form 1042, Annual Withholding Tax Return for U.S. Source Income of
Foreign Persons, the same income tax return described in Sec. 1.1461-
1(b)(1) for withholding agents to report income paid and taxes withheld
under chapter 3. Paragraph (c)(2) prescribes the requirements
applicable to the filing of an amended Form 1042.
Paragraph (d)(1) prescribes the requirements for the filing of
information returns by withholding agents to report payments subject to
reporting for chapter 4 purposes and the recipients required to be
reported on those forms. The IRS anticipates that such returns will be
filed on Forms 1042-S, Foreign Person's U.S. Source Income Subject to
Withholding. Because many FFIs have systems designed to comply with the
current Forms 1042 and 1042-S requirements for purposes of payments
subject to reporting under
[[Page 9039]]
chapter 3, the IRS intends to modify the current Form 1042-S used by
withholding agents for chapter 3 purposes to meet the additional
reporting requirements of chapter 4 and to coordinate reporting in
cases in which withholding under both chapters applies to a payment as
described in Sec. 1.1474-6.
Paragraph (d)(2) prescribes the amounts required to be reported on
Forms 1042-S and provides for a transitional rule for reporting in 2016
and 2017 requiring participating FFIs to report on a payee-specific
basis FDAP income from foreign sources and ``other financial payments''
made in the 2015 and 2016 calendar years to nonparticipating FFIs. The
definition of the term ``other financial payment'' is reserved, and
comments are requested on the types of payments that should be included
in this class of payments for purposes of this reporting requirement.
Paragraph (d)(3) prescribes the information required to be reported
on Form 1042-S and paragraph (d)(4) prescribes the methods for
reporting. Paragraph (e) references the requirement for filing Forms
1042-S on magnetic media with respect to reporting by financial
institutions on such media even when they file under 250 returns for a
year. These rules are provided in Sec. 301.1474-1. Paragraph (f)
provides for the indemnification of a withholding agent against claims
for amounts withheld pursuant to chapter 4. Paragraph (g) provides for
the same extensions of time to file Forms 1042 and 1042-S as provided
in Sec. 1.1461-1(g). Paragraph (h) states applicable penalties and
additions to tax related to these requirements. Paragraph (i) describes
the reporting requirements of a withholding agent that reports
information with respect to one or more specified U.S. persons that
hold an interest in an entity that the withholding agent treats as an
owner-documented FFI.
XI. Section 1.1474-2--Adjustments for Overwithholding and
Underwithholding of Tax
Section 1.1474-2 provides rules for adjustments for overwithholding
and underwithholding of tax that are substantially similar to the rules
for chapter 3 withholding under Sec. 1.1461-2, modified to reflect the
purposes of chapter 4. Specifically, the definition of overwithholding
under Sec. 1.1461-2 has been revised to clarify that for purposes of
chapter 4, overwithholding refers to an amount actually withheld that
is in excess of both the amount required to be withheld under chapter 4
and the actual tax liability of the beneficial owner of the payment
that was subject to withholding under chapter 4. Furthermore, in order
to apply the reimbursement and set-off procedure for any overwithheld
amount under chapter 4, the withholding agent must obtain valid
documentation from the beneficial owner or payee to identify its
chapter 4 status and determine that withholding was not required. In
addition, the time period for applying the reimbursement procedure
under Sec. 1.1474-2(a)(3) differs from Sec. 1.1461-2, because a
withholding agent may not reimburse itself by reducing any deposit of
tax unless the reduction occurs before the earliest of the due date for
filing the Form 1042-S for the calendar year of overwithholding, the
date that the Form 1042-S is actually filed by the withholding agent,
or the date Form 1042-S is furnished to the recipient.
XII. Section 1.1474-3--Withheld Tax as a Credit to the Beneficial Owner
of Income
Section 1.1474-3 provides rules that are substantially similar to
the rules under Sec. 1.1462-1 relating to withheld tax as a credit to
the beneficial owner of income. Paragraph (a) of Sec. 1.1474-3
generally provides that the beneficial owner of the income or payment
to which the withheld tax is attributable is allowed a credit against
such beneficial owner's income tax liability in the amount of tax
actually withheld under chapter 4. In addition, the beneficial owner
shall include in gross income the entire amount of income, if any, of
the payment subject to withholding under chapter 4, including amounts
that are subject to withholding under the gross-up formula in Sec.
1.1473-1(a)(2)(v). Paragraph (b) of Sec. 1.1474-3 provides that
amounts withheld under chapter 4 are deemed to have been paid by the
beneficial owner of the item of income subject to withholding under
chapter 4.
XIII. Section 1.1474-4--Tax Paid Only Once
Section 1.1474-4 provides that if the tax required to be withheld
under chapter 4 is paid by the beneficial owner, payee, or withholding
agent, the IRS may not collect from any other, regardless of the
original liability for the tax. Furthermore, Sec. 1.1471-4 provides
that the person who has an obligation to withhold under chapter 4 and
fails to do so is not relieved from liability from interest or
penalties for the failure to withhold.
XIV. Section 1.1474-5--Refunds or Credits
Paragraph (a) of Sec. 1.1474-5 provides the general rule that if
an overpayment of tax results from the withholding of tax under chapter
4, the beneficial owner of an amount subject to withholding may claim a
refund or credit for the overpayment of tax subject to the requirements
and limitations described below and in accordance with the rules under
chapter 65. For this purpose, a copy of Form 1042-S must be attached to
the beneficial owner's income tax return consistent with the
requirements described in Sec. 301.6402-3(e), which shall be amended
to conform to this requirement.
Section 1.1474-5 also provides that to the extent the overpayment
of tax was paid by the withholding agent out of its own funds, such
amount may be credited or refunded to the withholding agent. However,
paragraph (a) does not permit a nonparticipating FFI that is a
withholding agent with respect to a payment to claim a credit or
refund. Paragraph (a)(2) also provides that a nonparticipating FFI that
is the beneficial owner of the payment to which the withholding under
chapter 4 is attributable is not entitled to a credit or refund except
to the extent it is entitled to a reduced rate of withholding by reason
of any income tax treaty obligation of the United States, and that no
interest shall be allowed or paid with respect to such a credit or
refund.
Furthermore, Sec. 1.1474-5 implements section 1474(b)(3) by
requiring a beneficial owner that is an entity, other than an entity
that is entitled to a reduced rate of withholding by reason of any
income tax treaty obligation of the United States, to certify to the
IRS that the entity does not have any substantial U.S. owners or to
identify its substantial U.S. owners or to provide documentation
establishing that withholding was not required (for example,
establishing an NFFE's status as an excepted NFFE).
The Treasury Department and the IRS are considering what refund
procedures may be appropriate with respect to tax withheld on payments
to limited FFIs or limited branches (including QIs that are limited
FFIs or that have limited branches), and request comments regarding the
procedural safeguards that should be put in place to prevent abuse.
XVI. Section 1.1474-6--Coordination of Chapter 4 Withholding With Other
Withholding Provisions
Section 1.1474-6 coordinates withholding under chapter 4 with
withholding under other provisions of the Code. With respect to a
payment subject to withholding under Sec. 1.1441-2(a), paragraph
(b)(1) provides that, to the extent withholding is applied under
chapter 4 on a payment, a withholding
[[Page 9040]]
agent may credit the amount withheld against the withholding agent's
liability under section 1441 (or section 1442 or 1443) on the same
payment. Paragraph (b)(2) provides rules for purposes of designating
the withholding as having been made under section 1441 (or section 1442
or 1443) or chapter 4.
Paragraph (c) provides that an amount subject to withholding under
section 1445 is not subject to withholding under chapter 4 and
coordinates withholding under chapter 4 with the rules provided in
Sec. 1.1441-3(c) for distributions by qualified investment entities
and United States real property holding corporations (USRPHCs).
Generally, to the extent withholding under section 1441 is applicable
to a distribution or a portion of the distribution made by a qualified
investment entity or USRPHC, the coordination rule described in
paragraph (b)(1) apply to such amounts. Paragraph (c) also adopts the
intermediary reliance rule of Sec. 1.1441-3(c)(2)(ii)(C) with respect
to determinations made by a USRPHC regarding the portion of the
distribution that is estimated to be a dividend. Paragraph (d)
generally provides that a withholdable payment or a foreign passthru
payment subject to withholding under section 1446 is not subject to
withholding under chapter 4 and reserves on the coordination of
withholding on distributions of gross proceeds subject to tax under
section 1446.
Paragraph (e) reserves on the coordination of withholding under
chapter 4 for payments subject to backup withholding under section
3406, and the Treasury Department and the IRS seek comments on how
these requirements should be coordinated in light of the objectives of
chapter 4 withholding. Paragraph (f) provides an example of the
application of the coordination rules.
This section does not provide coordination rules for withholding
under chapters 3 and 4 on substitute payments that are part of a chain
of securities lending transactions using identical securities. Notice
2010-46 outlined a proposed withholding and reporting framework to
reduce instances of potential excessive or cascading taxation and to
properly account for the role of financial intermediaries in securities
lending transactions. Notice 2010-46 also provided transitional rules
that taxpayers may rely on prior to the publication of final
regulations. The proposed framework and the transitional rules of
Notice 2010-46 are limited to withholding on substitute dividend
payments under chapter 3 and do not address chapter 4 withholding. The
Treasury Department and the IRS invite comments on issues relating to
chapter 4 withholding in the context of the transactions described in
Notice 2010-46.
XVII. Section 1.1474-7--Confidentiality of Information
Section 1.1474-7 provides that information obtained to comply with
the requirements of chapter 4 may only be used for that purpose or for
purposes permitted under section 6103. Paragraph (a) incorporates the
regulation under Sec. 1.3406(f)-1(a) for confidentiality of
information. Consistent with section 1474(c)(2), paragraph (b) provides
an exception to paragraph (a), permitting the disclosure of the
identity of a participating FFI or deemed-compliant FFI.
XVIII. Section 301.1474-1--Required Use of Magnetic Media for Financial
Institutions Filing Form 1042-S
Section 301.1474-1 provides that a financial institution must file
electronically the information returns with respect to withheld taxes
for which the institution is liable as a withholding agent under
section 1461 or 1474(a), as the limitation for persons required to file
fewer than 250 returns during the tax year does not apply.
Paragraph (b) provides that the Commissioner may grant hardship
waivers from the requirement to file electronically, although it is
intended that these waivers be granted only in exceptional cases. The
Treasury Department and the IRS intend to issue published guidance
setting forth the procedures by which a taxpayer may request a hardship
waiver. Comments are requested regarding the waiver provision in this
regulation.
Paragraph (c) provides that penalties may be imposed under sections
6723 and 6724 on a financial institution that fails to comply with this
electronic filing requirement.
XIX. Future Guidance & Further Requests for Comments
The Treasury Department and the IRS expect to issue future guidance
on topics not covered in these proposed regulations. This guidance will
take a variety of forms. For example, the IRS expects to issue a draft
model FFI agreement and draft forms relating to chapter 4 reporting. In
addition, future regulations will provide guidance on substantive and
procedural issues not addressed in these proposed regulations. The
discussion below addresses certain significant aspects of future
guidance.
A. Registration Process Preview
1. Registering as Participating FFIs or Deemed-Compliant Entities
The IRS will make available an online process for registering FFIs
as participating FFIs or deemed-compliant FFIs no later than January 1,
2013. The online process will allow each FFI to register for
participating, limited, or registered deemed-compliant FFI status,
enter into an FFI agreement, complete a required certification, and
obtain an FFI-EIN, if applicable. Special registration procedures must
be followed by FFIs that are members of an expanded affiliated group
(FFI group). As part of the registration process, an online FFI account
will be created by the IRS for each FFI, and it is anticipated that
FFIs will be able to manage their account information, including making
annual certifications, if required, electronically. The online account
will allow the IRS and FFIs to more effectively manage and update FFI
information to ensure that it is current.
2. Expanded Affiliated Groups
Each member of an FFI group must designate a lead FFI (Lead FFI) to
initiate and manage the online registration process for the FFI group.
The Lead FFI that assumes this role must enter the system to register
itself and, as part of that process, identify each FFI that is a member
of the FFI group (FFI Member) that will register for participating,
limited, or registered deemed-compliant FFI status. Each FFI member,
including the Lead FFI, will be assigned a unique FATCA identifier
(FATCA ID) to be used in completing the registration process and
associating FFI group members with the FFI group. Each FFI Member must
enter the online registration system to complete its registration as a
participating FFI, limited FFI, or registered deemed-compliant FFI. The
Lead FFI will be responsible for managing the FFI group information and
will be able to add or remove members from the FFI group to reflect
updated information. For the registration of any FFI member to be
complete, and for its chapter 4 status as a participating, limited, or
deemed-compliant FFI to be obtained, each FFI member must have
completed its registration process.
More information about the online registration process will be
provided in future guidance and instructions to the registration form.
B. QIs, WPs, and WTs
Apart from any period of limited FFI status, an FFI that is a QI,
WP, or WT will be required to fulfill the chapter 4
[[Page 9041]]
reporting and withholding requirements of a participating FFI to retain
its status under chapter 3. The IRS intends to amend each of these
withholding agreements to incorporate the requirements of a
participating FFI under chapter 4. The Treasury Department and the IRS
also intend for this purpose to modify the descriptions of the QI, WP,
and WT agreements under Sec. Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(5), 1.1441-5(c)(2), and
1.1441-5(e)(5)(v), respectively. Additionally, the Treasury Department
and the IRS are considering, as an alternative to external audits,
coordinating the audit requirements for QIs, WPs, and WTs (including
their chapter 3 requirements) with the verification procedures
described in Sec. 1.1471-4(a)(6) applicable to other participating
FFIs. Comments are requested on these requirements, including
reasonably objective standards under which such entities (and other
participating FFIs) would determine whether they have found material
failures in their compliance with the requirements of their respective
agreements warranting disclosure to the IRS (as referenced in Sec.
1.1471-4(a)(6)).
C. Withholding Certificates
The IRS anticipates that the Form W-8 series will be updated to
request additional information from a taxpayer that would be relevant
to establishing a taxpayer's chapter 4 status, for example, by
including a new field for an FFI-EIN.
D. Additional Categories of Deemed-Compliant FFIs
The Treasury Department and the IRS request comments regarding
whether there should be additional categories of deemed-compliant FFIs
not addressed in the proposed regulations. Consideration is being
given, for example, to providing a category of deemed-compliant FFIs
for entities that issue certain insurance or annuity contracts that has
requirements that are analogous to the requirements for local FFIs.
E. Passthru Payments
While these proposed regulations provide that withholding on
passthru payments will begin no sooner than January 1, 2017, the
Treasury Department and the IRS are considering ways to ease the
compliance burdens associated with passthru payment withholding. Among
the alternatives the Treasury Department and the IRS are considering is
whether to allow certain FFIs to rely upon a safe harbor passthru
percentage if the FFI does not elect to calculate its exact passthru
percentage. In addition, the Treasury Department and the IRS are
considering whether and to what extent to allow rounding conventions to
limit the number of possible passthru percentages that could apply.
Comments are requested on these and other recommendations to ease the
compliance burden associated with foreign passthru payment withholding.
In addition, future guidance will prevent U.S. and territory
financial institutions from serving as ``blockers'' with respect to
foreign passthru payment reporting and withholding. The Treasury
Department and the IRS are aware that, because a U.S. withholding agent
is currently required to withhold only with respect to withholdable
payments, while a participating FFI is generally required to withhold
on all foreign passthru payments, this creates the potential for FFIs
to use U.S. withholding agents as ``blockers'' for foreign passthru
payments made to nonparticipating FFIs. The Treasury Department and the
IRS are assessing various options to address this issue, including
expanding the definition of withholdable payments, or requiring FFIs to
perform withholding on foreign passthru payments made to U.S.
withholding agents acting as intermediaries. Comments are requested
regarding possible approaches to address this issue.
F. Gross Proceeds
Section 1.1473-1(a)(5)(vii) reserves on the issue of how a
withholding agent that is a flow-through entity determines the amount
of gross proceeds allocable to a partner, beneficiary, or owner in the
entity for purposes of the withholding requirements of chapter 4. The
Treasury Department and the IRS request additional comments regarding
methods to determine the amount of gross proceeds in such cases that
are administratively feasible and that do not inappropriately favor
investment in U.S. assets through flow-through entities over direct
investment with respect to the withholding requirements of chapter 4.
G. Grandfathered Obligations
Section 1.1471-2(b) provides an exemption from withholding for
certain grandfathered obligations but does not include in the
definition of a grandfathered obligation any interest in an entity that
is treated as equity for U.S. tax purposes, regardless of whether such
entity holds assets that give rise to grandfathered payments. The
Treasury Department and the IRS request comments on whether it is
appropriate to treat as grandfathered obligations certain equity
interests in securitization vehicles that invest solely in debt and
similar instruments if such vehicles will liquidate within a specified
time frame given the types of investments they hold and the extent of
their reinvestment in other assets, and, if so, the appropriate
limitations on such treatment to prevent abuse.
Proposed Effective/Applicability Date
The proposed regulations generally are proposed to apply on the
date of publication of the Treasury decision adopting these rules as
final regulations in the Federal Register. The requirements imposed by
individual sections of these proposed regulations are proposed to take
effect in accordance with the dates provided in those sections, as
described in the preamble.
Special Analyses
It has been determined that this notice of proposed rulemaking is
not a significant regulatory action as defined in Executive Order
12866. Therefore, a regulatory assessment is not required. It has also
been determined that section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act
(5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply to these regulations.
The collection of information in these proposed regulations is
contained, inter alia, in Sec. Sec. 1.1471-2, 1.1471-3, 1.1471-4,
1.1472-1, and 1.1474-1. The IRS intends that these information
collection requirements will be satisfied by persons complying with
either revised chapter 3 reporting forms, new reporting forms based on
final chapter 4 regulatory guidance, or the terms, conditions, and
requirements of an FFI agreement that satisfies the requirements of a
Model FFI Agreement to be issued in an IRS Revenue Procedure. As a
result, for purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act, the reporting
burden associated with the collection of information in these proposed
regulations will be reflected in the OMB Form 83-1, Paperwork Reduction
Act Submission, associated with a new or revised form or the Model FFI
Agreement.
It is hereby certified that the collection of information in this
notice of proposed rulemaking will not have a significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small entities within the meaning of
section 601(6) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6).
Although the Treasury Department and the IRS anticipate that a
substantial number of domestic small entities will be affected by the
collection of information in this notice of proposed rulemaking, both
the Treasury
[[Page 9042]]
Department and the IRS believe that the economic impact to these
entities resulting from this notice of proposed rulemaking's
information collection requirements will not be significant.
The domestic small business entities that are subject to chapter 4
and this notice of proposed rulemaking are those domestic business
entities that are payors of U.S. source FDAP income that are presently
subject to the information collection and reporting rules under chapter
3. These domestic small business entities must be familiar with chapter
3's information collection and reporting rules and forms so as to
determine a payee's U.S. withholding status and, based on that status,
withhold and remit the proper amount of tax on payments of U.S. source
FDAP income. Small domestic business entities that are payors of U.S.
source FDAP income have developed and implemented internal reporting
and information collection systems under which the business entity
satisfies its chapter 3 payee identification, withholding, and tax
remittance requirements.
The Treasury Department and the IRS intend to revise the present
chapter 3 reporting forms, with the revised forms being used by a payor
of U.S. source FDAP income to satisfy the payor's obligations under
chapters 3 and 4. As a result, this notice of proposed rulemaking's
information collection requirements build on reporting and information
collection systems familiar to and currently used by payors of U.S.
source FDAP income that are domestic small business entities, thereby
reducing the burden imposed on domestic small business entities.
Therefore, a Regulatory Flexibility Analysis under the Regulatory
Flexibility Act is not required. Pursuant to section 7805(f), this
notice of proposed rulemaking has been submitted to the Chief Counsel
for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on its
impact on small businesses. The IRS invites the public to comment on
this certification.
Comments and Public Hearing
Before these proposed regulations are adopted as final regulations,
consideration will be given to any written (a signed original and eight
(8) copies) or electronic comments that are submitted timely to the
IRS. The Treasury Department and the IRS request comments on all
aspects of the proposed regulations. All comments will be available for
public inspection and copying.
While taxpayers are not required to submit comments and
recommendations in any particular format, it would facilitate their
review if comments follow these guidelines: (1) No general summary of
chapter 4's provisions or the contents of the FATCA Notices is
required; (2) comments and recommendations should be ordered starting
with comments requested in the preamble and then based on the order of
the proposed regulations, including a reference to the regulations that
pinpoints the narrowest relevant section, subsection, paragraph, or
further subdivision applicable to the comment or recommendation; and
(3) recommendations should be set off and numbered sequentially
throughout the comment letter. It is hoped that these guidelines will
ease the burden in producing comments and facilitate the assessment
thereof.
A public hearing has been scheduled for May 15, 2012, beginning at
10 a.m. in the Auditorium, Internal Revenue Building, 1111 Constitution
Avenue NW., Washington, DC. Due to building security procedures,
visitors must enter at the Constitution Avenue entrance. In addition,
all visitors must present photo identification to enter the building.
Because of access restrictions, visitors will not be admitted beyond
the immediate entrance area more than 30 minutes before the hearing
starts. For information about having your name placed on the building
access list to attend the hearing, see the FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT section of this preamble.
The rules of 26 CFR 601.601(a)(3) apply to the hearing. Persons who
wish to present oral comments at the hearing must submit electronic or
written comments by April 30, 2012, and an outline of the topics to be
discussed and the time to be devoted to each topic (signed original and
eight (8) copies) by May 1, 2012. A period of 10 minutes will be
allotted to each person for making comments. An agenda showing the
scheduling of the speakers will be prepared after the deadline for
receiving outlines has passed. Copies of the agenda will be available
free of charge at the hearing.
Drafting Information
The principal author of the regulations under sections 1471 through
1474 is John Sweeney, Office of Associate Chief Counsel
(International). However, other personnel from the IRS and the Treasury
Department participated significantly in their development.
The principal author of Sec. 301.1474-1 is Michael E. Hara, Office
of the Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration).
List of Subjects
26 CFR Part 1
Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
26 CFR Part 301
Employment taxes, Estate taxes, Excise taxes, Gift taxes, Income
taxes, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Proposed Amendments to the Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR parts 1 and 301 are proposed to be amended as
follows:
PART 1--INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1. The authority citation for part 1 is amended by adding
entries in numerical order to read in part as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Section 1.1471-1 is also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1471.
Section 1.1471-2 is also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1471.
Section 1.1471-3 is also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1471.
Section 1.1471-4 is also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1471.
Section 1.1471-5 is also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1471.
Section 1.1471-6 is also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1471.
Section 1.1472-1 is also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1472.
Section 1.1473-1 is also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1473.
Section 1.1474-1 is also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1474.
Section 1.1474-2 is also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1474.
Section 1.1474-3 is also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1474.
Section 1.1474-4 is also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1474.
Section 1.1474-5 is also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1474.
Section 1.1474-6 is also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1474.
Section 1.1474-7 is also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1474.
Section 301.1474-1 is also issued under 26 U.S.C.1474 * * *
Par. 2. Section 1.1471-0 is added to read as follows.
Sec. 1.1471-0 Outline of regulation provisions for section 1471.
This section lists captions contained in Sec. Sec. 1.1471-1
through 1.1471-4.
Sec. 1.1471-1 Scope of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code
provisions and definitions.
(a) Purpose and scope of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code
regulations.
(b) Definitions.
[[Page 9043]]
(1) Account.
(i) Account.
(ii) Custodial account.
(iii) Depository account.
(iv) Dormant account.
(v) U.S. account.
(2) Account holder.
(3) AML due diligence.
(4) Annuity contract.
(5) Beneficial owner.
(6) Broker.
(7) Chapter 3.
(8) Chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code.
(9) Chapter 4 reportable amount.
(10) Chapter 4 status.
(11) Complex trust.
(12) Customer master file.
(13) Documentary evidence.
(14) Documentation.
(15) EIN.
(16) Electronically searchable information.
(17) Entity.
(18) Excepted FFI.
(19) Exempt beneficial owner.
(20) Expanded affiliated group.
(21) FATF.
(22) FATF-compliant.
(23) FFI.
(i) Deemed-compliant FFI.
(A) Certified deemed-compliant FFI.
(B) Registered deemed-compliant FFI.
(ii) Limited Branch.
(iii) Limited FFI.
(iv) Nonparticipating FFI.
(v) Participating FFI.
(24) FFI agreement.
(25) FFI-EIN.
(26) Financial account.
(27) Financial institution.
(28) Flow-through entity.
(29) Foreign entity.
(30) Foreign passthru payment.
(31) Grantor trust.
(32) Gross proceeds.
(33) Insurance company.
(34) Intermediary.
(i) NQI.
(ii) QI.
(35) Life insurance contract.
(36) NFFE.
(i) Active NFFE.
(ii) Excepted NFFE.
(iii) Passive NFFE.
(37) NQI withholding statement
(38) NWP.
(39) NWT.
(40) Offshore obligation.
(41) Participating FFI group.
(42) Partnership.
(43) Passthru payment.
(44) Payee.
(i) U.S. payee.
(ii) Foreign payee.
(45) Payor.
(46) Person.
(i) U.S. person.
(ii) Foreign person.
(47) Possession of the United States.
(48) Preexisting obligation.
(49) Preexisting entity account.
(50) Preexisting individual account.
(51) QI agreement.
(52) Recalcitrant account holder.
(53) Relationship manager.
(54) Simple trust.
(55) Specified U.S. person.
(56) Standardized industry code.
(57) Substantial U.S. owner.
(58) Territory entity.
(59) Territory financial institution.
(60) Territory NFFE.
(61) TIN.
(62) U.S. owned foreign entity.
(63) U.S. financial institution.
(64) U.S. payor.
(65) U.S. source FDAP income.
(66) Withholdable payment.
(67) Withholding.
(68) Withholding agent.
(69) Withholding certificate.
(i) Flow-through withholding certificate.
(ii) Intermediary withholding certificate.
(70) WP.
(71) WT.
(c) Effective/applicability date.
Sec. 1.1471-2 Requirement to deduct and withhold tax on withholdable
payments to certain FFIs.
(a) Requirement to withhold on payments to FFIs.
(1) General rule of withholding.
(2) Special withholding rules.
(i) Requirement to withhold on payments of U.S. source FDAP to
participating FFIs that are NQIs, NWPs, or NWTs.
(ii) Residual withholding responsibility of intermediaries and
flow-through entities.
(iii) Withholding on certain payments to QIs.
(A) QIs making an election under section 1471(b)(3).
(B) Special rule for QIs that are not FFIs.
(iv) Withholding obligation of a territory financial institution.
(v) Payments of gross proceeds.
(3) Coordination of withholding under section 1471(a) and (b).
(4) Payments for which no withholding is required.
(i) Exception to withholding if the withholding agent lacks
control, custody, or knowledge.
(A) In general.
(B) Example.
(ii) Transitional exception to withholding for certain payments
made prior to January 1, 2015.
(A) In general.
(B) Prima facie FFIs.
(iii) Payments to a participating FFI.
(iv) Payments to a deemed-compliant FFI.
(v) Payments to an exempt beneficial owner.
(vi) Payments to a territory financial institution.
(b) Grandfathered obligations.
(1) Grandfathered treatment of outstanding obligations.
(2) Definitions.
(i) Grandfathered obligation.
(ii) Obligation.
(iii) Outstanding on January 1, 2013.
(iv) Material modification.
(3) Application to flow-through entities.
(i) Partnerships.
(ii) Simple trusts.
(iii) Grantor trusts.
(c) Effective/applicability date.
Sec. 1.1471-3 Identification of payee.
(a) Payee defined.
(1) In general.
(2) Payee with respect to a financial account.
(3) Exceptions.
(i) Certain foreign agents or intermediaries.
(ii) Foreign flow-through entity.
(iii) U.S. intermediary or agent of a foreign person.
(iv) Territory financial institution.
(v) Disregarded entity or branch.
(vi) U.S. branch of certain foreign banks or insurance companies.
(vii) Foreign branch of a U.S. financial institution.
(b) Determination of payee's status.
(1) Determining whether a payment is received by an intermediary.
(2) Determination of entity type.
(3) Determination of whether the payment is made to a QI, WP, or
WT.
(4) Determination of whether the payee is receiving effectively
connected income.
(c) Rules for reliably associating a payment with a withholding
certificate or other appropriate documentation.
(1) In general.
(2) Reliably associating a payment with documentation when a
payment is made through an intermediary or flow-through entity that is
not the payee.
(3) Requirements for validity of certificates.
(i) Form W-9.
(ii) Beneficial owner withholding certificate (Form W-8BEN).
(iii) Withholding certificate of an intermediary, flow-through
entity, or U.S. branch (Form W-8IMY).
(A) In general.
(B) Withholding statement.
(1) In general.
(2) Special requirements for an FFI withholding statement.
(3) Special requirements for an NFFE withholding statement.
[[Page 9044]]
(4) Special requirements for a territory institution withholding
statement.
(5) Special requirements for an exempt beneficial owner withholding
statement.
(C) Failure to provide allocation information.
(D) Special rules applicable to a withholding certificate of a QI
that assumes primary withholding responsibility under chapter 3.
(E) Special rules applicable to a withholding certificate of a QI
that does not assume primary withholding responsibility under chapter
3.
(F) Special rules applicable to a withholding certificate of a
territory financial institution that agrees to be treated as a U.S.
person for purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code.
(G) Special rules applicable to a withholding certificate of a
territory financial institution that does not agree to be treated as a
U.S. person for purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code.
(iv) Certificate for exempt status (Form W-8EXP).
(v) Certificate for effectively connected income (Form W-8ECI).
(4) Requirements for written statements.
(5) Requirements for documentary evidence.
(6) Applicable rules for withholding certificates, written
statements, and documentary evidence.
(i) Who may sign the certificate or written statement.
(ii) Period of validity.
(A) Withholding certificates.
(B) Written statements.
(C) Documentary evidence.
(D) Change of circumstances.
(1) Defined.
(2) Obligation to notify withholding agent of a change in
circumstances.
(3) Withholding agent's obligation with respect to a change in
circumstances.
(iii) Record retention.
(iv) Electronic transmission of withholding certificate, written
statement, and documentary evidence.
(v) Acceptable substitute withholding certificate.
(vi) Documentation to be furnished for each account unless
exception applies.
(vii) Reliance on a prior version of a withholding certificate.
(7) Documentation received after the time of payment.
(d) Documentation requirements to establish payee's chapter 4
status.
(1) Identification of U.S. persons.
(2) Identification of foreign individuals.
(i) In general.
(ii) Transitional exceptions for payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting obligations.
(iii) Exception for offshore obligations.
(3) Identification of participating FFIs.
(i) In general.
(ii) Transitional exception for payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting obligations.
(4) Identification of nonparticipating FFIs.
(i) In general.
(ii) Special documentation rules for payments made to an exempt
beneficial owner through a nonparticipating FFI.
(5) Identification of registered deemed-compliant FFIs.
(i) In general.
(ii) Transitional exception for payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting obligations.
(6) Identification of certified deemed-compliant FFIs.
(i) Identification of nonregistering local banks.
(ii) Identification of retirement plans.
(A) In general.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations.
(iii) Identification of non-profit organizations.
(A) In general.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations.
(iv) Identification of FFIs with only low-value accounts.
(7) Identification of owner-documented FFIs.
(i) In general.
(ii) Auditor's letter substitute.
(iii) Documentation for owners of payee.
(iv) Content of FFI owner reporting requirement.
(v) Exception for preexisting obligations.
(8) Identification of exempt beneficial owners.
(i) Identification of foreign governments and governments of U.S.
possessions.
(A) In general.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations.
(ii) Identification of international organizations.
(iii) Identification of foreign central banks of issue.
(A) In general.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations.
(iv) Identification of retirement funds.
(A) In general.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations.
(v) Identification of entities wholly owned by exempt beneficial
owners.
(9) Identification of excepted FFIs.
(i) Identification of nonfinancial holding companies.
(A) In general.
(B) Exceptions for offshore obligations.
(ii) Identification of start-up companies.
(A) In general.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting obligations.
(iii) Identification of certain nonfinancial entities in
liquidation or bankruptcy.
(A) In general.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations.
(iv) Identification of hedging/financing centers of nonfinancial
groups.
(A) In general.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(v) Identification of section 501(c) organizations.
(A) In general
(B) Reason to know.
(10) Identification of territory financial institutions.
(i) Identification of territory financial institutions that are
beneficial owners.
(A) In general.
(B) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations.
(ii) Identification of territory financial institutions acting as
intermediaries or that are flow-through entities.
(iii) Reason to know.
(11) Identification of NFFEs.
(i) Identification of NFFEs that are publicly traded corporations.
(A) Transitional exception for payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting obligations.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations.
(ii) Identification of NFFE affiliates.
(A) Transitional exception for payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting obligations.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations.
(iii) Identification of territory NFFEs.
(A) Exception for offshore obligations.
(B) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations of $1,000,000 or
less.
(iv) Identification of active NFFEs.
(A) Transitional exception for payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting obligations.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations.
(v) Identification of excepted NFFEs described in Sec. 1.1472-
1(c)(1)(iv).
(vi) Identification of passive NFFEs.
[[Page 9045]]
(A) Transitional exception for payments made prior to January 1,
2017, to preexisting obligations.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations.
(C) Special rule for preexisting offshore obligations.
(D) Required owner certification for passive NFFEs.
(1) In general.
(2) Exception for preexisting obligations of $1,000,000 or less.
(e) Standards of knowledge.
(1) In general.
(2) Notification by the IRS.
(3) FFI-EIN.
(i) In general.
(ii) Special requirements applicable prior to January 2, 2016.
(4) Reason to know.
(i) Standards of knowledge applicable to withholding certificates.
(A) In general.
(B) U.S. address or telephone number.
(1) Presumption of individual's foreign status.
(2) Presumption of entity's foreign status.
(C) U.S. place of birth.
(1) Accounts opened on or after January 1, 2013.
(2) Accounts opened prior to January 1, 2013.
(D) Standing instructions with respect to offshore obligations.
(ii) Standard of knowledge applicable to documentary evidence.
(A) In general.
(B) Establishment of foreign status.
(C) U.S. place of birth.
(1) Accounts opened on or after January 1, 2013.
(2) Accounts opened prior to January 1, 2013.
(D) Standing instructions.
(iii) Information conflicting with payee's claim of chapter 4
status.
(iv) Conduit financing arrangements.
(v) Additional guidance.
(f) Presumptions regarding payee's status in the absence of
documentation.
(1) In general.
(2) Presumptions of classification as an individual or entity.
(3) Presumptions of U.S. or foreign status.
(i) Payments to entities with indicia of foreign status.
(ii) Payments to certain exempt recipients.
(iii) Payments with respect to offshore obligations.
(4) Presumption of chapter 4 status for a foreign entity.
(5) Presumption of status as an intermediary.
(6) Joint payees.
(i) In general.
(ii) Exception for offshore obligations.
(7) Rebuttal of presumptions.
(8) Effect of reliance on presumptions and of actual knowledge or
reason to know otherwise.
(i) In general.
(ii) Actual knowledge or reason to know that amount of withholding
is greater than is required under the presumptions or that reporting of
the payment is required.
(g) Effective/applicability date.
Sec. 1.1471-4 FFI agreement.
(a) In general.
(1) Withholding.
(2) Identification and documentation of account holders.
(3) Reporting.
(4) Expanded affiliated group.
(5) Waiver.
(6) Verification.
(7) Event of default.
(8) Requests for additional information.
(b) Withholding requirements under the FFI agreement.
(1) In general.
(2) Withholdable payments requirements.
(3) Foreign passthru payment. [Reserved].
(4) Dormant accounts.
(5) Special withholding rules for U.S. branches
(6) Special withholding rules for participating FFIs with limited
branches and affiliates that are limited FFIs.
(c) Due diligence for the identification of account holders under
the FFI agreement.
(1) Scope of paragraph.
(2) Requirements with respect to the identification of account
holders.
(i) In general.
(ii) Standards of knowledge.
(iii) Change in circumstances.
(iv) Record retention.
(3) Identification procedure and documentation for entity accounts.
(i) In general.
(ii) Documentation exception for certain preexisting entity
accounts.
(A) Previously identified accounts.
(B) Account threshold.
(1) In general.
(2) Aggregation of entity accounts.
(3) Special aggregation rule applicable to relationship managers.
(4) Election to forgo exception.
(4) Identification procedure and documentation for individual
accounts.
(i) In general.
(A) U.S. indicia.
(B) Documentation required for U.S. indicia.
(ii) Preexisting accounts of individual account holders documented
as U.S. accounts.
(iii) Exception for certain preexisting accounts of individual
account holders other than accounts described in Sec. 1.1471-
4(c)(4)(iv).
(A) Account threshold.
(B) Aggregation of individual accounts.
(C) Special aggregation rule applicable to relationship managers.
(iv) Exception for certain cash value insurance or annuity
contracts of individual account holders that are preexisting
obligations.
(A) Individuals.
(B) Account threshold.
(1) In general.
(2) Aggregation of accounts.
(3) Special aggregation rules applicable to relationship managers.
(v) Election to forgo exception.
(5) Currency translation.
(6) Examples.
(7) Alternative identification procedure for preexisting individual
accounts that are offshore obligations.
(i) In general.
(ii) Electronic search.
(8) Additional enhanced review for high-value accounts.
(i) In general.
(ii) Relationship manager inquiry.
(iii) Enhanced review.
(A) In general.
(B) Limitations on the enhanced review.
(iv) Exception for certain documented accounts of individual
account holders.
(9) Exception for preexisting accounts that a participating FFI has
documented as held by foreign individuals for purposes of meeting its
obligations under chapter 61 or its QI, WP, or WT agreement.
(10) Certification of responsible officer.
(d) Account reporting under FFI agreement.
(1) Scope of paragraph.
(2) Reporting requirements in general.
(i) Accounts subject to reporting.
(ii) Financial institution required to report an account.
(A) In general.
(B) Special reporting of account holders of territory financial
institutions.
(C) Election for branch reporting.
(iii) Special rules for U.S. payors.
(A) Special reporting rule for U.S. payors other than U.S.
branches.
(B) Special reporting rule for U.S. branches.
(iv) Accounts maintained for owner-documented FFIs.
(3) Reporting of accounts under section 1471(c)(1).
(i) In general.
(ii) Accounts held by specified U.S. persons.
(iii) Accounts held by U.S. owned foreign entities.
[[Page 9046]]
(iv) Branch reporting.
(v) Form for reporting U.S. accounts under section 1471(c)(1).
(vi) Time and manner of filing.
(vii) Extensions in filing.
(4) Description applicable to reporting requirements of Sec.
1.1471-4(d)(3).
(i) Address.
(ii) Account number.
(iii) Account balance or value.
(A) In general.
(B) Currency translation of account balance or value.
(iv) Payments made with respect to accounts.
(A) Depository accounts.
(B) Custodial accounts.
(C) Other accounts.
(D) Transfers and closings of deposit, custodial, insurance, and
annuity financial accounts.
(E) Amount and characterization of payments subject to reporting.
(F) Currency translation.
(v) Record retention requirements.
(5) Election to perform reporting under section 1471(c)(2).
(i) In general.
(ii) Information and accounts to be reported.
(iii) Branch reporting
(iv) Time and manner of making the election.
(v) Revocation of election.
(vi) Filing of information under election.
(6) Reporting on recalcitrant account holders.
(i) In general.
(ii) Definition of dormant account.
(iii) End of dormancy.
(iv) Forms.
(v) Time and manner of filing.
(7) Special reporting rules with respect to the 2013 through 2015
calendar years.
(i) In general.
(ii) Information to be reported.
(A) Reporting with respect to the 2013 and 2014 calendar years.
(B) Reporting with respect to the 2015 calendar year.
(iii) Participating FFIs that report under Sec. 1.1471-(d)(5).
(iv) Recalcitrant accounts.
(v) Forms for reporting.
(A) In general.
(B) Special determination date and timing for reporting with
respect to the 2013 calendar year.
(8) Reporting requirements of QIs with respect to U.S. accounts.
[Reserved].
(9) Reporting requirements of WPs with respect to U.S. accounts.
[Reserved].
(10) Reporting requirements of WTs with respect to U.S. accounts.
[Reserved].
(11) Examples.
(e) Expanded affiliated group requirements.
(1) In general.
(2) Limited branches
(i) In general.
(ii) Branch defined.
(iii) Limited branch defined.
(iv) Conditions for limited branch status.
(v) Withholding requirements applicable to limited branches.
(vi) Term of limited branch status.
(3) Limited FFI affiliates.
(i) In general.
(ii) Limited FFI.
(iii) Conditions for limited FFI status.
(iv) Group member requirements.
(v) Period for limited FFI status.
(4) Special rule for QIs.
(f) Effective/applicability date.
Sec. 1.1471-5 Definitions applicable to section 1471.
(a) U.S. accounts.
(1) In general.
(2) Definition of U.S. account.
(3) Account held by.
(i) In general.
(ii) Grantor trust.
(iii) Financial accounts held by agents.
(iv) Jointly held accounts.
(v) Holder of account for certain insurance contracts.
(vi) Examples.
(4) Exceptions to U.S. account status.
(i) Exceptions for certain individual accounts of participating
FFIs.
(A) Depository accounts.
(B) $50,000 threshold.
(C) Individual account holders.
(ii) Aggregation requirements for exception.
(iii) Currency translation.
(iv) Election to forgo exception.
(v) Examples.
(b) Financial accounts.
(1) In general.
(2) Exceptions.
(i) Certain savings accounts.
(A) Retirement and pension accounts.
(B) Non-retirement savings accounts.
(C) Currency translation.
(D) Rollovers.
(E) Coordination with section 6038D.
(F) Account that is tax-favored.
(ii) Term life insurance contracts.
(iii) Accounts held by exempt beneficial owner.
(3) Definitions.
(i) Depository account.
(ii) Custodial account.
(iii) Equity interest in certain entities.
(iv) Regularly traded on an established securities market.
(v) Cash value insurance contracts.
(A) In general.
(B) Cash value.
(C) Amounts excluded from cash value.
(c) U.S. owned foreign entity.
(1) In general.
(2) Owner-documented FFI treated as U.S. owned foreign entity.
(d) Definition of FFI.
(e) Definition of a financial institution.
(1) In general.
(2) Banking or similar business.
(i) In general.
(ii) Application of section 581.
(iii) Effect of local regulation.
(3) Holding of financial assets as a substantial portion of its
business.
(i) Substantial portion.
(ii) Effect of local regulation.
(4) In the business of investing, reinvesting, and trading.
(5) Exclusions.
(i) Certain nonfinancial holding companies.
(ii) Certain start-up companies.
(iii) Nonfinancial entities that are liquidating or emerging from
reorganization or bankruptcy.
(iv) Hedging/financial centers of a nonfinancial group.
(v) Section 501(c) entities.
(f) Deemed-compliant FFIs.
(1) Registered deemed-compliant FFIs.
(i) Registered deemed-compliant FFI categories.
(A) Local FFIs.
(B) Nonreporting members of participating FFI groups.
(C) Qualified collective investment vehicles.
(D) Restricted funds.
(ii) Procedural requirements for registered deemed-compliant FFIs.
(iii) Deemed-compliant FFI that is merged or acquired.
(2) Certified deemed-compliant FFIs.
(i) Nonregistering local bank.
(ii) Retirement funds.
(A) Requirements
(B) Example.
(iii) Non-profit organizations.
(iv) FFIs with only low-value accounts.
(3) Owner-documented FFIs.
(i) In general.
(ii) Requirements of owner-documented FFI status.
(4) Definition of a restricted distributor.
(g) Recalcitrant account holders.
(1) Scope.
(2) Recalcitrant account holder.
(3) Start of recalcitrant account holder status.
(i) Preexisting accounts identified during the procedures described
in Sec. 1.1471-4(c) for identifying U.S. accounts.
(A) Accounts other than high-value accounts.
[[Page 9047]]
(B) High-value accounts.
(C) Preexisting accounts subject to enhanced review.
(ii) Accounts that are not preexisting accounts and accounts
requiring name/TIN correction.
(iii) Accounts with changes in circumstances.
(4) End of recalcitrant account holder status.
(h) Passthru payment.
(1) Defined.
(2) Foreign passthru payment. [Reserved].
(i) Expanded affiliated group.
(1) Scope of paragraph.
(2) Expanded affiliated group defined.
(i) In general.
(ii) Partnerships and other entities..
(j) Effective/applicability date.
Sec. 1.1471-6 Payments beneficially owned by exempt beneficial
owners.
(a) Purpose and scope of paragraph.
(b) Foreign government, any political subdivision of a foreign
government, or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of any one or
more of the foregoing.
(1) Definition.
(2) Integral part.
(3) Controlled entity.
(4) Inurement to the benefit of private persons.
(5) Commercial activities.
(c) International organizations and any wholly owned agency or
instrumentality thereof.
(d) Foreign central bank of issue.
(e) Governments of U.S. possessions.
(f) Certain retirement funds.
(1) Requirements.
(2) Examples.
(g) Entities wholly owned by exempt beneficial owners.
(h) Effective/applicability date.
Sec. 1.1472-1 Withholding on NFFEs.
(a) Overview.
(b) Withholdable payments made to an NFFE.
(1) In general.
(2) Coordination of withholding requirements under section 1472
applicable to participating FFIs.
(c) Exceptions.
(1) Beneficial owner that is an excepted NFFE.
(i) Publicly traded corporation.
(A) Regularly traded.
(B) Entities treated as meeting the regularly traded requirement.
(C) Established securities market.
(1) In general.
(2) Foreign exchange with multiple tiers.
(3) Discretion to determine that an exchange does not qualify as an
established securities market.
(4) Computation of dollar value of stock traded.
(ii) Certain affiliated entities related to publicly traded
corporation.
(iii) Certain territory entities.
(iv) Exempt beneficial owner described in Sec. 1.1471-4(b) through
(g).
(v) Active NFFEs.
(vi) Excepted FFIs.
(2) Payments to a WP or WT.
(d) Rules for determining payee and beneficial owner.
(1) In general.
(2) Payments made to an NFFE that is a WP or WT.
(3) Payments made to a partner or beneficiary of an NFFE that is an
NWP or NWT.
(4) Payments made to a beneficial owner that is an NFFE.
(5) Absence of valid documentation.
(e) Information reporting requirements.
(1) Reporting on withholdable payments.
(2) Reporting of substantial U.S. owners.
(f) Effective/applicability date.
Sec. 1.1473-1 Section 1473 definitions.
(a) Definition of withholdable payment.
(1) In general.
(2) U.S. source FDAP income defined.
(i) In general.
(A) FDAP income defined.
(B) U.S. source.
(ii) Determination of source of income.
(A) In general.
(B) Special source rule for certain interest.
(iii) Original issue discount.
(iv) REMIC residual interests.
(v) Withholding liability of payee that is satisfied by withholding
agent.
(vi) Special rule for sales of interest bearing debt obligations.
(vii) Payment of U.S. source FDAP income.
(A) Amount of payment of U.S. source FDAP income.
(B) When payment of U.S. source FDAP income is made
(3) Gross proceeds defined.
(i) Sale or other disposition.
(A) In general.
(B) Special rule for sales effected by brokers.
(C) Special rule for gross proceeds from sales settled by clearing
organization.
(ii) Property of a type that can produce interest or dividends that
are U.S. source FDAP income.
(A) In general.
(B) Termination of specified notional principal contract.
(C) Registered investment company distributions.
(iii) Payment of gross proceeds.
(A) When gross proceeds are paid.
(B) Amount of gross proceeds.
(iv) Withholding requirements on gross proceeds.
(4) Payments not treated as withholdable payments.
(i) Certain short-term obligations.
(ii) Effectively connected income.
(iii) Ordinary course of business payments.
(iv) Gross proceeds from sales of excluded property.
(v) Fractional shares.
(5) Special payment rules for flow-through entities, complex
trusts, and estates.
(i) In general.
(ii) Partnerships.
(iii) Simple trusts.
(iv) Complex trusts and estates.
(v) Grantor trusts.
(vi) Special rule for NWP or NWT.
(vii) Special rule for determining when gross proceeds are treated
as paid to partner, owner, or beneficiary of a flow-through entity.
[Reserved].
(6) Reporting of withholdable payments.
(7) Example.
(b) Substantial U.S. owner.
(1) Definition.
(2) Direct and indirect ownership in foreign entities.
(i) Indirect ownership of stock.
(ii) Indirect ownership in a partnership or beneficial trust
interest.
(iii) Indirect ownership through U.S. persons.
(iv) Ownership and holdings through options.
(v) Determination of proportionate interest.
(3) Beneficial trust interests.
(i) Holding a beneficial interest.
(A) In general.
(B) Discretionary distribution.
(ii) Valuation rules for beneficial interests in foreign trusts.
(iii) Determining the ten percent threshold in the case of a
beneficial interest in a foreign trust.
(A) Discretionary beneficial interests.
(B) Mandatory beneficial interests.
(C) Mandatory and discretionary beneficial interests.
(4) Exception for certain beneficial interests.
(5) Special rule for certain investment vehicles and insurance.
(6) Determination dates for substantial U.S. owners.
(7) Examples.
(c) Specified U.S. person.
(d) Withholding agent.
(1) In general.
(2) Participating FFIs as withholding agents.
(3) Grantor trusts as withholding agents.
[[Page 9048]]
(4) Deposit and return requirements.
(5) Multiple withholding agents.
(6) Exception for certain individuals.
(e) Foreign entity.
(f) Effective/applicability date.
Sec. 1.1474-1 Liability for withheld tax.
(a) Payment and returns of tax withheld.
(1) In general.
(2) Withholding agent liability.
(3) Use of agents.
(i) In general.
(ii) Liability of agent of withholding agent.
(4) Liability for failure to obtain documentation timely or to act
in accordance with applicable presumptions.
(i) In general.
(ii) Withholding satisfied by another withholding agent.
(b) Payment of withheld tax.
(c) Income tax return.
(1) In general.
(2) Amended returns.
(d) Information returns for payment reporting.
(1) Filing requirement.
(i) In general.
(ii) Recipient.
(A) Defined.
(B) Persons that are not recipients.
(2) Amounts subject to reporting.
(i) In general.
(ii) Special transitional reporting by participating FFIs.
(A) Reporting requirements for certain payments to nonparticipating
FFIs.
(1) FDAP income.
(2) Other financial payments. [Reserved].
(B) Payments to limited branches.
(iii) Exceptions to reporting.
(iv) Coordination with chapter 3.
(3) Required information.
(4) Method of reporting.
(i) Payments by U.S. withholding agent to recipients.
(A) Payments to certain entities that are beneficial owners.
(B) Payments to participating FFIs, deemed-compliant FFIs, or
certain QIs.
(C) Amounts paid to territory financial institutions acting as
intermediaries.
(D) Amounts paid to NFEEs.
(ii) Payments made by withholding agents to certain entities that
are not recipients.
(A) Form 1042-S reporting of entities that provide information for
a withholding agent to perform specific payee reporting.
(B) Nonparticipating FFIs that act as intermediaries.
(C) Disregarded entities.
(iii) Reporting by nonparticipating FFIs, flow-through entities, or
territory financial institutions that do not elect to be treated as
U.S. persons.
(iv) Other withholding agents.
(e) Magnetic media reporting.
(f) Indemnification of withholding agent.
(g) Extensions of time to file Forms 1042 and 1042-S.
(h) Penalties.
(i) Reporting requirements with respect to owner-documented FFIs.
(1) Reporting by U.S. withholding agent.
(2) Cross reference to reporting by participating FFIs.
(j) Effective/applicability date.
Sec. 1.1474-2 Adjustments for overwithholding or underwithholding of
tax.
(a) Adjustment of overwithheld tax.
(1) In general.
(2) Overwithholding.
(3) Reimbursement of tax.
i. General rule.
ii. Record maintenance.
(4) Set-offs.
(5) Examples.
(b) Withholding of additional tax when underwithholding occurs.
(c) Effective/applicability date.
Sec. 1.1474-3 Withheld tax as credit to beneficial owner of income.
(a) Creditable tax.
(b) Amounts paid to persons that are not the beneficial owners.
(c) Effective/applicability date.
Sec. 1.1474-4 Tax paid only once.
(a) Tax paid.
(b) Effective/applicability date.
Sec. 1.1474-5 Refunds or credits.
(a) Refund and credit.
(1) In general.
(2) Limitation to refund and credit for a nonparticipating FFI.
(3) Requirement to provide additional documentation for certain
beneficial owners.
(i) In general.
(ii) Claim of reduced withholding under an income tax treaty.
(iii) Additional documentation to be furnished to the IRS for
certain NFFEs.
(b) Tax repaid to payee.
(c) Effective/applicability date.
Sec. 1.1474-6 Coordination of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code
with other withholding provisions.
(a) In general.
(b) Coordination of withholding for amounts subject to withholding
under sections 1441, 1442, and 1443.
(1) In general.
(2) When withholding is applied.
(c) Coordination with amounts subject to withholding under section
1445.
(1) In general.
(2) Determining amount of distribution from certain domestic
corporations subject to section 1445 or chapter 4 withholding.
(i) Distribution from qualified investment entity.
(ii) Distribution from a United States Real Property Holding
Corporation.
(d) Coordination with section 1446.
(1) In general.
(2) Determining amount of distribution subject to section 1446.
[Reserved].
(e) Coordination of withholding under section 3406. [Reserved].
(f) Example.
(g) Effective/applicability date.
Sec. 1.1474-7 Confidentiality of information.
(a) Confidentiality of information.
(b) Exception for disclosure of participating FFIs.
(c) Effective/applicability date.
Par. 3. Section 1.1471-1 is revised to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1471-1 Scope of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code
provisions and definitions.
(a) Purpose and scope of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code
regulations. Sections 1.1471-1 through 1.1474-7 provide rules for
withholding when a withholding agent makes a payment to an FFI or NFFE
and prescribes the requirements for and definitions relevant to those
FFIs and NFFEs to which withholding will not apply. Section 1.1471-1
provides definitions for terms used in chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code. Section 1.1471-2 provides rules for withholding under
section 1471(a) on payments to FFIs and provides rules for
grandfathered obligations. Section 1.1471-3 provides rules for
determining the payee and the documentation requirements to establish a
payee's chapter 4 status. Section 1.1471-4 describes the requirements
of the FFI agreement under section 1471(b) and the application of
section 1471(b) and (c) to an expanded affiliated group of FFIs.
Section 1.1471-5 defines terms relevant to section 1471 and to the FFI
agreement and defines categories of FFIs that will be deemed to have
met the requirements of section 1471(b) pursuant to section 1471(b)(2).
Section 1.1471-6 defines classes of beneficial owners of payments that
are exempt from withholding under chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue
Code. Section 1.1472-1 provides rules for withholding when a
withholding agent makes a payment to an NFFE. Section 1.1473-1 provides
definitions of the statutory terms in section 1473. Section 1.1474-1
provides rules relating to a withholding agent's liability for
[[Page 9049]]
withheld tax, filing of income tax and information returns, and
depositing of tax withheld. Section 1.1474-2 provides rules relating to
adjustments for overwithholding and underwithholding of tax. Section
1.1474-3 provides the circumstances in which a credit is allowed to a
beneficial owner for a withheld tax. Section 1.1474-4 provides that a
chapter 4 withholding obligation need only be collected once. Section
1.1474-5 contains rules relating to credits and refunds of tax
withheld. Section 1.1474-6 provides rules coordinating withholding
under sections 1471 and 1472 with withholding provisions under other
sections of the Code. Section 1.1474-7 provides the confidentiality
requirement for information obtained to comply with the requirements of
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code. Any reference in the provisions
of sections 1471 through 1474 to an amount that is stated in U.S.
dollars includes the foreign currency equivalent of that amount. Except
as otherwise provided, the provisions of sections 1471 through 1474 and
the regulations thereunder apply only for purposes of chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code. See Sec. 301.1474-1 for the requirements for
reporting on magnetic media that apply to financial institutions making
payments pursuant to chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code.
(b) Definitions. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph
(b), the following definitions apply for purposes of sections 1471
through 1474 and the regulations under those sections.
(1) Account--(i) Account. The term account means a financial
account as defined in Sec. 1.1471-5(b).
(ii) Custodial account. The term custodial account has the meaning
set forth in Sec. 1.1471-5(b)(3)(ii).
(iii) Depository account. The term depository account has the
meaning set forth in Sec. 1.1471-5(b)(3)(i).
(iv) Dormant account. The term dormant account has the meaning set
forth in Sec. 1.1471-4(d)(6)(ii).
(v) U.S. account. The term U.S. account or United States account
has the meaning set forth in Sec. 1.1471-5(a).
(2) Account holder. The term account holder means the person who
holds an account, as determined under Sec. 1.1471-5(a)(3).
(3) AML due diligence. The term AML due diligence means the
customer due diligence procedures of a financial institution pursuant
to the anti-money laundering or similar requirements to which a
financial institution, or branch thereof, is subject. This includes
identifying the customer (including the owners of the customer),
understanding the nature and purpose of the account, and ongoing
monitoring.
(4) Annuity contract. The term annuity contract means a contract
that would be an annuity under section 72 (without regard to
subsections (s) and (u) and section 817(h)).
(5) Beneficial owner. Except as provided in Sec. 1.1472-1, the
term beneficial owner has the meaning set forth in Sec. 1.1441-
1(c)(6).
(6) Broker. The term broker means any person, U.S. or foreign,
that, in the ordinary course of a trade or business during the calendar
year, stands ready to effect sales to be made by others. A broker
includes an obligor that regularly issues and retires its own debt
obligations, a corporation that regularly redeems its own stock, and a
clearing organization that effects sales of securities for its members.
A broker does not include an international organization that redeems or
retires an obligation of which it is the issuer, a stock transfer agent
that records transfers of stock for a corporation if the nature of the
activities of the agent is such that the agent ordinarily would not
know the gross proceeds from sales, an escrow agent that effects no
sales other than such transactions as are incidental to the purpose of
escrow (such as sales to collect on collateral), or a corporation that
issues and retires long-term debt on an irregular basis.
(7) Chapter 3. For purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue
Code, any reference to chapter 3 means sections 1441 through 1464 and
the regulations thereunder, but does not include sections 1445 and 1446
and the regulations thereunder, unless the context indicates otherwise.
(8) Chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code. The term chapter 4 of
the Internal Revenue Code means sections 1471 through 1474 and the
regulations thereunder.
(9) Chapter 4 reportable amount. The term chapter 4 reportable
amount has the meaning set forth in Sec. 1.1474-1(d)(2)(i).
(10) Chapter 4 status. The term chapter 4 status means, with
respect to a person, the person's status as a U.S. person, a specified
U.S. person, a foreign individual, a participating FFI, a deemed-
compliant FFI, an exempt beneficial owner, a nonparticipating FFI, a
territory financial institution, a QI branch of a U.S. financial
institution, an excepted NFFE, or a passive NFFE.
(11) Complex trust. A complex trust is a trust that is not a simple
trust or a grantor trust.
(12) Customer master file. A customer master file includes the
primary files of a participating FFI or deemed-compliant FFI for
maintaining account holder information, such as information used for
contacting account holders and for satisfying AML due diligence.
(13) Documentary evidence. The term documentary evidence means
documents, other than a withholding certificate or written statement,
that a withholding agent is permitted to rely upon to determine the
chapter 4 status of a payee, an account holder, or an exempt beneficial
owner in accordance with Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(5).
(14) Documentation. The term documentation means withholding
certificates, written statements, documentary evidence, and other
documents that may be relevant in determining the status of a person
for the purpose of a reporting or withholding requirement under chapter
4 of the Internal Revenue Code, including any document containing a
determination of the account holder's citizenship or residency for tax
or AML due diligence purposes or an account holder's claim of
citizenship or residency for tax or AML due diligence purposes.
(15) EIN. The term EIN means an employer identification number
(also known as a Federal tax identification number) described in Sec.
301.6109-1(a)(1)(i).
(16) Electronically searchable information. The term electronically
searchable information means information that an FFI maintains in its
tax reporting files, customer master files, or similar files, that is
stored in the form of an electronic database against which standard
queries in programming languages, such as Structured Query Language,
may be used. Information, data, or files are not electronically
searchable merely because they are stored in an image retrieval system
(such as portable document format (.pdf) or scanned documents).
(17) Entity. The term entity means any person other than an
individual.
(18) Excepted FFI. The term excepted FFI means an entity that is
excluded from the definition of an FFI, pursuant to Sec. 1.1471-
5(e)(5), and is not subject to withholding under section 1472, pursuant
to Sec. 1.1472-1(c)(1)(vi).
(19) Exempt beneficial owner. The term exempt beneficial owner
means any person described in Sec. 1.1471-6(b) through (g).
(20) Expanded affiliated group. The term expanded affiliated group
has the meaning set forth in Sec. 1.1471-5(i)(2).
(21) FATF. The term FATF means the Financial Action Task Force,
which is an inter-governmental body that develops and promotes
international
[[Page 9050]]
policies to combat money laundering and terrorist financing.
(22) FATF-compliant. The term FATF-compliant means the relevant
jurisdiction--
(i) Is not subject to a FATF call on its members and other
jurisdictions to apply counter-measures to protect the international
financial system from the on-going and substantial money laundering and
terrorist financing (ML/TF) risks emanating from the jurisdiction;
(ii) Is not a jurisdiction with strategic AML/CFT deficiencies that
has not made sufficient progress in addressing the deficiencies; and
(iii) Is not a jurisdiction with strategic AML/CFT deficiencies
irrespective of whether the jurisdiction has agreed upon an action plan
with the FATF.
(23) FFI. The term FFI or foreign financial institution has the
meaning set forth in Sec. 1.1471-5(d).
(i) Deemed-compliant FFI. The term deemed-compliant FFI means an
FFI that is treated, pursuant to section 1471(b)(2) and Sec. 1.1471-
5(f), as meeting the requirements of section 1471(b).
(A) Certified deemed-compliant FFI. The term certified deemed-
compliant FFI means an FFI described in Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(2).
(B) Registered deemed-compliant FFI. The term registered deemed-
compliant FFI means an FFI described in Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(1).
(ii) Limited branch. The term limited branch has the meaning set
forth in Sec. 1.1471-4(e)(2)(iii).
(iii) Limited FFI. The term limited FFI has the meaning set forth
in Sec. 1.1471-4(e)(3)(ii).
(iv) Nonparticipating FFI. The term nonparticipating FFI means an
FFI other than a participating FFI, a deemed-compliant FFI, or an
exempt beneficial owner.
(v) Participating FFI. The term participating FFI means an FFI with
respect to which an FFI agreement is in full force and effect.
(24) FFI agreement. The term FFI agreement means an agreement that
is described in Sec. 1.1471-4(a). An FFI agreement includes a QI
agreement, a withholding partnership agreement, and a withholding trust
agreement, that is entered into by an FFI and that has an effective
date or renewal date on or after July 1, 2013.
(25) FFI-EIN. The term FFI-EIN means an EIN issued to a
participating FFI or registered deemed-compliant FFI, including an EIN
issued to a participating FFI that is a QI, WP, or WT.
(26) Financial account. The term financial account has the meaning
set forth in Sec. 1.1471-5(b).
(27) Financial institution. The term financial institution has the
meaning set forth in Sec. 1.1471-5(e).
(28) Flow-through entity. The term flow-through entity means a
partnership, simple trust, or grantor trust, as determined under U.S.
tax principles.
(29) Foreign entity. The term foreign entity has the meaning set
forth in Sec. 1.1473-1(e).
(30) Foreign passthru payment. The term foreign passthru payment
has the meaning set forth in Sec. 1.1471-5(h)(2).
(31) Grantor trust. A grantor trust is a trust with respect to
which one or more persons are treated as owners of all or a portion of
the trust under sections 671 through 679. If only a portion of the
trust is treated as owned by a person, that portion is a grantor trust
with respect to that person.
(32) Gross proceeds. The term gross proceeds has the meaning set
forth in Sec. 1.1473-1(a)(3).
(33) Insurance company. The term insurance company means a company
more than half of the business of which during the calendar year is
issuing (or being obligated to make payments with respect to) insurance
or annuity contracts or the reinsuring of such contracts.
(34) Intermediary. The term intermediary has the meaning set forth
in Sec. 1.1441-1(c)(13).
(i) NQI. The term NQI or nonqualified intermediary has the meaning
set forth in Sec. 1.1441-1(c)(14).
(ii) QI. The term QI or qualified intermediary has the meaning set
forth in Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(5)(ii).
(35) Life insurance contract. The term life insurance contract
means a contract that satisfies section 7702 (without regard to
subsections (b), (c), and (d) and sections 101(f) and 817(h)).
(36) NFFE. The term NFFE or non-financial foreign entity means a
foreign entity that is not a financial institution, including a
territory NFFE.
(i) Active NFFE. The term active NFFE has the meaning set forth in
Sec. 1.1472-1(c)(1)(v).
(ii) Excepted NFFE. The term excepted NFFE means an NFFE that is
described in Sec. 1.1472-1(c)(1) or (2).
(iii) Passive NFFE. The term passive NFFE means an NFFE other than
an excepted NFFE.
(37) NQI withholding statement. The term NQI withholding statement
means the statement described in Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(3)(iv).
(38) NWP. The term NWP or nonwithholding foreign partnership means
a foreign partnership that is not a withholding foreign partnership.
(39) NWT. The term NWT or nonwithholding foreign trust means a
foreign trust as defined in section 7701(a)(31)(B) that is a simple
trust or grantor trust and is not a withholding foreign trust.
(40) Offshore obligation. The term offshore obligation means any
account, instrument, or contract maintained and executed at an office
or branch of the withholding agent at any location outside of the
United States or in any location in a possession of the United States.
The term payment with respect to an offshore obligation means a payment
made outside of the United States, within the meaning of Sec. 1.6049-
5(e), with respect to an offshore obligation.
(41) Participating FFI group. The term participating FFI group
means an expanded affiliated group, within the meaning of Sec. 1.1471-
5(i)(2), that includes one or more participating FFIs.
(42) Partnership. The term partnership has the meaning set forth in
Sec. 301.7701-2(c)(1).
(43) Passthru payment. The term passthru payment has the meaning
set forth in Sec. 1.1471-5(h).
(44) Payee. The term payee has the meaning set forth in Sec.
1.1471-3(a).
(i) U.S. payee. The term U.S. payee means any payee that is a U.S.
person.
(ii) Foreign payee. The term foreign payee means any payee other
than a U.S. payee.
(45) Payor. The term payor has the meaning set forth in Sec. Sec.
31.3406(a)-2 and 1.6049-(a)(2) and generally includes a withholding
agent.
(46) Person. The term person has the meaning set forth in section
7701(a)(1) and the regulations thereunder. The term person does not
include a wholly owned entity that is disregarded for Federal tax
purposes as an entity separate from its owner. Notwithstanding the
previous sentence, the term person includes, with respect to a
withholdable payment, a foreign branch of a U.S. person that furnishes
an intermediary withholding certificate indicating that it is a QI.
(i) U.S. person. The term U.S. person or United States person means
a person described in section 7701(a)(30), the United States government
(including an agency or instrumentality thereof), a State (including an
agency or instrumentality thereof), or the District of Columbia
(including an agency or instrumentality thereof).
(ii) Foreign person. The term foreign person means any person other
than a U.S. person and includes, with respect to a withholdable
payment, a foreign branch of a U.S. person that furnishes
[[Page 9051]]
an intermediary withholding certificate indicating that it is a QI.
(47) Possession of the United States. The term possession of the
United States means American Samoa, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands,
Puerto Rico, or the U.S. Virgin Islands.
(48) Preexisting obligation. The term preexisting obligation means
any account, instrument, or contract maintained or executed by the
withholding agent as of January 1, 2013. With respect to a
participating FFI, the term preexisting obligation means any account,
instrument, or contract maintained or executed by the FFI prior to the
date that the participating FFI's FFI agreement becomes effective. With
respect to a registered deemed-compliant FFI, a preexisting obligation
means any account, instrument, or contract maintained or executed by
the FFI prior to the earlier of the date that the FFI registers as a
deemed-compliant FFI or the date the FFI implements its required
account opening procedures.
(49) Preexisting entity account. A preexisting entity account is a
financial account held by one or more entities that is a preexisting
obligation.
(50) Preexisting individual account. A preexisting individual
account is a financial account held by one or more individuals that is
a preexisting obligation.
(51) QI agreement. The term QI agreement means the agreement
described in Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(5)(iii).
(52) Recalcitrant account holder. The term recalcitrant account
holder has the meaning set forth in Sec. 1.1471-5(g).
(53) Relationship manager. A relationship manager is an officer or
other employee of an FFI who is assigned responsibility for specific
account holders on an on-going basis (including as an officer or
employee that is a member of an FFI's private banking department),
advises account holders regarding their banking, investment, trust,
fiduciary, estate planning, or philanthropic needs, and recommends,
makes referrals to, or arranges for the provision of financial
products, services, or other assistance by internal or external
providers to meet those needs. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, a
person is only a relationship manager with respect to an account that
has a balance or value of more than $1,000,000, taking into account the
aggregation rules described in Sec. 1.1471-4(c)(3)(ii) and
(c)(4)(iii).
(54) Simple trust. The term simple trust means a trust that meets
the requirements of section 651(a)(1) and (2).
(55) Specified U.S. person. The term specified U.S. person or
specified United States person has the meaning set forth in Sec.
1.1473-1(c).
(56) Standardized industry code. The term standardized industry
code means a code that is part of a coding system used by the
withholding agent to classify account holders by business type for
purposes other than U.S. tax purposes that was implemented by the
withholding agent by the later of January 1, 2012, or six months after
the date the withholding agent was formed or organized.
(57) Substantial U.S. owner. The term substantial U.S. owner or
substantial United States owner has the meaning set forth in Sec.
1.1473-1(b).
(58) Territory entity. The term territory entity means any entity
that is incorporated or organized under the laws of any possession of
the United States.
(59) Territory financial institution. The term territory financial
institution means a financial institution that is incorporated or
organized under the laws of any possession of the United States, not
including a territory entity that is described in Sec. 1.1471-
5(e)(1)(iii) that is not described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(1)(i), (ii) or
(iv).
(60) Territory NFFE. The term territory NFFE means a territory
entity that is not a financial institution, including a territory
entity that is described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(1)(iii) and not described
in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(1)(i), (ii) or (iv).
(61) TIN. The term TIN means the tax identifying number assigned to
a person under section 6109.
(62) U.S. owned foreign entity. The term U.S. owned foreign entity
or United States owned foreign entity has the meaning set forth in
Sec. 1.1471-5(c).
(63) U.S. financial institution. The term U.S. financial
institution means a financial institution that is a U.S. person.
(64) U.S. payor. The term U.S. payor means a U.S. payor or U.S.
middleman as defined in Sec. 1.6049-5(c)(5).
(65) U.S. source FDAP income. The term U.S. source FDAP income has
the meaning set forth in Sec. 1.1473-1(a)(2).
(66) Withholdable payment. The term withholdable payment has the
meaning set forth in Sec. 1.1473-1(a).
(67) Withholding. The term withholding means the deduction and
withholding of tax at the applicable rate from a payment.
(68) Withholding agent. The term withholding agent has the meaning
set forth in Sec. 1.1473-1(d).
(69) Withholding certificate. The term withholding certificate
means a Form W-8, a Form W-9, or any other certificate that under the
Code or regulations certifies or establishes the chapter 4 status of a
payee or beneficial owner.
(i) Flow-through withholding certificate. The term flow-through
withholding certificate means a Form W-8IMY submitted by a foreign
partnership, foreign simple trust, or foreign grantor trust.
(ii) Intermediary withholding certificate. The term intermediary
withholding certificate means a Form W-8IMY submitted by an
intermediary.
(70) WP. The term WP or withholding foreign partnership means a
foreign partnership that has executed the agreement described in Sec.
1.1441-5(c)(2)(ii).
(71) WT. The term WT or withholding foreign trust means a foreign
grantor trust or foreign simple trust that has executed the agreement
described in Sec. 1.1441-5(e)(5)(v).
(c) Effective/applicability date. The rules of this section apply
on [EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 4. Section 1.1471-2 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1471-2 Requirement to deduct and withhold tax on withholdable
payments to certain FFIs.
(a) Requirement to withhold on payments to FFIs--(1) General rule
of withholding. Under section 1471(a), notwithstanding any exemption
from withholding under any other provision of the Code or regulations,
a withholding agent must withhold 30 percent of any withholdable
payment made after December 31, 2013, to a payee that is an FFI unless
the withholding agent can reliably associate the payment with
documentation upon which it is permitted to rely to treat the payment
as exempt from withholding under paragraph (a)(4) of this section, or
the payment is made under a grandfathered obligation that is described
in paragraph (b) of this section or constitutes gross proceeds from the
disposition of such an obligation. Withholding under this section
applies without regard to whether the FFI payee receives a withholdable
payment as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary. See paragraph
(a)(2)(iv) of this section for a description of the withholding
requirements imposed on territory financial institutions as withholding
agents under chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code. In the case of a
withholdable payment to an NFFE, a withholding agent is required to
determine whether withholding applies under section 1472 and Sec.
1.1472-1. Except as otherwise provided in the regulations under chapter
4 of the Internal Revenue Code, a withholding
[[Page 9052]]
obligation arises on the date that a payment is made, as determined
under Sec. 1.1473-1(a).
(2) Special withholding rules--(i) Requirement to withhold on
payments of U.S. source FDAP to participating FFIs that are NQIs, NWPs,
or NWTs. A withholding agent that, after December 31, 2013, makes a
payment of U.S. source FDAP income to a participating FFI that is an
NQI, NWP, or NWT will be required to withhold 30 percent of the payment
unless that withholding can be reduced under this paragraph (a)(2)(i).
A withholding agent will not be required to withhold on a payment, or
portion of a payment, that it can reliably associate, in the manner
described in Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(2), with a valid intermediary or flow-
through withholding certificate that meets the requirements of Sec.
1.1471-3(d)(3) and an FFI withholding statement that meets the
requirements of Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(3)(iii)(B)(1) and (2) and that
establishes the portion of the payment that is allocable to a class of
payees for which no withholding is required under chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code. Further, a withholding agent is not required to
withhold on a payment that it can reliably associate with documentation
indicating that the payee is a U.S. branch of a participating FFI that
elects to be treated as a U.S. person.
(ii) Residual withholding responsibility of intermediaries and
flow-through entities. An intermediary or flow-through entity that
receives a withholdable payment after December 31, 2013, will be
required to withhold (if another withholding agent has not withheld the
full amount required) and report such payment under chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code, except as otherwise provided in this paragraph
(a)(2)(ii) or (a)(2)(iv) of this section. An NQI, NWP, or NWT will not
be required to withhold or report with respect to a withholdable
payment under chapter 4 (except to the extent such payment is required
to be reported as made to a U.S. account pursuant to Sec. 1.1471-4(d)
and an FFI's FFI agreement) if it has provided a valid NQI withholding
certificate or flow-through withholding certificate, it has provided
all of the information required by Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(3)(iii), and it
does not know, and has no reason to know, that another withholding
agent failed to withhold the correct amount or failed to report the
payment correctly under Sec. 1.1474-1(d). A QI's, WP's, or WT's
obligation to withhold and report will be determined in accordance with
its QI withholding agreement, WP agreement, or WT agreement.
(iii) Withholding on certain payments to QIs--(A) QIs making an
election under section 1471(b)(3). If a participating FFI that is
acting as a QI makes the election under section 1471(b)(3) (a section
1471(b)(3) election) to be withheld upon, a withholding agent is
required to withhold under this paragraph (a)(2)(iii) with respect to
any withholdable payment or portion of a withholdable payment made to
the participating FFI after December 31, 2013, that is U.S. source FDAP
income subject to withholding. The withholding agent must withhold 30
percent of the portion of such a withholdable payment that is allocable
in the pooled information provided by the payee in the withholding
statement described in Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(iii)(B) and (E) to
recalcitrant account holders and nonparticipating FFIs. If no such
allocation information is provided, the withholding agent must presume
that the entire portion of the withholdable payment that is U.S. source
FDAP income is made to nonparticipating FFIs. A participating FFI that
makes a section 1471(b)(3) election to be withheld upon with respect to
a payment may not assume primary withholding responsibility under
chapter 3 for that payment. Conversely, a participating FFI that is a
QI and that does not make a section 1471(b)(3) election will be
required to assume primary withholding responsibility under chapter 3.
The section 1471(b)(3) election is available only with respect to a
payment of U.S. source FDAP income and only in cases in which--
(1) The withholding agent is either a participating FFI or a U.S.
withholding agent;
(2) The person who receives the payment acts as a QI with respect
to the payment;
(3) The person who receives the payment provides the withholding
agent with a valid intermediary withholding certificate with respect to
the payment, at or before the time of the payment, on which it notifies
the withholding agent that it has made the election under section
1471(b)(3) and certifies that it is not assuming primary withholding
responsibility under chapter 3; and
(4) The person who receives the payment provides to the withholding
agent the withholding statement described in Sec. 1.1471-
3(c)(3)(iii)(B).
(B) Special rule for QIs that are not FFIs. The withholding
requirements described in paragraph (a)(iii)(A) of this section also
apply to a withholding agent that makes a payment of U.S. source FDAP
income subject to withholding to a foreign branch of a U.S. financial
institution that is a QI that does not assume primary withholding
responsibility with respect to the payment for chapter 3 purposes. For
purposes of the previous sentence, the person who receives the payment
must furnish the withholding statement described in Sec. 1.1471-
3(c)(iii)(B)(2) that indicates the portion of the payment that is
attributable to payees that are subject to withholding under chapter 4
of the Internal Revenue Code.
(iv) Withholding obligation of a territory financial institution. A
territory financial institution is a withholding agent with respect to
a withholdable payment if it falls within the definition of a
withholding agent under Sec. 1.1473-1(d) with respect to such payment.
A territory financial institution that is a flow-through entity or that
acts as an intermediary with respect to a withholdable payment has an
obligation to withhold if it agrees to be treated as a U.S. person with
respect to that payment for both chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code
purposes and under Sec. 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv)(A). A territory financial
institution that is a flow-through entity or that acts as an
intermediary with respect to a withholdable payment is not required to
withhold under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, however, if it has
provided the withholding agent that is a U.S. person or a participating
FFI with all of the documentation described in Sec. 1.1471-
3(c)(3)(iii) (in which it has not agreed to be treated as a U.S. person
with respect to the payment), and it does not know, or have reason to
know, that another withholding agent failed to withhold the correct
amount or failed to report the payment correctly under Sec. 1.1474-
1(d).
(v) Payments of gross proceeds. A withholding agent must withhold
as required under paragraph (a)(1) of this section in the case of a
withholdable payment consisting of gross proceeds (as defined under
Sec. 1.1473-1(a)(3)). When multiple withholding agents that are
brokers are involved in effecting a sale, each broker must determine
whether it is required to withhold on its payment of gross proceeds by
reference to the chapter 4 status of its payee, unless the payment is
otherwise exempt from withholding. With respect to a ``delivery versus
payment'' or ``cash on delivery'' transaction or other similar account
or transaction, each broker that pays the gross proceeds is a
withholding agent with respect to the payment.
(3) Coordination of withholding under section 1471(a) and (b). A
participating FFI that complies with the withholding requirements of
section 1471(b), as described in Sec. 1.1471-4(b) and its FFI
agreement, is deemed to satisfy its
[[Page 9053]]
withholding obligations under sections 1471(a) and 1472(a), and this
section.
(4) Payments for which no withholding is required. A withholding
agent that has determined the payee of a withholdable payment to be a
foreign entity in accordance with the documentation requirements and
other rules provided in Sec. 1.1471-3 must determine whether the
payment is exempt from withholding and whether any special withholding
requirements apply with respect to the payment. Paragraphs (a)(4)(i)
through (vi) of this section describe circumstances in which a
withholdable payment is not subject to withholding.
(i) Exception to withholding if the withholding agent lacks
control, custody, or knowledge--(A) In general. The exceptions to
withholding described in Sec. 1.1441-2(d), applicable when an
unrelated withholding agent has no control over or custody of money or
property owned by a payee or beneficial owner of a payment, or lacks
knowledge of the facts giving rise to such payments, also apply for
purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code.
(B) Example. A, an individual, owns stock in DC, a domestic
corporation, through a custodian, Bank 1, that is a participating
FFI. A also has a money market account at Bank 2, that is also a
participating FFI. DC pays a dividend of $1,000 that is deposited in
A's custodial account at Bank 1. A then directs Bank 1 to transfer
that $1,000 to A's money market account at Bank 2. With respect to
the payment of the dividend into A's custodial account with Bank 1,
both DC and Bank 1 are withholding agents making a withholdable
payment for which they have custody, control, and knowledge. See
Sec. 1.1473-1(a)(2)(vii)(B) and (d). Therefore, both DC and Bank 1
have an obligation to withhold on the payment unless they can
reliably associate the payment with documentation sufficient to
treat the respective payees as not subject to withholding under
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code. With respect to the wire
transfer of $1,000 from A's account at Bank 1 to A's account at Bank
2, neither Bank 1 nor Bank 2 is required to withhold with respect to
the transfer because neither bank has knowledge of the facts that
gave rise to the payment. Even though Bank 1 is a custodian with
respect to A's interest in DC and has knowledge regarding the $1,000
dividend paid to A, once Bank A credits the $1,000 dividend to A's
account, the $1,000 becomes A's property. When A transfers the
$1,000 to its account at Bank 2, this constitutes a separate payment
about which Bank 1 has no knowledge regarding the type of payment
made. Further, Bank 2 only has knowledge that it receives $1,000 to
be credited to A's account but has no knowledge regarding the type
of payment made. Accordingly, Bank 1 and Bank 2 have no withholding
obligation with respect to the transfer from A's custodial account
at Bank 1 to A's money market account at Bank 2.
(ii) Transitional exception to withholding for certain payments
made prior to January 1, 2015--(A) In general. For any withholdable
payment made prior to January 1, 2015, with respect to a preexisting
obligation for which a withholding agent does not have documentation
indicating the payee's status as a nonparticipating FFI, the
withholding agent will not be required to withhold under this section
and section 1471(a) unless the payee is a prima facie FFI.
(B) Prima facie FFIs. If the payee is a prima facie FFI, the
withholding agent must treat the payee as a nonparticipating FFI
beginning on January 1, 2014, until the date the withholding agent
obtains documentation sufficient to establish a different chapter 4
status of the payee. A prima facie FFI means any payee if--
(1) The withholding agent has available as a part of its
electronically searchable information a designation for the payee as a
QI or NQI; or
(2) For an account maintained in the United States, the payee is
presumed to be a foreign entity, or is documented as a foreign entity
for purposes of chapter 3 or 61, and the withholding agent has recorded
as part of its electronically searchable information a standardized
industry code that indicates that the payee is a financial institution.
The following North American Industry Classification System codes
indicate that the payee is a financial institution:
(i) Commercial Banking (NAICS 522110)
(ii) Savings Institutions (NAICS 522120)
(iii) Credit Unions (NAICS 522130)
(iv) Other Depositary Credit Intermediation (NAICS 522190)
(v) Investment Banking and Securities Dealing (NAICS 523110)
(vi) Securities Brokerage (NAICS 523120)
(vii) Commodity Contracts Dealing (NAICS 523130)
(viii) Commodity Contracts Brokerage (NAICS 523140)
(ix) Miscellaneous Financial Investment Activities (NAICS 523999)
(x) Open-End Investment Funds (NAICS 525910)
(3) In addition, the following Standard Industrial Classification
Codes indicate that the payee is a financial institution:
(i) Commercial Banks, NEC (SIC 6029)
(ii) Branches and Agencies of Foreign Banks (branches) (SIC 6081)
(iii) Foreign Trade and International Banking Institutions (SIC
6082)
(iv) Asset-Backed Securities (SIC 6189)
(v) Security & Commodity Brokers, Dealers, Exchanges & Services
(SIC 6200)
(vi) Security Brokers, Dealers & Flotation Companies (SIC 6211)
(vii) Commodity Contracts Brokers & Dealers (SIC 6221)
(viii) Unit Investment Trusts, Face-Amount Certificate Offices, and
Closed-(ix) End Management Investment Offices (SIC 6726)
(iii) Payments to a participating FFI. Except to the extent
provided in paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (iii) of this section, a withholding
agent is not required to withhold under this section on a withholdable
payment made to a payee that the withholding agent can treat as a
participating FFI in accordance with Sec. 1.1471-3(d)(3). For this
purpose, a limited branch of a participating FFI is treated as a
nonparticipating FFI.
(iv) Payments to a deemed-compliant FFI. A withholding agent is not
required to withhold under section 1471(a) and this section on a
withholdable payment to a payee that the withholding agent can treat as
a deemed-compliant FFI in accordance with Sec. 1.1471-3(d)(5) through
(7).
(v) Payments to an exempt beneficial owner. A withholding agent is
not required to withhold under section 1471(a) and this section on a
withholdable payment to the extent that the withholding agent can
reliably associate the payment with documentation to determine the
portion of the payment that is allocable to an exempt beneficial owner
in accordance with Sec. 1.1471-3(d)(8). For example, a withholding
agent is not required to withhold under this section on a withholdable
payment made to a payee that is the beneficial owner of such payment
and is an exempt beneficial owner, to a nonparticipating FFI to the
extent that the nonparticipating FFI receives the payment as an
intermediary on behalf of one or more of its account holders that are
exempt beneficial owners, or to a flow-through entity to the extent
that the flow-through entity receives the payment with respect to one
or more of its partners, beneficiaries, or owners (as applicable) that
are exempt beneficial owners. See Sec. 1.1471-3(d)(4)(ii) for special
rules for a withholding agent to determine the portion of a
withholdable payment that is beneficially owned by an exempt beneficial
owner in the case of a payment made to a nonparticipating FFI.
(vi) Payments to a territory financial institution. A withholding
agent is not required to withhold under section 1471(a) and this
section on a withholdable payment that the
[[Page 9054]]
withholding agent may treat as made to a territory financial
institution that is the beneficial owner of the payment in accordance
with Sec. 1.1471-3(d)(10)(i). A withholding agent is also not required
to withhold under this section on a withholdable payment that the
withholding agent can treat, in accordance with Sec. 1.1471-
3(d)(10)(ii), as made to a territory financial institution payee that
is a flow-through entity or that acts as an intermediary with respect
to the payment and that agrees to be treated as a U.S. person for
purposes of chapters 3 and 4 with respect to the payment. A territory
financial institution's agreement to be treated as a U.S. person for
purposes of this section must be evidenced by a withholding certificate
described in Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(3)(iii)(F) furnished by the territory
financial institution to the withholding agent.
(b) Grandfathered obligations--(1) Grandfathered treatment of
outstanding obligations. Notwithstanding Sec. Sec. 1.1471-5(h) and
1.1473-1(a), a withholdable payment or passthru payment does include
any payment made under a grandfathered obligation or any gross proceeds
from the disposition of such an obligation.
(2) Definitions. The following definitions apply solely for
purposes of this paragraph (b)--
(i) Grandfathered obligation. The term grandfathered obligation
means any obligation outstanding on January 1, 2013.
(ii) Obligation. The term obligation means any legal agreement that
produces or could produce a passthru payment. An obligation does not,
however, include any legal agreement or instrument that is treated as
equity for U.S. tax purposes or any legal agreement that lacks a stated
expiration or term, such as a savings deposit or demand deposit. In
addition, it does not include any brokerage agreement, custodial
agreement, or other similar agreement to hold financial assets for the
account of others and to make and receive payments of income and other
amounts with respect to such assets. In addition, an obligation does
not include a master agreement that merely sets forth general and
standard terms and conditions that are intended to apply to a series of
transactions between parties and that does not set forth all of the
specific terms necessary to conclude a particular contract. An
obligation for purposes of this paragraph (b)(2)(i) includes, for
example--
(A) A debt instrument as defined in section 1275(a)(1) (for
example, a bond, guaranteed investment certificate, or term deposit);
(B) A binding agreement to extend credit for a fixed term (for
example, a line of credit or a revolving credit facility), provided
that on the agreement's issue date the agreement fixes the material
terms (including a stated maturity date) under which the credit will be
provided;
(C) A life insurance contract payable upon the earlier of attaining
a stated age or death;
(D) A term certain annuity contract; and
(E) A derivatives transaction entered into between counterparties
under an ISDA Master Agreement and evidenced by a confirmation.
(iii) Outstanding on January 1, 2013. An obligation that
constitutes indebtedness for U.S. tax purposes is outstanding on
January 1, 2013, if it has an issue date before January 1, 2013. In all
other cases, an obligation is outstanding on January 1, 2013, if a
legally binding agreement establishing the obligation was executed
between the parties to the agreement before January 1, 2013. Any
material modification of an outstanding obligation will result in the
obligation being treated as newly issued or executed as of the
effective date of such modification.
(iv) Material modification. In the case of an obligation that
constitutes indebtedness for U.S. tax purposes, a material modification
is any significant modification of the debt instrument as defined in
Sec. 1.1001-3. In all other cases, whether a modification of an
obligation is material will be determined based upon all relevant facts
and circumstances.
(3) Application to flow-through entities--(i) Partnerships. A
payment made under a grandfathered obligation includes a payment made
to a partnership with respect to such obligation, including a payment
made with respect to a partnership's disposition of such obligation. A
payment made under a grandfathered obligation further includes the
income from such obligation that is includible in the gross income of a
partner with respect to a capital or profits interest in the
partnership and the gross proceeds allocated to a partner from the
disposition of such obligation as determined under Sec. 1.1473-
1(a)(5)(vi).
(ii) Simple trusts. A payment made under a grandfathered obligation
includes a payment made to a simple trust with respect to such
obligation, including a payment made with respect to a simple trust's
disposition of such obligation. A payment made under a grandfathered
obligation further includes income from such obligation that is
includible in the income of a beneficiary and further includes a
beneficiary's share of the gross proceeds from a disposition of such
obligation as determined under Sec. 1.1473-1(a)(5)(vii).
(iii) Grantor trusts. A payment made under a grandfathered
obligation includes a payment made to a grantor trust with respect to
such obligation, including a payment made with respect to the trust's
disposition of such obligation. A payment made under a grandfathered
obligation further includes income from such obligation that is
includible in the gross income of a person that is treated as an owner
of the trust and the gross proceeds from the disposition of such
obligation to the extent such owner is treated as owning the portion of
the trust that consists of the obligation.
(c) Effective/applicability date. The rules of this section apply
on [EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 5. Section 1.1471-3 is added to read as follows.
Sec. 1.1471-3 Identification of payee.
(a) Payee defined--(1) In general. Except as otherwise provided in
this paragraph (a), for purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue
Code a payee is the person to whom a payment is made, regardless of
whether such person is the beneficial owner of the amount.
(2) Payee with respect to a financial account. For purposes of
payments made to a financial account and except as otherwise provided
in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, the payee is the holder of the
financial account.
(3) Exceptions--(i) Certain foreign agents or intermediaries--(A) A
foreign person that the withholding agent may treat as acting as an
agent or intermediary with respect to a payment in accordance with
paragraph (b)(1) of this section is not the payee if it is--
(1) An NFFE; or
(2) In the case of a payment of U.S. source FDAP income, a
participating FFI acting as an intermediary, other than a QI that has
assumed primary withholding responsibility;
(B) In the case of an agent or intermediary described in paragraph
(a)(3)(i)(A) of this section, the payee is the person or persons for
whom the agent or intermediary collects the payment. Thus, for example,
the payee of a payment of U.S. source FDAP income that the withholding
agent can reliably associate with a withholding certificate from a
qualified intermediary that does not assume primary withholding
responsibility with respect to the payment under chapter 3, or a
payment to a participating FFI that is an NQI, is the person or persons
for whom the QI or NQI acts.
[[Page 9055]]
(ii) Foreign flow-through entity. (A) A foreign entity that a
withholding agent may treat as a flow-through entity is not a payee
with respect to a payment unless the flow-through entity is--
(1) An FFI, other than a participating FFI receiving a payment of
U.S. source FDAP;
(2) An active NFFE or excepted FFI that is not acting as an agent
or intermediary with respect to the payment;
(3) A WP or WT that is not acting as an agent or intermediary with
respect to the payment; or
(4) Receiving income that is (or is deemed to be) effectively
connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States,
or receiving a payment of gross proceeds from the sale of property that
can produce income that is excluded from the definition of a
withholdable payment under Sec. 1.1473-1(a)(4).
(B) A withholding agent that makes a withholdable payment to a
flow-through entity that is not described in paragraphs
(a)(3)(ii)(A)(1) through (3) of this section will be required to treat
the partner, beneficiary, or owner (as applicable) as the payee
(looking through partners, beneficiaries, and owners that are
themselves flow-through entities that are not described in paragraphs
(a)(3)(ii)(A)(1) through (3)).
(iii) U.S. intermediary or agent of a foreign person. A withholding
agent that makes a withholdable payment to a U.S. person and has actual
knowledge that the person receiving the payment is acting as an
intermediary or agent of a foreign person with respect to the payment
must treat such foreign person, and not the intermediary or agent, as
the payee of such payment. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, a
withholding agent that makes a withholdable payment to a U.S. financial
institution that is acting as an intermediary or agent with respect to
the payment on behalf of one or more foreign persons may treat the U.S.
financial institution as the payee if the withholding agent has no
reason to know that the U.S. financial institution will not comply with
its obligation to withhold under sections 1471 and 1472.
(iv) Territory financial institution. A withholding agent that
makes a withholdable payment to a territory financial institution that
is a flow-through entity or is acting as an intermediary or agent with
respect to the payment may treat the territory financial institution as
the payee only if the territory financial institution has agreed (as
evidenced by a withholding certificate described in Sec. 1.1471-
3(c)(3)(iii)(F)) to be treated as a U.S. person for purposes of
withholding with respect to the payment for both chapter 3 and chapter
4 of the Internal Revenue Code purposes. In all other cases, the
withholding agent must treat as the payee the partner, beneficiary, or
owner (as applicable) of the territory financial institution that is a
flow-through entity or the person on whose behalf the territory
financial institution is acting.
(v) Disregarded entity or branch. Except as otherwise provided in
this paragraph (a)(3)(v), a withholding agent that makes a withholdable
payment to an entity that is disregarded for U.S. Federal tax purposes
under Sec. 301.7701-2(c)(2) as an entity separate from its single
owner must treat the single owner as the payee. Notwithstanding the
previous sentence, a withholding agent that makes a payment to a
limited branch will be required to treat the payment as made to a
nonparticipating FFI.
(vi) U.S. branch of certain foreign banks or foreign insurance
companies. A withholdable payment to a U.S. branch of a participating
FFI is a payment to a U.S. person if the U.S. branch and the
withholding agent have agreed to treat the U.S. branch as a U.S. person
for purposes of Sec. 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv). However, a U.S. branch that
is treated as a U.S. person under Sec. 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv) is not
treated as a U.S. person for purposes of the withholding certificate it
may provide to a withholding agent for purposes of chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly, a U.S. branch of a participating
FFI must furnish a withholding certificate on a Form W-8 to certify its
chapter 4 status (and not a Form W-9). A U.S. branch of a participating
FFI that is treated as a U.S. person for purposes of chapter 3 may not
make an election to be withheld upon, as described in section
1471(b)(3) of the Code and Sec. 1.1471-2(a)(2)(iii), for purposes of
chapter 4. See Sec. 1.1471-4(d) for rules requiring a U.S. branch of a
participating FFI to report as a U.S. person.
(vii) Foreign branch of a U.S. financial institution. A payment to
a foreign branch of a U.S. person is a payment to a U.S. payee.
However, a payment to a foreign branch of a U.S. financial institution
will be treated as a payment to a foreign payee if the foreign branch
is a QI. Therefore, a foreign branch that is a QI will provide the
withholding agent with an intermediary withholding certificate and the
withholding agent will report the payment as made to foreign branch of
the QI on a Form 1042-S.
(b) Determination of payee's status. Except as otherwise provided
in this paragraph (b), a withholding agent must base its determination
of the chapter 4 status of a payee on documentation that the
withholding agent can reliably associate with such payment. Paragraph
(c) of this section provides rules for when a withholding agent can
reliably associate a payment with appropriate documentation. Paragraph
(d) of this section provides documentation requirements applicable to
each class of payees, including exceptions for payments made with
respect to offshore obligations or preexisting obligations. Paragraph
(e) provides standards for determining when a withholding agent will be
considered to have reason to know that a claim of exemption from
withholding is unreliable or incorrect. Paragraph (f) of this section
provides presumptions that apply for purposes of determining a payee's
chapter 4 status in the absence of documentation or when the
documentation provided is unreliable or incorrect.
(1) Determining whether a payment is received by an intermediary. A
withholding agent may treat the person who receives a payment as an
intermediary if it can reliably associate the payment with a valid
intermediary withholding certificate on which the person who receives
the payment claims to be a QI or NQI. For this purpose, a U.S. person's
foreign branch that is a QI is treated as a foreign intermediary. A
withholding agent that makes a payment with respect to an offshore
obligation may also treat the person who receives a payment as an
intermediary if the withholding agent can reliably associate the
payment with documentation that would be sufficient to treat the person
as an excepted FFI under paragraph (d)(9) of this section or otherwise
as an NFFE under paragraph (d)(11) of this section if the person were
the payee, and the person has provided written notification, whether or
not such notification is signed, that it accepts the payment on behalf
of another person or persons. A withholding agent may rely on the type
of certificate furnished as determinative of whether the person who
receives the payment is an intermediary, unless the withholding agent
knows or has reason to know that the certificate is incorrect. For
example, a withholding agent that receives a beneficial owner
withholding certificate from an FFI may treat the FFI as the beneficial
owner unless it has information in its records that would indicate
otherwise or the certificate contains information that is not
consistent with beneficial owner status
[[Page 9056]]
(for example, sub-account numbers or additional names). If the FFI also
acts as an intermediary, the withholding agent may request that the FFI
furnish two certificates, that is, a beneficial owner certificate for
the amounts it receives as a beneficial owner, and an intermediary
withholding certificate for the amounts it receives as an intermediary.
A withholding agent that cannot reliably associate a payment with
documentation sufficient to treat the person who receives the payment
as an intermediary must follow the presumption rules set forth in
paragraph (f)(5) of this section to determine whether it must treat the
person who receives the payment as an intermediary.
(2) Determination of entity type. A withholding agent may rely upon
a person's entity classification contained in a valid Form W-8 or Form
W-9 if the withholding agent has no reason to know that the entity
classification is incorrect. A withholding agent that makes a payment
with respect to an offshore obligation may also rely upon a written
notification provided by the person who receives the payment,
regardless of whether such notification is signed, that indicates the
person's entity classification unless the withholding agent has reason
to know that the entity classification indicated by the person who
receives the payment is incorrect. A withholding agent may not rely on
a person's claim of classification other than as a corporation if the
person's name indicates that the person is a per se corporation
described in Sec. 301.7701-2(b)(8) of this chapter unless the
certificate or written statement contains a statement that the person
is a grandfathered per se corporation described in Sec. 301.7701-
2(b)(8) of this chapter and that its grandfathered status has not been
terminated.
(3) Determination of whether the payment is made to a QI, WP, or
WT. A withholding agent may treat the person who receives a payment as
a QI, a WP, or a WT if the withholding agent can reliably associate the
payment with a valid Form W-8IMY, as described in paragraph (c)(3)(iii)
of this section, that indicates that the person who receives the
payment is a QI, WP, or WT, and the form contains the person's FFI-EIN,
in the case of a QI or a WP or WT that is an FFI, or in the case of a
QI, WP, or WT that is not an FFI its QI-EIN, WP-EIN, or WT-EIN.
(4) Determination of whether the payee is receiving effectively
connected income. A withholding agent may treat a payment as made to a
payee that is receiving income that is effectively connected to a trade
or business in the United States if it can reliably associate the
payment with a valid Form W-8ECI described in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of
this section.
(c) Rules for reliably associating a payment with a withholding
certificate or other appropriate documentation--(1) In general. A
withholding agent can reliably associate a withholdable payment with
valid documentation if, prior to the payment, it holds valid
documentation appropriate to the payee's chapter 4 status as described
in paragraph (d) of this section (either directly or through an agent),
it can reliably determine how much of the payment relates to the valid
documentation, and it does not know or have reason to know that any of
the information, certifications, or statements in, or associated with,
the documentation are unreliable or incorrect. Thus, a withholding
agent cannot reliably associate a withholdable payment with valid
documentation provided by a payee to the extent such documentation is
unreliable or incorrect with respect to the claims made, or to the
extent that information required to allocate all or a portion of the
payment to each payee is unreliable or incorrect. A withholding agent
may rely on information and certifications contained in withholding
certificates or other documentation without having to inquire into the
truthfulness of the information or certifications, unless it knows or
has reason to know that the information or certifications are untrue.
(2) Reliably associating a payment with documentation when a
payment is made through an intermediary or flow-through entity that is
not the payee--(i) A withholding agent that makes a payment to a
foreign intermediary or foreign flow-through entity that is not the
payee under paragraph (a) of this section can reliably associate the
payment with valid documentation only if, in addition to the
documentation described in paragraph (d) of this section that is
relevant to the payee, the withholding agent also has obtained a valid
Form W-8IMY, described in paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section from
the intermediary or flow-through entity (and, with respect to a payment
made through a chain of intermediaries or flow-through entities, has
received a Form W-8IMY from any other intermediary or flow-through
entity in that chain).
(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, a
withholding agent that makes a payment with respect to an offshore
obligation to an intermediary or flow-through entity that is an NFFE,
may rely upon a written notification from the intermediary or flow-
through entity, regardless of whether such notification is signed,
stating that the NFFE is a flow-through entity or is acting as an
intermediary with respect to the payment, in lieu of the Form W-8
described in the previous sentence. However, in such case, the NFFE
intermediary or flow-through entity will be required to provide the
withholding statement that generally accompanies the Form W-8IMY,
designating the payees and the appropriate amount that should be
allocated to each payee. If no such withholding statement is provided,
the payment will be treated as made to a nonparticipating FFI.
(3) Requirements for validity of certificates--(i) Form W-9. A
valid Form W-9, or a substitute form, must meet the requirements
prescribed in Sec. 31.3406(h)-3, including the requirement that the
form contain the payee's name and TIN, and be signed and dated under
penalties of perjury by the payee or a person authorized to sign for
the payee pursuant to sections 6061 through 6063 and the regulations
thereunder. A foreign person, including a U.S. branch of a foreign
person that is treated as a U.S. person under Sec. 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv),
or a foreign branch of a U.S. financial institution that is a QI, may
not provide a Form W-9.
(ii) Beneficial owner withholding certificate (Form W-8BEN)--(A) A
beneficial owner withholding certificate includes a Form W-8BEN (or a
substitute form) and such other form as the IRS may prescribe. A
beneficial owner withholding certificate is valid only if its validity
period has not expired, it is signed under penalties of perjury by a
person with authority to sign for the person whose name is on the form,
and it contains--
(1) The person's name, permanent residence address, and TIN (if
required);
(2) The country under the laws of which the person is created,
incorporated, or governed (if a person other than an individual);
(3) The entity classification of the person;
(4) The chapter 4 status of the person; and
(5) Such other information as may be required by the regulations
under section 1471 or 1472 or by the form or the accompanying
instructions in addition to, or in lieu of, the information described
in this paragraph (c)(3)(ii).
(B) For purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code, a
person's permanent residence address is the address in the country
where the person claims to be a resident for purposes of
[[Page 9057]]
that country's income tax. The address of a financial institution with
which the person maintains an account, a post office box, or an address
used solely for mailing purposes is not a residence address for this
purpose unless such address is the only permanent address used by the
person and appears as the person's registered address in the person's
organizational documents. If the person is an individual who does not
have a tax residence in any country, the permanent address is the place
at which the person normally resides. If the person is an entity and
does not have a tax residence in any country, then the permanent
residence address is the place at which the person maintains its
principal office. See paragraph (d) of this section for additional form
requirements applicable to each type of chapter 4 status.
(iii) Withholding certificate of an intermediary, flow-through
entity, or U.S. branch (Form W-8IMY)--(A) In general. A withholding
certificate of an intermediary, flow-through entity, or U.S. branch is
valid for purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code only if it
is furnished on a Form W-8IMY, an acceptable substitute form, or such
other form as the IRS may prescribe, it is signed under penalties of
perjury by a person with authority to sign for the person named on the
form, its validity period has not expired, and it contains the
following information, statements, and certifications--
(1) The name and permanent residence address of the person;
(2) The country under the laws of which the person is created,
incorporated, or governed;
(3) The person's chapter 4 status;
(4) The person's entity tax classification;
(5) An FFI-EIN, in the case of a participating FFI or a registered
deemed-compliant FFI, or an EIN in the case of a QI, WP, or WT that is
not an FFI;
(6) In the case of an intermediary certificate, a certification
that, with respect to accounts listed on the withholding statement, the
intermediary is not acting for its own account;
(7) With respect to a withholding certificate of a QI, a
certification that it is acting as a QI with respect to the accounts
listed on the withholding statement;
(8) In the case of a participating FFI that is an NQI, an NWP, an
NWT, a QI that makes a section 1471(b)(3) election to be withheld upon
for purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code, or a QI that is
a foreign branch of a U.S. financial institution, an FFI withholding
statement that meets the requirements of paragraphs (c)(3)(iii)(B)(1)
and (2) of this section;
(9) In the case of an NFFE that is an NQI, an NWP, or an NWT, an
NFFE withholding statement that meets the requirements of paragraphs
(c)(3)(iii)(B)(1) and (3) of this section; and
(10) Any other information, certifications, or statements as may be
required by the form or accompanying instructions in addition to, or in
lieu of, the information and certifications described in this
paragraph.
(B) Withholding statement--(1) In general. A withholding statement
forms an integral part of the withholding certificate and the penalties
of perjury statement provided on the withholding certificate apply to
the withholding statement as well. The withholding statement may be
provided in any manner, and in any form, to which the FFI, NFFE, or QI
submitting the form and the withholding agent mutually agree, including
electronically. If the withholding statement is provided
electronically, there must be sufficient safeguards to ensure that the
information received by the withholding agent is the information sent
by the FFI, NFFE, or QI submitting the withholding certificate and must
also document all occasions of user access that result in the
submission or modification of withholding statement information. In
addition, the electronic system must be capable of providing a hard
copy of all withholding statements provided by the FFI, NFFE, or QI.
The withholding statement must be updated as often as necessary for the
withholding agent to meet its reporting and withholding obligations
under chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code. A withholding agent will
be liable for tax, interest, and penalties in accordance with Sec.
1.1474-1 to the extent it does not follow the presumption rules of
paragraph (f) of this section for any payment, or portion thereof, for
which a withholding statement is required and the withholding agent
does not have a valid withholding statement prior to making a payment.
(2) Special requirements for an FFI withholding statement. An FFI
withholding statement must include either pooled information that
indicates the portion of the payment attributable to recalcitrant
account holders and nonparticipating FFIs (or, in the case of a QI that
is a foreign branch of a U.S. financial institution, the portion of the
payment allocable to account holders subject to chapter 4 withholding)
and the portion of the payment that is allocated to each class of
payees that is not subject to withholding under chapter 4, or an
allocation of the payment to each payee, and any other information
reasonably necessary to enable the withholding agent to report the
payment in accordance with the requirements described in Sec. 1.1474-
1(d) and the requirements of Form 1042-S and the accompanying
instructions. A withholding agent may rely upon a withholding statement
provided by the FFI for purposes of chapter 3 provided that the
withholding statement includes all of the information required by
paragraph (c)(3)(iii)(B) of this section and specifies the portion of
the payment that must be withheld under each of chapters 3 and 4.
(3) Special requirements for an NFFE withholding statement. An NFFE
withholding statement must contain the name, address, TIN (if any),
entity type, and chapter 4 status of each payee, the amount allocated
to each payee, a valid withholding certificate or other appropriate
documentation sufficient to establish the chapter 4 status of each
payee in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section, and any other
information reasonably necessary to enable the withholding agent to
report the payment in accordance with the requirements described in
Sec. 1.1474-1(d) and the requirements of Form 1042-S and the
accompanying instructions. Notwithstanding the prior sentence, an NFFE
is permitted to provide pooled allocation information with respect to
payees that are treated as nonparticipating FFIs. A withholding agent
may rely upon a withholding statement provided by the NFFE for purposes
of chapter 3 provided that the withholding statement includes all of
the information required by paragraph (c)(3)(iii)(B) of this section
and specifies the portion of the payment that must be withheld under
each of chapters 3 and 4.
(4) Special requirements for a territory institution withholding
statement. A territory institution withholding statement must include
the name, address, TIN (if any), entity type, and chapter 4 status of
each payee on behalf of which it is receiving the payment, the amount
allocated to each payee, a valid withholding certificate or other
documentation sufficient to establish the chapter 4 status of each
payee in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section, and any other
information reasonably necessary to enable the withholding agent to
report the payment in accordance with the requirements for the Forms
1042 and 1042-S, described in Sec. 1.1474-1(d), and the instructions
accompanying the forms. A withholding agent may rely upon a withholding
statement provided by the territory
[[Page 9058]]
financial institution for purposes of chapter 3 provided that the
withholding statement includes all of the information required by
paragraph (c)(3)(iii)(B) of this section and specifies the portion of
the payment that must be withheld under each of chapters 3 and 4.
(5) Special requirements for an exempt beneficial owner withholding
statement. An exempt beneficial owner withholding statement must
include the name, address, TIN (if any), entity type, and chapter 4
status of each exempt beneficial owner on behalf of which the
nonparticipating FFI is receiving the payment, the amount allocable to
each exempt beneficial owner, a valid withholding certificate or other
documentation sufficient to establish the chapter 4 status of each
exempt beneficial owner in accordance with paragraph (d) of this
section, and any other information reasonably necessary to enable the
withholding agent to report the payment in accordance with the
requirements described in Sec. 1.1474-1(d) and the requirements of
Form 1042-S and the accompanying instructions. The withholding
statement must allocate the remainder of the payment that is not
allocated to an exempt beneficial owner to the nonparticipating FFI
receiving the payment.
(C) Failure to provide allocation information. A withholding
certificate provided by an NWP, NWT, or NQI that fails to provide
documentation or allocation information with respect to some of the
partners of the partnership, owners or beneficiaries of the trust, or
persons for whom the intermediary is acting will not be treated as
invalid with respect to the persons for whom documentation and
allocation information is properly provided. The portion of the payment
that is not reliably associated with underlying documentation or that
is not properly allocated will be allocated in accordance with the
presumption rules set forth in paragraph (f) of this section. For
example, assume a withholding certificate that is provided by an FFI
that is an NQI includes an FFI withholding statement that indicates
that 50 percent of the payment is allocable to a pool of payees that
are exempt for purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code but
does not allocate the remaining 50 percent of the payment. In such a
case, the withholding agent may treat 50 percent of the payment as
exempt from chapter 4 and the remaining 50 percent that was not
allocated will be treated, under the presumption rules set forth in
paragraph (f) of this section, as made to a pool of payees that are
nonparticipating FFIs.
(D) Special rules applicable to a withholding certificate of a QI
that assumes primary withholding responsibility under chapter 3 of the
Internal Revenue Code. A QI that assumes primary withholding
responsibility under chapter 3 of the Internal Revenue Code for a
payment may not make the election described in Sec. 1.1471-
2(a)(2)(iii) to be withheld upon with respect to the payment. Thus,
where a QI assumes primary withholding responsibility under chapter 3
with respect to a payment, in addition to the other requirements
indicated in paragraph (c)(3)(iii)(A) of this section, a withholding
agent can reliably associate the payment with a valid withholding
certificate only when the QI has not indicated that it makes the
section 1471(b)(3) of the Code election to be withheld upon for
purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code.
(E) Special rules applicable to a withholding certificate of a QI
that does not assume primary withholding responsibility under chapter
3. A QI that does not assume primary withholding responsibility under
chapter 3 will be required to make the section 1471(b)(3) election to
be withheld upon that is described in Sec. 1.1471-2(a)(2)(iii). Thus,
in a case in which a QI does not assume primary withholding
responsibility under chapter 3, a withholding agent can reliably
associate the payment with a valid withholding certificate only when,
in addition to the other information required by paragraph
(c)(3)(iii)(A) of this section, the withholding certificate indicates
that the QI elects to be withheld upon for purposes of chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code.
(F) Special rules applicable to a withholding certificate of a
territory financial institution that agrees to be treated as a U.S.
person for purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code. A
withholding agent may reliably associate a payment with an intermediary
withholding certificate or flow-through withholding certificate of a
territory financial institution that agrees to be treated as a U.S.
person if, in addition to the other information required by paragraph
(c)(2)(iii)(A) of this section, the certificate contains an EIN of the
territory financial institution and a certification that the territory
financial institution agrees to be treated as a U.S. person with
respect to the payment for both chapter 3 and chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code purposes.
(G) Special rules applicable to a withholding certificate of a
territory financial institution that does not agree to be treated as a
U.S. person for purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code. A
withholding agent may reliably associate a payment with an intermediary
withholding certificate or a flow-through withholding certificate of a
territory financial institution that does not agree to be treated as a
U.S. person if, in addition to the information required by paragraph
(c)(3)(iii)(A) of this section, the certificate indicates that the
institution has not agreed to be treated as a U.S. person and the
institution provides a territory institution withholding statement
described in paragraphs (c)(3)(iii)(B)(1) and (4) of this section. If
the territory financial institution does not provide valid
documentation with respect to all payees on behalf of which it receives
the payment, the withholding agent may still treat the withholding
certificate and any other documentation received as valid but must
treat any portion of the payment allocable to undocumented payees of
the territory financial institution as made to a nonparticipating FFI.
(iv) Certificate for exempt status (Form W-8EXP). A Form W-8EXP is
valid only if it contains the name, address, and chapter 4 status of
the payee, the relevant certifications or documentation, and any other
requirements indicated in the instructions to the form, and is signed
under penalties of perjury by a person with authority to sign for the
payee.
(v) Certificate for effectively connected income (Form W-8ECI). A
Form W-8ECI is valid only if, in addition to meeting the requirements
in the instructions to the form, it contains the TIN of the payee,
represents that the amounts for which the certificate is furnished are
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the
United States and are includable in the payee's gross income for the
taxable year, and is signed under penalties of perjury by a person with
authority to sign for the payee.
(4) Requirements for written statements. A written statement
provided by a payee with respect to an offshore obligation must contain
a payee's certification that it meets the requirements relevant to the
chapter 4 status claimed and must be signed by the payee under
penalties of perjury. A written statement may be used in lieu of a
withholding certificate only to the extent provided under this section
and only when accompanied by
[[Page 9059]]
documentary evidence (unless provided otherwise by this section).
(5) Requirements for documentary evidence. Documentary evidence
with respect to a payee is only reliable if it contains sufficient
information to support the payee's claim of chapter 4 status.
Acceptable documentary evidence includes--
(i) A certificate of residence issued by an appropriate tax
official of the country in which the payee claims to be a resident that
indicates that the payee has filed its most recent income tax return as
a resident of that country;
(ii) With respect to an individual, any valid identification issued
by an authorized government body (for example, a government or agency
thereof, or a municipality), that includes the individual's name and
address and is typically used for identification purposes;
(iii) With respect to an entity, any official documentation issued
by an authorized government body (for example, a government or agency
thereof, or a municipality) that includes the name of the entity and
either the address of its principal office in the country (or
possession of the United States) in which it claims to be a resident or
the country (or possession of the United States) in which the entity
was incorporated or organized;
(iv) With respect to an account maintained in a jurisdiction with
anti-money laundering rules that have been approved by the IRS in
connection with a QI agreement (as referenced in Sec. 1.1441-
1(e)(5)(iii)), any of the documents other than a Form W-8 or W-9
referenced in the jurisdiction's attachment to the QI agreement for
identifying individuals or entities; and
(v) Any financial statement, third-party credit report, bankruptcy
filing, SEC report, or other document identified in the specific payee
documentation requirements in paragraph (d) of this section.
(6) Applicable rules for withholding certificates, written
statements, and documentary evidence. The provisions in this paragraph
(c)(6) describe standards generally applicable to withholding
certificates on Form W-8 (or a substitute form), written statements,
and documentary evidence furnished to establish the payee's chapter 4
status. These provisions do not apply to Forms W-9 (or their
substitutes). For corresponding provisions regarding the Form W-9 (or a
substitute Form W-9), see section 3406 and the regulations thereunder.
(i) Who may sign the certificate or written statement. A
withholding certificate (including an acceptable substitute) or written
statement may be signed by any person authorized to sign a declaration
under penalties of perjury on behalf of the person whose name is on the
certificate or written statement, as provided in sections 6061 through
6063 and the regulations thereunder.
(ii) Period of validity--(A) Withholding certificates. For purposes
of determining the period of validity for a withholding certificate
under chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code, the rules prescribed in
Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(4)(ii)(A) through (C) apply, except that Sec.
1.1441-1(e)(4)(ii)(B)(1) will not apply to a withholding certificate of
a nonregistering local bank, an FFI with only low-value accounts, or an
owner-documented FFI.
(B) Written statements. Except as otherwise provided, a written
statement is valid until the earlier of the last day of the third
calendar year following the year in which documentary evidence is
provided to the withholding agent or the day on which a change in
circumstance occurs that makes the information contained in the written
statement incorrect. However, a written statement submitted by a
foreign government or a foreign central bank will remain valid
indefinitely, unless and until a change in circumstances makes the
information contained in the written statement incorrect.
(C) Documentary evidence. As a general rule, documentary evidence
is valid until the earlier of the last day of the third calendar year
following the year in which the documentary evidence is provided to the
withholding agent or the day on which a change in circumstance occurs
that makes the information on the documentary evidence incorrect.
However, documentary evidence that contains an expiration date will be
valid until the end of the expiration period, regardless of whether
that expiration date occurs before or after the last day of the third
calendar year following the year in which the documentary evidence is
provided to the withholding agent. In addition, documentary evidence
that is not generally renewed or amended, such as a certificate of
incorporation, may be treated as valid indefinitely until a change in
circumstance occurs that makes the information on the documentary
evidence incorrect.
(D) Change of circumstances--(1) Defined. For purposes of this
chapter, a person is considered to have a change in circumstances only
if such change would affect the chapter 4 status of the person. A
change of circumstances includes any change that results in the
addition of information described in paragraph (e)(4) relevant to a
person's claim of foreign status (that is, U.S. indicia) or otherwise
conflicts with such person's claim of chapter 4 status. Unless stated
otherwise, a change of address or telephone number is a change in
circumstances for purposes of this paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(D) only if it
changes to an address or telephone number in the United States. A
change in circumstances affecting the withholding information provided
to the withholding agent, including allocation information or
withholding pools contained in a withholding statement or owner
reporting statement, will terminate the validity of the withholding
certificate with respect to the information that is no longer reliable,
until the information is updated.
(2) Obligation to notify withholding agent of a change in
circumstances. If a change in circumstances makes any information on a
certificate or other documentation incorrect, then the person whose
name is on the certificate or other documentation must inform the
withholding agent within 30 days of the change and furnish a new
certificate, a new written statement, or new documentary evidence. If
an intermediary or a flow-through entity becomes aware that a
certificate or other appropriate documentation it has furnished to the
person from whom it collects a payment is no longer valid because of a
change in the circumstances of the person who issued the certificate or
furnished the other appropriate documentation, then the intermediary or
flow-through entity must notify the person from whom it collects the
payment of the change of circumstances within 30 days of the date that
it knows or has reason to know of the change in circumstances. It must
also obtain a new withholding certificate or new appropriate
documentation to replace the existing certificate or documentation
whose validity has expired due to the change in circumstances.
(3) Withholding agent's obligation with respect to a change in
circumstances. A certificate or other documentation becomes invalid on
the date that the withholding agent holding the certificate or
documentation knows or has reason to know that circumstances affecting
the correctness of the certificate or documentation have changed.
However, a withholding agent may choose to treat a person as having the
same chapter 4 status that it had prior to the change in circumstances
until the earlier of 90 days from the date that the certificate or
documentation became unreliable due to the change in circumstances or
the date that a new
[[Page 9060]]
certificate or new documentation is obtained. A withholding agent may
rely on a certificate without having to inquire into possible changes
of circumstances that may affect the validity of the statement, unless
it knows or has reason to know that circumstances have changed. A
withholding agent may require a new certificate or additional
documentation at any time prior to a payment, regardless of whether the
withholding agent knows or has reason to know that any information
stated on the certificate or documentation has changed.
(iii) Record Retention. A withholding agent must retain each
withholding certificate, written statement, or copy of documentary
evidence for as long as it may be relevant to the determination of the
withholding agent's tax liability under section 1474(a) and Sec.
1.1474-1. A withholding agent may retain either an original, certified
copy, or photocopy (including a microfiche, electronic scan, or similar
means of electronic storage) of the withholding certificate, written
statement, or documentary evidence. With respect to documentary
evidence, the withholding agent must also note in its records the date
on which and by whom the document was received and reviewed. Any
documentation that is stored electronically must be made available in
hard copy form to the IRS upon request during an examination.
(iv) Electronic transmission of withholding certificate, written
statement, and documentary evidence. A withholding agent may accept a
withholding certificate (including an acceptable substitute form), a
written statement, or other such form as the Internal Revenue Service
shall prescribe, electronically in accordance with the requirements set
forth in Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(4)(iv). A withholding certificate (including
a substitute form), written statement or other such form prescribed by
the IRS may be accepted by facsimile if the withholding agent confirms
that the person furnishing the form is the person named on the form,
the faxed form contains a signature of the person whose name is on the
form, and such signature is made under penalties of perjury in the
manner described in Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(4)(iv)(B)(3)(i). A withholding
agent may also accept a copy of documentary evidence electronically,
including by facsimile, if the withholding agent confirms that the
person furnishing the documentary evidence is the person named on the
documentary evidence, the copy does not appear to have been altered
from its original form, and the copy is a certified copy or notarized
copy (that is, must either be certified to be a true copy of the
original or must contain a notarized signed statement of the person
furnishing the document that the copy is a true and accurate
reproduction of the original).
(v) Acceptable substitute withholding certificate. A withholding
agent may substitute its own form for an official Form W-8 if the
substitute form meets the requirements of Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(4)(vi) and
contains all of the information relevant for determining the chapter 4
status of the person named on the form.
(vi) Documentation to be furnished for each account unless
exception applies. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph
(c)(6)(vi), a withholding agent that is a financial institution must
obtain withholding certificates or other appropriate documentation on
an account-by-account basis. However, the exceptions set forth in Sec.
1.1441-1(e)(4)(ix)(A) through (C), that permit a withholding agent to
rely on documentation held through coordinated account systems,
families of mutual funds, and through certain U.S. brokers, apply for
purposes of documenting accounts under chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code.
(vii) Reliance on a prior version of a withholding certificate.
Upon the issuance by the IRS of an updated version of a withholding
certificate, a withholding agent may continue to accept the prior
version of the withholding certificate for six months after the
revision date shown on the updated withholding certificate, unless the
IRS has issued guidance that indicates otherwise, and may continue to
rely upon a previously signed prior version of the withholding
certificate until its period of validity expires.
(7) Documentation received after the time of payment. Proof that
withholding was not required under the provisions of chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder also may be
established after the date of payment by the withholding agent on the
basis of a valid withholding certificate and/or other appropriate
documentation that was furnished after the date of payment but that was
effective as of the date of payment. A withholding certificate
furnished after the date of payment will be considered effective as of
the date of the payment if the certificate contains a signed affidavit
(either at the bottom of the form or on an attached page) that states
that the information and representations contained on the certificate
were accurate as of the time of the payment. A certificate obtained
within 15 days after the date of the payment will not be considered to
be unreliable solely because it does not contain an affidavit. However,
in the case of a withholding certificate of an individual received more
than a year after the date of payment, the withholding agent will be
required to obtain, in addition to the withholding certificate and
affidavit, documentary evidence described in paragraph (c)(5)(i) or
(ii) of this section that supports the individual's claim of foreign
status. In the case of a withholding certificate of an entity received
more than a year after the date of payment, the withholding agent will
be required to obtain, in addition to the withholding certificate and
affidavit, documentary evidence specified in paragraph (d) of this
section applicable to an offshore account that supports the chapter 4
status claimed. In a case in which documentation other than a
withholding certificate is submitted from a payee more than a year
after the date of payment, the withholding agent will be required to
also obtain from the payee a withholding certificate supporting the
chapter 4 status claimed.
(d) Documentation requirements to establish payee's chapter 4
status. Unless the withholding agent knows or has reason to know
otherwise, a withholding agent may rely on the provisions of this
paragraph (d) to determine the chapter 4 status of a payee. Except as
otherwise provided in this paragraph (d), a withholding agent is
required to obtain a valid withholding certificate or a Form W-9 from
the payee in order to treat the payee as having a particular chapter 4
status. Paragraphs (d)(1) through (11) of this section prescribe any
additional documentation requirements that must be met in order to
treat a payee as having a specific chapter 4 status. Paragraphs (d)(1)
through (11) of this section also indicate when it is appropriate to
rely upon documentary evidence in lieu of a Form W-8 or W-9 and the
type of documentary evidence necessary. In cases where documentary
evidence alone is not sufficient to establish that a payee with respect
to an offshore obligation has a particular chapter 4 status, the
withholding agent may supplement the documentary evidence with a
written statement signed by the payee (or a person with authority to
sign for the payee) under penalties of perjury that indicates that the
payee meets the requirements to qualify for a particular chapter 4
status. This paragraph (d) also provides the circumstances in which
special documentation rules are permitted with respect to preexisting
obligations. A withholding agent may not rely on documentation
described in this paragraph (d) if it knows or has reason
[[Page 9061]]
to know that such documentation is incorrect or unreliable as described
in paragraph (e) of this section.
(1) Identification of U.S. persons. A withholding agent must treat
a payee as a U.S. person if it has a valid Form W-9 associated with the
payee or if it can presume the payee is a U.S. person under the
presumption rules set forth in paragraph (f) of this section.
(2) Identification of foreign individuals--(i) In general. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as a foreign individual if the
withholding agent has a valid withholding certificate identifying the
payee as a foreign individual.
(ii) Transitional exception for payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting obligations. For payments made prior
to January 1, 2017, with respect to a preexisting obligation, a
withholding agent may treat a payee as a foreign individual if the
withholding agent has a withholding certificate associated with the
payee that meets the requirements of Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(1)(ii)
applicable to such certificate identifying the payee as a foreign
individual.
(iii) Exception for offshore obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation may treat the
payee as a foreign individual if it obtains a government-issued
identification that supports the payee's claim of chapter 4 status as a
foreign individual and none of the documentation associated with the
payee contains U.S. indicia described in paragraph (e)(4) of this
section.
(3) Identification of participating FFIs--(i) In general. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as a participating FFI only if the
withholding agent has a valid withholding certificate identifying the
payee as a participating FFI and the withholding certificate contains
an FFI-EIN for the payee that is verified against the published IRS FFI
list in the manner described in paragraph (e)(3) of this section
(indicating when a withholding agent may rely upon an FFI-EIN). A
withholding certificate that identifies the payee as a participating
FFI but does not provide the payee's FFI-EIN or provides an FFI-EIN
that does not appear on the current published IRS FFI list within 90
calendar days after the date that the claim is made, will be treated as
an invalid withholding certificate for purposes of chapter 4 and the
payee will be treated as an undocumented payee beginning on such date
until other valid documentation or a correct FFI-EIN is provided.
(ii) Transitional exception for payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting obligations. For withholdable
payments made prior to January 1, 2017, with respect to a preexisting
obligation, a withholding agent may treat a payee as a participating
FFI if the withholding agent has a withholding certificate associated
with the payee that meets the requirements of Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(1)(ii)
that are applicable to the certificate, identifying the payee as a
foreign person, the payee has provided the withholding agent, either
orally or in writing, with its FFI-EIN, and the withholding agent has
verified the FFI-EIN in the manner described in paragraph (e)(3) of
this section.
(4) Identification of nonparticipating FFIs--(i) In general. A
withholding agent is required to treat a payee as a nonparticipating
FFI if the withholding agent can reliably associate the payment with a
valid withholding certificate identifying the payee as a
nonparticipating FFI, the withholding agent knows or has reason to know
that the payee is a nonparticipating FFI, or the withholding agent is
required to treat the payee as a nonparticipating FFI under the
presumption rules described in paragraph (f) of this section.
(ii) Special documentation rules for payments made to an exempt
beneficial owner through a nonparticipating FFI. A withholding agent
may treat a payment made to a nonparticipating FFI as beneficially
owned by an exempt beneficial owner if the withholding agent can
reliably associate the payment with--
(A) A valid withholding certificate that identifies the payee as a
nonparticipating FFI that is either acting as an intermediary or is a
flow-through entity; and
(B) An exempt beneficial owner withholding statement that meets the
requirements of paragraphs (c)(3)(iii)(B)(1) and (5) of this section
and contains the associated documentation that would be necessary to
establish the chapter 4 status of each exempt beneficial owner in
accordance with paragraph (d)(8) of this section if it were the payee.
(5) Identification of registered deemed-compliant FFIs--(i) In
general. A payee will be treated as a registered deemed-compliant FFI
described in Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(1) only if the withholding agent has a
valid withholding certificate identifying the payee as a registered
deemed-compliant FFI and the withholding certificate contains an FFI-
EIN for the payee that the withholding agent verifies against the
published IRS FFI list in the manner described in paragraph (e)(3) of
this section. A withholding certificate that identifies the payee as a
registered deemed-compliant FFI but does not provide an FFI-EIN or
provides an FFI-EIN that does not appear on the current published IRS
FFI list within 90 calendar days of the date that the claim is made
will be treated as an invalid withholding certificate for purposes of
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code beginning on such date, and the
payee will be treated as an undocumented payee from such date until a
correct FFI-EIN or other valid documentation is provided.
(ii) Transitional exception for payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting obligations. For payments made prior
to January 1, 2017, with respect to a preexisting obligation, a
withholding agent may treat a payee as a registered deemed-compliant
FFI if the withholding agent has a withholding certificate associated
with the payee that meets the requirements of Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(1)(ii)
applicable to such certificate identifying the payee as a foreign
person, the payee has provided the withholding agent, either orally or
in writing, its FFI-EIN, and the withholding agent has verified the
FFI-EIN in the manner described in paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
(6) Identification of certified deemed-compliant FFIs--(i)
Identification of nonregistering local banks. A withholding agent may
treat a payee as a nonregistering local bank if the withholding agent
can reliably associate the payment with a valid withholding certificate
that identifies the payee as a foreign entity that is a nonregistering
local bank, the withholding certificate contains a certification by the
payee that it meets the requirements to qualify as a nonregistering
local bank under Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(2)(i), and the withholding agent has
either a current audited financial statement, or if the payee does not
have an audited financial statement, an unaudited financial statement
or other similar financial document for the payee that supports the
payee's claim that it is an FFI that operates solely as a bank (within
the meaning of section 581, determined as if the FFI were incorporated
in the United States) and does not contradict the payee's claim that it
is eligible for certified deemed-compliant status as a nonregistering
local bank. A withholding agent will have reason to know that a payee
is not a nonregistering local bank if the withholding agent has
knowledge that the payee operates in more than one country or the
withholding agent can
[[Page 9062]]
determine that the payee has assets in excess of $175 million.
(ii) Identification of retirement plans--(A) In general. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as a retirement plan described in
Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(2)(ii) if it can associate the payment with a valid
withholding certificate in which the payee certifies that it is a
retirement plan meeting the requirements of Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(2)(ii)
and the withholding agent has an organizational document associated
with the payee that generally supports the payee's claim. An
organizational document will generally support the payee's claim that
it is a retirement plan if, for example, the organizational document
indicates that the payee qualifies as a retirement plan under the laws
of the jurisdiction in which the payee was organized, even if the
organizational document does not specify whether the payee meets all of
the requirements to qualify as a retirement plan under Sec. 1.1471-
5(f)(2)(ii), provided that no information in the organizational
document contradicts the payee's claim that it qualifies as a
retirement plan under Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(2)(ii).
(B) Exception for offshore obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation may treat a
payment as made to a retirement plan described in Sec. 1.1471-
5(f)(2)(ii) if it obtains a written statement, including a statement
made in account opening documents, signed by the payee under penalty of
perjury, in which the payee certifies that it is a retirement plan
under the laws of its local jurisdiction meeting the requirements of
Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(2)(ii) and the withholding agent has an
organizational document associated with the payee that generally
supports the payee's claim.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations. A withholding
agent that makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation that
is also a preexisting obligation, may treat the payee as a retirement
plan described in Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(2)(ii) if the payee is generally
known to be a retirement plan in the country in which the withholding
agent is located and the withholding agent has documentary evidence
that establishes that the payee is a foreign entity that qualifies as a
retirement plan in the country in which the payee is organized.
(iii) Identification of non-profit organizations--(A) In general. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as a deemed-compliant non-profit
organization described in Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(2)(iii) if the withholding
agent can associate the payment with a valid withholding certificate
that identifies the payee as a non-profit organization described in
Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(2)(iii) and the payee has provided a letter from
counsel concluding that the payee qualifies as a non-profit
organization described in Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(2)(iii).
(B) Exception for offshore obligations. A withholding agent may
treat a payment with respect to an offshore obligation as made to a
deemed-compliant nonprofit organization without obtaining a withholding
certificate for the payee if the payee has provided a letter from
counsel concluding that the payee qualifies as a non-profit
organization described in Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(2)(iii). A withholding
agent may also treat the payee as a deemed-compliant nonprofit
organization if the withholding agent obtains a letter from counsel
indicating that the payee was organized for the purposes described in
Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(2)(iii), has an organizational document that
establishes that the payee was organized in the same country in which
the account is maintained by the withholding agent, is provided with a
TIN for the payee issued by the tax authority of that country, and is
subject to information reporting by the withholding agent as a tax-
exempt charitable organization under that country's information
reporting laws.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations. A withholding
agent that makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation that
is also a preexisting obligation may treat the payee as an deemed-
compliant nonprofit organization described in Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(2)(iii)
if the payee--
(1) Provides a letter issued by the tax authority of the country in
which the payee is organized or a letter of local counsel that
certifies that the payee qualifies as a tax-exempt charity in its local
jurisdiction; or
(2) Provides an organizational document establishing that the payee
was organized as a charitable organization in the same country in which
the account is maintained by the withholding agent, has provided a TIN
issued by the tax authority of that country to the payee, and is
reported by the withholding agent as a tax-exempt charitable
organization to the tax authority of that country.
(iv) Identification of FFIs with only low-value accounts. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as an FFI with only low-value
accounts if the withholding agent can reliably associate the payment
with a valid withholding certificate that identifies the payee as a
foreign entity that is described in Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(2)(iv), an
organizational document that supports the payee's claim that it is an
entity described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(1)(i) and/or (ii), and a current
audited financial statement (or if such statement is not available, an
unaudited financial statement or similar financial document) for the
payee and all members of its expanded affiliated group (if any) that
supports the claim that the payee has no more than $50 million in
assets on its balance sheet (or, in the case of a payee that is a
member of an expanded affiliated group, that the group has $50 million
or less in total assets on its consolidated or combined balance sheet)
and that does not contradict the claim that the payee is an FFI with
only low-value accounts. A withholding agent will have reason to know
that a payee is not an FFI with only low-value accounts if the
withholding agent has knowledge that the FFI or any member of the FFI's
expanded affiliated group (if any) maintains any financial accounts
with a balance or value in excess of $50,000 or the withholding agent
can determine that the payee or the payee's expanded affiliated group
(if any) has assets in excess of $50 million.
(7) Identification of owner-documented FFIs--(i) In general. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as an owner-documented FFI if it
meets the requirements of this paragraph (d)(7). A withholding agent
may not rely upon a withholding certificate to treat a payee as an
owner-documented FFI, either in whole or in part, if the withholding
certificate does not contain all of the information and associated
documentation required by this paragraph (d)(7).
(A) The withholding agent has a valid withholding certificate that
identifies the payee as an owner-documented FFI that is not acting as
an intermediary;
(B) The withholding agent agrees to treat the payee as an owner-
documented FFI;
(C) The payee submits on an annual basis an FFI owner reporting
statement associated with the withholding certificate that provides all
of the information designated in paragraph (d)(7)(iv) of this section;
(D) The payee submits valid documentation (including any necessary
waivers) associated with each individual, specified U.S. person, owner-
documented FFI, exempt beneficial owner, or NFFE that holds, directly
or indirectly, an interest in the payee;
(E) The withholding agent does not know or have reason to know that
the payee maintains any financial account for a nonparticipating FFI or
issues debt
[[Page 9063]]
constituting a financial account to any person in excess of $50,000;
and
(F) The withholding agent does not know or have reason to know that
the payee is affiliated with any other FFI other than an FFI that is
also treated as an owner-documented FFI by the withholding agent.
(ii) Auditor's letter substitute. A payee may, in lieu of providing
an FFI owner reporting statement and documentation for each owner of
the FFI as described in paragraphs (d)(7)(i)(C) and (D) of this
section, provide an auditor's letter, signed within one year of the
date of the payment, from an unrelated and independent accounting firm
or legal representative that has a location in the United States. The
auditor's letter must certify that the firm or representative has
reviewed the payee's documentation with respect to all of its owners in
accordance with Sec. 1.1471-4(c), that the payee meets the
requirements of Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(3), and that no owner that owns a
direct or indirect interest in the payee is a nonparticipating FFI,
specified U.S. person, or passive NFFE with any substantial U.S.
owners. A withholding agent may rely upon an auditor's letter if it
does not know or have reason to know that any of the information
contained in the letter in unreliable or incorrect.
(iii) Documentation for owners of payee. Acceptable documentation
for an individual owning an interest in the payee means a valid
withholding certificate, valid Form W-9 (including any necessary
waiver), or documentary evidence establishing the foreign status of the
individual as set forth in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. Acceptable
documentation for a specified U.S. person means a valid Form W-9
(including any necessary waiver). Acceptable documentation for all
other persons owning an equity interest in the payee means
documentation described in this paragraph (d), applicable to the
chapter 4 status claimed by the person. The rules for reliably
associating a payment with a withholding certificate or documentary
evidence set forth in paragraph (c) of this section, the rules for
payee documentation provided in this paragraph (d), and the standards
of knowledge set forth in paragraph (e) of this section will apply to
documentation submitted by the owners of the payee by substituting the
phrase ``owner of the payee'' for ``payee.''
(iv) Content of FFI owner reporting statement. The FFI owner
reporting statement provided by an owner-documented FFI must contain
the information required by this paragraph (d)(7)(iv) and is subject to
the general rules applicable to all withholding statements described in
paragraph (c)(3)(iii)(B)(1) of this section. An FFI that is a
partnership, simple trust, or grantor trust may substitute the FFI
owner reporting statement with an NWP withholding statement described
in Sec. 1.1441-5(c)(3)(iv) or a foreign simple trust or foreign
grantor trust withholding statement described in Sec. 1.1441-
5(e)(5)(iv), provided that the NWP withholding certificate or foreign
simple trust or foreign grantor trust withholding certificate contains
all of the information required in this paragraph (d)(7)(iv). The
owner-documented FFI will be required to provide the withholding agent
with an updated owner reporting statement if the withholding
certificate expires due to a change in circumstances as required under
paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(D) of this section.
(A) The FFI owner reporting statement must contain the name,
address, TIN (if any), entity tax classification, and the type of
documentation (Form W-9, Form W-8, or other documentary evidence)
provided to the owner-documented FFI for every person that owns an
equity interest in the payee, and must indicate that person's chapter 4
status.
(B) The FFI owner reporting statement must indicate the percentage
that each person owns of the payee.
(C) The FFI owner reporting statement must also contain any other
information the withholding agent reasonably requests in order to
fulfill its obligations under chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code.
(v) Exception for preexisting obligations. A withholding agent may
treat a payment made with respect to a preexisting obligation as made
to an owner-documented FFI without requiring that the FFI provide
documentation for every individual, specified U.S. person, owner-
documented FFI, exempt beneficial owner, and/or NFFE that owns an
interest in the payee if the withholding agent can associate the
payment with a valid withholding certificate that identifies the payee
as an FFI and the payee submits an FFI owner reporting statement
associated with the withholding certificate that provides all of the
information designated in paragraph (d)(7)(iv) of this section. In such
case, the owner-documented FFI must agree to maintain and make
available the documentation for every person that owns an interest,
other than an interest as a creditor, in the payee upon the request of
the withholding agent. A withholding agent may also treat a payment
made with respect to a preexisting obligation as made to an owner-
documented FFI if the withholding agent has collected documentation
with respect to each individual, specified U.S. person, owner-
documented FFI, exempt beneficial owner, and/or NFFE that owns a direct
or indirect interest in the payee, other than an interest as a
creditor, pursuant to its AML due diligence within four years of the
date of payment and that documentation is sufficient to satisfy the AML
due diligence requirements of the jurisdiction in which the withholding
agent maintains the account.
(8) Identification of exempt beneficial owners--(i) Identification
of foreign governments and governments of U.S. possessions--(A) In
general. A withholding agent may treat a payee as a foreign government
or government of a U.S. possession if it can reliably associate the
payment with a valid withholding certificate that identifies the
beneficial owner of the payment as a foreign government. For purposes
of this paragraph (d)(8)(i), a withholding agent may rely upon a valid
withholding certificate that meets the requirements of Sec. 1.1441-
1(e)(1)(ii) applicable to such certificate and identifies the payee as
a foreign government or government of a U.S. possession, even if such
withholding certificate does not identify the payee's chapter 4 status.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation may treat a
payee as a foreign government or a government of a U.S. possession if
the payee provides a written statement that it is a foreign government
or government of a U.S possession, a political subdivision of a foreign
government or government of a U.S. possession, or any wholly owned
agency or instrumentality of any one or more of the foregoing, and that
it does not receive the payment as an intermediary on behalf of another
person.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations. A withholding
agent that makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation that
is also a preexisting obligation may treat the payee as a foreign
government or government of a U.S. possession if the payee is generally
known to the withholding agent to be or the payee's name reasonably
indicates that it is a foreign government or government of a U.S
possession, a political subdivision of a foreign government or
government of a U.S. possession, or any wholly owned agency or
instrumentality of any one or more of the foregoing, and the
[[Page 9064]]
withholding agent does not know or have reason to know that the foreign
government is receiving the payment as an intermediary on behalf of
another person.
(ii) Identification of international organizations. A withholding
agent may treat a payee as an international organization if it can
associate the payment with a valid withholding certificate identifying
the beneficial owner of the payment as an international organization.
For purposes of this paragraph (d)(8)(ii), a withholding agent may rely
upon a valid withholding certificate that meets the requirements of
Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(1)(ii) applicable to such certificate and identifies
the payee as an international organization, even if such withholding
certificate does not identify the payee's chapter 4 status. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as an international organization
without requiring a withholding certificate if the name of the payee is
one that is designated as an international organization by executive
order (pursuant to 22 U.S.C. 288 through 288(f)) and other facts
surrounding the transaction reasonably indicate that the international
organization is not receiving the payment as an intermediary on behalf
of another person.
(iii) Identification of foreign central banks of issue--(A) In
general. A withholding agent may treat a payee as a foreign central
bank of issue if it can associate the payment with a valid withholding
certificate that identifies the beneficial owner of the payment as a
foreign central bank of issue. For purposes of this paragraph
(d)(8)(iii), a withholding agent may rely upon a valid withholding
certificate that meets the requirements of Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(1)(ii)
applicable to such certificate and identifies the payee as a foreign
central bank, even if such withholding certificate does not identify
the payee's chapter 4 status.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation may treat the
payee as a foreign central bank of issue if the withholding agent has a
written statement signed by the payee in which the payee states that it
is a foreign central bank of issue within the meaning of Sec. 1.1471-
6(d) and the facts and circumstances surrounding the payment reasonably
indicate that the payee is a foreign central bank of issue and either
the payee is not receiving the payment as an intermediary on behalf of
another person or the payee would be treated as the beneficial owner of
the payment for purposes of Sec. 1.1471-6(d).
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations. A withholding
agent that makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation that
is also a preexisting obligation may treat the payee as a foreign
central bank of issue if the name of the payee and other facts
surrounding the payment reasonably indicate that the payee is a foreign
central bank of issue or the Bank for International Settlements and
either the withholding agent has no reason to know that the payee is
receiving the payment as an intermediary on behalf of another person or
the payee would be treated as the beneficial owner of the payment for
purposes of Sec. 1.1471-6(d).
(iv) Identification of retirement funds--(A) In general. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as a retirement fund described in
Sec. 1.1471-6(f) if it can associate the payment with a valid
withholding certificate in which the payee certifies that it is a
retirement fund meeting the requirements of Sec. 1.1471-6(f) and--
(1) The withholding certificate makes a valid claim for treaty
benefits under the pension plan article of a treaty; or
(2) The withholding agent has an organizational document associated
with the payee that generally supports the payee's claim. An
organizational document will generally support the payee's claim that
it is a retirement fund if, for example, the organizational document
indicates that the payee qualifies as a tax-exempt retirement fund
under the jurisdiction in which the payee was organized, even if the
organizational documents do not specify whether the payee meets all of
the requirements to qualify as a retirement fund under Sec. 1.1471-
6(f), provided that no information in the organizational document
contradicts the payee's claim that it qualifies as a retirement fund
under Sec. 1.1471-6(f).
(B) Exception for offshore obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation may treat a
payment as made to a retirement fund described in Sec. 1.1471-6(f) if
it obtains a written statement, including a statement made in account
opening documents, signed by the payee under penalty of perjury, in
which the payee certifies that it is a retirement fund under the laws
of its local jurisdiction meeting the requirements of Sec. 1.1471-6(f)
and the withholding agent has an organizational document associated
with the payee that generally supports the payee's claim.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations. A withholding
agent that makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation that
is also a preexisting obligation, may treat the payee as a retirement
fund described in Sec. 1.1471-6(f) if the payee is generally known to
be a retirement fund in the country in which the withholding agent is
located and the withholding agent has documentary evidence that
establishes that the payee is a foreign entity that qualifies as a
retirement fund in the country in which the payee is organized.
(v) Identification of entities wholly owned by exempt beneficial
owners. A withholding agent may treat a payee as an entity described in
Sec. 1.1471-6(g) (referring to certain entities wholly owned by exempt
beneficial owners other than those described in Sec. 1.1471-6(g)) if
the withholding agent can reliably associate the payment with--
(A) A valid withholding certificate that identifies the payee as an
entity described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(1)(iii) that is the beneficial
owner of the payment;
(B) An owner reporting statement that contains the name, address,
TIN (if any), entity tax classification, chapter 4 status, and a
description of the type of documentation (Form W-8 or other documentary
evidence) provided to the withholding agent for every person that owns
an equity interest in the payee, that indicates the percentage that
each such person owns of the payee, and that is subject to the general
rules applicable to all withholding statements described in paragraph
(c)(3)(iii)(B)(1) of this section; and
(C) Associated documentation for every owner of the payee
establishing, pursuant to the documentation requirements described in
paragraph (d)(8) of this section, that every owner of the payee is an
entity described in Sec. 1.1471-6 (without regard to whether the owner
of the payee is a beneficial owner of the payment).
(9) Identification of excepted FFIs--(i) Identification of
nonfinancial holding companies--(A) In general. A withholding agent may
treat a payee as a holding company described under Sec. 1.1471-
5(e)(5)(i) if the withholding agent has a valid withholding certificate
identifying the payee as a foreign entity that operates as a holding
company for a subsidiary or group of subsidiaries that primarily engage
in a trade or business other than that of a financial institution, as
set forth in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(5)(i), and the withholding agent does
not know or have reason to know that the payee or any subsidiary of
payee is a financial institution, including a private equity fund,
venture capital fund, leveraged buyout fund, or any investment vehicle
described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(5)(i).
[[Page 9065]]
(B) Exception for offshore obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation may treat a
payee as a holding company described under Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(5)(i) if
the withholding agent obtains:
(1) A written statement, including a statement contained in account
opening documents, signed by the payee under penalties of perjury, in
which the payee certifies that it is a foreign entity operating
primarily as a holding company for a subsidiary or group of
subsidiaries that primarily engages in a business other than that of a
financial institution within the meaning of Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(4), and
that it is not a private equity fund, venture capital fund, leveraged
buyout fund, or any investment vehicle described in Sec. 1.1471-
5(e)(5)(i); or
(2) A copy of the payee's organizational documents (such as
articles of incorporation) or consolidated financial statements that
indicate that the payee is a foreign entity operating primarily as a
holding company for a subsidiary or group of entities, each of which is
not a financial institution, and that does not indicate that the payee
is a private equity fund, venture capital fund, leveraged buyout fund,
or any investment vehicle described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(5)(i).
(ii) Identification of start-up companies--(A) In general. A
withholding agent may treat a payee as a start-up company described in
Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(5)(ii) if the withholding agent has a valid
withholding certificate that identifies the payee as a start-up company
that intends to operate as other than a financial institution and the
withholding certificate provides the payee's formation date, that is
less than 24 months prior to the date of the payment.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation may treat a
payee as a start-up company described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(5)(ii) if it
obtains a written statement from the payee, including a statement
contained in account opening documents, signed by the payee under
penalties of perjury, in which the payee certifies that it is a foreign
entity formed for the purpose of operating a business other than that
of a financial institution and an organizational document associated
with the payee that establishes that the payee was organized less than
24 months prior to the date of the payment.
(C) Exception for preexisting obligations. A withholding agent may
treat a payment made with respect to a preexisting obligation as made
to a start-up company described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(5)(ii) if the
withholding agent--
(1) Has recorded a standard industrial classification code for the
payee that unambiguously indicates that the entity intends to be
engaged in a business other than as a financial institution or has a
third party credit report for the payee indicating that the payee
intends to be engaged in a business other than as a financial
institution; and
(2) Has an organizational document of the payee that establishes
that the payee is a foreign entity that was organized less than 24
months prior to the date of the payment.
(iii) Identification of certain nonfinancial entities in
liquidation or bankruptcy--(A) In general. A withholding agent may
treat a payee as an entity described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(5)(iii)
(applying to certain foreign entities in liquidation or bankruptcy) if
the withholding agent has a valid withholding certificate that
identifies the payee as a foreign entity previously engaged in business
as other than that of a financial institution that is liquidating or
emerging from a reorganization or bankruptcy and the withholding agent
has no knowledge that the payee has claimed to be such an entity for
more than three years. A withholding agent may continue to treat a
payee as an entity described in this paragraph for longer than three
years if it obtains, in addition to a valid withholding certificate,
documentary evidence such as a bankruptcy filing or other public
document that supports the payee's claim that it remains in liquidation
or in bankruptcy.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation may treat the
payee as an entity that satisfies the requirements of Sec. 1.1471-
5(e)(5)(iii) (applying to certain foreign entities in liquidation or
bankruptcy) if the withholding agent has one or more types of
documentary evidence establishing that the payee is a foreign entity in
liquidation or bankruptcy, (for example, a copy of the bankruptcy
filing or credit report for the payee) and indicates that prior to the
liquidation or bankruptcy filing, the payee was engaged in a business
other than that of a financial institution (for example, a financial
statement or credit report for the payee). A withholding agent that
obtains documentary evidence associated with the payee that generally
supports the classification of the payee as an NFFE that is in
liquidation or bankruptcy but does not unambiguously establish that the
payee is such an entity may rely upon the documentary evidence to treat
the payee as an entity described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(5)(iii) if the
withholding agent also obtains a written statement, including a
statement made in account opening documents, signed by the payee under
penalties of perjury stating that the payee is a foreign entity in the
process of liquidating its assets or reorganizing with the intent to
continue or recommence its former business as a nonfinancial
institution.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations. A withholding
agent that makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation that
is also a preexisting obligation may treat a payee as an entity
described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(5)(iii) if the withholding agent has
previously recorded a standard industrial classification code for the
payee that unambiguously indicates that the payee is not a financial
institution and has documentary evidence no more than three years old
establishing that the payee is a foreign entity in liquidation or
bankruptcy.
(iv) Identification of hedging/financing centers of nonfinancial
groups--(A) In general. A withholding agent may treat a payee as an
entity that operates as a hedging or financing center of a nonfinancial
group, as described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(5)(iv), if the withholding
agent can associate the payment with a valid withholding certificate
that identifies the payee as such an entity.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation may treat a
payment as made to an entity described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(5)(iv) if
the withholding agent has documentary evidence (for example, a
consolidated financial statement or company by-laws) or a third-party
credit report associated with the payee that indicates that the payee
is a foreign entity that operates primarily as a hedging or financing
center for its affiliated group and establishes that the members of the
payee's affiliated group are engaged in a business other than that of a
financial institution.
(v) Identification of section 501(c) organizations--(A) In general.
A withholding agent may treat a payee as an organization described in
section 501(c) if the withholding agent can associate the payment with
a valid withholding certificate that identifies the payee as a section
501(c) organization and the payee has provided--
(1) A certification that no income or assets of the payee are
distributed to, or applied for the benefit of, a private person or
noncharitable entity other
[[Page 9066]]
than pursuant to the conduct of the payee's charitable activities, as a
payment of reasonable compensation for services rendered, or as payment
representing the fair market value of property which the payee has
purchased; and
(2) Either a certification that the payee has been issued a
determination letter by the IRS that is currently in effect concluding
that the payee is described in section 501(c) accompanied by the date
of the letter, or a copy of an opinion from U.S. counsel certifying
that the payee is described in section 501(c) (without regard to
whether the payee is a foreign private foundation).
(B) Reason to know. A withholding agent must cease to treat a
foreign organization's claim that it is an organization described in
section 501(c) as valid beginning on the earlier of the date on which
such agent knows that the IRS has given notice to such foreign
organization that it is not an organization described in section 501(c)
or the date on which the IRS gives notice to the public that such
foreign organization is not an organization described in section
501(c). Further, a withholding agent will have reason to know that a
payee is not an organization described in section 501(c) if it has
determined, pursuant to its AML due diligence, that the payee has
beneficial owners (as defined for purposes of the AML due diligence).
(10) Identification of territory financial institutions--(i)
Identification of territory financial institutions that are beneficial
owners--(A) In general. A withholding agent may treat a payee as a
territory financial institution if the withholding agent has a valid
withholding certificate identifying the payee as a territory financial
institution that beneficially owns the payment. See paragraph
(d)(11)(iii) of this section for rules for documenting territory NFFEs.
(B) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations. A withholding
agent that makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation that
is also a preexisting obligation, may treat the payee as a territory
financial institution if the withholding agent has no reason to know
that the payee is not the beneficial owner of the payment and--
(1) The withholding agent has organizational documents establishing
that the payee was organized or incorporated under the laws of any
possession of the United States and the withholding agent has recorded
a standard industrial classification code for the payee that
unambiguously designates the entity as a bank, broker, or other
financial institution that is not primarily engaged in the business of
investing, reinvesting, or trading, as defined in section Sec. 1.1471-
5(e)(4); or
(2) The withholding agent has a copy of a credit report from a
third-party data provider that is associated with the payee and that
indicates that the payee is a bank, broker, or other financial
institution not primarily engaged in the business of investing,
reinvesting, or trading, as defined in section Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(4),
and that the payee was incorporated or organized under the laws of a
possession of the United States.
(ii) Identification of territory financial institutions acting as
intermediaries or that are flow-through entities. A withholding agent
may treat a payment as made to a territory financial institution that
is acting as an intermediary or that is a flow-through entity if the
withholding agent has a valid intermediary withholding certificate or
flow-through withholding certificate as described in paragraph
(c)(3)(iii) of this section that identifies the person who receives the
payment as a territory financial institution.
(iii) Reason to know. A withholding agent will have reason to know
that an entity is not a territory financial institution if the
withholding agent has a current residence or mailing address, either in
the entity's account files or on documentation provided by the payee,
for the entity outside the possession in which the entity claims to be
organized, a current telephone number for the payee that has a country
code other than the country code for the United States or has an area
code other than the area code(s) of the applicable possession, or
standing instructions for the withholding agent to pay amounts from its
account to an address or account outside the applicable possession. A
withholding agent that has knowledge of a current address, current
telephone number, or standing payment instructions for the entity
outside of the applicable possession, may nevertheless treat the entity
as a territory financial institution if it obtains documentary evidence
that establishes that the entity was organized in the applicable
possession or obtains a reasonable explanation from the entity, in
writing, establishing the entity's residence in the possession.
(11) Identification of NFFEs--(i) Identification of NFFEs that are
publicly traded corporations. A withholding agent may treat a payee as
an NFFE described in Sec. 1.1472-1(c)(1)(i) (applying to an entity the
stock of which is regularly traded on an established securities market)
if it has a beneficial owner withholding certificate that identifies
the payee as an NFFE, certifies that the payee's stock is regularly
traded on one or more established securities markets, as defined in
Sec. 1.1472-1(c)(1)(i), and provides the name of an exchange upon
which the payee's stock is traded.
(A) Transitional exception for payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting obligations. For payments made prior
to January 1, 2017, with respect to a preexisting obligation, a
withholding agent may treat a payee as an NFFE described in Sec.
1.1472-1(c)(1)(i) if the withholding agent--
(1) Has a beneficial owner withholding certificate associated with
the payee that meets the requirements of Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(1)(ii),
applicable to such certificate, identifying the payee as a foreign
corporation;
(2) Has documentation or other information that indicates that the
payee is listed on a public securities exchange or on a stock market
index; and
(3) Has either recorded a standard industrial classification code
for the payee that unambiguously indicates that the payee is not a
financial institution or has an organizational document, financial
statement, or credit report for the payee that provides sufficient
information to determine that the payee is not a financial institution.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation may treat a
payee as an NFFE described in Sec. 1.1472-1(c)(1)(i) if the
withholding agent obtains--
(1) A written statement, including a statement made in account
documents, signed by the payee under penalty of perjury, that states
that the payee is a foreign corporation not engaged in business as a
financial institution whose stock is regularly traded on an established
securities market;
(2) The name of one of the exchanges upon which the payee's stock
is traded; and
(3) An organizational document, financial statement, or credit
report for the payee that generally supports the classification of the
payee as an NFFE.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations. A withholding
agent that makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation that
is also a preexisting obligation may treat the payee as a entity
described in Sec. 1.1472-1(c)(1)(i) if the withholding agent has
documentation or other information confirming that the payee is listed
on a public securities exchange or on a stock market index and has
either recorded a standard industrial classification code for the payee
that unambiguously indicates that the payee is not a
[[Page 9067]]
financial institution or has an organizational document, financial
statement, or credit report for the payee that provides sufficient
information to determine that the payee is a foreign corporation that
is not a financial institution.
(ii) Identification of NFFE affiliates. A withholding agent may
treat a payee as an NFFE described in Sec. 1.1472-1(c)(1)(ii)
(applying to an affiliate of an entity the stock of which is regularly
traded on an established exchange) if it has a beneficial owner
withholding certificate that identifies the payee as a foreign
corporation that is an affiliate of an entity whose stock is regularly
traded on an established exchange and provides the name of the entity
that is regularly traded and one of the exchanges upon which the
entity's stock is listed.
(A) Transitional exception for payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting obligations. For payments made prior
to January 1, 2017, with respect to a preexisting obligation, a
withholding agent may treat a payee as an NFFE described in Sec.
1.1472-1(c)(1)(ii) if the withholding agent:
(1) Has a beneficial owner withholding certificate associated with
the payee that meets the requirements of Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(1)(ii),
applicable to such certificate, identifying the payee as a foreign
corporation;
(2) Has a consolidated financial statement or a similar financial
document confirming that the payee is an affiliate of an entity whose
stock is listed on a public securities exchange or a stock market
index; and
(3) Has either recorded a standard industrial classification code
for the payee that unambiguously indicates that the payee is not a
financial institution or has an organizational document, financial
statement, or credit report associated with the payee providing
sufficient information to determine that the payee is not a financial
institution.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation may treat a
payment as made to an NFFE described in Sec. 1.1472-1(c)(1)(ii) if the
withholding agent obtains:
(1) A written statement, including a statement made in account
documents, signed by the payee under penalty of perjury, that states
that the payee is a foreign corporation not engaged in business as a
financial institution that is an affiliate of another nonfinancial
entity whose stock is regularly traded on an established securities
exchange;
(2) The name of the payee's affiliate and one of the exchanges upon
which the affiliate's stock is traded; and
(3) An organizational document, financial statement, or credit
report associated with the payee that generally supports the
classification of the payee as an NFFE. Documentation will be
considered to generally support the payee's status as an NFFE, for
example, if it indicates that the payee was organized in a country
other than the United States and provides some indication that the
payee is engaged in a business other than that of a financial
institution.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations. A withholding
agent that makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation that
is also a preexisting obligation may treat the payee as an NFFE
described in Sec. 1.1472-1(c)(1)(ii) if the withholding agent:
(1) Has a financial statement or other documentation indicating
that the payee is a foreign corporation affiliated with an entity whose
stock is listed on a public securities exchange or on a stock market
index;
(2) Has either recorded a standard industrial classification code
for the payee that unambiguously indicates that the payee is not a
financial institution or has an organizational document, financial
statement, or credit report for the payee that provides sufficient
information to determine that the payee is a foreign entity that is not
a financial institution;
(3) Either has no knowledge that the payee has any of the U.S.
indicia discussed in paragraph (e) of this section or may treat the
payee as a foreign entity under paragraph (e)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this
section; and
(4) Has no knowledge that the payee is not the beneficial owner of
the payment.
(iii) Identification of territory NFFEs. A withholding agent may
treat a payee as an NFFE described in Sec. 1.1472-1(c)(1)(iii)
(applying to an entity organized in a possession of the United States)
if it has a valid beneficial owner withholding certificate that
identifies the payee as an NFFE that was organized in a possession of
the United States and includes a certification for chapter 4 purposes
that all of the owners of the payee are bona fide residents of that
possession.
(A) Exception for offshore obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation may treat a
payment as made to an NFFE described in Sec. 1.1472-1(c)(1)(iii) (that
is, an entity organized in a possession of the United States) if it--
(1) Has an organizational document associated with the payee
establishing that the payee was organized in a possession of the United
States;
(2) Has documentary evidence establishing that the payee is wholly
owned by one or more bona fide residents of the possession of the
United States in which the payee is organized or a written statement
from the payee stating that it is wholly owned by one or more bona fide
residents of the possession of the United States in which it was
organized; and
(3) Has no reason to know that the payee is not the beneficial
owner of the payment.
(B) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations of $1,000,000 or
less. A withholding agent that makes a payment with respect to an
offshore obligation that is also a preexisting obligation with a
balance or value of $1,000,000 or less at the close of the taxable year
preceding the payment, may rely upon its review conducted for AML due
diligence purposes to determine whether the owners of the payee are
bona fide residents of the possession of the United States in which the
payee is organized in lieu of obtaining a written statement or
documentary evidence. The withholding agent relying upon this paragraph
(d)(11)(iii)(B) must still obtain a withholding certificate or
documentary evidence, as provided in this paragraph (d)(11)(iii), to
establish that the payee was organized in a possession of the United
States.
(iv) Identification of active NFFEs. A withholding agent may treat
a payee as an active NFFE described in Sec. 1.1472-1(c)(1)(v) if it
has a valid withholding certificate identifying the payee as an active
NFFE within the meaning of Sec. 1.1472-1(c)(1)(v).
(A) Transitional exception for payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting obligations. For payments made prior
to January 1, 2017, with respect to a preexisting obligation, a
withholding agent may treat a payment as made to an active NFFE if the
withholding agent has a withholding certificate that meets the
requirements of Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(1)(ii), applicable to such
certificate, identifying the payee as a foreign person, and the
withholding agent has either recorded a standard industrial
classification code for the payee that unambiguously indicates that the
payee is engaged in an active trade or business other than that of a
financial institution or has an organizational document, financial
statement, or credit report for the payee that provides sufficient
information to determine that the payee
[[Page 9068]]
is engaged in an active trade or business other than that of a
financial institution.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation may treat the
payee as an active NFFE if the withholding agent has an organizational
document, financial statement, or credit report associated with the
payee providing sufficient information to determine that the payee is a
foreign entity engaged in an active trade or business other than that
of a financial institution and either has no knowledge that the payee
has any of the U.S. indicia discussed in paragraph (e) of this section
or may treat the payee as a foreign entity under paragraph
(e)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this section. A withholding agent that obtains
documentary evidence associated with the payee that generally supports
the classification of the payee as an NFFE engaged in an active
business but does not unambiguously establish that payee is such an
entity, may rely upon the documentary evidence to treat the payee as an
active NFFE if the withholding agent also obtains a written statement,
which may include a statement made in account opening documents, signed
by the payee under penalty of perjury, stating that the payee is a
foreign entity engaged in an active business other than that of a
financial institution.
(C) Exception for preexisting offshore obligations. A withholding
agent that makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation that
is also a preexisting obligation may treat the payee as an active NFFE
if the withholding agent--
(1) Either has no knowledge that the payee has any of the U.S.
indicia discussed in paragraph (e) of this section or may treat the
payee as a foreign entity under paragraph (e)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this
section; and
(2) Has either recorded a standard industrial classification code
for the payee that unambiguously indicates that the payee is engaged in
a trade or business other than that of a financial institution or has
an organizational document, financial statement, or credit report for
the payee providing sufficient information to determine that the payee
is a engaged in an active business other than that of a financial
institution.
(v) Identification of excepted NFFEs described in Sec. 1.1472-
1(c)(1)(iv). For rules regarding the documentation required to identify
an excepted NFFE described in Sec. 1.1472-1(c)(1)(iv), see paragraphs
(d)(11)(v) of this section, as applicable.
(vi) Identification of passive NFFEs. A withholding agent may treat
a payment as made to a passive NFFE if it has a valid withholding
certificate that identifies the payee as a passive NFFE.
(A) Transitional exception for payments made prior to January 1,
2017, with respect to preexisting obligations. For payments made prior
to January 1, 2017, with respect to a preexisting obligation, a
withholding agent may treat a payment as made to a passive NFFE if the
withholding agent has a withholding certificate that meets the
requirements of Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(1)(ii), applicable to such
certificate, identifying the payee as a foreign person, and the
withholding agent has either recorded a standard industrial
classification code for the payee that unambiguously indicates that the
payee is not a financial institution or has an organizational document,
financial statement, or credit report for the payee that provides
sufficient information to determine that the payee is not a financial
institution.
(B) Exception for offshore obligations. A withholding agent that
makes a payment with respect to an offshore obligation may treat the
payment as made to an NFFE if the withholding agent has an
organizational document, financial statement, or credit report for the
payee providing sufficient information to determine that the payee is a
foreign entity that is not a financial institution. A withholding agent
that obtains documentary evidence associated with the payee that
generally supports the classification of the payee as an NFFE but does
not unambiguously establish that payee is such an entity, may rely upon
the documentary evidence to treat the payee as an NFFE if the
withholding agent also obtains a written statement, including a
statement made in account opening documents, signed by the payee under
penalty of perjury, stating that the payee is a foreign entity that is
not a financial institution.
(C) Special rule for preexisting offshore obligations. A
withholding agent that makes a payment with respect to an offshore
obligation that is also a preexisting obligation may treat the payee as
an NFFE if the withholding agent either has no knowledge that the payee
has any of the U.S. indicia discussed in paragraph (e) of this section
or may treat the payee as a foreign entity under paragraph
(e)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this section and has either recorded a standard
industrial classification code for the payee that unambiguously
indicates that the payee is not a financial institution or has an
organizational document, financial statement, or credit report for the
payee providing sufficient information to determine that the payee is
not a financial institution.
(D) Required owner certification for passive NFFEs--(1) In general.
Unless it is a WP or WT, a passive NFFE will be required to provide
either a written certification that it does not have any substantial
U.S. owners or the name, address, and TIN of each substantial U.S.
owner of the NFFE. A territory NFFE that is a passive NFFE and is not a
WP or WT will be required to provide the certification or information
described in the previous sentence but only with respect to substantial
U.S. owners of the NFFE that are not bona fide residents of the
possession in which the NFFE was organized.
(2) Exception for preexisting obligations of $1,000,000 or less. A
withholding agent that makes a payment with respect to a preexisting
obligation with a balance or value of $1,000,000 or less at the close
of the taxable year preceding the payment, may rely upon its review
conducted for AML due diligence purposes to identify any substantial
U.S. owners of the payee in lieu of the certification or information
required in paragraph (d)(11)(vi)(D)(1) of this section if the
withholding agent is subject, with respect to such account, to the laws
of a jurisdiction that is FATF-compliant.
(e) Standards of knowledge--(1) In general. The standards of
knowledge discussed in this section apply for purposes of determining
the chapter 4 status of payees, beneficial owners, and persons who own
an interest in an owner-documented FFI. A withholding agent shall be
liable for tax, interest, and penalties to the extent provided under
section 1474 and the regulations under that section if it fails to
withhold the correct amount despite knowing or having reason to know
the amount required to be withheld. A withholding agent that cannot
reliably associate the payment with documentation and fails to act in
accordance with the presumption rules set forth in paragraph (f) of
this section may also be liable for tax, interest, and penalties. See
paragraph (e)(4) in this section for the specific standards of
knowledge applicable to a payee's or beneficial owner's specific claims
of chapter 4 status.
(2) Notification by the IRS. A withholding agent that has received
notification by the IRS that a claim of status as a U.S. person, a
participating FFI, a deemed-compliant FFI, or other entity entitled to
a reduced rate of withholding under section 1471 or 1472, is incorrect
knows that such a claim is incorrect beginning on the date
[[Page 9069]]
that is 30 calendar days after the date the notice is received.
(3) FFI-EIN--(i) In general. A withholding agent that has received
a payee's claim of status as a participating FFI or registered deemed-
compliant FFI has reason to know that such payee is not such a
financial institution if the payee's name and FFI-EIN do not appear on
the most recent published IRS FFI list within 90 calendar days of the
date that the claim is made. A payee whose registration with the IRS as
a participating FFI or a registered deemed-compliant FFI is in process
but has not yet received an FFI-EIN may provide a withholding agent
with a Form W-8 claiming the chapter 4 status it applied for and
writing ``applied for'' in the box for the FFI-EIN. In such case, the
FFI will have 90 calendar days from the date of its claim to provide
the withholding agent with its FFI-EIN and the withholding agent will
have 90 calendar days from the date it receives the FFI-EIN to verify
the accuracy of the FFI-EIN against the published IRS FFI list before
it has reason to know that the payee is not a participating FFI or
registered deemed-compliant FFI. If an FFI is removed from the list of
participating FFIs and registered deemed-compliant FFIs published on
the IRS database, the withholding agent knows that such FFI is not a
participating FFI or registered deemed-compliant FFI on the earlier of
the date that the withholding agent discovers that the FFI has been
removed from the list or the date that is one year from the date the
FFI's name was actually removed from the list.
(ii) Special requirements applicable prior to January 1, 2016.
Prior to January 1, 2016, a withholding agent that has received a
payee's claim of status as a participating FFI or registered deemed-
compliant FFI has reason to know that such payee is not such a
financial institution even if the payee's name and FFI-EIN appear on
the most recent published IRS FFI list, if the current published IRS
FFI list indicates that branches of the payee located in the same
country as the branch that submitted the withholding certificate, are
limited branches. Prior to January 1, 2016, a withholding agent will
also have reason to know that the branch submitting the withholding
certificate is a limited branch if the withholding certificate or other
documentation for the branch contains an address in a country for which
the FFI is shown, on the current IRS FFI list, to have limited
branches. For purposes of withholding under chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code, a withholding agent is required to treat a limited branch
as a nonparticipating FFI.
(4) Reason to know. A withholding agent shall be considered to have
reason to know that a claim of chapter 4 status is unreliable or
incorrect if its knowledge of relevant facts or statements contained in
the withholding certificates or other documentation is such that a
reasonably prudent person in the position of the withholding agent
would question the claims made. For accounts opened on or after January
1, 2013, a withholding agent will also be considered to have reason to
know that a claim of chapter 4 status is unreliable or incorrect if any
information contained in its account opening files or other customer
account files, including documentation collected for AML due diligence
purposes, conflicts with the payee's claim of chapter 4 status.
(i) Standards of knowledge applicable to withholding certificates--
(A) In general. A withholding agent has reason to know that a
withholding certificate provided by a payee or beneficial owner is
unreliable or incorrect if the withholding certificate is incomplete
with respect to any item on the certificate that is relevant to the
claims made by the payee, the withholding certificate contains any
information that is inconsistent with the payee's claim, the
withholding agent has other account information that is inconsistent
with the payee's claim, or the withholding certificate lacks
information necessary to establish entitlement to an exemption from
withholding for chapter 4 purposes. A withholding agent that relies on
an agent to review and maintain a withholding certificate is considered
to know or have reason to know the facts within the knowledge of the
agent. Paragraphs (e)(4)(i)(B) through (D) of this section do not apply
to a withholding certificate provided by a participating FFI or a
registered deemed-compliant FFI if the certificate contains an FFI-EIN
for the FFI that the withholding agent verifies on the current
published IRS FFI list as provided in paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
(B) U.S. address or telephone number. A withholding agent has
reason to know that a withholding certificate provided by a payee is
unreliable or incorrect if the withholding certificate has a current
permanent residence address (as defined in Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(2)(ii)) in
the United States, the withholding certificate has a current mailing
address in the United States, the withholding agent has a current
residence or mailing address as part of its account information that is
an address in the United States, or the payee notifies the withholding
agent of a new residence or mailing address in the United States
(whether or not provided on a withholding certificate). A withholding
agent also has reason to know that a withholding certificate provided
by a payee is unreliable or incorrect if the withholding agent knows
that the payee has a current telephone number in the United States.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a withholding agent may rely upon a
withholding certificate to establish the payee's status as a foreign
person despite knowing that the payee has any of the U.S. indicia
described in this paragraph (e)(4)(i)(B) if it may do so under the
provisions of paragraphs (e)(4)(i)(B)(1) through (2) of this section.
(1) Presumption of individual's foreign status. A withholding agent
other than an FFI may treat a payee or beneficial owner that is an
individual as a foreign person if--
(i) The withholding agent has in its possession or obtains
documentary evidence (that does not contain a U.S. address) that has
been provided within the last three years, was valid at the time it was
provided, and supports the claim of foreign status, and the payee
provides the withholding agent with a reasonable explanation, in
writing, supporting the account holder's foreign status; or
(ii) The withholding agent maintains an account for the individual
at an office of the withholding agent outside the United States, the
withholding agent classifies the individual as a resident of the
country in which the account is maintained, the withholding agent is
required to report payments made to the individual annually on a tax
information statement that is filed with the tax authority of the
country in which the office is located as part of that country's
resident reporting requirements, and that country has an tax
information exchange agreement or income tax treaty in effect with the
United States.
(2) Presumption of entity's foreign status. A withholding agent may
treat a payee or beneficial owner as a foreign person if the
withholding certificate has been provided by an entity and--
(i) The withholding agent has in its possession, or obtains,
documentation that substantiates that the entity is actually organized
or created under the laws of a foreign country; or
(ii) The withholding agent maintains an account for the entity at
an office of the withholding agent outside the United States, the
withholding agent classifies the entity as a resident of the country in
which the account is maintained, the withholding agent is required to
report payments made to the
[[Page 9070]]
entity annually on a tax information statement that is filed with the
tax authority of the country in which the office is located as part of
that country's resident reporting requirements, and that country has an
tax information exchange agreement or income tax treaty in effect with
the United States.
(C) U.S. place of birth--(1) Accounts opened on or after January 1,
2013. For accounts opened on or after January 1, 2013, a withholding
agent has reason to know that a withholding certificate provided by an
individual payee or beneficial owner is unreliable or incorrect if the
withholding agent has, either on accompanying documentation or as part
of its account information, a place of birth for the payee in the
United States. A withholding agent may treat the individual payee as a
foreign person, notwithstanding the U.S. birth place, if the
withholding agent has no knowledge that the individual has any other
U.S. indicia described in this paragraph (e) and the withholding agent
obtains a copy of the individual's Certificate of Loss of Nationality
of the United States or Form I-407, Abandonment of Lawful Permanent
Residence Status. A withholding agent may also treat the individual
payee as a foreign person, notwithstanding the U.S. birth place, if the
withholding agent obtains a non-U.S. passport or other government-
issued identification evidence of citizenship in a country other than
the United States and either a copy of the individual's Certificate of
Loss of Nationality of the United States or Form I-407, or a reasonable
explanation of the account holder's renunciation of U.S. citizenship or
the reason the account holder did not obtain U.S. citizenship at birth.
(2) Accounts opened prior to January 1, 2013. For accounts opened
prior to January 1, 2013, a withholding agent will not be required to
conduct a search of its documentation to identify a U.S. place of birth
associated with a payee. However, if the withholding agent, on or after
January 1, 2013, does review documentation that contains a U.S. birth
place for a payee that is treated as a foreign person, then the account
will be considered to have a experienced a change of circumstance as of
the date that the withholding agent reviewed the documentation and the
withholding agent will be considered to have reason to know that a
payee is a U.S. person. See paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(D) of this section for
rules regarding the time period allowed to cure a change in
circumstance.
(D) Standing instructions with respect to offshore obligations. A
withholding agent has reason to know that a withholding certificate
provided by a payee is unreliable or incorrect if it is provided with
respect to an offshore obligation and the payee or beneficial owner has
standing instructions directing the withholding agent to pay amounts
from its account to an address or an account maintained in the United
States. The withholding agent may rely upon the withholding certificate
to establish the payee's or beneficial owner's chapter 4 status,
however, if the payee or beneficial owner provides documentary evidence
that supports its foreign status.
(ii) Standard of knowledge applicable to documentary evidence--(A)
In general. A withholding agent shall not treat documentary evidence
provided by a payee as valid if the documentary evidence does not
reasonably establish the identity of the person presenting the
documentary evidence. For example, documentary evidence is not valid if
it is provided in person by a payee that is a natural person and the
photograph or signature on the documentary evidence, if any, does not
match the appearance or signature of the person presenting the
document. A withholding agent may not rely on documentary evidence to
reduce the rate of withholding that would otherwise apply under the
presumption rules in paragraph (f) of this section if the documentary
evidence contains information that is inconsistent with the payee's
claim as to its chapter 4 status, the withholding agent has other
account information that is inconsistent with the payee's claim, or the
documentary evidence lacks information necessary to establish the
payee's chapter 4 status. For example, if a payee provides a financial
statement to support its claim of status as an NFFE whose stock is
regularly traded on an established exchange but the financial statement
only indicates that the payee is registered on an exchange but does not
provide information regarding whether its stock is regularly traded,
the withholding agent may not rely upon the financial statement to
establish the payee's chapter 4 status unless it obtains additional
documentation that supports the claim.
(B) Establishment of foreign status. A withholding agent may not
treat documentary evidence provided by a payee as valid for purposes of
establishing the account holder's foreign status if the only mailing
address or residence address that is available to the withholding agent
is an address at a financial institution (unless the financial
institution is the payee), an in-care-of address, or a P.O. box. In
this case, the withholding agent must obtain additional documentation
that is sufficient to establish the payee's status as a foreign person.
Documentary evidence is unreliable or incorrect to establish a payee's
status as a foreign person if the withholding agent has a current
residence or mailing address (whether or not on the documentation) for
the payee in the United States, if the payee notifies the withholding
agent of a new address in the United States, or if the withholding
agent has a current telephone number for the payee in the United
States. A withholding agent may, however, rely on documentary evidence
as establishing the payee's foreign status if it may do so under the
provisions of this paragraph (e)(4)(ii)(B).
(1) A withholding agent may treat a payee or other person that is
an individual as a foreign person even if it has a mailing address,
residence address, or telephone number for the payee in the United
States if the withholding agent--
(i) Has in its possession or obtains additional documentary
evidence (that does not contain a U.S. address) supporting the claim of
foreign status and a reasonable explanation in writing supporting the
payee's foreign status;
(ii) Has in its possession or obtains a valid beneficial owner
withholding certificate on Form W-8 and the Form W-8 contains a
permanent residence address outside the United States and a mailing
address, if any, outside the United States (or if a mailing address is
inside the United States the direct account holder provides a
reasonable explanation in writing supporting the payee's claim of
foreign status); or
(iii) The withholding agent maintains an account for the payee at
an office of the withholding agent outside the United States, the
withholding agent classifies the payee as a resident of the country in
which the account is maintained, the withholding agent is required to
report payments made to the payee annually on a tax information
statement that is filed with the tax authority of the country in which
the office is located as part of that country's resident reporting
requirements, and that country has a tax information exchange agreement
or an income tax treaty in effect with the United States.
(2) A withholding agent may treat a payee or beneficial owner that
is an entity as a foreign person even if it has a mailing address,
residence address, or telephone number for the payee or beneficial
owner in the United States if the withholding agent--
(i) Has in its possession, or obtains, documentation that
substantiates that the entity is actually organized or created under
the laws of a foreign country;
[[Page 9071]]
(ii) Obtains a valid withholding certificate on a Form W-8 and the
Form W-8 contains a permanent residence address outside the United
States and a mailing address, if any, outside the United States; or
(iii) The withholding agent maintains an account for the payee at
an office of the withholding agent outside the United States, the
withholding agent classifies the payee as a resident of the country in
which the account is maintained, the withholding agent is required to
report payments made to the payee annually on a tax information
statement that is filed with the tax authority of the country in which
the office is located as part of that country's resident reporting
requirements, and that country has a tax information exchange agreement
or an income tax treaty in effect with the United States.
(C) U.S. place of birth--(1) Accounts opened on or after January 1,
2013. For accounts opened on or after January 1, 2013, a withholding
agent has reason to know that documentary evidence provided by an
individual payee or beneficial owner to demonstrate the individual's
status as a foreign person is unreliable or incorrect if the
documentation contains a U.S. birth place for the payee or the
withholding agent has, as part of its account information, a place of
birth for the payee in the United States. A withholding agent may treat
the individual payee as a foreign person, notwithstanding the U.S.
birth place, if the withholding agent has no knowledge that the payee
has any other U.S. indicia described in paragraph (e) of this section
and the withholding agent obtains a copy of the individual's
Certificate of Loss of Nationality of the United States or Form I-407.
A withholding agent may also treat the individual payee as a foreign
person, notwithstanding the U.S. birth place, if the withholding agent
obtains a valid withholding certificate from the payee that establishes
the payee's foreign status and either a copy of the individual's
Certificate of Loss of Nationality of the United States or Form I-407,
or a reasonable explanation of the account holder's renunciation of
U.S. citizenship or the reason the account holder did not obtain U.S.
citizenship at birth.
(2) Accounts opened prior to January 1, 2013. For accounts opened
prior to January 1, 2013, a withholding agent will not be required to
conduct a search of its documentation to identify a U.S. place of birth
associated with a payee. However, if the withholding agent, on or after
January 1, 2013, does review documentation that contains a U.S. birth
place for a payee that is treated as a foreign person, then the account
will be considered to have a experienced a change of circumstance as of
the date that the withholding agent reviewed the documentation and the
withholding agent will be considered to have reason to know that a
payee is a U.S. person. See paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(D) of this section for
rules regarding the time period allowed to cure a change in
circumstance.
(D) Standing Instructions. Documentary evidence is unreliable or
incorrect as an indication of a payee's status as a foreign person if
the payee has standing instructions directing the withholding agent to
pay amounts from its account to an address or an account maintained in
the United States. The withholding agent may treat the direct account
holder as a foreign person, however, if the account holder provides a
valid withholding certificate from the payee and either documentary
evidence that supports the payee's claim of foreign status or a
reasonable explanation in writing that supports its claim of foreign
status.
(iii) Information conflicting with payee's claim of chapter 4
status. A withholding certificate, written statement, or documentary
evidence is unreliable or incorrect if there is information on the face
of the documentation or in the withholding agent's account files that
conflicts with the payee's claim regarding its chapter 4 status. For
example, a withholding agent will have reason to know that a payee's
claim that it is an NFFE is unreliable or incorrect if the withholding
agent has a financial statement or credit report that indicates that
the payee is engaged in business as a financial institution. Further, a
withholding agent that has classified the payee as a particular
business type in its own records, such as through a standard industrial
classification code, will have reason to know that that the payee's
claim of chapter 4 status is unreliable or incorrect if the claim
conflicts with the withholding agent's internal classification. A
withholding agent may, however, rely upon a payee's claim regarding its
chapter 4 status if it obtains both a valid withholding certificate (or
written statement for a payment with respect to an offshore obligation)
and documentary evidence that support the payee's claim.
(iv) Conduit financing arrangements. The rules set forth in Sec.
1.1441-7(f), regarding a withholding agent's liability for failing to
withhold in the case where the financing arrangement is a conduit
financing arrangement, apply for purposes determining a withholding
agent's liability for any withholding required under chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code.
(v) Additional guidance. The IRS may prescribe other circumstances
for which a withholding certificate or documentary evidence is
unreliable or incorrect in addition to the circumstances described in
paragraph (e) of this section to establish a payee's chapter 4 status.
(f) Presumptions regarding payee's status in the absence of
documentation--(1) In general. A withholding agent that cannot, prior
to the payment, reliably associate (within the meaning of paragraph (c)
of this section) a payment with valid documentation may rely on the
presumptions of this paragraph (f) to determine the status of the payee
as a U.S. or foreign person and the payee's other relevant
characteristics (for example, as a participating FFI or a
nonparticipating FFI). See paragraph (f)(8) of this section for
consequences to a withholding agent that fails to withhold in
accordance with the presumptions set forth in this paragraph (f) or
that has actual knowledge or reason to know facts that are contrary to
the presumptions set forth in this paragraph (f).
(2) Presumptions of classification as an individual or entity. A
withholding agent that cannot reliably associate a payment with a valid
withholding certificate, or that has received valid documentary
evidence, as described in paragraph (c)(5) of this section, but cannot
determine a payee's status as an individual or an entity from the
documentary evidence, must presume that the payee is an individual if
the payee appears to be an individual (for example, based on the
payee's name or other indications). If the payee does not appear to be
an individual, then the payee shall be presumed to be an entity.
(3) Presumptions of U.S. or foreign status. A payment that the
withholding agent cannot reliably associate with a valid withholding
certificate or documentary evidence is presumed to be made to a U.S.
person, except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (f)(3).
(i) Payments to entities with indicia of foreign status. If a
withholding agent cannot reliably associate a payment to a payee that
is treated as an entity with documentation from the payee, the payee is
presumed to be a foreign person and not a U.S. person--
(A) If the withholding agent has actual knowledge of the payee's
EIN and that number begins with the two digits ``98'';
(B) If the withholding agent's communications with the payee are
[[Page 9072]]
mailed to an address in a foreign country;
(C) If the withholding agent has a telephone number for the payee
outside of the United States; or
(D) If the name of the payee indicates that the entity is of a type
that is on the per se list of foreign corporations contained in Sec.
301.7701-2(b)(8)(i).
(ii) Payments to certain exempt recipients. If the payment is made
to an entity that is treated as an exempt recipient under the
provisions of Sec. 1.6049-4(c)(1)(ii)(A)(1), (F), (G), (H), (I), (M),
(O), (P), or (Q) in the case of interest, or under similar provisions
under chapter 61 applicable to the type of payment involved, the payee
shall be presumed to be a foreign person.
(iii) Payments with respect to offshore obligations. Except as
otherwise provided in this paragraph (f)(3)(iii), a payment to an
individual or an entity is presumed to be made to a foreign payee if
the payment is made outside of the United States with respect to an
offshore obligation and the withholding agent does not know or have
reason to know that the payee is a U.S. person.
(4) Presumption of chapter 4 status for a foreign entity. A
withholding agent that makes a payment to a foreign entity that it
cannot reliably associate with a valid withholding certificate or
documentary evidence sufficient to determine the status of that entity
for purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code (for example, as
a participating FFI, nonparticipating FFI, or NFFE) must presume that
the payee is a nonparticipating FFI.
(5) Presumption of status as an intermediary. If a withholding
agent cannot reliably associate a payment with documentation to treat
the payment as made to an intermediary, then the withholding agent must
treat the payment as made to an intermediary if the withholding agent
has documentary evidence or other documentation that indicates, or the
facts and circumstances of the transaction, including the name of the
person who receives the payment or the presence of sub-account numbers,
indicate that the person who receives the payment is a bank, broker,
custodian, intermediary, or other agent and the withholding agent has
no knowledge that the person receives the payment for its own account.
Any portion of a payment that the withholding agent may treat as made
to a foreign intermediary (whether a QI or an NQI) but that the
withholding agent cannot treat as reliably associated with valid
documentation under the rules of paragraph (c) of this section, is
presumed to be made to a nonparticipating FFI. A person that the
withholding agent may not reliably treat as a foreign intermediary
under this paragraph (f)(5) is presumed to be a payee other than an
intermediary.
(6) Joint payees--(i) In general. If a withholding agent makes a
payment to joint payees and cannot reliably associate the payment with
valid documentation from each payee but all of the joint payees appear
to be individuals, then the payment is presumed made to an unidentified
U.S. person. If any joint payee does not appear, by its name and other
information contained in the account file, to be an individual, then
the entire payment will be treated as made to a nonparticipating FFI.
However, if one of the joint payees provides a Form W-9 furnished in
accordance with the procedures described in Sec. Sec. 31.3406(d)-1
through 31.3406(d)-5 of this chapter, the payment shall be treated as
made to that payee.
(ii) Exception for offshore obligations. If a withholding agent
makes a payment outside the United States with respect to an offshore
obligation held by joint payees and cannot reliably associate a payment
with valid documentation from each payee but all of the joint payees
appear to be individuals, then the payment is presumed made to an
unknown foreign individual if the withholding agent has no reason to
know that any of the payees are U.S. persons, including knowledge of
any U.S. indicia associated with any of the payees. If the withholding
agent has reason to know that any payee is a U.S. person, then the
payment must be treated as made to an unidentified U.S. person.
(7) Rebuttal of presumptions. A payee may rebut the presumptions
described in this paragraph (f) by providing reliable documentation to
the withholding agent or, if applicable, to the IRS.
(8) Effect of reliance on presumptions and of actual knowledge or
reason to know otherwise--(i) In general. Except as otherwise provided
in this paragraph (f)(8), a withholding agent that withholds on a
payment under section 1471 or 1472 in accordance with the presumptions
set forth in this paragraph (f) shall not be liable for withholding
under this section even if it is later established that the payee has a
chapter 4 status other than the status presumed. A withholding agent
that fails to report and withhold in accordance with the presumptions
described in this paragraph (f) with respect to a payment that it
cannot reliably associate with valid documentation shall be liable for
tax, interest, and penalties to the extent provided under section 1474
and the regulations under that section. See Sec. 1.1474-1 for
provisions regarding such liability if the withholding agent fails to
withhold in accordance with the presumptions described in this
paragraph (f).
(ii) Actual knowledge or reason to know that amount of withholding
is greater than is required under the presumptions or that reporting of
the payment is required. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph
(f)(8)(i) of this section, a withholding agent that knows or has reason
to know that the status or characteristics of the payee or of the
beneficial owner are other than what is presumed under this paragraph
(f) may not rely on the presumptions described in this paragraph (f) to
the extent that, if it determined the status of the payee or beneficial
owner based on such knowledge or reason to know, it would be required
to withhold (under this section or another withholding provision of the
Code) an amount greater than would be the case if it relied on the
presumptions described in this paragraph (f). In such a case, the
withholding agent must rely on its knowledge or reason to know rather
than on the presumptions set forth in this paragraph (f). Failure to do
so shall result in liability for tax, interest, and penalties to the
extent provided under section 1474.
(g) Effective/applicability date. The rules of this section apply
on [EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 6. Section 1.1471-4 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1471-4 FFI agreement.
(a) In general. The IRS may enter into an FFI agreement with an FFI
in accordance with section 1471(b), pursuant to such procedures as the
IRS may prescribe. The FFI agreement, the model for which will be set
forth in a Revenue Procedure, will set forth the FFI's requirements
under section 1471(b) and (c). Except as otherwise provided, the FFI
agreement and this section will incorporate the definitions and
requirements relevant to participating FFIs as set forth in Sec. Sec.
1.1471-1 through 1.1474-7. Thus, for example, the FFI agreement will
incorporate the definitions of U.S. account and financial account set
forth in Sec. 1.1471-5(a) and (b), respectively. The FFI agreement
will include the provisions outlined in paragraphs (1) through (8) of
this paragraph (a).
(1) Withholding. The FFI agreement will specify the participating
FFI's obligation to deduct and withhold tax with respect to passthru
payments made to recalcitrant account holders and
[[Page 9073]]
nonparticipating FFIs. Except as otherwise provided in the FFI
agreement, a participating FFI will be required to withhold in
accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
(2) Identification and documentation of account holders. The FFI
agreement will specify a participating FFI's obligation to obtain such
information regarding each holder of each account maintained by such
institution as is necessary to determine which of such accounts are
U.S. accounts, recalcitrant account holders, or accounts held by
nonparticipating FFIs. Except as otherwise provided in the FFI
agreement, a participating FFI will be required to perform the due
diligence procedures for identifying and documenting account holders
described in paragraph (c) of this section, and such procedures will
satisfy the participating FFI's obligation to determine which of its
accounts are U.S. accounts.
(3) Reporting. The FFI agreement will specify the participating
FFI's obligation to report on an annual basis with respect to U.S.
accounts under section 1471(c) and accounts held by recalcitrant
account holders. Except as otherwise provided in the FFI agreement, a
participating FFI will be required to report the information described
in paragraph (d) of this section with respect to its U.S. accounts and
recalcitrant account holders, and to comply with filing requirements
described in Sec. 1.1474-1(c) and (d) with respect to passthru
payments.
(4) Expanded affiliated group. The FFI agreement will specify how
the requirements of section 1471(b) and (c) will apply to members of
the expanded group of which the participating FFI is a member, as
described in paragraph (e) of this section. The agreement will also
provide, as described in paragraph (e), that if certain conditions are
met, the IRS may enter into a transitional FFI agreement with an FFI or
members of an expanded affiliated group of FFIs even though a branch of
the FFI or a member of the expanded affiliated group is unable under
local law to satisfy the requirements of the FFI agreement.
(5) Waiver. The FFI agreement will specify the participating FFI's
obligation, in any case in which foreign law would (but for a waiver)
prevent the reporting required of the FFI pursuant to the FFI agreement
with respect to a U.S. account, to obtain a valid and effective waiver
of such law and, if a valid and effective waiver is not obtained within
a reasonable period of time, to close the account.
(6) Verification. The FFI agreement will specify a participating
FFI's obligation to comply with specified verification procedures. The
agreement will require that the participating FFI adopt written
policies and procedures governing its due diligence procedures for
identifying and documenting account holders and its withholding and
reporting requirements under the FFI agreement. The FFI agreement will
further require that the participating FFI conduct periodic reviews of
its compliance with these policies and procedures and its chapter 4
obligations. Based on the results of such reviews, a responsible
officer of the participating FFI will periodically certify to the IRS
the participating FFI's compliance with its obligations under the FFI
agreement and may be required to provide certain factual information
and to disclose material failures with respect to the participating
FFI's compliance with any of the requirements of the FFI agreement. If
the IRS identifies concerns about the compliance of the FFI based on
the reporting and certifications provided by the FFI, including cases
of suspected patterns of compliance failures, the IRS may verify the
participating FFI's compliance with the FFI agreement through an audit,
performed by an external auditor (external audit) approved by the IRS,
of one or more issues selected by the IRS. The FFI agreement will not,
however, require that the participating FFI arrange for periodic
external audits on a predetermined basis and will not require external
audits of a participating FFI on a random basis.
(7) Event of default. The FFI agreement will specify the compliance
failures and other conditions under which a participating FFI would be
in default of the FFI agreement. The agreement will provide that a
compliance failure will not constitute an event of default unless such
failure occurs in more than limited circumstances when a participating
FFI has not substantially complied with its obligations under the FFI
agreement.
(8) Requests for additional information. The FFI agreement will
specify the participating FFI's obligation to comply with requests by
the Secretary for additional information with respect to any U.S.
account maintained by such institution. The FFI agreement will require
that the FFI provide responses to written requests from the IRS for
information relevant to the participating FFI's obligations under the
FFI agreement.
(b) Withholding requirements under the FFI agreement--(1) In
general. A participating FFI is required to deduct and withhold a tax
equal to 30 percent of any passthru payment that is a withholdable
payment made by such participating FFI to a recalcitrant account holder
or a nonparticipating FFI after December 31, 2013. A participating FFI
must also deduct and withhold a tax equal to 30 percent of any passthru
payment that is a withholdable payment made after December 31, 2013, to
a participating FFI that has made an election under section 1471(b)(3)
in accordance with Sec. 1.1471-2(a)(2)(iii)(A). Notwithstanding the
foregoing, a participating FFI will not be required to withhold
pursuant to this section with respect to a payment made to a
recalcitrant account holder if so provided under an agreement between
the IRS and a foreign government. See paragraph (b)(3) of this section
for rules regarding when a participating FFI is required to withhold on
any foreign passthru payment made by such participating FFI to a
recalcitrant account holder or a nonparticipating FFI. See paragraph
(c) of this section for the procedures for participating FFIs to
identify the status of their account holders and payees in order to
determine when withholding is required under this paragraph (b)(1). See
Sec. 1.1474-1(d) for the amounts subject to reporting on Form 1042-S
for chapter 4 purposes and the reporting requirements for passthru
payments, including the special requirement for the 2015 and 2016
calendar years for participating FFIs to report certain foreign
reportable amounts made to nonparticipating FFIs.
(2) Withholdable payment requirements. A participating FFI is a
withholding agent for purposes of chapter 4 and thus is subject to the
requirements of sections 1471(a) and 1472(a) with respect to
withholdable payments. A participating FFI that complies with the
withholding obligations of this paragraph (b) and its FFI agreement
shall be deemed to satisfy its withholding obligations with respect to
withholdable payments under sections 1471(a) and 1472. See Sec. Sec.
1.1471-2(a)(3) and 1.1472-1(b)(2).
(3) Foreign passthru payments. [Reserved].
(4) Dormant accounts. A participating FFI that makes a passthru
payment (including any withholdable payment) to a recalcitrant account
holder of a dormant account and that withholds on such payment as
described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section may, in lieu of
depositing the tax withheld under Sec. 1.6302-2, set aside the amount
withheld in escrow until the date that the account ceases to be a
dormant account. In such a case, the tax withheld becomes due 90 days
following the date that the account ceases to be a dormant
[[Page 9074]]
account if the account holder does not provide the documentation
required under paragraph (c) of this section or becomes refundable to
the account holder if the account holder provides the documentation
required under paragraph (c) of this section. See paragraph (d)(6)(ii)
of this section for the definition of dormant account.
(5) Special withholding rules for U.S. branches. A U.S. branch of a
participating FFI that satisfies its backup withholding obligations
under section 3406(a) with respect to accounts held at the U.S. branch
by account holders that are treated as U.S. non-exempt recipients under
chapter 61 will be treated as satisfying its withholding obligation
with respect to such accounts under section 1471(b)(1) and this
paragraph (b). See paragraph (d)(2)(iii)(B) of this section for the
special reporting requirements applicable to U.S. branches of
participating FFIs.
(6) Special withholding rules for participating FFIs with limited
branches and affiliates that are limited FFIs. For the withholding
requirements with respect to payments made to limited branches and
affiliates that are limited FFIs, see paragraphs (e)(2)(v) and
(e)(3)(iv) of this section.
(c) Due diligence for the identification of account holders under
the FFI agreement--(1) Scope of paragraph. This paragraph (c) describes
the procedures that participating FFIs are to follow in determining the
chapter 4 status of an account holder as well as identifying and
documenting U.S. accounts (as defined in Sec. 1.1471-5(a)) and
accounts other than U.S. accounts. Paragraph (c)(2) of this section
provides the general rules for identification of account holders.
Paragraph (c)(3) of this section provides the rules for documenting
accounts held by entities. Paragraph (c)(4) of this section provides
the general rules for documenting individual accounts and a special
rule for documenting individual accounts that are offshore obligations.
Paragraph (c)(4) also provides exceptions from the documentation
requirements of this paragraph (c) for certain preexisting accounts of
individual account holders and the account aggregation requirements
relevant in applying these exceptions. Paragraph (c)(5) of this section
provides the currency translation for determining the account balance
and value for purposes of the documentation exceptions in paragraphs
(c)(3) and (4). Paragraph (c)(6) of this section has examples regarding
the application of the aggregation rules. Paragraph (c)(7) of this
section provides an alternative procedure for documenting preexisting
individual accounts that are offshore obligations. Paragraph (c)(8) of
this section provides the identification and documentation procedure
for preexisting accounts of individual account holders with a balance
or value that exceeds $1,000,000. Paragraph (c)(9) of this section
provides an exception from the electronic search and enhanced review
requirements for accounts that a participating FFI has already
documented as held by foreign individuals for the purpose of meeting
its obligations under a QI, WP, or WT agreement. Paragraph (c)(10) of
this section provides the requirement for a responsible officer of the
participating FFI to certify as to the completion of the identification
and documentation procedures of this paragraph (c) within the specified
period of time.
(2) Requirements with respect to the identification of account
holders--(i) In general. For purposes of this section, to determine the
chapter 4 status of an account holder, the principles of Sec. 1.1471-
3(b) shall apply as though the participating FFI were a withholding
agent making a withholdable payment and the account holder were the
payee. To determine whether documentation is valid, the principles of
Sec. 1.1471-3(c) shall apply as though the participating FFI were a
withholding agent making a withholdable payment and the account holder
were the payee.
(ii) Standards of knowledge. A participating FFI may rely on
documentation that is collected pursuant to the procedures set forth in
this paragraph (c) or that is otherwise maintained in the participating
FFI's files, unless the participating FFI knows or has reason to know
that such documentation is unreliable or incorrect. Except as otherwise
provided in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, to determine whether a
participating FFI knows or has reason to know that the documentation
collected or otherwise maintained with respect to the account holder is
unreliable or incorrect, the standards of knowledge provided in Sec.
1.1471-3(e) shall apply as though the participating FFI were a
withholding agent making a withholdable payment (except that Sec.
1.1471-3(e)(4)(i)(B)(1) and (ii)(B) will not apply in the case of an
individual account holder) and the account holder were the payee.
(iii) Change in circumstances. With respect to an account that
meets the documentation exceptions described in paragraphs (c)(3)(ii),
(c)(4)(ii), and (c)(4)(iii) of this section, if an account no longer
meets the exception in a subsequent year, this will be treated as a
change in circumstances (as defined in Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(6)(ii)(D)) and
the participating FFI must obtain the appropriate documentation within
the time period provided by Sec. 1.1471-5(g)(3)(iii), or will be
required to treat such account as held by a recalcitrant account holder
or nonparticipating FFI. For purposes of this section, a change in
circumstances also includes any change or addition of information to
the account holder's account or any account associated with such
account, applying the aggregation rules, if such change or addition of
information affects the chapter 4 status of the account holder. For
example, if a holder of a preexisting account opens another account and
as part of the participating FFI's account opening procedures the
account holder provides a U.S. telephone number, the participating FFI
has actual knowledge that the account holder has U.S. indicia, and this
will be treated as a change in circumstance with respect to the
preexisting account. The participating FFI must obtain the appropriate
documentation described in paragraph (c)(4)(i)(B)(3) of this section
within the time period provided by Sec. 1.1471-5(g)(3)(iii), or will
be required to treat such account as held by a recalcitrant account
holder.
(iv) Record retention. A participating FFI must retain either an
original, certified copy, or photocopy (including a microfiche, scan,
or similar means of record retention) of the documentation collected to
determine the chapter 4 status of its account holders. With respect to
preexisting accounts, a participating FFI must retain the documentation
collected, including requests made and responses to relationship
manager inquiries, and all results from electronic searches, for six
calendar years following the year in which the account identification
procedures of this paragraph (c) were performed. Upon the request of
the IRS, a participating FFI may be required to extend the six year
retention period when such request is made by the IRS prior to the end
of the six year retention period.
(3) Identification procedure and documentation for entity
accounts-- (i) In general. To determine the documentation requirements
and presumption rules applicable to an account held by an entity, a
participating FFI shall apply the principles of Sec. 1.1471-3(d) and
(f) (as applicable to entities) as though the participating FFI were a
withholding agent making a withholdable payment, and the account holder
were the payee. For preexisting entity accounts, a participating FFI
must perform the requisite identification procedures and
[[Page 9075]]
obtain the appropriate documentation within one year of the effective
date of its FFI agreement for any account holder that is a prima facie
FFI, as defined in Sec. 1.1471-2(a)(4)(ii)(B), and within two years of
the effective date of its FFI agreement for all other entity accounts,
except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Documentation exception for certain preexisting entity
accounts. Unless the participating FFI elects otherwise, a
participating FFI is not required to document a preexisting entity
account that is an offshore obligation as a U.S. account or an account
held by a nonparticipating FFI if the conditions of paragraphs
(c)(3)(ii)(A) and (B) are met. A participating FFI is also not required
to treat such account as undocumented for withholding and reporting
purposes. An account that meets this exception as of the effective date
of the participating FFI's FFI agreement will be treated as meeting
this exception until the account balance or value exceeds $1,000,000 at
the end of any subsequent calendar year, applying the aggregations
rules of paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B)(2).
(A) Previously identified accounts. The condition of this paragraph
(c)(3)(ii)(A) is met if no holder of the account that has previously
been documented by the FFI as a U.S. person for purposes of chapters 3
or 61 is a specified U.S. person for purposes of this chapter.
(B) Account threshold--(1) In general. The condition of this
paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B) is met if, with respect to the preexisting
entity account and, to the extent required under paragraph
(c)(3)(ii)(B)(2) or (3) of this section, all accounts held (in whole or
in part) by the holder of the account, the aggregate balance or value
of the account as of the effective date of the participating FFI's FFI
agreement or at the end of any subsequent calendar year is $250,000 or
less (or the equivalent in foreign currency calculated under paragraph
(c)(5) of this section). For rules for determining the balance or value
of accounts that apply for purposes of this paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B),
see paragraph (d)(4)(iii) of this section.
(2) Aggregation of entity accounts. For purposes of determining the
aggregate balance or value of accounts held by an entity in applying
the exception in this paragraph (c)(3)(ii), an FFI will be required to
take into account all accounts held by entities that are maintained by
the FFI, or members of its expanded affiliated group, to the extent
that the FFI's computerized systems link the accounts by reference to a
data element such as client number or taxpayer identification number
(including an EIN) and allow account balances to be aggregated.
(3) Special aggregation rule applicable to relationship managers.
For purposes of determining the aggregate balance or value of accounts
held by an entity in applying the exception in this paragraph
(c)(3)(ii), an FFI shall also be required to aggregate all accounts
(including any accounts held by individuals) that a relationship
manager knows or has reason to know are directly or indirectly owned,
controlled, or established (other than in a fiduciary capacity) by the
same person.
(4) Election to forgo exception. A participating FFI may elect to
disregard the exception described in paragraphs (c)(3)(ii) of this
section by documenting an account pursuant to the rules provided in
this paragraph (c) and by treating any undocumented account as an
account held by a nonparticipating FFI.
(4) Identification procedure and documentation for individual
accounts--(i) In general. Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (c), a participating FFI is required to collect a Form W-9 or
W-8 from each individual account holder in order to identify its U.S.
accounts (as defined in Sec. 1.1471-5(a)) and accounts other than U.S.
accounts. For an individual account that is an offshore obligation,
however, the requirement of the preceding sentence to obtain a Form W-8
to establish each individual account holder's foreign status shall not
apply if the participating FFI obtains documentary evidence that meets
the requirements of Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(5) (as applicable to
individuals). Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (c), a
participating FFI is also required to review all information collected
with respect to the opening or maintenance of each account, including
documentation collected as part of the participating FFI's account
opening procedures and documentation collected for other regulatory
purposes to determine if an account holder has U.S. indicia. For
example, if an account holder provides a passport as part of the
participating FFI's account opening procedures, the participating FFI
is required to review the passport to check for a U.S. place of birth.
However, a participating FFI is not required to treat a passport as
containing a U.S. place of birth unless the passport unambiguously
indicates the country or state in which the individual was born. See
Sec. 1.1471-5(g)(3) to determine the period of time by which a
participating FFI must perform the account identification procedures
and obtain the appropriate documentation described in this paragraph
(c) before it must treat the account holder as a recalcitrant account
holder.
(A) U.S. Indicia. For purposes of the account identification
procedures described in this paragraph (c), an account holder is
treated as having U.S. indicia if the information required to be
reviewed by the FFI with respect to the account includes any of the
following:
(1) Identification of an account holder as a U.S. resident or
citizen;
(2) U.S. place of birth;
(3) U.S. resident address or U.S. mailing address (including a U.S.
post office box);
(4) U.S. telephone number;
(5) Standing instructions to transfer funds to an account
maintained in the United States;
(6) Power of attorney or signatory authority granted to a person
with a U.S. address; or
(7) An ``in-care-of'' address or ``hold mail'' address that is the
sole address the FFI has identified for the account holder.
(B) Documentation required for U.S. indicia. For all accounts
holders having one or more of the U.S. indicia described in paragraph
(c)(4)(i)(A) of this section, a participating FFI is required to obtain
the documentation described in paragraphs (c)(4)(i)(B)(1) through (5),
applicable to the type of U.S. indicia, to establish whether the
account is a U.S. account.
(1) If the account holder is identified as a U.S. resident or
citizen, the participating FFI must request a Form W-9 and a valid and
effective waiver as described in section 1471(b)(1)(F)(i), if
necessary, from the account holder.
(2) If the account holder information unambiguously indicates a
U.S. place of birth, the participating FFI must request either a Form
W-9 and a valid and effective waiver described in section
1471(b)(1)(F)(i), if necessary, or a Form W-8BEN and a non-U.S.
passport or other government-issued identification evidencing
citizenship in a country other than the United States. In addition, to
establish the foreign status of any account holder with a U.S. place of
birth, the participating FFI must obtain a copy of the individual's
Certificate of Loss of Nationality of the United States or Form I-407,
or a reasonable explanation of the account holder's renunciation of
U.S. citizenship or the reason the account holder did not obtain U.S.
citizenship at birth.
(3) If the account holder information contains a U.S. address, U.S.
mailing address, or telephone number in the United States, the
participating FFI must request either a Form W-9 (and a
[[Page 9076]]
valid and effective waiver described in section 1471(b)(1)(F)(i), if
necessary), or a Form W-8BEN and a non-U.S. passport or other
government-issued identification evidencing citizenship in a country
other than the United States.
(4) If the account holder information contains standing
instructions to transfer funds to an account maintained in the United
States, the participating FFI must request either a Form W-9 and a
valid and effective waiver described in section 1471(b)(1)(F)(i), if
necessary, or a Form W-8BEN and documentary evidence, as described in
Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(5), establishing foreign status.
(5) If the account holder information contains a power of attorney
or signatory authority granted to a person with a U.S. address or has
an ``in care of'' address or ``hold mail'' address that is the sole
address identified for the account holder, the participating FFI must
request either a Form W-9 and a valid and effective waiver described in
section 1471(b)(1)(F)(i), if necessary, a Form W-8, or documentary
evidence, as described in Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(5), establishing foreign
status.
(ii) Preexisting accounts of individual account holders documented
as U.S. accounts. If a participating FFI has documented an individual
account holder as a U.S. person for purposes of chapter 3 or 61 and
such account holder is a specified U.S. person, the account holder's
account will be treated as a U.S. account for chapter 4 purposes.
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, a participating FFI is not
required to treat a preexisting account or account other than a
preexisting account held by an individual account holder as a U.S.
account if such account is a depository account that meets the
exception to U.S. account status described in Sec. 1.1471-5(a)(4)(i)
(applying to depository accounts with a value or balance of $50,000 or
less), unless the participating FFI elects otherwise. An account that
no longer meets the exception from U.S. account status described in
Sec. 1.1471-5(a)(4)(i) because the balance or value of the account
exceeds $50,000 may qualify for the documentation exception described
in paragraph (c)(4)(iii) of this section.
(iii) Exception for certain preexisting accounts of individual
account holders other than accounts described in Sec. 1.1471-
4(c)(4)(iv). Unless the participating FFI elects otherwise, a
participating FFI is not required to document a preexisting individual
account as a U.S. account or an account held by a recalcitrant account
holder if the account is not an account described in paragraph
(c)(4)(iv) of this section, the account threshold in paragraph
(c)(4)(iii)(A) is met, and no holder of the account has been documented
by the FFI as a U.S. person for purposes of chapter 3 or 61 that is a
specified U.S. person. An account that meets this exception as of the
effective date of the participating FFI's FFI agreement will be treated
as meeting this exception until the account balance or value exceeds
$1,000,000 at the end of any subsequent calendar year.
(A) Account threshold. The conditions of this paragraph
(c)(4)(iii)(A) are met if, with respect to the account (including for
this purpose accounts aggregated under paragraphs (c)(4)(iii)(B) and
(C) of this section), the aggregate balance or value of the account as
of the effective date of the participating FFI's FFI agreement is
$50,000 or less (or the equivalent in foreign currency calculated under
paragraph (c)(5) of this section). For rules for determining the
balance or value of financial accounts that apply for purposes of this
paragraph (c)(4)(iii), see paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(A) of this section. An
account that meets this exception as of the effective date of the
participating FFI's FFI agreement will be treated as meeting this
exception until the account balance or value exceeds $1,000,000 at the
end of any subsequent calendar year.
(B) Aggregation of individual accounts. For purposes of determining
the aggregate balance or value of accounts held by a person, other than
accounts described in paragraph (c)(4)(iv), in applying the exception
in this paragraph (c)(4)(iii), an FFI will be required to aggregate all
accounts maintained by the FFI, or members of its expanded affiliated
group, but only to the extent that the FFI's computerized systems link
the accounts by reference to a data element such as client number or
taxpayer identification number, and allow account balances to be
aggregated. Each holder of a jointly held account will be attributed
the entire balance of the jointly held account for purposes of applying
the aggregation requirements described in this paragraph.
(C) Special aggregation rule applicable to relationship managers.
For purposes of determining the aggregate balance or value of accounts
held by a person in applying the exception in this paragraph
(c)(4)(iii), an FFI shall also be required, in the case of any accounts
that a relationship manager knows or has reason to know are directly or
indirectly owned, controlled, or established (other than in a fiduciary
capacity) by the same person, to aggregate all such accounts.
(iv) Exception for certain cash value insurance or annuity
contracts of individual account holders that are preexisting
obligations. Unless the participating FFI elects otherwise, a
participating FFI is not required to document a preexisting individual
account that is an account described in Sec. 1.1471-5(b)(1)(iv) as a
U.S. account or an account held by a recalcitrant account holder if the
conditions of paragraphs (c)(4)(iv)(A) and (B) of this section are met.
An account that meets this exception as of the effective date of the
participating FFI's FFI agreement will be treated as meeting this
exception until the account balance or value exceeds $1,000,000 at the
end of any subsequent calendar year.
(A) Individuals. The condition of this paragraph (A) is met if each
holder of such account is an individual.
(B) Account threshold--(1) In general. The condition of this
paragraph (c)(4)(iv)(B) is met if, with respect the account (including
for this purpose accounts aggregated under paragraphs (c)(4)(iv)(B)(2)
and (3) of this section), the aggregate value of the account as of the
effective date of the participating FFI's FFI agreement is $250,000 or
less (or the equivalent in foreign currency calculated under paragraph
(c)(5) of this section). For rules for determining the value of an
account that apply for purposes of this paragraph (c)(4)(iv) see
paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(A) of this section.
(2) Aggregation of accounts. For purposes of determining the
aggregate value of accounts described in Sec. 1.1471-5(b)(1)(iv) held
by an individual in applying the exception in this paragraph
(c)(4)(iv), an FFI will be required to aggregate all accounts described
in paragraph Sec. 1.1471-5(b)(1)(iv) maintained by the FFI, or members
of its expanded affiliated group, but only to the extent that the FFI's
computerized systems link the accounts by reference to a data element
such as client number or taxpayer identification number, and allow
account values to be aggregated. Each holder of a jointly held account
will be attributed the entire balance of the jointly held account for
purposes of applying the aggregation requirements described in this
paragraph.
(3) Special aggregation rule applicable to relationship managers.
For purposes of determining the aggregate value of accounts described
in Sec. 1.1471-5(b)(1)(iv) held by a person in applying the exception
in this paragraph (c)(4)(iv), an FFI shall also be required to
aggregate all accounts described in Sec. 1.1471-5(b)(1)(iv) held by
such person that a relationship manager, has the ability to aggregate.
(v) Election to forgo exception. A participating FFI may elect to
disregard the exceptions described in paragraphs
[[Page 9077]]
(c)(4)(iii) and (iv) of this section by documenting an account pursuant
to the rules provided in this paragraph (c) and by treating any
undocumented account as an account held by a recalcitrant account
holder pursuant to the rules provided in Sec. 1.1471-5(g).
(5) Currency translation. To the extent that an account is
denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar, the participating
FFI must convert the dollar threshold amounts described in paragraphs
(c)(3)(ii)(B), (c)(4)(iii)(A), and (c)(4)(iv)(B) into such currency
using a spot rate determined under Sec. 1.988-1(d). The spot rate must
be determined as of the last day of the calendar year preceding the
year in which the FFI is determining the threshold amounts.
(6) Examples.
Example 1. Aggregation rules applicable to preexisting equity
interests that are accounts held by an individual account holder. U,
a U.S. resident individual, holds 100 shares of common stock of
FFI1, an FFI described in section 1471(d)(5)(C). On the effective
date of FFI1's FFI agreement, the common stock held by U is worth
$45,000. U also holds shares of preferred stock of FFI1. Neither
FFI1's common stock nor FFI1's preferred stock is regularly traded
on an established securities market. On the effective date of FFI1's
FFI agreement, the preferred stock shares are worth $35,000. U also
holds debt instruments issued by FFI1 that are not regularly traded
on an established securities market. On the effective date of CB's
FFI agreement, the FFI1 debt instruments are worth $15,000. U's
common and preferred equity interests are associated with U and with
one another by reference to U's taxpayer identification number in
FFI1's computerized information management system. However, U's debt
instruments are not associated with U's equity interests in FFI1's
computerized information management system. None of these accounts
are managed by a relationship manager. Previously, FFI1 was not
required to and did not obtain a Form W-9 from U for purposes of
chapter 3 or 61. U's FFI1 debt interests are eligible for the
paragraph (c)(4)(iii) documentation exception because that account
does not exceed the $50,000 threshold described in paragraph
(c)(4)(iii)(A) of this section, taking into account the aggregation
rule described in paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(B). However, U's common and
preferred equity interests are not eligible for the paragraph
(c)(4)(iii) documentation exception because the accounts exceed the
$50,000 threshold described in paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(A) of this
section, taking into account the aggregation rules described in
paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(B).
Example 2. Aggregation rules for owners of entity accounts. In
Year 1, U, a U.S. resident individual, maintains a depository
account that is a preexisting account in CB, a commercial bank. The
balance in U's depository account on the effective date of CB's FFI
agreement is $20,000. U also owns 100% of Entity X which maintains a
depository account that is a preexisting account in CB and 50% of
Entity Y which maintains a depository account that is a preexisting
account in CB. The balance in Entity X's account on the effective
date of CB's FFI agreement is $130,000 and the balance in Entity Y's
account on the effective date of CB's FFI agreement is $110,000. All
three accounts are associated with one another in CB's computerized
information management system by reference to U's tax identification
number. None of the accounts are managed by a relationship manager.
Previously, FFI1 was not required to and did not obtain a Form W-9
from U for purposes of chapter 3 or 61. U's depository account would
qualify for the paragraph (c)(4)(i) exception to U.S. account status
because it does not exceed the $50,000 threshold, taking into
account the aggregation rule described in Sec. 1.1471-
5(a)(4)(i)(B)(2). Entity X's account and Entity Y's account qualify
for the paragraph (c)(3)(ii) documentation exception because the
accounts do not exceed the $250,000 threshold described in paragraph
(c)(3)(ii)(B)(1) taking into account the aggregation rule described
in paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B)(2).
(7) Alternative identification procedure for preexisting individual
accounts that are offshore obligations--(i) In general. Except as
otherwise provided under paragraph (c)(8) of this section and in lieu
of reviewing all information collected with respect to an account
holder, a participating FFI may instead rely on the procedures
described in this paragraph (c)(7) with respect to a preexisting
individual account that is an offshore obligation. A participating FFI
that follows the procedures described in this paragraph (c)(7) with
respect to its preexisting individual accounts will not be attributed
knowledge with respect to information contained in any account files
that the participating FFI did not review and was not required to
review under this paragraph (c)(7). Thus, for example, if a
participating FFI was only required to perform an electronic search
with respect to a preexisting individual account and no U.S. indicia
was located in the results of the electronic search, the participating
FFI would not have reason to know that the individual was a U.S.
person, even if the participating FFI had on file (but was not required
to and did not review) a copy of the individual's passport which
indicates that the individual was born in the United States.
Additionally, solely for purposes of this paragraph (c)(7), a
participating FFI will be treated as having obtained the documentary
evidence set forth in paragraphs (c)(4)(i)(B)(2) through (5) of this
section if the participating FFI retains a record in its files noting
that the documentary evidence has been examined, including the type of
document and the name of the employee that reviewed the document.
(ii) Electronic search. Among the preexisting individual accounts
described in paragraph (c)(7)(i) of this section that were not
previously documented as U.S. accounts, a participating FFI must
determine whether the electronically searchable information, as defined
in Sec. 1.1471-1(b)(15), associated with an account and maintained by
the participating FFI includes U.S. indicia, as defined in paragraph
(c)(4)(i)(A) of this section, and if so, the FFI must obtain the
appropriate documentation relevant to the type of U.S. indicia as set
forth in paragraphs (c)(4)(i)(B)(1) through (5) of this section. For
purposes of this paragraph (c)(7)(ii), an FFI will not be required to
treat an account holder as having U.S. indicia solely because the only
address it has for the account holder in its electronically searchable
information is an in-care-of address outside of the United States.
Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (c)(7)(ii), a
participating FFI must complete the electronic search described in this
paragraph (c)(7)(ii) with respect to its preexisting individual
accounts not previously identified as U.S. accounts and obtain the
appropriate documentation within two years of the effective date of its
FFI agreement, or will be required to treat such accounts as held by
recalcitrant account holders under Sec. 1.1471-5(g)(3)(i)(A). For all
preexisting individual accounts that are treated as high-value
accounts, as described in paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this section, a
participating FFI must complete the electronic search described in this
paragraph (c)(7)(ii), in addition to the enhanced review for high-value
accounts described in paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this section, and obtain
the appropriate documentation within the applicable time period
provided in Sec. 1.1471-5(g)(3)(i)(B) or (C), or will be required to
treat such accounts as held by recalcitrant account holders.
(8) Additional enhanced review for high-value accounts--(i) In
general. All preexisting individual accounts not identified as U.S.
accounts under paragraph (c)(4)(ii) or (c)(7)(ii) of this section and
that have a balance or value that exceeds $1,000,000 at the end of the
calendar year preceding the effective date of the participating FFI's
FFI agreement, or at the end of any subsequent calendar year, will be
treated as a high-value account subject to the additional enhanced
review requirements described in this paragraph (c)(8). For purposes of
determining the balance or value of an
[[Page 9078]]
account, a participating FFI must apply the aggregation rules of
paragraphs (c)(4)(iii)(B) and (C) of this section. If a participating
FFI applied the enhanced review procedures of paragraphs (c)(8)(iii)(A)
and (B) of this section to an account in a previous year, the
participating FFI will not be required to re-apply such procedures to
such account in a subsequent year.
(ii) Relationship manager inquiry. With respect to all high-value
accounts described in paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this section, a
participating FFI must identify all accounts to which a relationship
manager is assigned (including any accounts aggregated with such
account) and for which the relationship manager has actual knowledge
that the account holder is a U.S. person. In such case, the
participating FFI must obtain from the account holder a Form W-9, and a
valid and effective waiver as described in section 1471(b)(1)(F)(i), if
necessary. A participating FFI must identify such accounts and obtain
the appropriate documentation within one year of the effective date of
its FFI agreement, or will be required to treat the holder of such
account as a recalcitrant account holder as provided in Sec. 1.1471-
5(g)(3)(i)(B). In order to meet its obligations under the FFI
agreement, a participating FFI is also required to implement procedures
to ensure that a relationship manager identifies any change in
circumstances of an account. For example, if a relationship manager is
notified that the account holder has a new mailing address in the
United States, the participating FFI will be required to treat the new
address as a change in circumstances and will be required to obtain the
appropriate documentation from the account holder as described in
paragraph (c)(4)(i)(B)(3) of this section.
(iii) Enhanced review--(A) In general. For all high-value accounts
described in paragraph (c)(8)(i) that were not identified as U.S.
accounts in paragraph (c)(8)(ii) of this section, a participating FFI
must perform a review of the current customer master file and the
documents described in paragraphs (c)(8)(iii)(B)(1) through (5) that
are associated with the account and were obtained by the participating
FFI within the last five years. If a participating FFI discovers that
an account holder has U.S. indicia as described in paragraph
(c)(4)(i)(A) with respect to the account, the participating FFI is to
obtain the appropriate documentation described in paragraphs
(c)(4)(i)(B)(1) through (5) of this section to establish whether the
account is a U.S. account within the period of time provided under
Sec. 1.1471-5(g)(3)(i)(C). The documents to be reviewed by the
participating FFI are the records contained in the current customer
master file and to the extent not contained in the current customer
master file--
(1) The most recent documentary evidence that satisfies the
requirements of Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(5);
(2) The most recent account opening contract or documentation;
(3) The most recent documentation obtained by the participating FFI
for purposes of AML due diligence or for other regulatory purposes;
(4) Any power of attorney or signature authority forms currently in
effect; and
(5) Any standing instructions to transfer funds currently in
effect.
(B) Limitations on the enhanced review. A participating FFI is
required to perform an enhanced review of its files only to the extent
the information described in paragraphs (c)(8)(iii)(B)(1) through (6)
is not available in the FFI's electronically searchable information.
The information described in the preceding sentence is--
(1) The account holder's nationality and/or residence status;
(2) The account holder's current residence address and mailing
address;
(3) The account holder's current telephone number(s);
(4) Whether there are standing instructions to transfer funds in
the account to an account at another branch of the participating FFI or
another financial institution;
(5) Whether there is a current ``in care of'' address or ``hold
mail'' address for the account holder if no other residence or mailing
address is found for the account; and
(6) Whether there is any power of attorney or signatory authority
for the account.
(iv) Exception for certain documented accounts of individual
account holders. A participating FFI is not required to perform the
enhanced review provided in paragraph (c)(8)(iii) of this section with
respect to any account with respect to which the participating FFI has
obtained a Form W-8BEN and documentary evidence that satisfies the
requirements of Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(5) and establishes the foreign status
of the account holder. The participating FFI is required, however, to
perform the relationship manager inquiry described in paragraph
(c)(8)(ii) of this section if the account is a high-value account
described in paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this section.
(9) Exception for preexisting individual accounts that a
participating FFI has documented as held by foreign individuals for
purposes of meeting its obligations under chapter 61 or its QI, WP, or
WT agreement. A participating FFI that has previously obtained
documentation from an account holder to establish the account holder's
status as a foreign individual in order to meet its obligations under
its QI, WP, or WT agreement with the IRS, or to fulfill its reporting
obligations as a U.S. payor under chapter 61 of the Code, is not
required to perform the electronic search described in paragraph
(c)(7)(ii) of this section or the enhanced review described in
paragraph (c)(8)(iii) of this section for such account. The
participating FFI is required, however, to perform the relationship
manager inquiry described in paragraph (c)(8)(ii) of this section if
the account is a high-value account described in paragraph (c)(8)(i) of
this section.
(10) Certifications of responsible officer. In order for a
participating FFI to meet its obligations under the FFI agreement with
respect to its identification procedures for financial accounts that
are preexisting obligations, a responsible officer of the participating
FFI must certify to the IRS within one year of the effective date of
its FFI agreement that the participating FFI has completed the review
of all high-value accounts to the extent described in paragraphs
(c)(8)(ii) and (iii) of this section and to the best of the responsible
officer's knowledge, after conducting a reasonable inquiry, the
participating FFI did not have any formal or informal practices or
procedures in place from August 6, 2011, through the date of such
certification to assist account holders in the avoidance of chapter 4
of the Internal Revenue Code. Practices or procedures that assist
account holders in the avoidance of chapter 4 include, for example,
instructing account holders to split up accounts to avoid
classification as a high-value account. Additionally, a responsible
officer of the participating FFI must certify to the IRS within two
years of the effective date of its FFI agreement that it has completed
the account identification procedures and documentation requirements of
this paragraph (c) for all financial accounts that are preexisting
obligations or, if it has not obtained the documentation required to be
obtained under this paragraph (c) with respect to an account, treats
such account in accordance with the requirements of its FFI agreement.
(d) Account reporting under FFI agreement--(1) Scope of paragraph.
This paragraph (d) provides rules addressing the information reporting
requirements applicable to participating FFIs with respect to U.S.
accounts (as
[[Page 9079]]
defined in Sec. 1.1471-5(a)(2)) and recalcitrant account holders (as
defined in Sec. 1.1471-5(g)). Paragraph (d)(2) of this section
describes the accounts subject to reporting under this paragraph (d),
and specifies the participating FFI that is responsible for reporting
an account or account holder. Paragraph (d)(3) of this section
describes the information required to be reported and the manner of
reporting by a participating FFI under section 1471(c)(1) with respect
to a U.S. account. Paragraph (d)(4) of this section provides
definitions of terms applicable to paragraph (d)(3). Paragraph (d)(5)
of this section describes the conditions for a participating FFI to
elect to report its U.S. accounts under section 1471(c)(2) and the
information required to be reported under such election. Paragraph
(d)(6) of this section provides rules for a participating FFI to report
its recalcitrant account holders. Paragraph (d)(7) of this section
provides special reporting rules applicable to reports due in 2014,
2015, and 2016. Paragraph (d)(8) of this section prescribes the
reporting requirements of a qualified intermediary that is a
participating FFI with respect to U.S. accounts. Paragraphs (d)(9) and
(10) of this section prescribe, respectively, the reporting
requirements of a withholding foreign partnership and a withholding
foreign trust that is a participating FFI with respect to its U.S.
accounts.
(2) Reporting requirements in general--(i) Accounts subject to
reporting. Subject to the rules of paragraph (d)(7) of this section, a
participating FFI shall report by the time and in the manner prescribed
in paragraph (d)(3)(vi) of this section, the information described in
paragraph (d)(3) with respect to accounts that it is required under its
FFI agreement and this section to treat as U.S. accounts maintained at
any time during each calendar year that it is responsible for reporting
under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section, including accounts which
are identified as U.S. accounts by the end of such calendar year
pursuant to a change in circumstances occurring by the end of such year
as described under paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section.
Alternatively, a participating FFI may elect to report under paragraph
(d)(5) of this section with respect to such accounts for each calendar
year. With respect to accounts held by recalcitrant account holders, a
participating FFI is required to report with respect to each calendar
year under paragraph (d)(6) of this section and not under paragraph
(d)(3) or (5) of this section. For separate reporting requirements of
participating FFIs with respect to passthru payments and for
transitional rules for participating FFIs to report certain foreign
reportable amounts made to nonparticipating FFIs, see Sec. 1.1474-
1(d)(2)(i) and (ii).
(ii) Financial institution required to report an account--(A) In
general. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(B) or (C)
of this section, the participating FFI that maintains an account is
responsible for reporting the account in accordance with the
requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section for each calendar
year. A participating FFI is not required to report under paragraph
(d)(2)(i) of this section with respect to any account it maintains for
another participating FFI even if that other participating FFI holds
the account as an intermediary on behalf of an account holder of such
other FFI.
(B) Special reporting of account holders of territory financial
institutions. In the case of an account held by a territory financial
institution acting as an intermediary with respect to a withholdable
payment--
(1) If the territory financial institution agrees to be treated as
a U.S. person with respect to the payment under Sec. 1.1471-
3(c)(3)(iii)(F), a participating FFI is not required to report under
paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section with respect to the account holders
of the territory financial institution; or
(2) If the territory financial institution does not agree to be
treated as a U.S. person with respect to a withholdable payment, the
participating FFI must report with respect to each specified U.S.
person or substantial U.S. owner of a foreign entity that is a passive
NFFE with respect to which the territory financial institution acts as
an intermediary and provides the participating FFI with the information
and documentation required under Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(2)(iii)(G).
(C) Election for branch reporting. A participating FFI may elect to
comply with its obligation to report under paragraph (d)(3) or (d)(5)
of this section by reporting its accounts on a branch-by-branch basis
with respect to one or more of its branches. A participating FFI that
makes this election shall identify each branch that will report its
accounts separately. A branch that reports under this election shall
file with the IRS the information required to be reported on accounts
that it maintains in accordance with the forms and their accompanying
instructions provided by the IRS for purposes of this election. For the
definition of a branch that applies for purposes of this paragraph (d),
see paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section.
(iii) Special rules for U.S. payors--(A) Special reporting rule for
U.S. payors other than U.S. branches. Participating FFIs that are U.S.
payors (other than U.S. branches) that report the information required
under chapter 61 with respect to account holders of accounts that the
participating FFI is required to treat as U.S. accounts and that report
the information described in paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this section with
respect to each U.S. account shall be treated as having satisfied the
reporting requirements described in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section
with respect to accounts that the participating FFI is required to
treat as U.S. accounts.
(B) Special reporting rules for U.S. branches. A U.S. branch of a
participating FFI shall be treated as having satisfied the reporting
requirements described in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section if it
reports under--
(1) Chapter 61 with respect to account holders that are U.S. non-
exempt recipients;
(2) Chapter 61 with respect to persons subject to withholding under
section 3406;
(3) Section 1.1472-1(e) with respect to substantial U.S. owners of
foreign entities that are NFFEs, and;
(4) Section 1.1474-1(i) with respect to specified U.S. persons that
are direct or indirect owners of owner-documented FFIs.
(iv) Accounts maintained for owner-documented FFIs. A participating
FFI that maintains an account held by an FFI that it has identified as
an owner-documented FFI under Sec. 1.1471-3(d)(7) shall report the
information described in paragraph (d)(3)(iii) or (d)(5)(ii) of this
section with respect to each direct or indirect owner of the owner-
documented FFI that is a specified U.S. person.
(3) Reporting of accounts under section 1471(c)(1)--(i) In general.
The participating FFI that is responsible for reporting an account that
it is required to treat as a U.S. account under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of
this section shall be required to report such account under this
paragraph (d)(3) for each calendar year unless it elects to report its
U.S. accounts under paragraph (d)(5) of this section.
(ii) Accounts held by specified U.S. persons. In the case of an
account described in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section that is held
by one or more specified U.S. persons, a participating FFI is required
to report the following information under this paragraph (d)(3)--
[[Page 9080]]
(A) The name, address, and TIN of each account holder that is a
specified U.S. person;
(B) The account number;
(C) The account balance or value of the account;
(D) The payments made with respect to the account, as described in
paragraph (d)(4)(iv) of this section, during the calendar year; and
(E) Such other information as is otherwise required to be reported
under this paragraph (d)(3) or in the form described in paragraph
(d)(3)(v) of this section and its accompanying instructions.
(iii) Accounts held by U.S. owned foreign entities. In the case of
an account described in paragraph (d)(3)(i) that is held by an NFFE
that is a U.S. owned foreign entity, a participating FFI is required to
report under this paragraph (d)(3)(iii)--
(A) The name, address, and TIN (if any) of the U.S. owned foreign
entity;
(B) The name, address and TIN of each substantial U.S. owner of
such entity;
(C) The account number;
(D) The account balance or value; and
(E) The payments made with respect to the account, as described in
paragraph (d)(4)(iv) of this section, during the calendar year.
(iv) Branch reporting. Except in the case of a branch that reports
separately under paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(C) of this section, a
participating FFI that reports the information described in paragraphs
(d)(3)(ii) and (iii) of this section shall also report the jurisdiction
of the branch that maintains the U.S. account being reported.
(v) Form for reporting U.S. accounts under section 1471(c)(1). The
information described in paragraphs (d)(3)(ii) and (iii) of this
section shall be reported with respect to each account subject to
reporting under paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section maintained at any
time during a calendar year on the form provided by the IRS for such
purposes. This form shall be filed in accordance with its requirements
and its accompanying instructions.
(vi) Time and manner of filing. Except as provided in paragraph
(d)(7)(v)(B) of this section, the form described in paragraph (d)(3)(v)
of this section shall be filed electronically with the IRS on or before
March 31 of the year following the end of the calendar year to which
the form relates. See the accompanying instructions to this form for
electronic filing instructions.
(vii) Extensions in filing. The IRS shall grant an automatic 90-day
extension of time in which to file the form described in paragraph
(d)(3)(v) of this section. Form 8809, Request for Extension of Time to
File Information Returns, (or such other form as the IRS may prescribe)
must be used to request such extension of time and must be filed no
later than the due date of the form described in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of
this section. Under certain hardship conditions, the IRS may grant an
additional 90-day extension. A request for extension due to hardship
must contain a statement of the reasons for requesting the extension
and such other information as the forms or instructions may require.
(4) Descriptions applicable to reporting requirements of Sec.
1.1471-4(d)(3)--(i) Address. The address to be reported with respect to
an account held by a specified U.S. person is the residence address
recorded by the participating FFI for the account holder or, if no
residence address is associated with the account holder, the address
for the account used for mailing or for other purposes by the
participating FFI. In the case of an account held by a U.S. owned
foreign entity, the addresses to be reported are the addresses of both
the U.S. owned foreign entity and each substantial U.S. owner of such
entity.
(ii) Account number. The account number to be reported with respect
to an account is the identifying number assigned by the participating
FFI for purposes other than to satisfy the reporting requirements of
this paragraph (d), or, if no such number is assigned to the account, a
unique serial number or other number such participating FFI assigns to
the financial account for purposes of reporting under paragraph (d)(3)
of this section that distinguishes the account from other accounts
maintained by such institution.
(iii) Account balance or value--(A) In general. Except as otherwise
provided in this paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(A) and subject to the reporting
rules described in paragraph (d)(7) of this section, the participating
FFI shall report the balance or value of the account as of the end of
the calendar year, as determined for purposes of reporting to the
account holder or, in the case of a U.S. account that is an interest in
an entity described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(1)(iii), as determined for the
purpose that requires the most frequent determination of value.
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the balance or value of the
account is not to be reduced by any liabilities or obligations incurred
by an account holder with respect to the account or any of the assets
held in the account and is not to be reduced by any fees, penalties or
other charges to which the account holder is liable for terminating,
transferring, surrendering, liquidating, or withdrawing cash from the
account. See Sec. 1.1473-1(b)(3) for rules regarding the valuation of
trust interests that also apply under this paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(A) for
reporting certain interests in trusts that are U.S. accounts.
(B) Currency translation of account balance or value. The account
balance or value of an account may be reported in U.S. dollars or in
the currency in which the account is denominated. In the case of an
account denominated in a foreign currency, if the participating FFI
elects to report account balances or values in the currency in which
the account is denominated, it is required to identify the currency in
which the account is reported. If the participating FFI elects to
report such an account in U.S. dollars, the participating FFI must
calculate the account balance or value of the account by applying a
spot rate determined under Sec. 1.988-1(d) to translate such balance
or value into the U.S. dollar. The spot rate must be determined as of
the last day of the calendar year or, if the account was closed during
such calendar year, the closure date of the account.
(iv) Payments made with respect to account--(A) Depository
accounts. The payments made during a calendar year with respect to an
account described in Sec. 1.1471-5(b)(1)(i) consist of the aggregate
gross amount of interest paid or credited to the account during the
year.
(B) Custodial accounts. The payments made during a calendar year
with respect to an account described in Sec. 1.1471-5(b)(1)(ii)
consist of--
(1) The aggregate gross amount of dividends paid or credited to the
account during the calendar year;
(2) The aggregate gross amount of interest paid or credited to the
account during the calendar year;
(3) The gross proceeds from the sale or redemption of property paid
or credited to the account during the calendar year with respect to
which the FFI acted as a custodian, broker, nominee, or otherwise as an
agent for the account holder; and
(4) The aggregate gross amount of all other income paid or credited
to the account during the calendar year.
(C) Other accounts. In the case of an account described in Sec.
1.1471-5(b)(1)(iii) or (iv) that is a U.S. account, the payments made
during the calendar year with respect to such account are the gross
amounts paid or credited to the account holder during the calendar
year, including the aggregate amount of redemption payments made to the
account holder during the calendar year.
(D) Transfers and closings of deposit, custodial, insurance, and
annuity
[[Page 9081]]
financial accounts. In the case of an account closed or transferred in
its entirety by an account holder during a calendar year that is a
financial account described in Sec. 1.1471-5(b)(1)(i), (ii), or (iv)
and that the participating FFI is required to treat as a U.S. account,
the participating FFI shall report the account as closed or transferred
and the payments made with respect to the account shall be--
(1) the payments and income paid or credited to the account that
are described in paragraph (d)(4)(iv)(A) or (B) of this section for the
calendar year until the date of transfer or closure, and
(2) the amount or value withdrawn or transferred from the account
in connection with the closure or transfer of the account.
(E) Amount and characterization of payments subject to reporting.
For purposes of reporting under paragraph (d)(3) of this section, the
amount and characterization of payments made with respect to an account
may be determined under the same principles that the participating FFI
uses to report information on its resident account holders to the tax
administration of the jurisdiction in which the FFI (or branch thereof)
is located. Thus, the amount and characterization of items of income
described in paragraphs (d)(4)(iv)(A), (B), and (C) need not be
determined in accordance with U.S. Federal income tax principles. If
any of the types of payments described in paragraph (d)(4)(iv) of this
section are not reported to the tax administration of the jurisdiction
in which the participating FFI (or branch thereof) is located, such
amounts may be determined in the same manner as is used by the
participating FFI for purposes of reporting to the account holder. If
any of the types of payments described in this paragraph (d)(4)(iv) is
neither reported to the tax administration of the jurisdiction in which
the FFI (or branch thereof) is located nor reported to the account
holder for the year for which reporting is required under paragraph (d)
of this section, such item must be determined and reported either in
accordance with U.S. Federal tax principles or in accordance with any
reasonable method of reporting that is consistent with the accounting
principles generally applied by the participating FFI. Once a
participating FFI (or branch thereof) has applied a method to determine
such amounts, it must apply such method consistently for all account
holders and for all subsequent years unless the Commissioner consents
to a change in such method. Consent will be automatically granted for a
change to rely on U.S. Federal income tax principles to determine such
amounts.
(F) Currency translation. Payments described in this paragraph
(d)(4)(iv) may be reported in the currency in which the payment is
denominated or in U.S. dollars. In the case of a payment denominated in
a foreign currency, if the participating FFI elects to report the
payments in the currency in which the payment is denominated, it is
required to identify the currency in which the account is reported. If
such a payment is reported in U.S. dollars, the participating FFI must
calculate the amount by applying a spot rate determined under Sec.
1.988-1(d) to translate such payment into the U.S. dollar equivalent
amount. The spot rate must be determined as of the last day of the
calendar year for which the account is being reported.
(v) Record retention requirements. If a participating FFI retains
copies of account statements with respect to holders of U.S. accounts
in the ordinary course of its business, such statements must be
provided to the IRS within 30 days of a request for such statement to
the extent they have been retained under such business procedures at
the time of the request. A participating FFI is required to retain for
six years copies of account statements that summarize the activity in
the account for each calendar year for which the account is required to
be reported under paragraph (d)(3) of this section and is required to
provide such copies to the IRS within 30 days of a request for such
statements.
(5) Election to perform reporting under section 1471(c)(2)--(i) In
general. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (d)(5), a
participating FFI may elect under section 1471(c)(2) and this paragraph
(d)(5) to report with respect to payments to accounts that it is
required to treat as U.S. accounts under sections 6041, 6042, 6045, and
6049 as if such participating FFI were a U.S. person and each holder of
a U.S. account that is a specified U.S. person or a U.S. owned foreign
entity were a payee who is an individual and citizen of the United
States. This election does not apply to cash value insurance or annuity
contracts that are financial accounts described in Sec. 1.1471-
5(b)(1)(iv) and that would otherwise be subject to the reporting
requirements of section 6047. If a participating FFI makes such an
election, the FFI is required to report the information required under
this paragraph (d)(5) with respect to each U.S. account, regardless of
whether the account holder of such account qualifies as a recipient
exempt from reporting by a payor or middleman under sections 6041,
6042, 6045, or 6049, including the reporting of payments made to such
U.S. account of amounts that are subject to reporting under any of
these sections. A participating FFI that elects to report a U.S.
account under the election described in this paragraph (d)(5) is not
required to report the information described in paragraph (d)(3) with
respect to the account.
(ii) Information and accounts to be reported. In addition to the
information otherwise required to be reported under sections 6041,
6042, 6045, and 6049, including the reporting of payments made to such
U.S. account subject to reporting under the applicable section, a
participating FFI that elects to report under this paragraph (d)(5)
must report with respect to each account that it is required to treat
as a U.S. account--
(A) In the case of an account holder that is a specified U.S.
person:
(1) The name, address, and TIN of the account holder; and
(2) The account number; and
(B) In the case of an account holder that is a U.S. owned foreign
entity that is an NFFE--
(1) The name, address, and TIN (if any) of such entity;
(2) The name, address, and TIN of each substantial U.S. owner of
such entity; and
(3) The account number.
(iii) Branch reporting. Except in the case of a branch that reports
separately under paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, a
participating FFI that reports the information described in paragraph
(d)(5)(ii) of this section shall also report the jurisdiction of the
branch that maintains the U.S. account being reported.
(iv) Time and manner of making the election. A participating FFI
(or one or more branches of the participating FFI) may make the
election described in this paragraph (d)(5) in accordance with
procedures established by the IRS for such election.
(v) Revocation of election. A participating FFI may revoke the
election described in paragraph (d)(5)(i) (as a whole or with regard to
any of its branches or affiliates) by reporting the information
described in paragraph (d)(3) on the next reporting date following the
calendar year on which the election is revoked.
(vi) Filing of information under election. The information required
to be reported under the election described in this paragraph (d)(5)
shall be filed with the IRS and issued to the account holder in the
time and manner prescribed in sections 6041, 6042, 6045 and 6049 and in
accordance with the forms referenced therein and their accompanying
[[Page 9082]]
instructions provided by the IRS for reporting under each of these
sections.
(6) Reporting on recalcitrant account holders--(i) In general.
Except as otherwise provided under paragraph (d)(7) of this section, a
participating FFI, as part of its reporting responsibilities under its
FFI agreement, shall report to the IRS, for each calendar year, the
following groups of account holders separately--
(A) The aggregate number and aggregate value of accounts held by
recalcitrant account holders at the end of the calendar year, other
than accounts described in paragraph (d)(6)(i)(C), that have U.S.
indicia as described in paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A) of this section;
(B) The aggregate number and aggregate value of accounts held by
recalcitrant account holders at the end of the calendar year, other
than accounts described in paragraph (d)(6)(i)(C), that do not have
U.S. indicia as described in paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A) of this section;
and
(C) The aggregate number and aggregate value of accounts held by
recalcitrant account holders at the end of the calendar year that are
dormant accounts.
(ii) Definition of dormant account. A dormant account is an account
treated as a dormant or inactive account under applicable laws or
regulations or the normal operating procedures of the participating FFI
that are consistently applied for all accounts maintained by such
institution in a particular jurisdiction. If neither applicable laws or
regulations nor the normal operating procedures of the participating
FFI maintaining the account address dormant or inactive accounts, an
account will be treated as a dormant account if the account holder:
(A) Has not executed a transaction with regard to the account or
any other account held by the account holder with the FFI in the past
three years; and
(B) Has not replied to queries from the FFI that maintains such
account regarding the account or any other account held by the account
holder with the FFI in the past six years.
(iii) End of dormancy. An account treated as a dormant account
under paragraph (d)(6)(ii) of this section ceases to be a dormant
account when the account holder--
(A) Executes a transaction in the account or any other account held
by the account holder with the FFI; or
(B) Replies to any query from the FFI that maintains such account
regarding the account or any other account held by the account holder
with the FFI; or
(C) Ceases to be treated as a dormant account under applicable laws
or regulations or the participating FFI's normal operating procedures.
(iv) Forms. Reporting under paragraph (d)(6)(i) of this section
shall be required to be made in accordance with the information
reporting form provided by the IRS for this purpose and its
instructions.
(v) Time and manner of filing. The form described in paragraph
(d)(6)(iv) of this section shall be filed electronically with the IRS
on or before March 31 of the year following the end of the calendar
year to which the form relates. See the accompanying instructions to
this form for electronic filing instructions.
(7) Special reporting rules with respect to the 2013 through 2015
calendar years--(i) In general. A participating FFI may satisfy its
reporting obligations with regard to accounts that it is required to
treat as U.S. accounts maintained during 2013, 2014, and 2015 by
reporting in accordance with paragraph (d)(7)(ii) or (iii) of this
section.
(ii) Information to be reported. With respect to accounts that a
participating FFI is required to report in accordance with paragraph
(d)(2) of this section, the participating FFI may, instead of the
information described in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section, report
only the following information--
(A) Reporting with respect to the 2013 and 2014 calendar years.
With respect to accounts maintained during the 2013 and 2014 calendar
years, the participating FFI may report only--
(1) The name, address, and TIN of each specified U.S. person who is
an account holder and, in the case of any account holder that is an
NFFE that is a U.S. owned foreign entity, the name, address, and TIN
(if any) of such entity and each substantial U.S. owner of such entity;
(2) The account balance or value as of the end of the relevant
calendar year, or, if the account was closed after the effective date
of the FFI agreement, the balance or value of such account immediately
before closure; and
(3) The account number of the account.
(B) Reporting with respect to the 2015 calendar year. With respect
to the 2015 calendar year, the participating FFI may report only--
(1) The information described in paragraph (d)(7)(ii)(A) of this
section; and
(2) The payments made with respect to the account except for those
payments described in paragraph (d)(4)(iv)(B)(3) of this section.
(iii) Participating FFIs that report under Sec. 1.1471-4(d)(5). A
participating FFI that elects to report under paragraph (d)(5) of this
section may report only the information described in paragraphs
(d)(7)(ii)(A)(1) and (3) of this section for its 2013 and 2014 calendar
years. With respect to its 2015 calendar year, a participating FFI is
required to report all of the information required to be reported under
paragraphs (d)(5)(i) and (ii) of this section but may exclude from such
reporting amounts reportable under section 6045.
(iv) Recalcitrant accounts. For each account that the participating
FFI is required to treat as a recalcitrant account, the participating
FFI will report such account in the manner described in paragraph
(d)(6) of this section, except to the extent provided in paragraph
(d)(7)(v)(B) of this section.
(v) Forms for reporting--(A) In general. Except as provided in
paragraph (d)(7)(v)(B) of this section, reporting under paragraph
(d)(7)(ii) of this section shall be made on the forms described in
paragraphs (d)(3)(v) and (d)(6)(iv) of this section, in the manner
described in paragraphs (d)(3)(vi) and (d)(6)(v). Reporting under
paragraph (d)(7)(iii) of this section shall be made in accordance with
paragraph (d)(5)(vi) of this section.
(B) Special determination date and timing for reporting with
respect to the 2013 calendar year. A participating FFI reporting with
respect to the 2013 calendar year shall report all accounts that it is
required to treat as U.S. accounts or as held by a recalcitrant account
holder as of June 30, 2014. Such reporting shall be made on the forms
described in paragraphs (d)(3)(v) and (d)(6)(iv) of this section, and
shall be filed with the IRS on or before September 30, 2014. However, a
U.S. payor (including a U.S. branch) that reports in accordance with
paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section may report its U.S. accounts in
accordance with the dates otherwise applicable to reporting under
chapter 61.
(8) Reporting requirements of QIs with respect to U.S. accounts.
[Reserved].
(9) Reporting requirements of WPs with respect to U.S. accounts.
[Reserved].
(10) Reporting requirements of WTs with respect to U.S. accounts.
[Reserved].
(11) Examples. The following examples illustrate the provisions of
this paragraph (d):
Example 1. Financial institution required to report U.S.
account. PFFI1, a participating FFI, issues shares of stock that are
financial accounts under Sec. 1.1471-5(b). Such shares are held in
custody by PFFI2, another participating FFI, on behalf of U, a
specified U.S. person that holds an account with
[[Page 9083]]
PFFI2. The shares of PFFI1 held by PFFI2 will not be subject to
reporting by PFFI1 if PFFI1 may treat PFFI2 as a participating FFI
under Sec. 1.1471-3(d)(3). See paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(A) of this
section.
Example 2. Financial institution required to report U.S.
account. U, a specified U.S. person, holds shares in PFFI1, a
participating FFI that invests in other financial institutions (a
fund of funds). The shares of PFFI1 are financial accounts under
Sec. 1.1471-5(b)(3)(iii). PFFI1 holds shares that are also
financial accounts under Sec. 1.1471-5(b)(3)(iii) in PFFI2, another
participating FFI. The shares of PFFI2 held by PFFI1 are not subject
to reporting by PFFI2, if PFFI2 may treat PFFI1 as a participating
FFI under Sec. 1.1471-3(d)(3). See paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(A) of this
section.
Example 3. U.S. owned foreign entity. FC, an NFFE that is a
passive NFFE, holds a custodial account with PFFI1, a participating
FFI. U, a specified U.S. person, owns 3% of the only class of stock
of FC. Q, another specified U.S. person, owns 12% of the only class
of stock of FC. U is not a substantial U.S. owner of FC. See Sec.
1.1473-1(b). Q is a substantial U.S. owner of FC and FC identifies
her as such to PFFI1. PFFI1 does not elect to report under paragraph
(d)(5) of this section. PFFI1 must complete and file the reporting
form described in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this section and report the
information described in paragraph (d)(3)(iii) with respect to both
FC and Q. See paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section.
Example 4. Owner-documented FFI. DC, an FFI that is identified
as an owner-documented FFI under Sec. 1.1471-3(d)(6), holds a
custodial account with PFFI1, a participating FFI. U, a specified
U.S. person, owns 3% of the only class of stock of DC. Q, another
specified U.S. person, owns 12% of the only class of stock of DC.
Both U and Q are treated as interest holders that are specified U.S.
persons (see Sec. 1.1471-3(d)(6)) and DC identifies such owners to
PFFI1 and otherwise provides to PFFI1 all of the information
required to be reported with respect to DC's owners that are
specified U.S. persons. PFF1 must complete and file a form described
in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this section with regard to U and Q. See
paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this section.
Example 5. Election to perform Form 1099 reporting with regard
to a non-financial foreign entity. Same facts as in Example 3,
except that PFFI1 has made the election in accordance with paragraph
(d)(5) of this section. PFFI1 must complete and file the forms
described in paragraph (d)(5)(vi) for FC, treating FC as if it were
an individual and citizen of the United States and shall identify Q
as a substantial U.S. owner of FC on such form. See paragraph
(d)(5)(ii) of this section. PFFI1 shall not complete the forms
described in paragraph (d)(5)(vi) with regard to U and Q.
Example 6. Election to perform Form 1099 reporting with regard
to an owner-documented FFI. Same facts as in Example 4, except that
PFFI1 has made the election in accordance with paragraph (d)(5) of
this section. PFFI1 must complete and file the forms described in
paragraph (d)(5)(vi) for U and Q.
(e) Expanded affiliated group requirements--(1) In general. Except
as otherwise provided in paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this section,
each FFI that is a member of an expanded affiliated group must obtain
the status of either a participating FFI or registered deemed-compliant
FFI as a condition for any member of such group to obtain the status of
either a participating FFI or registered deemed-compliant FFI.
Accordingly, except as otherwise provided in published guidance, each
FFI in an expanded affiliated group must submit a registration form to
the IRS in such manner as the IRS may prescribe requesting an FFI
agreement or registered deemed-compliant status as a condition for any
member to become either a participating FFI or registered deemed-
compliant FFI. Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this section,
each FFI that is a member of such group must also agree to all of the
requirements for the status for which it applies with respect to all
accounts maintained at all of its branches, offices, and divisions
including, with respect to a participating FFI, the reporting of
accounts that it is required to treat as U.S. accounts under paragraph
(d) of this section, withholding on passthru payments under paragraph
(b) of this section, and the closing of a U.S. account when the account
holder does not provide within a reasonable period of time a valid and
effective waiver of restrictions on reporting of such account.
(2) Limited branches--(i) In general. An FFI that otherwise
satisfies the requirements for participating FFI status as described in
this section and the FFI agreement will be allowed to become a
participating FFI notwithstanding that one or more of its branches
cannot satisfy all of the requirements of the FFI agreement if--
(A) All branches (as defined in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this
section) that cannot satisfy all of the requirements of the FFI
agreement are limited branches as described in paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of
this section;
(B) The FFI maintains at least one branch that can comply with all
of the requirements of a participating FFI, even if the only branch
that can comply is a U.S. branch; and
(C) The FFI agrees to and complies with the conditions in paragraph
(e)(2)(iv) of this section.
(ii) Branch defined. For purposes of this section, a branch is a
unit, business, or office of an FFI that is treated as a branch under
the regulatory regime of a country or is otherwise regulated under the
laws of such country as separate from other offices, units, or branches
of the FFI and that maintains books and records separate from the books
and records of other branches of the FFI. All units, businesses, or
offices of a participating FFI in a single country shall be treated as
a single branch for purposes of this paragraph (e)(2). An account will
be treated as maintained by a branch for purposes of this paragraph
(e)(2) if the rights and obligations of the account holder and the
participating FFI with regard to such account (including any assets
held in the account) are governed by the laws of the country of the
branch. For purposes of this section, a branch includes units,
businesses, and offices of an FFI located in the country in which the
FFI is created or organized.
(iii) Limited branch defined. A limited branch is a branch of an
FFI that, under the laws of the jurisdiction as of February 15, 2012
and that apply with respect to the accounts maintained by the branch,
cannot either--
(A) With respect to accounts that pursuant to this section and the
FFI agreement it is required to treat as U.S. accounts, report such
accounts to the IRS as described in paragraph (d) of this section,
close such accounts within a reasonable period of time, or transfer
such accounts to a branch of the FFI, a participating FFI member of the
expanded affiliated group of the FFI, or another participating FFI that
may so report; or
(B) With respect to recalcitrant account holders and accounts held
by nonparticipating FFIs, withhold with respect to each such account as
required under paragraph (b) of this section, block each such account
(as defined in the next sentence), close each such account within a
reasonable period of time, or transfer each such account to another
branch of the FFI or a participating FFI member of the expanded
affiliated group of the FFI that is not subject to the restrictions
described in this paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(B) with respect to such account
holders. For purposes of this paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(B), an account is
considered blocked when the FFI prohibits the account holder from
effecting any transactions with respect to an account until such time
as the account is closed, transferred, or the account holder provides
the documentation described in paragraph (c) of this section for the
FFI to determine the U.S. or non-U.S. status of the account.
(iv) Conditions for limited branch status. An FFI with one or more
limited branches must satisfy the following requirements when applying
for participating FFI status with the IRS--
[[Page 9084]]
(A) Identify the relevant jurisdiction of each branch for which it
seeks limited branch status;
(B) Agree that each such branch will identify its account holders
under the due diligence requirements applicable to participating FFIs
under paragraph (c) of this section, retain account holder
documentation pertaining to those identification requirements for six
years from the effective date of its FFI agreement, and report to the
IRS with respect to accounts it is required to treat as U.S. accounts
to the extent permitted under the relevant laws pertaining to the
branch;
(C) Agree to treat each such branch as an entity separate from its
other branches for purposes of the withholding requirements described
in paragraph (e)(2)(v) of this section;
(D) Agree that each such branch will not open accounts that it is
required to treat as U.S. accounts or accounts held by nonparticipating
FFIs, including accounts transferred from any branch of the FFI that is
not a limited branch or from any member of its expanded affiliated
group; and
(E) Agree that each limited branch will identify itself to
withholding agents as a nonparticipating FFI (including affiliates of
the FFI in the same expanded affiliated group that are withholding
agents).
(v) Withholding requirements applicable to limited branches. A
participating FFI will be required to withhold on a withholdable
payment when a branch of the FFI other than the limited branch receives
the payment on behalf of a limited branch of the FFI. A branch of the
FFI other than a limited branch will be considered to have received a
withholdable payment on behalf of a limited branch when such other
branch receives a withholdable payment with respect to a security or
instrument it holds on behalf of a limited branch (or its account
holders). A branch of an FFI other than a limited branch will also be
considered to hold a security or instrument on behalf of a limited
branch when it executes a transaction with a limited branch that hedges
or otherwise provides total return exposure to another transaction
between such other branch and a third party that gives rise to a
withholdable payment.
(vi) Term of limited branch status. An FFI that becomes a
participating FFI with one or more limited branches will cease to be a
participating FFI after December 31, 2015. A branch will cease to be a
limited branch as of the beginning of the third calendar quarter
following the date on which the branch is no longer prohibited from
complying with the requirements of the FFI agreement. In such case, a
participating FFI will retain its status as a participating FFI if it
notifies the IRS, by the date such branch ceases to be a limited
branch, that it will comply with the FFI agreement with respect to such
branch.
(3) Limited FFI affiliates--(i) In general. An FFI will be allowed
to become either a participating FFI or a registered deemed-compliant
FFI notwithstanding that one or more of the FFIs in the expanded
affiliated group of which the FFI is a member cannot comply with all of
the provisions of an FFI agreement if each such FFI is a limited FFI
under paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Limited FFI. A limited FFI is a member of an expanded
affiliated group that includes one or more participating FFIs that
agrees to the conditions described in paragraph (e)(3)(iii) of this
section to become a limited FFI and if under the laws of each
jurisdiction that apply with respect to the accounts maintained by the
affiliate, the affiliate cannot either--
(A) With respect to accounts that pursuant to this section it is
required to treat as U.S. accounts, report such accounts to the IRS as
described in paragraph (d) of this section, close such accounts within
a reasonable period of time, or transfer such accounts to an affiliate
or other participating FFI that may so report; or
(B) With respect to recalcitrant account holders and accounts held
by nonparticipating FFIs, withhold with respect to each such account as
required under paragraph (b) of this section, block each such account,
close each such account within a reasonable period of time, or transfer
each such account to an affiliate of the FFI that is a participating
FFI. See paragraph (e)(2)(ii)(B) of this section for when an account is
considered blocked.
(iii) Conditions for limited FFI status. An FFI that seeks to
become a limited FFI must--
(A) Register as part of its expanded affiliated group's FFI
agreement process for limited FFI status;
(B) Agree as part of such registration to identify its account
holders under the due diligence requirements applicable to
participating FFIs under paragraph (c) of this section, retain account
holder documentation pertaining to those identification requirements
for six years from the effective date of its registration as a limited
FFI, and report with respect to accounts that it is required to treat
as U.S. accounts to the extent permitted under the relevant laws
pertaining to the FFI;
(C) Agree as part of such registration that it will not open
accounts that it is required to treat as U.S. accounts or accounts held
by nonparticipating FFIs, including accounts transferred from any
member of its expanded affiliated group; and
(D) Agree as part of such registration that it will identify itself
to withholding agents as a nonparticipating FFI.
(iv) Group member requirements. Participating and deemed-compliant
FFIs that are members of an expanded affiliated group that includes one
or more limited affiliates will be required to treat such limited FFIs
as nonparticipating FFIs with respect to withholdable payments made to
these affiliates. A participating FFI or deemed-compliant FFI will be
considered to have made a withholdable payment to a limited FFI when
the limited FFI receives a payment with respect to a transaction
between the limited FFI and such FFI that is in the same expanded
affiliated group and such transaction hedges or otherwise provides
total return exposure to another transaction between such FFI and a
third party that gives rise to a withholdable payment. A participating
FFI or deemed-compliant FFI will also be considered to have made a
withholdable payment to an affiliate that is a limited FFI if such FFI
receives a withholdable payment with respect to a security or
instrument held on behalf of a limited FFI.
(v) Period for limited FFI status. A limited FFI will cease to be a
limited FFI after December 31, 2015. An FFI will cease to be a limited
FFI when it becomes a participating FFI or deemed-compliant FFI, or as
of the beginning of the third calendar quarter following the date on
which the FFI is no longer prohibited from complying with the
requirements of the FFI agreement. In such case, participating and
deemed-compliant FFIs that are members of the same expanded affiliated
group will retain their status if, by the date that the FFI ceases to
be a limited FFI, the FFI notifies the IRS that the FFI will comply
with the FFI agreement.
(4) Special rule for QIs. An FFI that has in effect a qualified
intermediary agreement with the IRS will be allowed to become a limited
FFI notwithstanding that none of the FFIs in the expanded affiliated
group of which the FFI is a member can comply with the provisions of an
FFI agreement if the FFI that is a qualified intermediary meets the
conditions of a limited FFI under paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section.
(f) Effective/applicability date. The rules of this section apply
on [EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
[[Page 9085]]
Par. 7. Section 1.1471-5 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1471-5 Definitions applicable to section 1471.
(a) U.S. accounts--(1) In general. This paragraph (a) defines the
term U.S. account and describes when a person is treated as the holder
of a financial account. This paragraph also provides rules for
determining when an exception to U.S. account status applies for
certain depositary accounts and the account aggregation requirements
relevant in applying that exception.
(2) Definition of U.S. account. Subject to the exception described
in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, a U.S. account is any financial
account maintained by an FFI that is held by one or more specified U.S.
persons or U.S. owned foreign entities. For a definition of the term
financial account, see paragraph (b) of this section. For a definition
of the term specified U.S. person, see Sec. 1.1473-1(c). For a
definition of the term U.S. owned foreign entity, see paragraph (c) of
this section. For reporting requirements of participating FFIs with
respect to U.S. accounts, see Sec. 1.1471-4(d).
(3) Account held by--(i) In general. Except as otherwise provided
in this paragraph (a)(3), an account is held by the person listed or
identified as the holder of such account with the FFI that maintains
the account. An entity is treated as holding an account regardless of
whether the entity is a flow-through entity. Thus, except as otherwise
provided in paragraphs (a)(3)(ii) and (iii), if a trust (including a
simple or grantor trust) or an estate is listed as the holder or owner
of a financial account, the financial account shall be treated as held
by the trust or estate itself rather than by its owners or
beneficiaries. Similarly, except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (a)(3), if a partnership is listed as the holder or owner of
a financial account, the financial account shall be treated as held by
the partnership itself, rather than the partners in the partnership.
(ii) Grantor trust. A trust shall not be treated as holding an
account if a person is treated as the owner of the entire trust under
sections 671 through 679. In that case, the account will be treated as
held by the person who is treated as the owner of the trust under such
sections. In the case of a person that is treated as the owner of a
portion of the trust under sections 671 through 679--
(A) If such person is treated as owning all the assets in the
account under sections 671 through 679, the account will be treated as
held by such person;
(B) If such person is treated as owning a portion of the account or
the assets in the account under sections 671 through 679, the account
will be treated as held by both such person and the trust; and
(C) If such person is not treated as owning any portion of the
account or any of the assets in the account under sections 671 through
679, the account will be treated as held by the trust.
(iii) Financial accounts held by agents. A person, other than a
financial institution, holding a financial account for the benefit or
account of another person as an agent, custodian, nominee, signatory,
investment advisor, or intermediary, is not treated as holding the
account for purposes of this section, and such other person is treated
as holding the account.
(iv) Jointly held accounts. With respect to a jointly held account,
each joint holder will be treated as holding the account for purposes
of determining whether the account is a U.S. account. Thus, an account
is a U.S. account if any of the holders is a specified U.S. person or a
U.S. owned foreign entity and the account is not otherwise excepted
from U.S. account status under paragraph (a)(4) of this section. In a
case in which more than one U.S. person is a joint holder, each U.S.
person will be treated as a holder of the account. See paragraph
(a)(4)(ii) of this section for account aggregation rules applicable to
jointly held accounts for purposes of determining the exception to U.S.
account status under paragraph (a)(4)(i).
(v) Holder of account for certain insurance contracts. For purposes
of this section, an insurance or annuity contract that is a financial
account as defined in paragraph (b) of this section is treated as held
by the contract holder (that is, owner) if such person can access the
cash value of the contract (for example, through a loan, withdrawal, or
surrender) or change a beneficiary under the contract. However, if the
contract holder cannot access the cash value or change a beneficiary,
then the contract is treated as held by each beneficiary under the
contract. Upon the maturity of the insurance or annuity contract, when
the obligation to pay the benefit under the contract becomes fixed, the
beneficiary is treated as the contract holder.
(vi) Examples. The following examples illustrate the provisions of
paragraph (a)(3) of this section:
Example 1. Account held by agent. F, a nonresident alien, holds
a power of attorney from U, a specified U.S. person, that authorizes
F to open, hold, and make deposits and withdrawals with respect to a
depository account on behalf of U. F is listed as the holder of a
depository account at a participating FFI. However, F holds the
account as an agent for the benefit of U. F is not ultimately
entitled to the funds in the account. Therefore, the depository
account is treated as held by U and such account is a U.S. account
because it is held by a specified U.S. person.
Example 2. Jointly held accounts. U, a specified U.S. person,
holds a depository account in a participating FFI. The balance in
the account at the end of the calendar year is $100,000. The account
is jointly held with A, an individual who is a nonresident alien.
Because one of the joint holders is a specified U.S person, the
account is a U.S. account.
Example 3. Jointly held accounts. U, a specified U.S. person,
holds a depository account in a participating FFI. The balance in
the account at the end of the calendar year is $100,000. The account
is jointly held with Q, a specified U.S. person. The account is a
U.S. account, and both U and Q are treated as holding a U.S.
account.
(4) Exceptions to U.S. account status--(i) Exception for certain
individual accounts of participating FFIs. Unless a participating FFI
elects under paragraph (a)(4)(iv) of this section not to have this
paragraph (a)(4)(i) apply, the term U.S. account shall not include any
account maintained by such financial institution during a calendar year
if the conditions of paragraphs (a)(4)(i)(A), (B), and (C) of this
section are met.
(A) Depository accounts. The condition of this paragraph
(a)(4)(i)(A) is met if the account is a depository account.
(B) $50,000 threshold. The conditions of this paragraph
(a)(4)(i)(B) are met if, with respect to each holder of such financial
account, the aggregate balance or value of the financial account, and,
to the extent required under paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section, all
depository accounts held (in whole or in part) by the holder of the
account does not exceed $50,000 as of the end of the calendar year or
on the date the account is closed. For rules for determining the
balance or value of financial accounts that apply for purposes of this
paragraph (a)(4)(i), see Sec. 1.1471-4(d)(4)(iii).
(C) Individual account holders. The condition of this paragraph
(a)(4)(i)(C) is met if the account is held solely by one or more
individuals.
(ii) Aggregation requirements for exception. For purposes of
determining whether the aggregate balance of depository accounts held
by an individual exceeds $50,000 for purposes of applying the exception
in this paragraph (a)(4)(i), an FFI will be required to take into
account all depository accounts maintained by the FFI, or members of
its expanded affiliated group, that are held (in whole or in part) by
such individual, but only to the extent that the FFI's computerized
[[Page 9086]]
systems link the accounts by reference to a data element such as client
number or a taxpayer identification number (including a TIN), and allow
account balances of such accounts to be aggregated. Each holder of a
jointly held depository account will be attributed the entire balance
of the joint account for purposes of applying the aggregation
requirements described in this paragraph (a)(4)(ii).
(iii) Currency translation. To the extent that an account is
denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar, the participating
FFI must convert the dollar threshold amounts described in paragraph
(a)(4)(i)(B) of this section into such currency using a spot rate
determined under Sec. 1.988-1(d). The spot rate must be determined as
of the last day of the calendar year with respect to which the FFI is
determining the threshold amounts.
(iv) Election to forgo exception. A participating FFI may elect to
disregard the exception described in paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this
section by reporting all U.S. accounts, including those accounts that
would otherwise meet the exception described in paragraph (a)(4)(i) of
this section.
(v) Examples. The following examples illustrate the account
aggregation requirements of paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section:
Example 1. Aggregation rules for individual accounts. In Year 1,
a U.S. resident individual, U, holds a depository account with CB, a
commercial bank that is a participating FFI. The balance in U's CB
account at the end of Year 1 is $35,000. In Year 1, U also holds a
custodial account with CB's brokerage business. The custodial
account has a $45,000 balance as of the end of Year 1. CB's retail
banking and brokerage businesses share computerized information
management systems that associate U's depository account and U's
custodial account with U and with one another by reference to CB's
internal identification number. The account balances of the accounts
are automatically aggregated under such system. For purposes of
applying the $50,000 threshold described in paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B)
of this section, a depository account is aggregated only with other
depository accounts. U's depository account is eligible for the
paragraph (a)(4)(i) exception to U.S. account status, because its
balance does not exceed $50,000.
Example 2. Aggregation rules for individual accounts. In Year 1,
a U.S. resident individual, U, holds a depository account with
Branch 1 of CB, a commercial bank that is a participating FFI. The
balance in U's CB account at the end of Year 1 is $35,000. In Year
1, U also holds a depository account with Branch 2 of CB. The Branch
2 account has a $45,000 balance at the end of Year 1. CB's retail
banking businesses share computerized information management systems
across its branches; however, U's accounts are not associated with
one another in the shared computerized information system. Because
the accounts are not associated in CB's system, both accounts are
eligible for the paragraph (a)(4)(i) exception to U.S. account
status as neither account exceeds the $50,000 threshold described in
paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B) of this section.
Example 3. Aggregation rules for individual accounts. Same facts
as Example 2, except that both of U's depository accounts are
associated with U and with one another by reference to CB's internal
identification number. The system shows the account balances for
both accounts, and such balances may be electronically aggregated;
however, the system does not show a combined balance for the
accounts. Because the balances can be aggregated under paragraph
(a)(4)(ii) of this section, U is treated as holding financial
accounts with CB with an aggregate balance of $80,000 for purposes
of applying the $50,000 threshold described in paragraph
(a)(4)(i)(B) of this section. Neither account is eligible for the
paragraph (a)(4)(i) exception to U.S. account status, because they
exceed, when aggregated, the $50,000 threshold described in
paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B) of this section.
Example 4. Aggregation rules for preexisting joint accounts. In
Year 1, a U.S. resident individual, U, holds a depository account in
commercial bank CB. The balance in U's CB depository account at the
end of Year 1 is $35,000. U also holds a joint depository account
with her sister, A, a nonresident alien for U.S. Federal income tax
purposes, with another commercial bank, CB2. The balance in the
joint account at the end of Year 1 is $35,000. CB and CB2 form part
of the same expanded affiliated group and both share computerized
information management systems. Both U's depository account in CB
and U and A's depository account in CB2 are associated with U and
with one another by reference to CB's internal identification
number. Under paragraph (a)(4)(ii) U is treated as having financial
accounts in the CB/CB2 financial institution with an aggregate
balance of $70,000, and neither account is eligible for the
paragraph (a)(4)(i) exception to U.S. account status because they
exceed the $50,000 threshold described in paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B) of
this section.
(b) Financial accounts--(1) In general. Solely for purposes of
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code, the term financial account
means--
(i) Any depository account (as defined in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of
this section) maintained by a financial institution (as defined in
paragraph (e)(1) of this section);
(ii) Any custodial account (as defined in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of
this section) maintained by a financial institution (as defined in
paragraph (e)(1) of this section);
(iii) Any equity or debt interest (other than interests that are
regularly traded on an established securities market) in a financial
institution that is described in paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section
(and is not described in paragraph (e)(1)(i), (ii), or (iv) of this
section). The term also includes any equity or debt interest (other
than interests that are regularly traded on an established securities
market) in a financial institution that is described in paragraphs
(e)(1)(i), (ii), and (iv) of this section, but only if the value of the
debt or equity interest is determined, directly or indirectly,
primarily by reference to assets that give rise to withholdable
payments. Any equity or debt interest that constitutes a financial
account under this paragraph (b)(1)(iii) with respect to any financial
institution shall be treated for purposes of section 1471 as maintained
by such financial institution; or
(iv) Any cash value insurance contract (as defined in paragraph
(b)(3)(v) of this section) and any annuity contract issued or
maintained by a financial institution (as defined in paragraph (e)(1)
of this section).
(2) Exceptions--(i) Certain savings accounts--(A) Retirement and
pension accounts. A financial account does not include an account that
satisfies the conditions of paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A)(1) or (2) of this
section.
(1) The account is held by a retirement or pension fund that meets
the requirements of paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section.
(2) The account is subject to government regulation as a personal
retirement account or is registered or regulated as an account for the
provision of retirement or pension benefits under the laws of the
country in which the FFI that maintains the account is established or
in which it operates, and meets the following requirements--
(i) The account is tax-favored with regard to the jurisdiction in
which the account is maintained;
(ii) All of the contributions to the account are employer,
government, or employee contributions that are limited by reference to
earned income under the law of the jurisdiction in which the account is
maintained; and
(iii) Annual contributions (other than transfers from other
accounts described in this paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) or plans described in
paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section or Sec. 1.1471-6(f)) are limited
to $50,000 or less, and limits or penalties apply by law of the
jurisdiction in which the account is maintained to withdrawals made
before reaching a specified retirement age and to annual contributions
exceeding $50,000 (other than transfers from other accounts described
in this paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) or plans described in paragraph
(f)(2)(ii) of this section or Sec. 1.1471-6(f)).
[[Page 9087]]
(B) Non-retirement savings accounts. A financial account does not
include an account that is tax-favored with regard to the jurisdiction
in which the account is maintained, subject to government regulation as
a savings vehicle for purposes other than for retirement, and the
following conditions are also satisfied--
(1) Contributions to such account are limited by reference to
earned income;
(2) Annual contributions are limited to $50,000 or less under the
law of the jurisdiction in which the account is maintained;
(3) Limits or penalties apply on withdrawals made before specific
criteria are met under the law of the jurisdiction in which the account
is maintained; and
(4) Limits or penalties apply by law of the jurisdiction in which
the account is maintained to contributions exceeding the limit
described in paragraph (b)(2)(i)(B)(2) of this section.
(C) Currency translation. To the extent that an account is
denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar, the participating
FFI must convert the dollar threshold amounts described in paragraphs
(b)(2)(i)(A)(3)(i) and (b)(2)(i)(B)(2) of this section into such
currency using a spot rate determined under Sec. 1.988-2(d). The spot
rate must be determined as of the last day of the calendar year
preceding the year in which the FFI is determining whether an account
meets such threshold amount.
(D) Rollovers. A financial account that otherwise satisfies any of
the requirements of this paragraph (b)(2)(i) will not fail to satisfy
such requirements solely because such financial account may receive
assets or funds transferred from one or more financial accounts that
meet the requirements of any of paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) or (B) of this
section or from one or more retirement or pension funds that meet the
requirements of paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section or Sec. 1.1471-
6(f).
(E) Coordination with section 6038D. The exclusions provided under
paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section shall not apply for purposes of
determining whether an account or other arrangement is a financial
account for purposes of section 6038D.
(F) Account that is tax-favored. For purposes of this paragraph
(b)(2), an account is tax-favored if contributions to the account that
would otherwise be subject to tax under the laws of the jurisdiction
where the account is maintained are deductible or excluded from gross
income of the account holder or if the taxation of investment income
from the account is deferred under the laws of such jurisdiction, or
both.
(ii) Term life insurance contracts. The term financial account does
not include a life insurance contract, other than a contract held by a
transferee for value under section 101(a)(2) (determined without regard
to section 101(a)(2)(A) or (B)), if equal periodic premiums are payable
annually or more frequently during the period the contract is in
existence, and the amount payable upon termination of the contract
prior to the death of the insured cannot exceed the aggregate premiums
paid for the contract, less mortality, morbidity, and expense charges
(whether actually imposed or not) for the period or periods of the
contract's existence.
(iii) Account held by exempt beneficial owner. The term financial
account does not include any financial account described in paragraph
(b)(1) of this section that is held solely by one or more exempt
beneficial owners described in Sec. 1.1471-6 or by nonparticipating
FFIs holding the account as intermediaries solely on behalf of one or
more such owners.
(3) Definitions. The following definitions apply for purposes of
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code--
(i) Depository account. The term depository account means--
(A) A commercial, checking, savings, time, or thrift account, or an
account which is evidenced by a certificate of deposit, thrift
certificate, investment certificate, certificate of indebtedness, or
other similar instrument; and
(B) Any amount held by an insurance company under an agreement to
pay or credit interest thereon.
(ii) Custodial account. The term custodial account means an account
for the benefit of another person that holds any financial instrument
or contract held for investment (including, but not limited to, a
depository account, a share or stock in a corporation, a note, bond,
debenture, or other evidence of indebtedness, a currency or commodity
transaction, a credit default swap, a swap based upon a nonfinancial
index, a notional principal contract as defined in Sec. 1.446-3(c), an
insurance or annuity contract, and any option or other derivative
instrument).
(iii) Equity interest in certain entities. In the case of a
partnership that is a financial institution, the term equity interest
means either a capital or profits interest in the partnership. In the
case of a trust that is a financial institution, an equity interest
means either an interest held by a person treated as an owner of all or
a portion of the trust under sections 671 through 679 or a person
holding a beneficial interest in the trust that is described in Sec.
1.1473-1(b)(3).
(iv) Regularly traded on an established securities market. Debt or
equity interests described in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) are regularly
traded on an established securities market (as defined in Sec. 1.1472-
1(c)(1)(i)(C)) if--
(A) Trades in such interests are effected, other than in de minimis
quantities, on such market or markets on at least 60 days during the
prior calendar year; and
(B) The aggregate number of such interests that were traded on such
market or markets during the prior calendar year was at least ten
percent of the average number of such interests outstanding during the
prior calendar year.
(v) Cash value insurance contracts--(A) In general. Except as
otherwise provided in paragraph (b)(3)(v)(B) or (C) of this section,
the term cash value insurance contract means an insurance contract that
has a ``cash value'' (as defined in paragraphs (b)(3)(v)(B) and (C) of
this section) greater than zero. A term life insurance contract
described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) is not a cash value insurance
contract.
(B) Cash value. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph
(b)(3)(v)(C), the term cash value means the greater of--
(1) The amount that the policyholder is entitled to receive upon
surrender or termination of the contract (determined without reduction
for any surrender charge or policy loan), and
(2) The amount the policyholder can borrow under or with regard to
the contract.
(C) Amounts excluded from cash value. Cash value does not include
an amount payable under an insurance contract as--
(1) A personal injury or sickness benefit or a benefit providing
indemnification of an economic loss incurred upon the occurrence of the
event insured against;
(2) A refund to the policyholder of a previously paid premium under
an insurance contract (other than under a life insurance or annuity
contract) due to policy cancellation, decrease in risk exposure during
the effective period of the insurance contract, or arising from a
redetermination of the premium due to correction of posting or other
similar error; or
(3) A policyholder dividend (as defined in section 808 but without
regard to paragraph (b)(2) of that section) provided such dividend is
not a termination dividend, and relates to either a term life insurance
contract described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this
[[Page 9088]]
section or an insurance contract under which the only benefit payable
is described in paragraph (b)(3)(v)(C)(1).
(c) U.S. owned foreign entity--(1) In general. The term United
States owned foreign entity (or U.S. owned foreign entity) means any
foreign entity that has one or more substantial U.S. owners (as defined
in Sec. 1.1473-1(b)). See Sec. 1.1473-1(e) for the definition of
foreign entity for purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code.
(2) Owner-documented FFI treated as U.S. owned foreign entity. An
FFI that is treated as an owner-documented FFI under Sec. 1.1471-
3(d)(7) and that has one or more direct or indirect owners that are
specified U.S. persons (as defined in Sec. 1.1473-1(c)) shall be
treated as a U.S. owned foreign entity by a participating FFI
maintaining an account for such documented FFI for purposes of
reporting with respect to its U.S. accounts as described in Sec.
1.1471-4(d). For the requirements applicable to determining direct and
indirect ownership in an entity, see Sec. 1.1473-1(b)(2).
(d) Definition of FFI. The term FFI means any financial institution
(as defined in paragraph (e) of this section) that is a foreign entity.
A territory financial institution is not an FFI under this paragraph
(d).
(e) Definition of a financial institution--(1) In general. Except
as otherwise provided in paragraph (e)(5), the term financial
institution means any entity that--
(i) Accepts deposits in the ordinary course of a banking or similar
business (as defined in paragraph (e)(2) of this section);
(ii) Holds, as a substantial portion of its business (as defined in
paragraph (e)(3) of this section), financial assets for the account of
others;
(iii) Is engaged (or holding itself out as being engaged) primarily
(as defined in paragraph (e)(4) of this section) in the business of
investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities (as defined in section
475(c)(2) without regard to the last sentence thereof), partnership
interests, commodities (as defined in section 475(e)(2)), notional
principal contracts (as defined in Sec. 1.446-3(c)), insurance or
annuity contracts, or any interest (including a futures or forward
contract or option) in such security, partnership interest, commodity,
notional principal contract, insurance contract, or annuity contract;
or
(iv) Is an insurance company (or the holding company of an
insurance company) that issues or is obligated to make payments with
respect to a financial account under paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(2) Banking or similar business--(i) In general. An entity is
considered to be engaged in a banking or similar business if, in the
ordinary course of its business with customers, the entity engages in
one or more of the following activities--
(A) Accepts deposits of funds;
(B) Makes personal, mortgage, industrial, or other loans;
(C) Purchases, sells, discounts, or negotiates accounts receivable,
installment obligations, notes, drafts, checks, bills of exchange,
acceptances, or other evidences of indebtedness;
(D) Issues letters of credit and negotiates drafts drawn
thereunder;
(E) Provides trust or fiduciary services;
(F) Finances foreign exchange transactions;
(G) Enters into, purchases, or disposes of finance leases or leased
assets; or
(H) Provides charge and credit card services.
(ii) Application of section 581. Entities engaged in a banking or
similar business include, but are not limited to, entities that would
qualify as banks under section 585(a)(2) (including banks as defined in
section 581 and any corporation to which section 581 would apply except
for the fact that it is a foreign corporation).
(iii) Effect of local regulation. Whether an entity is subject to
the banking and credit laws of a foreign country, the United States, a
State, a possession of the United States, or a subdivision thereof, or
is subject to supervision and examination by agencies having regulatory
oversight of banking or similar institutions, is relevant to but not
necessarily determinative of whether that entity qualifies as a
financial institution under section 1471(d)(5)(A). Whether an entity
conducts a banking or similar business is determined based upon the
character of the actual activities of such entity.
(3) Holding financial assets as a substantial portion of its
business--(i) Substantial portion. An entity holds financial assets for
the account of others as a substantial portion of its business if the
entity's gross income attributable to the holding of financial assets
and related financial services equals or exceeds 20 percent of the
entity's gross income during the shorter of--
(A) The three-year period ending on December 31 of the year in
which the determination is made; or
(B) The period during which the entity has been in existence.
(ii) Effect of local regulation. Whether an entity is subject to
the banking and credit, broker-dealer, fiduciary or other similar laws
and regulations of the United States, a State, a possession of the
United States, a political subdivision thereof, or a foreign country,
or to supervision and examination by agencies having regulatory
oversight of banking or other financial institutions, is relevant to
but not necessarily determinative of whether that entity holds
financial assets for the account of others as a substantial portion of
its business.
(4) In the business of investing, reinvesting, and trading. An
entity is engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting,
or trading if the entity's gross income attributable to such activities
equals or exceeds 50 percent of the entity's gross income during the
shorter of--
(A) The three-year period ending on December 31 of the year in
which the determination is made, or
(B) The period during which the entity has been in existence.
(5) Exclusions. Entities described in any of paragraphs (e)(5)(i)
through (v) of this section are excluded from the definition of a
financial institution under paragraph (e)(1) of this section and are
excepted NFFEs under Sec. 1.1472-1(c)(1)(v).
(i) Certain nonfinancial holding companies. An entity is described
in this paragraph (e)(5)(i) if it is a foreign entity substantially all
of the activities of which is to own (in whole or in part) the
outstanding stock of one or more subsidiaries that engage in trades or
businesses, provided that no such subsidiary is a financial institution
(as defined in this paragraph (e)). An entity is not described in this
paragraph (e)(5)(i) if the entity functions (or holds itself out) as an
investment fund, such as a private equity fund, venture capital fund,
leveraged buyout fund or any investment vehicle whose purpose is to
acquire or fund companies and then hold interests in those companies as
capital assets for investment purposes.
(ii) Certain start-up companies. An entity is described in this
paragraph (e)(5)(ii) if it is a foreign entity that is not yet
operating a business and has no prior operating history, but is
investing capital into assets with the intent to operate a business
other than that of a financial institution. This exclusion expires 24
months after the initial organization of such entity, and after such
time, the foreign entity will no longer qualify for this exception for
start-up companies. An entity is not described in this paragraph
(e)(5)(ii) if the entity functions (or holds itself out) as an
investment fund, such as a private equity fund, venture capital fund,
leveraged buyout fund, or any investment vehicle whose purpose is to
acquire or fund companies and then
[[Page 9089]]
hold interests in those companies as capital assets for investment
purposes.
(iii) Nonfinancial entities that are liquidating or emerging from
reorganization or bankruptcy. An entity is described in this paragraph
(e)(5)(iii) if it is a foreign entity that was not a financial
institution under this paragraph (e) in the past five years and is in
the process of liquidating its assets or is reorganizing with the
intent to continue or recommence operations as a nonfinancial entity.
(iv) Hedging/financing centers of a nonfinancial group. An entity
is described in this paragraph (e)(5)(iv) if it is a foreign entity
that primarily engages in financing and hedging transactions with or
for members of its expanded affiliated group that are not financial
institutions and that does not provide financing or hedging services to
non-affiliates, provided that the expanded affiliated group is
primarily engaged in a business other than that of a financial
institution under this paragraph (e).
(v) Section 501(c) entities. An entity is described in this
paragraph (e)(5)(v) if it is a foreign entity that is described in
section 501(c).
(f) Deemed-compliant FFIs. The term deemed-compliant FFI includes a
registered deemed-compliant FFI (as defined in paragraph (f)(1) of this
section), a certified deemed-compliant FFI (as defined in paragraph
(f)(2) of this section), and, to the extent provided in paragraph
(f)(3) of this section, an owner-documented FFI (as defined in
paragraph (f)(3) of this section). The term also includes any FFI that
is described in guidance published in the Federal Register or the
Internal Revenue Bulletin. A deemed-compliant FFI will be treated
pursuant to section 1471(b)(2) as having met the requirements of
section 1471(b).
(1) Registered deemed-compliant FFIs. A registered deemed-compliant
FFI means an FFI described in any of paragraphs (f)(1)(i)(A) through
(E) of this section that has met the procedural requirements described
in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section. A registered deemed-compliant
FFI also includes any FFI that is deemed to comply with the
requirements of section 1471(b) pursuant to an agreement between the
government of the United States and a foreign government.
(i) Registered deemed-compliant FFI categories--(A) Local FFIs. An
FFI is described in this paragraph (f)(1)(i)(A) if the FFI meets the
requirements of paragraphs (f)(1)(i)(A)(1) through (8).
(1) The FFI must be licensed and regulated under the laws of its
country of organization (which must be FATF-compliant at the time the
FFI registers for deemed-compliant status) as a bank or similar
organization authorized to accept deposits in the ordinary course of
its business, a securities broker or dealer, or a financial planner or
investment adviser, but must not qualify as an FFI solely because it is
an entity described in paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section.
(2) The FFI must have no fixed place of business outside its
country of incorporation or organization.
(3) The FFI must not solicit account holders outside its country of
incorporation or organization. For this purpose, an FFI will not be
considered to have solicited account holders outside of its country of
organization merely because it operates a Web site, provided that the
Web site does not specifically state that nonresidents may hold deposit
accounts with the FFI, does not advertise the availability of U.S.
dollar denominated deposit accounts or other U.S. dollar denominated
investments, and does not target U.S. customers.
(4) The FFI must be required under the tax laws of the country in
which the FFI is incorporated or organized to perform either
information reporting or withholding of tax with respect to accounts
held by residents.
(5) At least 98 percent of the accounts maintained by the FFI must
be held by residents (including residents that are entities) of the
country in which the FFI is organized. An FFI which is organized in an
EU member state may treat account holders that are residents (including
corporate residents) of other EU member states as residents of the
country in which the FFI is incorporated or organized for purposes of
this calculation.
(6) On or before the date it registers as a deemed-compliant FFI,
the FFI must implement policies and procedures to ensure that it does
not open or maintain accounts for any specified U.S. person who is not
a resident of the country in which the FFI is organized (including a
U.S. person that was a resident when the account was opened but
subsequently ceases to be a resident), a nonparticipating FFI, or any
entity controlled or beneficially owned (as determined under the FFI's
AML due diligence) by a specified U.S. person.
(7) With respect to each account that is held by an individual who
is not a resident of the country in which the FFI is organized or by an
entity, and that is opened after December 31, 2011, and prior to the
date that the FFI implements the policies and procedures described in
paragraph (f)(1)(i)(A)(6), the FFI must review those accounts in
accordance with the procedures described in Sec. 1.1471-4(c)
applicable to preexisting accounts to identify any U.S. account or
account held by a nonparticipating FFI, and must certify to the IRS
that it did not identify any such account as a result of its review,
that it has closed any such accounts that were identified, or that it
agrees to withhold and report on such accounts as would be required
under Sec. 1.1471-4(b) or (d) if it were a participating FFI.
(8) In the case of an FFI that is a member of an expanded
affiliated group, each member of the expanded affiliated group must be
incorporated or organized in the same country, must meet the
requirements set forth in this paragraph (f)(1)(i)(A), and must meet
the procedural requirements of paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section.
(B) Nonreporting members of participating FFI groups. An FFI that
is a member of a participating FFI group is described in this paragraph
(f)(1)(i)(B) if it meets the requirements of paragraphs (f)(1)(i)(B)(1)
through (4) of this section.
(1) The FFI must review its accounts that were opened prior to the
date it implements the policies and procedures described in paragraph
(f)(1)(i)(B)(3) of this section, in accordance with the procedures
described in Sec. 1.1471-4(c) applicable to preexisting accounts to
identify any U.S. account or account held by a nonparticipating FFI.
(2) If any account described in paragraph (f)(1)(i)(B)(1) of this
section is identified, the FFI must, within 90 days after
identification of the account, enter into an FFI agreement, transfer
the account to an affiliate that is a participating FFI or U.S.
financial institution, or close the account.
(3) On or before the date it registers with the IRS pursuant to
paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section, the FFI must implement policies
and procedures to ensure that if it opens any of the accounts described
in paragraph (f)(1)(i)(B)(1) of this section, it either transfers any
such accounts to an affiliate that is a participating FFI or U.S.
financial institution or becomes a participating FFI itself, in either
case within 90 days of having opened the account.
(4) The FFI must implement policies and procedures to ensure that
it identifies any account which becomes an account described in
paragraph (f)(1)(i)(B)(1) of this section due to a change in
circumstances and it either transfers such account to an affiliate that
is a participating FFI or U.S. financial institution or becomes a
participating FFI itself, in either case within 90 days
[[Page 9090]]
after the date on which the FFI first has knowledge or reason to know
of the change in the account holder's chapter 4 status.
(C) Qualified collective investment vehicles. An FFI is described
in this paragraph (f)(1)(i)(C) if it meets the requirements of
paragraphs (f)(1)(i)(C)(1) through (3).
(1) The FFI must be an FFI solely because it is described in
paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section, and must be regulated in its
country of incorporation or organization as an investment fund.
(2) Each holder of record of direct debt interests in excess of
$50,000 or equity interests in the FFI (for example the holders of its
units or global certificates) or any other account holder of a
financial account with the FFI must a be participating FFI, registered
deemed-compliant FFI, U.S. person described in any of Sec. 1.1473-
1(c)(1) through (12), or exempt beneficial owner.
(3) In the case of an FFI that is part of an expanded affiliated
group, all other FFIs in the expanded affiliated group must be either
participating FFIs or registered deemed-compliant FFIs.
(D) Restricted Funds. An FFI is described in this paragraph (D) if
it meets the requirements of paragraphs (f)(1)(i)(D)(1) through (7) of
this section.
(1) The FFI must be an FFI solely because it is described in
paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section, and must be regulated as an
investment fund under the laws of its country of incorporation or
organization (which must be FATF-compliant at the time the FFI
registers for deemed-compliant status). In addition, interests in the
FFI may only be sold through distributors described in paragraph
(f)(1)(i)(D)(2) of this section or redeemed directly by the restricted
fund.
(2) Each distributor of the FFI's interests must be a participating
FFI, a registered deemed-compliant FFI, a nonregistering local bank
described in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, or a restricted
distributor described in paragraph (f)(4) of this section. For purposes
of this paragraph (f)(1)(i)(D) and paragraph (f)(4) of this section, a
distributor means an underwriter, broker, dealer, or other person who
participates, pursuant to a contractual arrangement, in the
distribution of securities.
(3) The FFI must ensure that each agreement that governs the
distribution of its debt or equity interests prohibits sales of debt or
equity interests in the FFI to U.S. persons, nonparticipating FFIs, or
passive NFFEs with one or more substantial U.S. owners (other than
interests which are both distributed by and held through a
participating FFI), and the FFI's prospectus and all marketing
materials must indicate that sales of interests in the FFI to U.S.
persons, nonparticipating FFIs, or NFFEs with one or more substantial
U.S. owners (other than interests which are both distributed by and
held through a participating FFI) are prohibited.
(4) The FFI must ensure that each agreement that governs the
distribution of its debt or equity interests requires the distributor
to notify the FFI of a change in the distributor's chapter 4 status
within 90 days of the change. The FFI must certify to the IRS that,
with respect to any distributor that ceases to qualify as a
participating FFI, a registered deemed-compliant FFI, a nonregistering
local bank described in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, or a
restricted distributor described in paragraph (f)(4) of this section,
the FFI will terminate its distribution agreement with the distributor
within 90 days of notification of the distributor's change in status
and will acquire or redeem all debt and equity interests of the FFI
issued through that distributor within six months of the distributor's
change in status.
(5) With respect to any of the FFI's preexisting direct accounts
(that is, accounts that are held directly by the ultimate investors),
the FFI must review those accounts in accordance with the procedures
described in Sec. 1.1471-4(c) applicable to preexisting accounts to
identify any U.S. account or account held by a nonparticipating FFI.
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the FFI will not be required to
review the account of any individual investor that purchased its
interest at a time when all of the FFI's distribution agreements and
its prospectus contained an explicit prohibition of the issuance of
shares to U.S. entities and U.S. resident individuals. The FFI will be
required to certify to the IRS either that it did not identify any such
account as a result of its review or, if any such accounts were
identified, that the FFI will either redeem any such account, or will
withhold and report on such accounts as would be required under Sec.
1.1471-4(b) and (d) if it were a participating FFI.
(6) On or before the date that it registers as a deemed-compliant
FFI, the FFI must implement the policies and procedures described in
Sec. 1.1471-4(c) for identifying account holders with respect to
direct account holders to ensure that it either--
(i) Does not open or maintain an account for any specified U.S.
person, nonparticipating FFI, or passive NFFE with one or more
substantial U.S. owners; or
(ii) Closes any account for any person described in paragraph
(f)(1)(i)(D)(6)(i) within 90 days of the date that the account was
opened or the date that the FFI had reason to know the account holder
became a person described in paragraph (f)(1)(i)(D)(6)(i) of this
section, or withholds and reports on such account as would be required
under Sec. 1.1471-4(b) and (d) if it were a participating FFI.
(7) For an FFI that is part of an expanded affiliated group, all
other FFIs in the expanded affiliated group must be either
participating FFIs or registered deemed-compliant FFIs.
(ii) Procedural requirements for registered deemed-compliant FFIs.
A registered deemed-compliant FFI may use one or more agents to perform
the necessary due diligence with respect to identifying its account
holders and to take any required action associated with obtaining and
maintaining its deemed-compliant status. However, the FFI remains
responsible for ensuring that the requirements for its deemed-compliant
status are met. Unless otherwise provided in this section, a registered
deemed-compliant FFI will be required to--
(A) Have its chief compliance officer or an individual of
equivalent standing with the FFI certify to the IRS in such a manner as
the IRS specifies that all of the requirements for the deemed-compliant
category claimed by the FFI have been satisfied as of the date the FFI
registers as a deemed-compliant FFI;
(B) Obtain from the IRS a confirmation of its registration as a
deemed-compliant FFI and an FFI-EIN;
(C) Agree that if it chooses to publish a passthru payment
percentage, it will do so in accordance with the procedures set forth
in Sec. 1.1471-5(h);
(D) Renew its certification every three years; and
(E) Agree to notify the IRS if there is a change in circumstances
which would make the FFI ineligible for the deemed-compliant status for
which it has registered.
(iii) Deemed-compliant FFI that is merged or acquired. An FFI which
has registered as a deemed-compliant FFI under paragraph (f)(1) of this
section but subsequently ceases to qualify for deemed-compliant status
under its existing category because it is merged into or is acquired by
another participating FFI or participating FFI group, will be required
to notify the IRS and must complete a new registration with the IRS as
a participating FFI or a deemed-compliant FFI. A deemed-compliant FFI
that becomes a participating FFI or a member of a participating FFI
group as a result of a
[[Page 9091]]
merger or acquisition will not be required to redetermine the chapter 4
status of any account maintained by the FFI prior to the date of the
merger or acquisition unless that account has a subsequent change in
circumstances.
(2) Certified deemed-compliant FFIs. A certified deemed-compliant
FFI means an FFI described in any of paragraphs (f)(2)(i) through (iv)
of this section that has certified as to its status as a deemed-
compliant FFI by providing a withholding agent with the documentation
described in Sec. 1.1471-3(d)(6) or (7) applicable to the relevant
deemed-compliant category. A certified deemed-compliant FFI is not
required to register with the IRS.
(i) Nonregistering local bank. An FFI is described in this
paragraph (f)(2)(i) if the FFI meets the requirements of paragraphs
(f)(2)(i)(A) through (F).
(A) The FFI must operate and be licensed solely as a bank (within
the meaning of section 581, determined as if the FFI were incorporated
in the United States) in its country of incorporation or organization
and engage primarily in the business of making loans and taking
deposits from unrelated retail customers.
(B) The FFI must be licensed to conduct business in its country of
incorporation or organization and must have no fixed place of business
outside such country.
(C) The FFI must not solicit account holders outside its country of
organization. For this purpose, an FFI will not be considered to have
solicited account holders outside of its country of organization merely
because it operates a Web site, provided that the Web site does not
specifically state that nonresidents may hold deposit accounts with the
FFI, advertise the availability of U.S. dollar denominated deposit
accounts or other investments, or target U.S. customers.
(D) The FFI must have no more than $175 million in assets on its
balance sheet and, if the FFI is a member of an expanded affiliated
group, the group may have no more than $500 million in total assets on
its consolidated or combined balance sheets.
(E) The FFI must be required under the tax laws of the country in
which the FFI is organized to perform either information reporting or
withholding of tax with respect to resident accounts. An FFI that is
not subject to such information reporting or withholding requirements
will be considered to meet this requirement if all of the accounts
maintained by the FFI have a value or account balance of $50,000 or
less, taking into account the account aggregation rules set forth in
Sec. 1.1471-4(c)(4).
(F) With respect to an FFI that is part of an expanded affiliated
group, each FFI in the expanded affiliated group must be incorporated
or organized in the same country and must meet the requirements set
forth in this paragraph (f)(2)(i).
(ii) Retirement funds--(A) Requirements. An FFI is described in
this paragraph (f)(2)(ii) if the FFI is organized for the provision of
retirement or pension benefits under the law of the country in which it
is established or in which it operates and meets the requirements
described in paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(A)(1) or (2).
(1) An FFI meets the requirements of this paragraph
(f)(2)(ii)(A)(1) if--
(i) All contributions to the FFI (other than transfers of assets
from accounts described in paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) of this section or
other plans described in this paragraph (f)(2)(ii) or Sec. 1.1471-
6(f)) are employer, government, or employee contributions that are
limited by reference to earned income;
(ii) No single beneficiary has a right to more than five percent of
the FFI's assets; and
(iii) Contributions to the FFI that would otherwise be subject to
tax under the laws of the jurisdiction where the FFI is established or
operates are deductible or excluded from gross income of the
beneficiary, the taxation of investment income attributable to the
beneficiary is deferred under the laws of such jurisdiction, or 50
percent or more of the total contributions to the FFI (other than
transfers of assets from other plans described in this paragraph
(f)(2)(ii) or Sec. 1.1471-6(f)) are from the government and the
employer;
(2) An FFI meets the requirements of this paragraph
(f)(2)(ii)(A)(2) if--
(i) The FFI has fewer than 20 participants;
(ii) The FFI is sponsored by an employer that is not an FFI
described in paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section or passive NFFE;
(iii) Contributions to the FFI (other than transfers of assets from
other plans described in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section, or Sec.
1.1471-6(f)) are limited by reference to earned income;
(iv) Participants that are not residents of the country in which
the FFI is organized are not entitled to more than 20 percent of the
FFI's assets; and
(v) No participant that is not a resident of the country in which
the FFI is organized is entitled to more than $250,000 of the FFI's
assets.
(B) Example.
Example 1. FC, a State F foreign corporation, instituted a
retirement plan for its current and former employees. The plan is
organized under State F law for the provision of retirement or
pension benefits and contributions to the plan are excluded from
beneficiaries' income under State F law. The only contributions
allowed to be made to the plan are contributions that FC's employees
make based on a percentage of their compensation income, and such
contributions (as well as earnings on such contributions) are
credited to the employee's account. FC does not make contributions
to the plan. Retirement benefits will reflect the amounts credited
to the individual accounts. No single beneficiary is entitled to
more than 5% of the trust's assets. The plan meets the requirements
of paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(A)(1) of this section because contributions
are limited by reference to earned income, all contributions to the
plan are employee contributions, no single beneficiary has a right
to more than 5% of the plan's assets, and contributions to the plan
are excluded from the gross income of the beneficiaries.
(iii) Non-profit organizations. An FFI is described in this
paragraph (f)(2)(iii) if the FFI meets the following requirements:
(1) The FFI is established and maintained in its country of
residence exclusively for religious, charitable, scientific, artistic,
cultural or educational purposes;
(2) The FFI is exempt from income tax in its country of residence;
(3) The FFI has no shareholders or members who have a proprietary
or beneficial interest in its income or assets;
(4) The applicable laws of the FFI's country of residence or the
FFI's formation documents do not permit any income or assets of the FFI
to be distributed to, or applied for the benefit of, a private person
or noncharitable FFI other than pursuant to the conduct of the FFI's
charitable activities, or as payment of reasonable compensation for
services rendered, or as payment representing the fair market value of
property which the FFI has purchased; and
(5) The applicable laws of the FFI's country of residence or the
FFI's formation documents require that, upon the FFI's liquidation or
dissolution, all of its assets be distributed to an entity that meets
the requirements of Sec. 1.1471-6(b) or another organization that
meets the requirements of this paragraph (f)(2)(iii), or escheat to the
government of the FFI's country of residence or any political
subdivision thereof.
(iv) FFIs with only low-value accounts. An FFI is described in this
paragraph (f)(2)(iv) if the FFI meets the requirements of paragraphs
(f)(2)(iv)(A) through (C) of this section.
(A) The FFI must be an FFI only because it is described in
paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and/or (ii) of this section.
[[Page 9092]]
(B) No financial account maintained by the FFI (or, in the case of
an FFI that is a member of an expanded affiliated group, by any member
of the expanded affiliated group) has a balance or value in excess of
$50,000. The balance or value of a financial account shall be
determined by applying the rules described in paragraph (a)(4)(i) of
this section, substituting the term financial account for the term
depository account and the term person for the term individual.
(C) The FFI must have no more than $50,000,000 in assets on its
balance sheet as of the end of its most recent accounting year. In the
case of an FFI that is a member of an expanded affiliated group, the
entire expanded affiliated group must have no more than $50,000,000 in
assets on its consolidated or combined balance sheet as of the end of
its most recent accounting year.
(3) Owner-documented FFIs--(i) In general. An FFI that meets the
requirements of this paragraph (f)(3) is treated as a deemed-compliant
FFI only with respect to payments received by and accounts held with a
designated withholding agent. A designated withholding agent is a
withholding agent that agrees to undertake the additional due diligence
and reporting required under paragraphs (f)(3)(ii)(D) and (E) of this
section in order to treat the FFI as an owner-documented FFI. An FFI
meeting the requirements of this paragraph (f)(3) will only be treated
as a deemed-compliant FFI with respect to a payment or account for
which it does not act as an intermediary.
(ii) Requirements of owner-documented FFI status. An FFI will be
treated as meeting the requirements of this paragraph (f)(3) only if it
meets all of the following requirements--
(A) The FFI is not described in paragraph (e)(1)(i), (ii), or (iv)
of this section;
(B) The FFI must not be affiliated with any other FFI described in
paragraph (e)(1)(i), (ii), or (iv) of this section;
(C) The FFI must not maintain a financial account for any
nonparticipating FFI or issue debt which constitutes a financial
account to any person in excess of $50,000;
(D) The FFI must provide the designated withholding agent (that is
either a U.S. financial institution or a participating FFI) with all of
the documentation described in Sec. 1.1471-3(d)(7); and
(E) The withholding agent must agree to report to the IRS all of
the information described in Sec. 1.1474-1(i) with respect to any of
the owner-documented FFI's direct or indirect owners that are specified
U.S. persons.
(4) Definition of a restricted distributor. An entity is a
restricted distributor for purposes of paragraph (f)(1)(D) of this
section if it operates as a distributor with respect to debt or equity
interests in an FFI and satisfies paragraphs (f)(4)(i) through (viii)
of this section.
(i) The distributor must provide investment services to at least 30
unrelated customers and no more than half of the distributor's
customers can be related persons.
(ii) The distributor must be required to perform AML due diligence
procedures under the anti-money laundering laws of its country of
organization (which must be FATF-compliant).
(iii) The distributor must operate solely in its country of
incorporation or organization, must not have a fixed place of business
outside that country, and, if such distributor belongs to an affiliated
group, must have the same country of incorporation or organization as
all other members of its affiliated group.
(iv) The distributor must not solicit customers outside its country
of incorporation or organization. For this purpose, an FFI will not be
considered to have solicited account holders outside of its country of
organization merely because it operates a Web site, provided that the
Web site does not specifically state that nonresidents may acquire
securities from the FFI or target U.S. customers.
(v) The distributor must have no more than $175 million in total
assets under management and no more than $7,000,000 in gross revenue on
its income statement for the most recent accounting year and, if the
distributor belongs to an affiliated group, the entire group must have
no more than $500 million in total assets under management and no more
than $20 million in gross revenue for its most recent accounting year
on a combined or consolidated income statement.
(vi) The distributor must provide the FFI with a valid Form W-8
indicating that the distributor satisfies the requirements to be a
restricted distributor.
(vii) The agreement governing the distributor's distribution of
debt or equity interests of the FFI must prohibit the distributor from
distributing any securities to specified U.S. persons, passive NFFEs
that have one or more substantial U.S. owners, and nonparticipating
FFIs, and must require that if the distributor does distribute
securities to any of the persons described in this paragraph
(f)(4)(vii), that it will redeem or cancel those interests within six
months and the commission paid to the distributor will be forfeited to
the FFI.
(viii) With respect to sales made on or after December 31, 2011,
and prior to the time the restrictions described in paragraphs
(f)(1)(i)(D)(8)(vii) and (viii) of this section were incorporated into
the distribution agreement, either the agreement governing the
distributor's distribution of debt or equity interests of the relevant
FFI must have contained a prohibition of the sale of securities to U.S.
entities or U.S. resident individuals, or the distributor must review
all accounts relating to such sales in accordance with the procedures
described in Sec. 1.1471-4(c) applicable to preexisting accounts and
certify that it has redeemed all securities sold to any of the persons
described in paragraph (f)(4)(vii) of this section.
(g) Recalcitrant account holders--(1) Scope. This paragraph (g)
provides rules for determining when an account holder of a
participating FFI is a recalcitrant account holder. Paragraph (g)(2) of
this section defines the term recalcitrant account holder. Paragraphs
(g)(3) and (4) of this section provide timing rules for when an account
holder will begin to be treated as a recalcitrant account holder by a
participating FFI and when an account holder will cease to be treated
as a recalcitrant account holder by such institution. For rules for
determining the holder of an account, see Sec. 1.1471-5(a)(3). For the
reporting requirements of an FFI with respect to its recalcitrant
account holders, see Sec. 1.1471-4(d)(6). For the reporting
requirements of an FFI with respect to passthru payments made to
recalcitrant account holders, see Sec. 1.1474-1(d).
(2) Recalcitrant account holder. The term recalcitrant account
holder means any account holder of an account maintained by a
participating FFI if such account holder is not an FFI (or presumed to
be an FFI), the account does not meet the exception to U.S. account
status described in paragraph (a)(4) of this section (applying to
depository accounts with a balance of $50,000 or less) or does not
qualify for any of the exceptions from the documentation requirements
described in Sec. 1.1471-4(c)(4)(ii), (iii), or (iv) (including if the
participating FFI elects not to apply such exceptions), (c)(7), or
(c)(9), and--
(i) The account holder fails to comply with requests by the
participating FFI for the documentation or information that is required
under Sec. 1.1471-4(c) for determining the status of such account
[[Page 9093]]
as a U.S. account or other than a U.S. account;
(ii) The account holder fails to provide a valid Form W-9 upon
request from the participating FFI or fails to provide a correct name
and TIN combination upon request from the participating FFI when the
participating FFI has received notice from the IRS indicating that the
name and TIN combination reported by the participating FFI (or a branch
thereof in the case in which the branch reports the account separately
under Sec. 1.1471-4(d)(2)(ii)(C)) for the account holder is incorrect;
or
(iii) If foreign law would prevent reporting by the participating
FFI (or branch or division thereof) of the information described in
Sec. 1.1471-4(d)(3) or (5) with respect to such account, the account
holder (or substantial U.S. owner of an account holder that is a U.S.
owned foreign entity) fails to provide a valid and effective waiver of
such law to permit such reporting.
(3) Start of recalcitrant account holder status--(i) Preexisting
accounts identified during the procedures described in Sec. 1.1471-
4(c) for identifying U.S. accounts--(A) Accounts other than high-value
accounts. Account holders of preexisting accounts that are not high-
value accounts (as described in Sec. 1.1471-4(c)(8)(i)) and that are
described in paragraph (g)(2) of this section will be treated as
recalcitrant account holders beginning on the date that is two years
after the date on which the participating FFI's FFI agreement first
entered into effect.
(B) High-value accounts. Account holders of preexisting accounts
that are high-value accounts (as described in Sec. 1.1471-4(c)(8)(i))
and paragraph (g)(2) of this section) will be treated as recalcitrant
account holders beginning on the date that is one year after the date
on which the participating FFI's FFI agreement first entered into
effect.
(C) Preexisting accounts subject to enhanced review. An account
holder that holds a preexisting account that is identified when the
participating FFI applies the enhanced review described in Sec.
1.1471-4(c)(8)(iii) with respect to a calendar year other than the year
preceding the date on which the FFI's FFI agreement is first effective,
and that is described in paragraph (g)(2) of this section shall be
treated as a recalcitrant account holder beginning on July 1 of the
year following the year at the end of which the account had a balance
or value of $1,000,000 or more.
(ii) Accounts that are not preexisting accounts and accounts
requiring name/TIN correction. An account holder of an account that is
not a preexisting account and that is described in paragraph (g)(2) of
this section will be treated as a recalcitrant account holder beginning
90 days after the date the account is opened by the FFI or 90 days
after the participating FFI requests a correct name and TIN combination
from an account holder as described in paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of this
section or, in a case where the account holder is subject to backup
withholding under section 3406(a)(1)(B), within the time prescribed in
Sec. 31.3406(d)-5(a).
(iii) Accounts with changes in circumstances. An account holder
holding an account that is described in paragraph (g)(2) of this
section (including a preexisting account) following a change in
circumstances (including an event treated as a change in circumstances
under Sec. 1.1471-4(c)(2)(iii)) with respect to such account will be
treated as a recalcitrant account holder beginning on the date that is
90 days after the date on which the participating FFI requests
documentation described in Sec. 1.1471-4(c)(3)(i) or (c)(4)(i)(B), or
a valid and effective waiver described in paragraph (g)(2)(iii) of this
section following such change in circumstances. For the definition of a
change in circumstances with respect to an account, see Sec. 1.1471-
3(c)(6)(ii)(C).
(4) End of recalcitrant account holder status. An account holder
that is treated as a recalcitrant account holder under paragraphs
(g)(2) and (3) of this section will cease to be so treated as of the
date on which the account holder is no longer described in paragraph
(g)(2) of this section.
(h) Passthru payment--(1) Defined. The term passthru payment means
any withholdable payment and any foreign passthru payment.
(2) Foreign passthru payment. [Reserved].
(i) Expanded affiliated group--(1) Scope of paragraph. This
paragraph (i) defines the term expanded affiliated group for purposes
of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code. For the responsibilities of
a participating FFI with respect to its expanded affiliated group, see
Sec. 1.1471-4(e).
(2) Expanded affiliated group defined--(i) In general. An expanded
affiliated group means an affiliated group as defined in section
1504(a), determined--
(A) By substituting ``more than 50 percent'' for ``at least 80
percent each place it appears; and
(B) Without regard to paragraphs (2) and (3) of section 1504(b).
(ii) Partnerships and other entities. A partnership or any entity
other than a corporation shall be treated as a member of an expanded
affiliated group if such entity is controlled (within the meaning of
section 954(d)(3) by members of such group (including any entity
treated as a member of such group by reason of this sentence).
(j) Effective/applicability date. The rules of this section apply
on [EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 8. Section 1.1471-6 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1471-6 Payments beneficially owned by exempt beneficial
owners.
(a) Purpose and scope of paragraph. This section describes classes
of beneficial owners that are described in section 1471(f) (exempt
beneficial owners). The classes of persons treated as exempt beneficial
owners under this section are: Foreign governments, political
subdivisions of a foreign government, and wholly owned
instrumentalities and agencies of a foreign government; international
organizations and wholly owned agencies or instrumentalities of an
international organization; foreign central banks of issue; governments
of United States possessions; certain foreign retirement plans; and
certain entities wholly owned by one or more other exempt beneficial
owners. Paragraph (b) of this section defines which foreign entities
are treated as foreign governments, political subdivisions of foreign
governments, and wholly owned agencies and instrumentalities of foreign
governments for purposes of this section. Paragraph (c) of this section
defines which entities are treated as international organizations and
wholly owned agencies or instrumentalities of international
organizations for purposes of this section. Paragraph (d) of this
section defines which entities are treated as foreign central banks of
issue for purposes of this section. Paragraph (e) defines which
entities are governments of United States possessions for purposes of
this section. Paragraph (f) of this section describes a class of
foreign retirement plans that are treated as exempt beneficial owners.
Paragraph (g) of this section describes a class of exempt beneficial
owners that are wholly owned by other classes of exempt beneficial
owners. See Sec. Sec. 1.1471-2(a)(3)(v) and 1.1472-1(c)(1)(iv) for
descriptions of the withholding exemptions provided to a withholding
agent that makes a withholdable payment beneficially owned by an exempt
beneficial owner. See also Sec. 1.1471-3(d)(8) for the documentation
requirements applicable to a withholding agent in determining
[[Page 9094]]
when a withholdable payment is beneficially owned by an exempt
beneficial owner.
(b) Foreign government, any political subdivision of a foreign
government, or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of any one or
more of the foregoing. A person is described in this paragraph (b) if
it is a foreign government, any political subdivision of a foreign
government, or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of any one or
more of the foregoing.
(1) Definition. Solely for purposes of this section, the term
foreign government, any political subdivision of a foreign government,
or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of any one or more of the
foregoing means only the integral parts or controlled entities of a
foreign sovereign.
(2) Integral part. Solely for purposes of paragraph (b) of this
section, an integral part of a foreign sovereign is any person, body of
persons, organization, agency, bureau, fund, instrumentality, or other
body, however designated, that constitutes a governing authority of a
foreign country. The net earnings of the governing authority must be
credited to its own account or to other accounts of the foreign
sovereign, with no portion inuring to the benefit of any private
person. An integral part does not include any individual who is a
sovereign, official, or administrator acting in a private or personal
capacity. All the facts and circumstances will be taken into account in
determining whether an individual is acting in a private or personal
capacity.
(3) Controlled entity. (i) Solely for purposes of paragraph (b) of
this section, a controlled entity means an entity that is separate in
form from a foreign sovereign or that otherwise constitutes a separate
juridical entity, but satisfies the following requirements--
(A) It is wholly owned and controlled by a foreign sovereign
directly or indirectly through one or more controlled entities;
(B) Its net earnings are credited to its own account or to other
accounts of the foreign sovereign, with no portion of its income
inuring to the benefit of any private person as defined in paragraph
(b)(4) of this section; and
(C) Its assets vest in the foreign sovereign upon dissolution. (ii)
A controlled entity also includes a partnership or any other entity
owned and controlled by more than one foreign sovereign, so long as it
otherwise satisfies paragraphs (b)(3)(i)(A) through (C) of this
section, after replacing ``foreign sovereign'' with ``one or more
foreign sovereigns'' in each place it appears therein.
(4) Inurement to the benefit of private persons. Solely for
purposes of this paragraph (b)--
(i) Income will be presumed not to inure to the benefit of private
persons if such persons (within the meaning of section 7701(a)(1)) are
the intended beneficiaries of a governmental program that is carried on
by the foreign sovereign and the activities of which constitute
governmental functions (within the meaning of the regulations under
section 892).
(ii) Income will be considered to inure to the benefit of private
persons if such income benefits--
(A) Private persons through the use of a governmental entity as a
conduit for personal investment, including the operation of a
commercial banking business providing services to private persons; or
(B) Private persons who divert such income from its intended use by
the exertion of influence or control through means explicitly or
implicitly approved of by the foreign sovereign.
(5) Commercial activities. Solely for purposes of paragraph (b) of
this section, the definition of a foreign government, any political
subdivision of a foreign government, or any wholly owned agency or
instrumentality of any one or more of the foregoing provided in this
paragraph (b) applies regardless of whether income is derived from the
conduct of a commercial activity as defined in the regulations under
section 892, except to the extent that such activity is conducted by a
controlled entity that is a financial institution within the meaning of
Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(1)(i) or (ii).
(c) International organization and any wholly owned agency or
instrumentality thereof. A person is described in this paragraph (c) if
it is an international organization and any wholly owned agency or
instrumentality thereof, as defined in section 7701(a)(18).
(d) Foreign central bank of issue. (1) A person is described in
this paragraph (d) if it is a foreign central bank of issue. Solely for
purposes of this section, the term foreign central bank of issue means
a bank which is by law or government sanction the principal authority,
other than the government itself, issuing instruments intended to
circulate as currency. Such a bank is generally the custodian of the
banking reserves of the country under whose law it is organized.
(2) A foreign central bank of issue may include an instrumentality
that is separate from a foreign government, whether or not owned in
whole or in part by a foreign government. For example, foreign banks
organized along the lines of, and performing functions similar to, the
Federal Reserve System qualify as foreign central banks of issue for
purposes of this section.
(3) The Bank for International Settlements shall be treated as
though it were a foreign central bank of issue for purposes of chapter
4 of the Internal Revenue Code.
(4) Solely for purposes of determining whether an entity is an
exempt beneficial owner under section 1471(f), a foreign central bank
is a beneficial owner with respect to income earned on collateral held
by the foreign central bank in the normal course of its operations.
(e) Governments of U.S. possessions. A person is described in this
paragraph (f) if it is a government of a United States possession.
Whether a person or entity constitutes a government of a United States
possession for purposes of this chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code
will be determined by applying principles analogous to those set forth
in paragraph (b) of this section.
(f) Certain retirement funds--(1) Requirements. A fund is described
in this paragraph (f) if it is the beneficial owner of the payment and
the fund meets the requirements described in paragraph (f)(1)(i) or
(ii) of this section.
(i) A fund meets the requirements of this paragraph (f)(1)(i) if
the fund--
(A) Is established in a country with which the United States has an
income tax treaty in force and is generally exempt from income taxation
in that country;
(B) Is operated principally to administer or provide pension or
retirement benefits; and
(C) Is entitled to benefits under the treaty on income that the
fund derives from U.S. sources as a resident of the other country that
satisfies any applicable limitation on benefits requirement.
(ii) A fund meets the requirements of this paragraph (f)(1)(ii) if
the fund--
(A) Is formed for the provision of retirement or pension benefits
under the law of the country in which is established;
(B) Receives all of its contributions (other than transfers of
assets from accounts described in Sec. 1.1471-5(b)(2)(i)(A) or other
plans described in Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(2)(ii) or this paragraph (f)) from
government, employer, or employee contributions that are limited by
reference to earned income;
(C) Does not have a single beneficiary with a right to more than
five percent of the entity's assets; and
[[Page 9095]]
(D) Is exempt from tax on investment income under the laws of the
country in which it is established or in which it operates due to its
status as a retirement or pension plan, or receives 50 percent or more
of its total contributions (other than transfers of assets from
accounts described in Sec. 1.1471-5(b)(2)(i)(A) or other plans
described in Sec. 1.1471-5(f)(2)(ii) or this paragraph (f)) from the
government and the employer.
(2) Examples. The following examples illustrate the provisions of
paragraph (f) of this section:
Example 1. FP, a foreign pension fund established in Country X,
is generally exempt from income taxation in Country X, and is
operated principally to provide retirement benefits in such country.
The U.S.-Country X income tax treaty is identical in all material
respects to the 2006 U.S. model income tax convention. FP is a
resident of Country X under Article 4(2)(a) and a qualified person
under Article 22(2)(d) of the U.S.-Country X income tax treaty.
Therefore, FP is a pension fund described in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of
this section.
Example 2. FC, a State F foreign corporation formed a pension
trust to provide pension benefits under the law of State and
pursuant to a retirement plan for its employees and former
employees. Retirement benefits under the plan are based on a
percentage of the final year's salary paid to an individual, times
the number of years of service. Pursuant to the plan, all
contributions (calculated as a percentage of the employee's salary)
are made by FC to the pension trust. The income of the trust is
credited to the trust's account and subsequently used to satisfy the
pension plan's obligations to retired employees. No single
beneficiary is entitled to more than 5% of the trust's assets. State
F does not have an income tax treaty with the United States. The
trust is a foreign employer sponsored retirement plan that meets the
requirements of paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section.
Example 3. The facts are the same as in Example 1, except that
Country X does not have a treaty with the United States and
employees are allowed to make contributions to the trust based on a
percentage of compensation income, and such contributions are
credited to the employee's account as well as interest accrued on
such contributions. Retirement benefits will reflect the amounts
credited to the individual accounts. No single beneficiary is
entitled to more than 5% of the trust's assets. The pension plan is
acting as an investment conduit and is not the beneficial owner of
the amounts credited to the individual accounts. As a result, such
plan is not a foreign employer sponsored retirement plan that meets
the requirements of paragraph (f)(1) of this section. See Sec.
1.1471-5(b)(2) for an exception for certain accounts that are part
of a retirement plan that acts as an investment conduit.
(g) Entities wholly owned by exempt beneficial owners. A person is
described in this paragraph (g) if it is an FFI that is described in
Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(1)(iii), as long as such FFI is wholly owned by one
or more entities described in paragraph (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f) of
this section.
(h) Effective/applicability date. The rules of this section apply
on [EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 9. Section 1.1472-1 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1472-1 Withholding on NFFEs.
(a) Overview. This section provides rules for withholding under
section 1472. This paragraph (a) provides a general overview. Paragraph
(b) of this section provides the general rule for withholding on
withholdable payments made to an NFFE, including a coordinating rule
for withholdable payments made by participating FFIs. Paragraph (c) of
this section provides exceptions from withholding on withholdable
payments made to certain NFFEs. Paragraph (d) of this section provides
rules for establishing the status of a payee and when a withholding
agent may treat a payee as the beneficial owner of the payment for
purposes of this section. Paragraph (e) of this section provides a
cross-reference to Sec. 1.1474-1 for information reporting
requirements on withholdable payments made to a payee and the income
tax filing requirement of a withholding agent that withholds under this
section. Paragraph (e) of this section also sets forth information
reporting rules with respect to substantial U.S. owners of certain
NFFEs. Paragraph (f) of this section provides the effective date of
this section.
(b) Withholdable payments made to an NFFE--(1) In general. Except
as otherwise provided in paragraph (b)(2) or (c) of this section, a
withholding agent must withhold 30 percent of any withholdable payment
made to a payee that is an NFFE unless--
(i) The beneficial owner of such payment is the NFFE or any other
NFFE;
(ii) The withholding agent can, pursuant to paragraph (d) of this
section, treat the beneficial owner of the payment as an NFFE that does
not have any substantial U.S. owners, or as an NFFE that has identified
its substantial U.S. owners; and
(iii) The withholding agent reports the information described in
paragraph (e) of this section relating to any substantial U.S. owners
of the beneficial owner of such payment.
(2) Coordination of withholding requirements under section 1472
applicable to participating FFIs. A participating FFI must comply with
the provisions set forth in Sec. 1.1471-4(b) and its FFI agreement to
determine its withholding obligations under section 1472 and paragraph
(b) of this section with respect to any withholding payment made to a
payee that is an NFFE. See also Sec. 1.1471-2(a)(3) for coordination
of withholding requirements applicable to participating FFIs under
section 1471(a) and (b).
(c) Exceptions--(1) Beneficial owner that is an excepted NFFE. A
withholding agent is not required to withhold under section 1472(a) and
paragraph (b) of this section on a withholdable payment (or portion
thereof) if the withholding agent may treat the payment as beneficially
owned by an excepted NFFE. For purposes of this paragraph (c)(1), an
excepted NFFE means an NFFE that is one of the following--
(i) Publicly traded corporation. A corporation the stock of which
is regularly traded on one or more established securities markets.
(A) Regularly traded. For purposes of this section, stock of a
corporation is regularly traded on one or more established securities
markets for a calendar year if--
(1) One or more classes of stock of the corporation that, in the
aggregate, represent more than 50 percent of the total combined voting
power of all classes of stock of such corporation entitled to vote and
of the total value of the stock of such corporation are listed on such
market or markets during the prior calendar year; and
(2) With respect to each class relied on to meet the more than 50
percent listing requirement of paragraph (c)(1)(i)(A)(1) of this
section--
(i) Trades in each such class are effected, other than in de
minimis quantities, on such market or markets on at least 60 days
during the prior calendar year; and
(ii) The aggregate number of shares in each such class that are
traded on such market or markets during the prior year are at least ten
percent of the average number of shares outstanding in that class
during the prior calendar year.
(B) Entities treated as meeting the regularly traded requirement. A
class of stock shall be considered to meet the trading requirements of
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section for a calendar year if the stock is
traded during such year on an established securities market located in
the United States and is regularly quoted by dealers making a market in
the stock. A dealer makes a market in a stock only if the dealer
regularly and actively offers to, and in fact does, purchase the stock
from, and sell the stock to, customers who are not related persons (as
defined in section 954(d)(3)) with respect to the dealer in
[[Page 9096]]
the ordinary course of a trade or business.
(C) Established securities market--(1) In general. For purposes of
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, the term established securities
market means, for any calendar year--
(i) A foreign securities exchange that is officially recognized,
sanctioned, or supervised by a governmental authority of the foreign
country in which the market is located, and has an annual value of
shares traded on the exchange (or a predecessor exchange) exceeding $1
billion during each of the three calendar years immediately preceding
the beginning of the calendar year in which the determination is being
made;
(ii) A national securities exchange which is registered under
section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 USC 78f) or the
Securities and Exchange Commission;
(iii) Any exchange designated under a Limitation on Benefits
article of an income tax treaty with the United States that is
currently in force; and
(iv) Any other exchange that the Secretary may designate in
published guidance.
(2) Foreign exchange with multiple tiers. If an exchange in a
foreign country has more than one tier or market level on which stock
may be separately listed or traded, each such tier shall be treated as
a separate exchange.
(3) Discretion to determine that an exchange does not qualify as an
established securities market. The Commissioner may provide in
published guidance that a securities exchange that otherwise meets the
requirements of paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C) of this section does not qualify
as an established securities market, if--
(i) The exchange does not have adequate listing, financial
disclosure, or trading requirements (or does not adequately enforce
such requirements); or
(ii) There is not clear and convincing evidence that the exchange
ensures the active trading of listed stocks.
(4) Computation of dollar value of stock traded. For purposes of
paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C)(1)(i) of this section, the value in U.S. dollars
of shares traded during a calendar year shall be determined on the
basis of the dollar value of such shares traded as reported by the
International Federation of Stock Exchanges located in Paris, or, if
not so reported, then by converting into U.S. dollars the aggregate
value in local currency of the shares traded using an exchange rate
equal to the average of the spot rates on the last day of each month of
the calendar year.
(ii) Certain affiliated entities related to a publicly traded
corporation. Any corporation that is a member of the same expanded
affiliated group (as defined in Sec. 1.1471-5(i)) as a corporation
described in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section.
(iii) Certain territory entities. Any territory entity that is
directly or indirectly wholly owned by one or more bona fide residents
of the same U.S. possession under the laws of which the entity is
organized. The term bona fide resident of a U.S. possession means an
individual who qualifies as a bona fide resident under section 937(a)
and Sec. 1.937-1.
(iv) Exempt beneficial owner described in Sec. 1.1471-6(b) through
(g). An entity that is an exempt beneficial owner described in any of
Sec. 1.1471-6(b) through (g).
(v) Active NFFEs. Any entity that is an active NFFE. The term
active NFFE means an NFFE if less than 50 percent of its gross income
for the preceding calendar year is passive income or less than 50
percent of the assets held by the NFFE at any time during the preceding
calendar year are assets that produce or are held for the production of
passive income. For purposes of this paragraph (c)(1)(v), the term
passive income means the portion of gross income that consists of--
(A) Dividends;
(B) Interest;
(C) Rents and royalties, other than rents and royalties derived in
the active conduct of a trade or business conducted by employees of the
NFFE;
(D) Annuities;
(E) Death benefits from life insurance contracts (under U.S. or
applicable law);
(F) Amounts received from or with respect to a pool of insurance
contracts if the amounts received depend upon the performance of the
pool;
(G) The excess of gains over losses from the sale or exchange of
property that gives rise to passive income described in paragraphs
(c)(1)(v)(A) through (G) of this section;
(H) The excess of gains over losses from transactions (including
futures, forwards, and similar transactions) in any commodities, but
not including any commodity hedging transaction described in section
954(c)(5)(A), determined by treating the corporation or partnership as
a controlled foreign corporation;
(I) The excess of foreign currency gains over foreign currency
losses (as defined in section 988(b)) attributable to any section 988
transaction; and
(J) Net income from notional principal contracts as defined in
Sec. 1.446-3(c)(1).
(vi) Excepted FFIs. Any entity described in Sec. 1.1471-5(e)(5).
(2) Payments made to a WP or WT. A withholding agent is not
required to withhold on a withholdable payment (or portion thereof)
under section 1472(a) and paragraph (b) of this section if the
withholding agent may treat the payee as an NFFE that is a WP or WT.
(d) Rules for determining payee and beneficial owner--(1) In
general. For purposes of this section, except in the case of a payee
that is a WP or WT, a withholding agent may treat a withholdable
payment as beneficially owned by the payee as determined under Sec.
1.1471-3. Thus, a withholding agent may treat a withholdable payment as
beneficially owned by an excepted NFFE if the withholding agent can
reliably associate the payment with valid documentation to determine
the payee's status as an excepted NFFE under the rules of Sec. 1.1471-
3(d).
(2) Payments made to an NFFE that is a WP or WT. A withholding
agent may treat the payee of a withholdable payment as an NFFE that is
a WP or WT if the withholding agent can reliably associate the payment
with valid documentation to determine the payee's status under the
rules of Sec. 1.1471-3(b)(3) and (d).
(3) Payments made to a partner or beneficiary of an NFFE that is an
NWP or NWT. A withholding agent may treat a partner or beneficiary of
an NFFE that is an NWP or NWT, respectively, as the payee of a
withholdable payment under this section if the withholding agent can
reliably associate the payment with a valid Form W-8 or written
notification that the NFFE is a flow-through entity as described in
Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(2), including valid documentation sufficient to
establish the chapter 4 status of each payee of the payment that is a
partner or beneficiary, respectively, by applying the rules described
in Sec. 1.1471-3(d).
(4) Payments made to a beneficial owner that is an NFFE. A
withholding agent may treat the beneficial owner of a withholdable
payment as an NFFE that does not have any substantial U.S. owners or
that has identified all of its substantial U.S. owners if it can
reliably associate the payment with valid documentation identifying the
beneficial owner as an NFFE that does not have any substantial U.S.
owners or that has identified all of its substantial U.S. owners by
applying the rules described in Sec. 1.1471-3(d).
(5) Absence of valid documentation. A withholding agent that cannot
reliably associate the payment with documentation as described in any
of paragraphs (d)(2) through (4) of this
[[Page 9097]]
section must treat the payment as made to a payee in accordance with
the presumption rules under Sec. 1.1471-3(f).
(e) Information reporting requirements--(1) Reporting on
withholdable payments. A withholding agent that treats a withholdable
payment as made to any payee described in paragraph (d) of this section
must provide information about such payee on Form 1042-S and file a
withholding income tax return on Form 1042 to the extent required under
Sec. 1.1474-1(d) and (c), respectively.
(2) Reporting on substantial U.S. owners. A withholding agent that
receives information about any substantial U.S. owners of an NFFE that
is not excepted under paragraph (c) of this section must report to the
IRS on a designated form, on or before March 15 of the calendar year
following the year in which the withholdable payment was made, the
following information--
(i) Name of the NFFE that is owned by a substantial U.S. owner;
(ii) Name of each such owner;
(iii) Each such owner's TIN;
(iv) The mailing address for each such owner; and
(v) Any other information as required by the designated form and
its accompanying instructions.
(f) Effective/applicability date. The rules of this section apply
on [EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 10. Section 1.1473-1 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1473-1 Section 1473 definitions.
(a) Definition of withholdable payment--(1) In general. Except as
otherwise provided in this paragraph (a), the term withholdable payment
means--
(i) Any payment of U.S. source FDAP income (as defined in paragraph
(a)(2) of this section); and
(ii) For any sales or other dispositions occurring after December
31, 2014, any gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition (as
defined in paragraph (a)(3)(i)) of any property of a type which can
produce interest or dividends that are U.S. source FDAP income.
(2) U.S. source FDAP income defined--(i) In general--(A) FDAP
income defined. Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B) of this
section, for purposes of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code the
term FDAP income means fixed or determinable annual or periodic income
that is described in Sec. 1.1441-2(b)(1) or 1.1441-2(c).
(B) U.S. source. The term U.S. source FDAP income means FDAP
income, as defined in paragraph (a)(2)(i)(A) of this section, that is
derived from sources within the United States as described in paragraph
(a)(2)(ii) of this section, including (but not limited to) the types of
income enumerated in paragraphs (a)(2)(iii) through (vi) of this
section. Except as provided in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, no
exception to withholding on U.S. source FDAP income applies for
purposes of determining whether a payment of such income is a
withholdable payment. Thus, an exclusion from an amount subject to
withholding under Sec. 1.1441-2(a) for purposes of chapter 3 or an
exclusion from taxation under section 881 shall not apply for purposes
of determining whether income is U.S. source FDAP income under this
paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B).
(ii) Determination of source of income--(A) In general. Except as
provided in paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, a payment is
derived from sources within the United States if it is income treated
as derived from sources within the United States under sections 861
through 865 and other relevant provisions of the Code. In the case of a
payment of FDAP income for which the source of the payment cannot be
determined at the time the payment is made, the payment shall be
treated by a withholding agent as being from sources within the United
States for purposes of paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B) of this section.
(B) Special source rule for certain interest. Interest that is
described in section 861(a)(1)(A)(i) or (ii) shall be treated as U.S.
source FDAP income under this paragraph (a)(2).
(iii) Original issue discount. For purposes of chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code, the rules described in Sec. 1.1441-2(b)(3)(ii)
for determining when an amount representing original issue discount is
subject to withholding for chapter 3 purposes will apply to determine
when original issue discount from sources within the United States is
U.S. source FDAP income under this paragraph (a)(2).
(iv) REMIC residual interests. U.S. source FDAP income includes an
amount described in Sec. 1.1441-2(b)(5).
(v) Withholding liability of payee that is satisfied by withholding
agent. If a withholding agent satisfies a withholding liability arising
under chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to a
withholdable payment from the withholding agent's own funds, the
satisfaction of such liability shall be treated as an additional
payment of U.S. source FDAP income made to the payee to the extent that
the withholding agent's satisfaction of such withholding also satisfies
a tax liability of the payee under section 881 or 871 with respect to
the same payment, and the satisfaction of the tax liability constitutes
additional income to the payee under Sec. 1.1441-3(f) that is U.S.
source FDAP income. In such a case, the amount of any additional
payment treated as made by the withholding agent for purposes of this
paragraph (a)(2)(v) and any tax liability resulting from such payment
shall be determined under Sec. 1.1441-3(f). See Sec. 1.1474-6
regarding the coordination of the withholding requirements under
chapters 3 and 4 in the case of a withholdable payment that is also
subject to withholding under chapter 3.
(vi) Special rule for sales of interest bearing debt obligations.
Income that is otherwise described as U.S. source FDAP income in
paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (v) of this section does not include an
amount of interest accrued on the date of a sale or exchange of an
interest bearing debt obligation when the sale occurs between two
interest payment dates.
(vii) Payment of U.S. source FDAP income--(A) Amount of payment of
U.S. source FDAP income. The amount of U.S. source FDAP income is the
gross amount of the payment of such income, unreduced by any deductions
or offsets. The rules described in Sec. 1.1441-3(b)(1) shall apply to
determine the amount of an interest payment on an interest-bearing
obligation. In the case of a corporate distribution, the distributing
corporation or intermediary shall determine the portion of the
distribution that is treated as U.S. source FDAP income under this
paragraph (a)(2) in the same manner as the distributing corporation or
intermediary determines the portion of the distribution subject to
withholding under Sec. 1.1441-3(c). Any portion of a payment on a debt
instrument or a corporate distribution that does not constitute U.S.
source FDAP income under this paragraph (a)(2) solely because of a
provision other than the source rules of sections 861 through 865 shall
be taken into account as gross proceeds under paragraph (a)(3) of this
section. For rules regarding the determination of the amount of a
payment of U.S. source FDAP income under paragraph (a)(2) of this
section made in a medium other than U.S. dollars, see Sec. 1.1441-
3(e). For determining the amount of a payment of a dividend equivalent,
see section 871(m) and the regulations thereunder.
(B) When payment of U.S. source FDAP income is made. A payment is
considered made when the amount would be includible in the income of
the beneficial owner under the U.S. tax principles governing the cash
basis method of accounting. If an FFI acts as an intermediary with
respect to a
[[Page 9098]]
payment of U.S. source FDAP, the FFI will be treated as making a
payment of such U.S. source FDAP to the person with respect to which
the FFI acts as an intermediary when it pays or credits such amount to
such person. For rules regarding when a payment is considered made in
the case of income allocated under section 482 that apply for purposes
of this paragraph (a)(2)(vii)(B), see Sec. 1.1441-2(e)(2). The rules
of Sec. 1.1441-2(e)(3) regarding blocked income apply for purposes of
this paragraph (a)(2)(vii)(B). The rules of Sec. 1.1441-2(e)(4)
regarding when a dividend is considered paid apply for purposes of this
paragraph (a)(2)(vii)(B). For rules regarding when interest is
considered paid if a foreign person has made an election under Sec.
1.884-4(c)(1), see Sec. 1.1441-2(e)(5).
(3) Gross proceeds defined--(i) Sale or other disposition--(A) In
general. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (a)(3)(i), the
term sale or other disposition means any sale, exchange, or disposition
of property described in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section that
requires recognition of gain or loss under section 1001, without regard
to whether the owner of such property is a foreign person that is not
subject to U.S. Federal income tax with respect to such sale, exchange,
or disposition. The term sale or other disposition includes (but is not
limited to) sales of securities, redemptions of stock, retirements and
redemptions of indebtedness, and entering into short sales and a
closing transaction in a forward contract, option or other instrument
that is otherwise a sale. Such term further includes a distribution
from a corporation to the extent the distribution is a return of
capital or a capital gain to the beneficial owner of the payment. Such
term does not include grants or purchases of options, exercises of call
options for physical delivery, or mere executions of contracts that
require delivery of personal property or an interest therein. For
purposes of this section only, a constructive sale under section 1259
or a mark to fair market value under section 475 or 1296 is not a sale
or disposition.
(B) Special rule for sales effected by brokers. In the case of a
sale effected by a broker (with the term ``effect'' defined in Sec.
1.6045-1(a)(10)), a sale means a sale as defined in Sec. 1.6045-
1(a)(9) with respect to property described in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of
this section.
(C) Special rule for gross proceeds from sales settled by clearing
organization. In the case of a clearing organization that settles sales
and purchases of securities between members of such organization on a
net basis, the gross proceeds from a sale or disposition are limited to
the net amount paid or credited to a member's account that is
associated with a sale of property described in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of
this section by such member as of the time that such transaction is
settled under the settlement procedures of such organization. A
clearing organization for purposes of this paragraph (a)(3)(i)(C) is an
entity that is in the business of holding securities for member
organizations and transferring securities among such members by credit
or debit to the account of a member without the necessity of physical
delivery of the securities.
(ii) Property of a type that can produce interest or dividends that
are U.S. source FDAP income--(A) In general. Property is of a type that
can produce interest or dividends that are U.S. source FDAP income when
the property is of a type that ordinarily gives rise to the payment of
interest or dividends constituting U.S. source FDAP income, regardless
of whether any such payment is made during the period such property is
held by the person selling or disposing of such property. Thus, for
example, stock issued by a domestic corporation is property of a type
that can produce dividends from sources within the United States if a
dividend from such corporation would be from sources within the United
States, regardless of whether the stock pays dividends at regular
intervals and regardless of whether the issuer has any plans to pay
dividends or has ever paid a dividend with respect to the stock.
(B) Termination of specified notional principal contract. In the
case of a termination that requires recognition of gain or loss under
section 1001 of a contract that can produce the payment of a dividend
equivalent as defined in section 871(m), such contract shall be treated
as property that is described in paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(A) of this
section, without regard to whether the taxpayer is a foreign person
subject to U.S. Federal income tax with respect to such transaction. To
the extent that the proceeds from such termination include the payment
of a dividend equivalent, the gross amount of such proceeds will not
include the amount of such dividend equivalent.
(C) Registered investment company distributions. The amount of a
distribution that is designated as a capital gain dividend under
section 852(b)(3)(C) or 871(k)(2) is a payment of gross proceeds to the
extent attributable to property described in paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(A) of
this section.
(iii) Payment of gross proceeds--(A) When gross proceeds are paid.
With respect to a sale that is effected by a broker that results in a
payment of gross proceeds as defined under this paragraph (a)(3), the
date the gross proceeds are considered paid is the date that the
proceeds of such sale are credited to the account of or otherwise made
available to the person entitled to the payment. In a case in which
gross proceeds are paid to a financial institution or other entity
acting as an intermediary for the person selling or otherwise disposing
of the property, the gross proceeds are considered paid to such person
on the date that the proceeds are credited to the account of or
otherwise made available to such institution.
(B) Amount of gross proceeds. Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (a)(3)--
(1) The amount of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition
means the total amount realized as a result of a sale or other
disposition of property described in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) under section
1001;
(2) In the case of a sale effected by a broker, the amount of gross
proceeds from a sale or other disposition means the total amount paid
or credited to the account of the person entitled to the payment
increased by any amount not so paid by reason of the repayment of
margin loans. The broker may but is not required to take commissions
into account with respect to the sale in determining the amount of
gross proceeds;
(3) In the case of a corporate distribution, the amount treated as
gross proceeds excludes the amount described in paragraph
(a)(2)(vii)(A) of this section that is treated as U.S source FDAP
income;
(4) In the case of a sale of an obligation described in paragraph
(a)(2)(vi), gross proceeds includes any interest accrued between
interest payment dates; and
(5) In the case of a sale, retirement, or redemption of a debt
obligation, gross proceeds excludes the amount of original issue
discount treated as U.S. source FDAP income under paragraph (a)(2)(iii)
of this section.
(iv) Withholding requirements on gross proceeds. For the
withholding requirements with respect to a payment constituting gross
proceeds and for determining the withholding agent that is required to
withhold on such payment, see Sec. 1.1471-2(a)(2)(v).
(4) Payments not treated as withholdable payments. The following
payments are not withholdable
[[Page 9099]]
payments under paragraph (a)(1) of this section--
(i) Certain short-term obligations. A payment of interest or
original issue discount on short-term obligations described in section
871(g)(1)(B)(i) or 881(f).
(ii) Effectively connected income. Any item of income that is taken
into account under section 871(b)(1) or 882(a)(1) for the taxable year.
An item of income is taken into account under section 871(b)(1) or
882(a)(1) when the income is (or is deemed to be) effectively connected
with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States and is
includible in the beneficial owner's gross income for the taxable year.
An amount of income shall not be treated as taken into account under
section 871(b)(1) or 882(a)(1) if the income is (or is deemed to be)
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the
United States and the beneficial owner claims an exception from tax
under an income tax treaty because the income is not attributable to a
permanent establishment in the United States.
(iii) Ordinary course of business payments. Payments made in the
ordinary course of the withholding agent's business for nonfinancial
services, goods, and the use of property. Such payments include
ordinary course payments for nonfinancial services, wages, office and
equipment leases, software licenses, transportation, freight, gambling
winnings, awards, prizes, scholarships, and interest on outstanding
accounts payable arising from the acquisition of nonfinancial services,
goods, and other tangible property. Ordinary course payments do not
include dividends; any interest other than interest described in the
preceding sentence; dividend equivalent payments with respect to which
the withholding agent acts as custodian, intermediary, or agent; or
bank or brokerage fees.
(iv) Gross proceeds from sales of excluded property. Gross proceeds
from the sale or other disposition of any property that can produce
U.S. source FDAP income excluded from the definition of withholdable
payment under paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section.
(v) Fractional Shares. Sales described in Sec. 1.6045-1(c)(3)(ix).
(5) Special payment rules for flow-through entities, complex
trusts, and estates--(i) In general. This paragraph (a)(5) provides
special rules for a flow-through entity, complex trust, or estate to
determine when such entity must treat U.S. source FDAP income as having
been paid by such entity to its partners, owners, or beneficiaries (as
applicable depending on the type of entity).
(ii) Partnerships. An amount of U.S. source FDAP income is treated
as being paid to a partner under rules similar to the rules prescribing
when withholding is required for chapter 3 purposes as described in
Sec. 1.1441-5(b)(2)(i)(A).
(iii) Simple trusts. An amount of U.S. source FDAP income is
treated as being paid to a beneficiary of a simple trust under rules
similar to the rules prescribing when withholding is required for
chapter 3 purposes as described in Sec. 1.1441-5(b)(2)(ii).
(iv) Complex trusts and estates. An amount of U.S. source FDAP
income is treated as paid to a beneficiary of a complex trust or estate
under rules similar to the rules prescribing when withholding is
required for chapter 3 purposes as described in Sec. 1.1441-
5(b)(2)(iii).
(v) Grantor trusts. In a case in which an amount of U.S. source
FDAP income is paid to a grantor trust, a person treated as an owner of
such trust is treated as having been paid such income by the trust at
the time it is received by or credited to the trust.
(vi) Special rule for NWP or NWT. In the case of a partnership,
simple trust, or complex trust that is a NWP or NWT, the rules
described in paragraphs 5(ii) and (iii) shall not apply, and U.S.
source FDAP income is treated as paid to the partner or beneficiary at
the time the income is paid to the partnership or trust, respectively.
(vii) Special rule for determining when gross proceeds are treated
as paid to partner, owner, or beneficiary of a flow through entity.
[Reserved].
(6) Reporting of withholdable payments. See Sec. 1.1474-1(c) and
(d) for a description of the income tax return and information
reporting requirements applicable to a withholding agent that has made
a withholdable payment.
(7) Example. Satisfaction of payee's chapter 4 liability by
withholding agent. FFI1 is entitled to receive a payment of $100 of
U.S. source interest from withholding agent, WA. The payment is
subject to withholding under chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code,
but is not subject to withholding under section 1442, and FFI1 has
no substantive tax liability under section 881 with respect to this
payment. A pays the full $100 to FFI1 and, after the date of
payment, pays the $30 of tax due under chapter 4 to the IRS from its
own funds. Because no underlying tax liability of FFI1 is satisfied,
and further because WA and FFI1 did not execute any agreement for WA
to pay this tax and WA did not have an obligation to pay this tax
apart from the requirements of chapter 4, WA's payment of the tax
does not give rise to a deemed payment of U.S. source FDAP income to
FFI1 under paragraph (a)(2)(v) of this section. Thus, WA is not
required to pay any additional tax with respect to this payment for
purposes of chapter 4.
(b) Substantial U.S. owner--(1) Definition. The term substantial
United States owner (or substantial U.S. owner) means:
(i) With respect to any foreign corporation, any specified U.S.
person that owns, directly or indirectly, more than ten percent of the
stock of such corporation (by vote or value);
(ii) With respect to any foreign partnership, any specified U.S.
person that owns, directly or indirectly, more than ten percent of the
profits interests or capital interests in such partnership; and
(iii) In the case of a trust--
(A) Any specified U.S. person treated as an owner of any portion of
such trust under subpart E of Part I of subchapter J of chapter 1
(sections 671 through 679); or
(B) Any specified U.S. person that holds, directly or indirectly,
more than ten percent of the beneficial interests of such trust.
(2) Direct and indirect ownership in foreign entities. For purposes
of this paragraph (b), ownership includes direct ownership and indirect
ownership by application of paragraph (b)(2)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this
section.
(i) Indirect ownership of stock. Stock owned directly or indirectly
by an entity (other than a participating FFI, a deemed-compliant FFI
(excluding an owner-documented FFI), a U.S. financial institution, or
an entity described in Sec. 1.1471-6 or 1.1472-1(c)(1)) that is a
corporation, partnership, or trust shall be considered as being owned
proportionately by its shareholders, partners, grantors or others
persons treated as owners under sections 671 through 679 of any portion
of the trust that includes the stock, or beneficiaries, respectively.
Stock considered to be owned by a person by reason of the application
of the preceding sentence shall, for purposes of applying such
sentence, be treated as actually owned by such person.
(ii) Indirect ownership in a partnership or beneficial trust
interest. A capital or profits interest in a partnership or an
ownership or beneficial trust interest (as defined in paragraph (b)(3)
of this section) owned or held directly or indirectly by an entity
(other than a participating FFI, a deemed-compliant FFI, a U.S.
financial institution, or an entity described in Sec. 1.1471-6 or
1.1472-1(c)(1)) that is a corporation, partnership, or trust shall be
considered as being owned or held proportionately by its shareholders,
[[Page 9100]]
partners, grantors or others persons treated as owners under sections
671 through 679 of any portion of the trust that includes the
partnership or beneficial trust interest, or beneficiaries,
respectively. Partnership or beneficial trust interests considered to
be owned or held by a person by reason of the application of the
preceding sentence shall, for purposes of applying such sentence, be
treated as actually owned or held by such person.
(iii) Indirect ownership through U.S. persons. Attribution under
these rules shall not stop with a specified U.S. person in the chain of
ownership running from the foreign entity that does not meet the
definition of a substantial U.S. owner to the extent that the result of
further attribution would be to treat a specified U.S. person as a
substantial U.S. owner.
(iv) Ownership and holdings through options. If any specified U.S.
person holds, directly or indirectly applying the principles of
paragraphs (b)(2)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this section, an option to
acquire stock in a corporation or an option to acquire a capital or
profits interest in a partnership or an ownership or beneficial
interest in a trust, such option shall be considered as ownership of
the underlying equity or other ownership interest by such person in
such entity for purposes of this paragraph (b). For purposes of the
preceding sentence, an option to acquire such an option, and each one
of a series of such options, shall be considered as an option to
acquire such stock or other ownership interest described in this
paragraph (b)(2)(iv).
(v) Determination of proportionate interest. For purposes of this
paragraph (b), and except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b)(3) of
this section, the determination of a person's proportionate interest in
a corporation, partnership, or trust is based on all relevant facts and
circumstances. In this determination, any arrangement that artificially
decreases a specified U.S. person's proportionate interest in any such
entity will not be recognized in determining whether such person is a
substantial U.S. owner.
(3) Beneficial trust interests--(i) Holding a beneficial interest--
(A) In general. For purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(B) of this
section, a specified U.S. person will be treated as directly or
indirectly holding a beneficial interest in a foreign trust if such
specified U.S. person has the right to receive directly or indirectly
(for example, through a nominee) a mandatory distribution or may
receive, directly or indirectly, a discretionary distribution from the
trust. Whether a person has a right to a mandatory distribution is
determined taking into account all facts and circumstances.
(B) Discretionary distribution. A discretionary distribution is a
distribution at the discretion of the trustee of such trust.
(ii) Valuation rules for beneficial interests in foreign trusts. If
a specified U.S. person is a beneficiary of a foreign trust and may
receive solely one or more discretionary distributions, the value of
the specified U.S. person's interest in the foreign trust is the fair
market value of the currency and other property distributed from the
foreign trust to the specified U.S. person during the prior calendar
year. If a specified U.S. person is a beneficiary of a foreign trust
and has the right to receive solely mandatory distributions from the
trust, the value of the specified U.S. person's interest in the foreign
trust is determined under section 7520. If a specified U.S. person is a
beneficiary of a foreign trust and has the right to receive mandatory
distributions and discretionary distributions from the trust, the value
of the specified U.S. person's interest in the foreign trust is the sum
of the value of all of the currency or other property distributed from
the trust at the discretion of the trustee during the prior calendar
year to the specified U.S. person as a beneficiary and the value of the
specified U.S. person's right as a beneficiary to receive mandatory
distributions from the trust as determined under section 7520.
(iii) Determining the ten percent threshold in the case of a
beneficial interest in a foreign trust--(A) Discretionary beneficial
interests. If a specified U.S. person is a direct or indirect
beneficiary of a foreign trust and may only receive a discretionary
distribution, such person will be treated as holding more than ten
percent of the beneficial interests in such trust if the value of the
currency or other property distributed to such specified U.S. person
during the prior calendar year exceeds ten percent of the value of all
distributions made by such trust during that year.
(B) Mandatory beneficial interests. If a specified U.S. person is a
direct or indirect beneficiary of a foreign trust and has the right to
receive only mandatory distributions from the trust, such person will
be treated as holding more than ten percent of the beneficial interests
in such trust if the value of the person's interest, determined under
paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, exceeds ten percent of the value
of all the assets held by the trust.
(C) Mandatory and discretionary beneficial interests. If a
specified U.S. person is a beneficiary of a foreign trust and such
person has the right to mandatory distributions from the trust and the
opportunity for discretionary distributions from the trust, such person
will be treated as holding more than ten percent of the beneficial
interests in such trust if the value of the person's interest,
determined under paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, exceeds either
ten percent of the value of all distributions made by such trust during
the year or ten percent of the value of all assets of the trust.
(4) Exception for certain beneficial interests. A specified U.S.
person with an interest described in paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A) of this
section shall only be treated as a substantial U.S. owner if the value
of the currency or other property distributed to such specified U.S.
person during the calendar year exceeds $5,000. A specified U.S. person
described in paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(B) or (C) of this section shall only
be treated as a substantial U.S. owner if the value of such person's
interest, determined under paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section,
exceeds $50,000.
(5) Special rule for certain investment vehicles and insurance. In
the case of any financial institution described in Sec. 1.1471-
5(e)(1)(iii) or (iv), paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (iii) of this
section shall be applied by substituting ``zero percent'' for ``ten
percent.''
(6) Determination dates for substantial U.S. owners. A foreign
entity may make the determination of whether it has one or more direct
or indirect substantial U.S. owners as of the last day of such entity's
accounting year or as of the date on which such foreign entity provides
the documentation described in Sec. 1.1471-3(d) to the withholding
agent with which the foreign entity holds an account for which such
determination is required to be made.
(7) Examples. The following examples illustrate the provisions of
paragraph (b) of this section:
Example 1. Indirect ownership. U is a specified U.S. person. U
owns directly 100% of the sole class of stock of F1, a foreign
corporation. F1 owns directly 90% of the sole class of stock of F2,
a foreign corporation, and U owns directly the remaining 10% of the
sole class of stock of F2. F2 owns directly 10% of the sole class of
stock of F3, a foreign corporation, and U owns directly 3% of the
sole class of stock of F3. U is treated as owning 13% of the sole
class of stock of F3 for purposes of this paragraph (b), and is
treated as owning 100% of the sole class of stock of F2 for purposes
of this paragraph (b). U is a substantial U.S. owner of F1, F2, and
F3.
Example 2. Determining the 10% threshold in the case of a
beneficial interest in a foreign
[[Page 9101]]
trust. U, a United States citizen, holds only an interest described
in paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A) in FT1, a foreign trust. U also holds
only an interest described in paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A) in FT2, also
a foreign trust, and FT2, in turn, holds only an interest described
in paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A) in FT1. U receives $25,000 from FT1 in
Year 1. FT2 receives $120,000 from FT1 in Year 1 and distributes the
entire amount to its beneficiaries in year 1. The distribution from
FT1 is FT2's only source of income. U receives $40,000 from FT2. FT1
distributes $750,000 to all of its beneficiaries in Year 1. U's
discretionary interest in FT1 does not meet the 10% threshold as
determined under paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A). See paragraph (b)(3)(ii).
U's discretionary interest in FT2, however, does meet the 10%
threshold as determined under paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A).
Example 3. Determining ownership (determination date). F, a
foreign corporation that is an NFFE, has a calendar year accounting
year. On December 31 of Year 1, U, a specified U.S. person, owns 12%
of the sole class of outstanding stock of F. In March of Year 2, F
redeems a portion of U's stock and reduces U's ownership of F to 9%.
In May of Year 2, F opens an account with P, a participating FFI,
and delivers to P the documentation required under Sec. 1.1471-
3(d). At the time F opens its account with P, U is the only
specified U.S. person that directly or indirectly owns stock in F.
Because of the redemption, U's interest in F is 9% on the date F
opens its account with P. F may determine whether it has a
substantial U.S. owner as of the date it provides the documentation
required under Sec. 1.1471-3(d) to P, which would be the day it
opens the account. As a result, F may indicate in its Sec. 1.1471-
3(d) documentation that it has no substantial U.S. owners.
(c) Specified U.S. person. The term specified United States person
(or specified U.S. person) means any U.S. person other than--
(1) A corporation the stock of which is regularly traded on one or
more established securities markets, as described in Sec. 1.1472-
1(c)(1)(i);
(2) Any corporation that is a member of the same expanded
affiliated group as a corporation described in Sec. 1.1472-1(c)(1)(i);
(3) Any organization exempt from taxation under section 501(a) or
an individual retirement plan as defined in section 7701(a)(37);
(4) The United States or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality
thereof;
(5) Any State, the District of Columbia, any possession of the
United States, any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, or
any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of any one or more of the
foregoing;
(6) Any bank as defined in section 581;
(7) Any real estate investment trust as defined in section 856;
(8) Any regulated investment company as defined in section 851 or
any entity registered with the Securities Exchange Commission under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-64);
(9) Any common trust fund as defined in section 584(a);
(10) Any trust that is exempt from tax under section 664(c) or is
described in section 4947(a)(1);
(11) A dealer in securities, commodities, or derivative financial
instruments (including notional principal contracts, futures, forwards,
and options) that is registered as such under the laws of the United
States or any State; and
(12) A broker as defined in section 6045(c) and Sec. 1.6045-
1(a)(1).
(d) Withholding agent--(1) In general. Except as provided in this
paragraph (d), the term withholding agent means any person, U.S. or
foreign, in whatever capacity acting, that has the control, receipt,
custody, disposal, or payment of a withholdable payment.
(2) Participating FFIs as withholding agents. Except as otherwise
provided in the FFI agreement of a participating FFI, the term
withholding agent includes a participating FFI that has the control,
receipt, custody, disposal, or payment of a passthru payment (as
defined in Sec. 1.1471-5(h)). The term withholding agent also includes
a registered deemed-compliant FFI to the extent that such FFI is
required to withhold on a passthru payment as part of the conditions
for maintaining its status as a deemed-compliant FFI under Sec.
1.1471-5(f)(1)(ii). For the withholding requirements of a participating
FFI with respect to limited branches and limited FFIs that are in the
same expanded affiliated group as the participating FFI, see Sec.
1.1471-4(b).
(3) Grantor trusts as withholding agents. The term withholding
agent includes a grantor trust with respect to a withholdable payment
or a passthru payment (in the case of a grantor trust that is a
participating FFI) made to a person treated as an owner of the trust
under sections 671 through 679. For purposes of determining when a
payment is treated as made to such owner of a trust, see Sec. 1.1473-
1(a)(5)(v).
(4) Deposit and return requirements. See Sec. 1.1474-1(a) for the
requirement of any person that meets the definition of a withholding
agent under this paragraph (d) to deposit any tax withheld, and Sec.
1.1474-1(c) and (d) for the requirement to file income tax and
information returns.
(5) Multiple withholding agents. When several persons qualify as a
withholding agent with respect to a single payment, only one tax is
required to be withheld and deposited. See Sec. 1.1474-1(a). A person
who, as a nominee described in Sec. 1.6031(c)-1T, has furnished to a
partnership all of the information required to be furnished under Sec.
1.6031(c)-1T(a) shall not be treated as a withholding agent if it has
notified the partnership that it is treating the provision of
information to the partnership as a discharge of its obligations as a
withholding agent.
(6) Exception for certain individuals. The term withholding agent
excludes an individual with respect to a withholdable payment made by
such person that is not made in the course of such person's trade or
business (including as an agent with respect to making or receiving
such payment).
(e) Foreign entity. The term foreign entity means any entity that
is not a U.S. person and includes a territory entity.
(f) Effective/applicability date. The rules of this section apply
on [EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 11. Section 1.1474-1 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1474-1 Liability for withheld tax.
(a) Payment and returns of tax withheld--(1) In general. A
withholding agent is required to deposit any tax withheld pursuant to
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code as provided under paragraph (b)
of this section and to make the returns prescribed by paragraphs (c)
and (d) of this section, except as otherwise may be required by an FFI
agreement. When several persons qualify as withholding agents with
respect to a single payment, only one tax is required to be withheld
and deposited.
(2) Withholding agent liability. A withholding agent that is
required to withhold with respect to a payment subject to withholding
under Sec. 1.1471-2(a), 1.1471-4(b) (in the case of a participating
FFI), or 1.1472-1(b) but fails either to withhold or to deposit any tax
withheld with an authorized financial institution, as required under
paragraph (b) of this section, is liable for the amount of tax not
withheld and deposited.
(3) Use of agents--(i) In general. A withholding agent may use an
agent to fulfill its obligations under chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code. The acts of an agent of a withholding agent (including
the receipt of withholding certificates, the payment of amounts of
income subject to withholding, and the deposit of tax withheld) are
imputed to the withholding agent on whose behalf it is acting. For this
purpose, the agent's actual knowledge or reason to know shall be
imputed to the withholding
[[Page 9102]]
agent. The withholding agent's liability under paragraph (a)(2) of this
section will exist irrespective of the fact that the agent is also a
withholding agent and is itself separately liable for failure to comply
with the provisions of chapter 4. However, the same tax, interest, or
penalties shall not be collected more than once. If the agent is a
foreign person, a withholding agent may treat the acts of the foreign
agent as its own for purposes of determining whether it has complied
with the provisions of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code, but only
if--
(A) There is a written agreement between the withholding agent and
the foreign person acting as agent;
(B) Books and records and relevant personnel of the foreign agent
are available (on a continuous basis, including after termination of
the relationship) in order to evaluate the withholding agent's
compliance with the provisions of chapter 4; and
(C) The withholding agent remains fully liable for the acts of its
agent and does not assert any of the defenses that may otherwise be
available, including under common law principles of agency, in order to
avoid tax liability under the Internal Revenue Code.
(ii) Liability of agent of withholding agent. An agent of a
withholding agent is subject to the same withholding and reporting
obligations that apply to any withholding agent under the provisions of
chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code. However, a foreign agent cannot
apply the provisions of this paragraph (a)(3) to appoint another person
its agent with respect to the payments it receives from the withholding
agent.
(4) Liability for failure to obtain documentation timely or to act
in accordance with applicable presumptions--(i) In general. A
withholding agent that cannot reliably associate a payment with
documentation on the date of payment and that does not withhold under
Sec. 1.1471-2(a) or 1.1472-1(b), or withholds at less than the 30
percent rate prescribed under sections 1471 and 1472, is liable under
this section for the tax required to be withheld under Sec. 1.1471-
2(a) or 1.1472-1(b), without the benefit of a reduced rate unless--
(A) The withholding agent has appropriately relied on the
presumptions described in Sec. 1.1471-3(f) in order to treat the
payment as exempt from withholding; or
(B) The withholding agent can demonstrate to the satisfaction of
the Commissioner that the proper amount of withholding was satisfied by
another withholding agent or was otherwise paid.
(ii) Withholding satisfied by another withholding agent. If a
withholding agent fails to deduct and withhold any amount required to
be deducted and withheld under Sec. 1.1471-2(a) or 1.1472-1(b), and
that tax is paid by another withholding agent, then the amount of tax
required to be deducted and withheld shall not be collected from the
first-mentioned withholding agent. However, the withholding agent is
not relieved from liability for any interest or penalties or additions
to tax otherwise applicable in respect of the failure to deduct and
withhold.
(b) Payment of withheld tax. Every withholding agent who withholds
tax pursuant to chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code shall deposit
such tax with an authorized financial institution as provided in Sec.
1.6302-2(a). If for any reason the total amount of tax required to be
returned for any calendar year pursuant to the income tax return
described in paragraph (c) of this section has not been deposited
pursuant to Sec. 1.6302-2, the withholding agent shall pay the balance
of such tax due for such year at such place as the IRS shall specify.
The tax shall be paid when filing the return described in paragraph
(c)(1) of this section for such year, unless the IRS specifies
otherwise.
(c) Income tax return--(1) In general. Every withholding agent
shall file an income tax return on Form 1042 (or such other form as the
IRS may prescribe) to report chapter 4 reportable amounts (as defined
in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section). This income tax return shall
be filed on the same income tax return used to report amounts subject
to reporting for chapter 3 purposes as described in Sec. 1.1461-1(b).
The return must show the aggregate amount of payments that are chapter
4 reportable amounts (as defined in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this
section) and must report the tax withheld for the preceding calendar
year by the withholding agent, in addition to any information required
by the form and its accompanying instructions. Withholding certificates
and other statements or information provided to a withholding agent are
not required to be attached to the return. A Form 1042 (or such other
form as the IRS may prescribe) must be filed under this paragraph
(c)(1) even if no tax was required to be withheld for chapter 4
purposes during the preceding calendar year. The withholding agent must
retain a copy of Form 1042 for the applicable period of limitations on
assessment and collection with respect to the amounts required to be
reported on the Form 1042. For purposes of determining the applicable
period of limitations, chapter 4 reportable amounts are treated as if
such amounts are subject to withholding under chapter 3. See section
6501 and the regulations thereunder for the applicable period of
limitations. Adjustments to the total amount of tax withheld described
in Sec. 1.1474-2 shall be stated on the return as prescribed by the
form and accompanying instructions. A participating FFI shall file Form
1042 in accordance with this paragraph (c) except as otherwise provided
in its FFI agreement.
(2) Amended returns. An amended return under this paragraph (c)
must be filed on Form 1042 (or such other form as the IRS may
prescribe). An amended return must include such information as the form
or its accompanying instructions shall require, including, with respect
to any information that has changed from the time of the filing of the
return, the information that was shown on the original return and the
corrected information.
(d) Information returns for payment reporting--(1) Filing
requirement--(i) In general. Every withholding agent must file an
information return on Form 1042-S (or such other form as the IRS may
prescribe) to report to the IRS chapter 4 reportable amounts as
described in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section that were paid to a
recipient during the preceding calendar year. A separate Form 1042-S
must be filed with the IRS for each recipient of an amount subject to
reporting. A separate Form 1042-S must also be filed with the IRS for
each separate type of payment made to a single recipient. The Form
1042-S shall be prepared in such manner as the form and accompanying
instructions prescribe. One copy of the Form 1042-S shall be filed with
the IRS on or before March 15 of the calendar year following the year
in which the amount subject to reporting was paid, with a transmittal
form as provided in the instructions to the Form 1042-S. Withholding
certificates, certifications, documentary evidence, or other statements
or documentation provided to a withholding agent are not required to be
attached to the form. A copy of the Form 1042-S must be furnished to
the recipient for whom the form is prepared (or any other person, as
required under this paragraph or the instructions to the form) on or
before March 15 of the calendar year following the year in which the
amount subject to reporting was paid. The copy provided to the
recipient of the payments may show more than one type of income or
other payment subject to reporting on the Form 1042-S. The withholding
agent must retain a copy of each Form 1042-S for the period of
limitations on
[[Page 9103]]
assessment and collection applicable to the tax reportable on the Form
1042 to which the Form 1042-S relates (determined as set forth in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section).
(ii) Recipient--(A) Defined. The term recipient under this
paragraph (d) means a person that is a recipient of a passthru payment
(including a withholdable payment) or, in the case of a participating
FFI, foreign reportable amount described in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of
this section reportable for Form 1042-S reporting purposes, and
includes--
(1) A participating FFI or a deemed-compliant FFI (regardless of
whether such FFI is a flow-through entity or acts as an intermediary
with respect to the payment except as otherwise provided under
paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(B)(7) of this section);
(2) A nonparticipating FFI that is a beneficial owner of the
payment;
(3) A territory financial institution that acts as an intermediary
with respect to a payment and that agrees to be treated as a U.S.
person under Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(3)(iii)(F), and a territory financial
institution that is a beneficial owner of the payment;
(4) An account holder of a participating FFI to the extent that the
FFI issues a Form 1042-S to such person or the FFI provides information
sufficient for a withholding agent to report on a Form 1042-S with
respect to such account holder under an election by the participating
FFI under section 1471(b)(3) or when the participating FFI or QI does
not otherwise have withholding responsibility for the payment;
(5) An NFFE except to the extent described in paragraph
(d)(1)(ii)(A)(6) of this section;
(6) A partner, owner, or beneficiary in a flow-through entity that
is an NFFE when the withholding agent treats such partner, owner, or
beneficiary as a payee and beneficial owner for purposes of determining
the amount required to be withheld under Sec. 1.1472-1;
(7) An exempt beneficial owner of a payment, including when the
payment is made to such owner through a nonparticipating FFI that
provides documentation and information sufficient for a withholding
agent to determine the portion of the payment paid to such owner;
(8) A qualified intermediary that is a foreign branch of a U.S.
person except as otherwise provided under paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(B)(7) of
this section);
(9) A limited branch of a participating FFI; and
(10) Any other person required to be reported as a recipient as
required on Form 1042-S or the instructions to the form.
(B) Persons that are not recipients. Persons that are not
recipients include--
(1) A person that the withholding agent properly treats as a U.S.
person under the rules of Sec. 1.1471-3;
(2) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(A)(8) of this
section, a wholly owned entity that is disregarded under Sec.
301.7701-2(c)(2) as an entity separate from its owner;
(3) A flow-through entity that is an NFFE to the extent that the
withholding agent treats a partner, owner, or beneficiary of the NFFE
as a recipient pursuant to paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(A)(6) of this section;
(4) An owner of an NFFE except as otherwise provided in paragraph
(d)(1)(ii)(A)(6) of this section;
(5) A territory financial institution that acts as an intermediary
with respect to a payment and does not agree to be treated as a U.S.
person under Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(3)(iii)(G);
(6) An account holder that is included in a pool of recalcitrant
account holders of a participating FFI;
(7) A participating FFI, registered deemed-compliant FFI, or
foreign branch of a U.S. financial institution that is a QI that is
acting as an intermediary or flow-through entity with respect to a
payment to the extent that such entity provides to its withholding
agent information sufficient for the withholding agent to report on
Form 1042-S with respect to one or more account holders of such FFI or
payees that are nonparticipating FFIs;
(8) A nonparticipating FFI that acts as an intermediary with
respect to a payment or that is a flow-through entity; and
(9) Any other person not treated as a recipient on Form 1042-S and
its accompanying instructions.
(2) Amounts subject to reporting--(i) In general. Subject to
paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section, the term chapter 4 reportable
amount means an amount reportable on a Form 1042-S for chapter 4 of the
Internal Revenue Code purposes that is--
(A) U.S. source FDAP income (regardless of whether subject to
withholding under chapter 4 and including a passthru payment that is
U.S. source FDAP income) paid on or after January 1, 2014;
(B) Gross proceeds subject to withholding under chapter 4; and
(C) Foreign passthru payments subject to withholding under chapter
4.
(ii) Special transitional reporting by participating FFIs--(A)
Reporting requirements for certain payments to nonparticipating FFIs.
In the case of a participating FFI that makes a payment to a
nonparticipating FFI of a foreign reportable amount, the participating
FFI shall report with respect to each such nonparticipating FFI the
aggregate amount of all such payments made to the participating FFI for
each of the calendar years 2015 and 2016. A foreign reportable amount
means-
(1) FDAP income. A payment of FDAP income as defined in Sec.
1.1473-1(a)(2)(i)(A) that would be a withholdable payment if paid by a
U.S. person; and
(2) Other financial payments. [Reserved].
(B) Payments to limited branches. A participating FFI shall report
withholdable payments made to limited branches as described in Sec.
1.1471-4(e)(2).
(iii) Exceptions to reporting. A chapter 4 reportable amount does
not include any amount that is excluded from the definition of
withholdable payments under Sec. 1.1473-1(a)(4)(i), (iii), (iv), and
(v).
(iv) Coordination with chapter 3 of the Internal Revenue Code. A
payment that is not subject to reporting under this paragraph (d)(2)
may be subject to chapter 3 reporting on Form 1042-S to the extent
provided on such form and its accompanying instructions or under Sec.
1.1461-1(c)(2). The recipient information and other information
required to be reported on Form 1042-S for purposes of chapter 4 shall
be in addition to the information required to be provided on Form 1042-
S for purposes of chapter 3.
(3) Required information. The information required to be furnished
under this paragraph (d)(3) shall be based upon the information
provided by or on behalf of the recipient of an amount subject to
reporting (as corrected and supplemented based on the withholding
agent's actual knowledge), the presumption rules of Sec. 1.1471-3(f),
or the requirements for reporting recalcitrant account holders of
participating FFIs under Sec. 1.1471-4(d)(6). The Form 1042-S must
include the following information, if applicable--
(i) The name, address, and EIN of the withholding agent;
(ii) A description of each category of income or payment made based
on the income and payment codes provided on the form (for example,
interest, dividends, and gross proceeds) and the aggregate amount in
each category expressed in U.S. dollars;
(iii) The rate and amount of withholding applied or the basis for
exempting the payment from withholding under chapter 4 of the
[[Page 9104]]
Internal Revenue Code (based on exemption codes provided on the form);
(iv) The name and address of the recipient and its TIN or EIN (when
required);
(v) The name and address of any FFI acting as an intermediary, a
flow-through entity that is an NFFE, or territory financial institution
that is not treated as a U.S. person under Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(2)(iii)(G)
when an account holder or owner of such entity (including an unknown
recipient or owner) is treated as the recipient of the payment;
(vi) The TIN or EIN of an entity reported under paragraph (d)(3)(v)
of this section;
(vii) The country (based on the country codes provided on the form)
of the recipient and of any entity the name of which appears on the
form; and
(viii) Such information as the form or instructions may require in
addition to, or in lieu of, information required under this paragraph
(d)(3).
(4) Method of reporting--(i) Payments by U.S. withholding agent to
recipients. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (d) or on
the Form 1042-S and its accompanying instructions, a withholding agent
that is a U.S. person (other than a foreign branch of a U.S. person
that is a qualified intermediary) and that makes a payment of a chapter
4 reportable amount must file a separate Form 1042-S for each recipient
that receives such amount. Except as otherwise provided on Form 1042-S
or its instructions, only payments for which the income or payment
code, exemption code, withholding rate, and recipient code are the same
may be reported on a single Form 1042-S filed with the IRS. See
paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section for reporting of payments made to
a person that is not a recipient and that is otherwise to be reported
on Form 1042-S.
(A) Payments to certain entities that are beneficial owners. If the
beneficial owner of a payment made by a U.S. withholding agent is an
exempt beneficial owner, a nonparticipating FFI, an NFFE, or a
territory entity, it must complete Form 1042-S treating such entity as
the recipient of the payment.
(B) Payments to participating FFIs, deemed-compliant FFIs, or
certain QIs. A U.S. withholding agent that makes a payment of a chapter
4 reportable amount to a participating FFI or a deemed-compliant FFI
shall complete Forms 1042-S treating the participating FFI or the
deemed-compliant FFI as the recipient. A participating FFI acting as an
intermediary with respect to a payment may provide a U.S. withholding
agent with pooled information regarding recalcitrant account holders
that are entitled to the payment pursuant to an election under section
1471(b)(3) and Sec. 1.1471-2(a)(2)(iii), pursuant to Sec. 1.1471-
2(a)(2)(i) in the case of a payment of U.S. source FDAP to a
participating FFI that is an NQI, NWP, or NWT, or pursuant to Sec.
1.1471-2(a)(2)(iii)(B) in the case of a foreign branch of a U.S.
financial institution that provides pooled information regarding its
account holders subject to withholding under chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code. The U.S. withholding agent must complete a separate Form
1042-S issued to the FFI for each such pool to the extent required on
Form 1042-S and its accompanying instructions. A participating FFI may,
however, provide to its withholding agent specific payee information
with respect to one or more recalcitrant account holders that are
entitled to the payment. In such a case, the participating FFI
providing such information shall not be treated as a recipient of the
payment. See paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(A) of this section for reporting
rules applicable to cases in which participating FFIs, deemed-compliant
FFIs, or certain QIs are not treated as recipients.
(C) Amounts paid to territory financial institutions acting as
intermediaries. A U.S. withholding agent making a payment to a
territory financial institution acting as an intermediary shall
complete Form 1042-S as follows--
(1) If the territory financial institution has agreed to be treated
as a U.S. person with respect to the payment under Sec. 1.1471-
3(c)(3)(iii)(F), the withholding agent files Form 1042-S treating the
territory financial institution as the recipient; or
(2) If the territory financial institution has provided the
withholding agent with a withholding certificate that transmits
information regarding beneficial owners or other recipients of a
chapter 4 reportable amount, the withholding agent must complete a
separate Form 1042-S for each recipient whose documentation is
associated with the territory financial institution's withholding
certificate as described in paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(A) of this section and
must report the territory financial institution under that paragraph.
(D) Amounts paid to NFFEs. A U.S. withholding agent that makes
payments of chapter 4 reportable amounts to an NFFE shall complete
Forms 1042-S treating the NFFE as the recipient unless such withholding
agent treats a partner, owner, or beneficiary in a flow-through entity
that is an NFFE as a payee for purposes of determining the amount
required to be withheld under Sec. 1.1472-1(b).
(ii) Payments made by withholding agents to certain entities that
are not recipients--(A) Form 1042-S reporting of entities that provide
information for a withholding agent to perform specific payee
reporting. If a U.S. withholding agent makes a payment of a chapter 4
reportable amount to a flow-through entity that is an NFFE, a
nonparticipating FFI receiving a payment on behalf of an exempt
beneficial owner, a territory financial institution, a participating
FFI, a deemed-compliant FFI, or a foreign branch of a U.S. financial
institution that is acting as a QI, it must complete a separate Form
1042-S for each recipient that is an owner of or account holder in such
entity to the extent the withholding agent can reliably associate the
payment with valid documentation (under the rules of Sec. 1.1471-3(c)
and (d)) provided by such entity (as applicable) with respect to each
such recipient. If a payment is made through tiers of such entities,
the withholding agent must nevertheless complete Form 1042-S for each
recipient to the extent it can reliably associate the payment with
documentation provided with respect to that recipient. A withholding
agent that is completing a Form 1042-S for a recipient described in
this paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(A) must include on the Form 1042-S the name
of such entity through which the recipient receives the payment and its
TIN or FFI-EIN (if applicable).
(B) Nonparticipating FFIs that act as intermediaries. If a
withholding agent makes a payment of a chapter 4 reportable amount to a
nonparticipating FFI that it is required to treat as an intermediary or
as a flow-through entity with regard to a payment under rules described
in Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(2)(iii), and except as otherwise provided in
paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(A)(7), it shall report the recipient of the
payment as an unknown recipient and shall report the nonparticipating
FFI as provided in paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(A) of this section for an
entity not treated as a recipient.
(C) Disregarded entities. If a U.S. withholding agent makes a
payment to a disregarded entity but receives a valid withholding
certificate or other documentary evidence from a person that is the
single owner of a disregarded entity, the withholding agent must file a
Form 1042-S treating the single owner as the recipient. The FFI-EIN on
the Form 1042-S, or TIN, if required, must be the single owner's FFI-
EIN or TIN.
(iii) Reporting by nonparticipating FFIs, flow-through entities, or
territory financial institutions that do not elect to
[[Page 9105]]
be treated as U.S. persons. A nonparticipating FFI, a flow-through
entity that is a foreign person, or territory financial institution
must file Forms 1042-S for chapter 4 reportable amounts paid to
recipients in the same manner as a U.S. withholding agent. A Form 1042-
S will not be required, however, if another withholding agent has
reported the same amount with regard to the same recipient for which
such entity would otherwise be required to file a return under this
paragraph (d)(4)(iii) and the entire amount that should be withheld
from such payment has been withheld. The nonparticipating FFI, flow-
through entity, or territory financial institution must report payments
made to recipients to the extent it has failed to provide the
appropriate documentation to another withholding agent or to the extent
it knows, or has reason to know, that less than the required amount has
been withheld.
(iv) Other withholding agents. Any person that is a withholding
agent that is not a participating FFI shall file Forms 1042-S in the
same manner as a U.S. withholding agent and in accordance with the
instructions to the form. A participating FFI shall file Forms 1042-S
in accordance with this paragraph (d) except as otherwise provided in
its FFI agreement.
(e) Magnetic media reporting. A withholding agent that is not a
financial institution and that is required to file 250 or more Form
1042-S information returns for a taxable year must file Form 1042-S
returns on magnetic media. See Sec. 301.6011-2(b) of this chapter for
the requirements of a withholding agent that is not a financial
institution with respect to the filing of Forms 1042-S on magnetic
media. See Sec. 301.1474-1(a) of this chapter for the requirements
applicable to a withholding agent that is a financial institution with
respect to the filing of Forms 1042-S on magnetic media.
(f) Indemnification of withholding agent. A withholding agent is
indemnified against the claims and demands of any person for the amount
of any tax it deducts and withholds in accordance with the provisions
of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations
thereunder. A withholding agent that withholds based on a reasonable
belief that such withholding is required under chapter 4 and the
regulations thereunder is treated for purposes of section 1474 and this
paragraph (f) as having withheld tax in accordance with the provisions
of chapter 4 and the regulations thereunder. This paragraph (f) does
not relieve a withholding agent from tax liability under chapter 3 or 4
of the Internal Revenue Code or the regulations under those chapters.
(g) Extensions of time to file Forms 1042 and 1042-S. The IRS may
grant an extension of time to file Form 1042 or 1042-S as described in
Sec. 1.1461-1(g).
(h) Penalties. For penalties and additions to tax for failure to
file returns or file and furnish statements in accordance with this
section, see sections 6651, 6662, 6663, 6721, 6722, 6723, 6724(c),
7201, 7203, and the regulations under those sections. For penalties and
additions to the tax for failure to timely pay the tax required to be
withheld under chapter 4 of the Code, see sections 6656, 6672, and 7202
and the regulations under those sections.
(i) Reporting requirements with respect to owner-documented FFIs--
(1) Reporting by U.S. withholding agent. In a case in which a U.S.
withholding agent makes during a calendar year a payment of a chapter 4
reportable amount to an entity account holder that the withholding
agent treats as an owner-documented FFI under Sec. 1.1471-3(d)(6), the
withholding agent will be required to report for such calendar year
with respect to each specified U.S. person that has a direct or
indirect interest in such entity the following information--
(a) The name of the owner-documented FFI;
(b) The name of the specified U.S. person;
(c) The TIN or EIN of the specified U.S. person;
(d) The address of the specified U.S. person; and
(e) Any other information required on the form and accompanying
instructions provided for purposes of such reporting.
(2) Cross reference to reporting by participating FFIs. For the
reporting requirements of a participating FFI with respect to an
account holder that it treats as an owner-documented FFI, see Sec.
1.1471-4(d)(2)(iv).
(j) Effective/applicability date. The rules of this section apply
on [EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 12. Section 1.1474-2 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1474-2 Adjustments for overwithholding or underwithholding of
tax.
(a) Adjustments of overwithheld tax--(1) In general. Except as
otherwise provided by this section, a withholding agent that has
overwithheld tax under chapter 4 and made a deposit of the tax as
provided in Sec. 1.6302-2(a) may adjust the amount of overwithheld tax
either pursuant to the reimbursement procedure described in paragraph
(a)(3) of this section or pursuant to the set-off procedure described
in paragraph (a)(4) of this section. Adjustments under this paragraph
(a) may only be made within the time prescribed under paragraph (a)(3)
or (a)(4) of this section. After such time, a refund of the amount of
overwithheld tax can only be claimed pursuant to the procedures
described in Sec. 1.1474-5 and chapter 65 of the Code and the
regulations thereunder.
(2) Overwithholding. For purposes of this section, the term
overwithholding means any amount actually withheld (determined before
application of the adjustment procedures under this section) from an
item of income or other payment pursuant to chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code or the regulations thereunder in excess of both the amount
required to be withheld with respect to such item of income or other
payment under chapter 4 and, in the case of an amount subject to
chapter 3 withholding, the actual tax liability of the beneficial owner
of the income or payment to which the withheld amount is attributable,
regardless of whether such overwithholding was in error or appeared
correct at the time it occurred.
(3) Reimbursement of tax--(i) General rule. Under the reimbursement
procedure, the withholding agent repays the beneficial owner or payee
for the amount of overwithheld tax. In such a case, the withholding
agent may reimburse itself by reducing, by the amount actually repaid
to the beneficial owner or payee, the amount of any deposit of tax made
by the withholding agent under Sec. 1.6302-2(a)(1)(iii) for any
subsequent payment period occurring before the end of the calendar year
following the calendar year of overwithholding. A withholding agent
must obtain valid documentation as described under Sec. 1.1471-3(c)(7)
with respect to the beneficial owner or payee supporting a reduced rate
of withholding before adjusting the amount of tax under this paragraph
(a)(3)(i). Any such reduction that occurs for a payment period in the
calendar year following the calendar year of overwithholding shall be
allowed only if--
(A) The repayment occurs before the earlier of the due date
(without regard to extensions) for filing the Form 1042-S for the
calendar year of overwithholding or the date that the Form 1042-S is
actually filed with the IRS;
(B) The withholding agent states on timely filed (not including
extensions) Form 1042-S the amount of tax withheld and the amount of
any actual repayment; and
[[Page 9106]]
(C) The withholding agent states on a timely filed (not including
extensions) Form 1042 for the calendar year of overwithholding, that
the filing of the Form 1042 constitutes a claim for credit in
accordance with Sec. 1.6414-1.
(ii) Record maintenance. If the beneficial owner or payee is repaid
an amount of overwithheld tax under the provisions of this paragraph
(a)(3), the withholding agent shall keep as part of its records a
receipt showing the date and amount of repayment, and the withholding
agent must provide a copy of such receipt to the beneficial owner or
payee. For this purpose, a canceled check or an entry in a statement is
sufficient provided that the check or statement contains a specific
notation that it is a refund of tax overwithheld.
(4) Set-offs. Under the set-off procedure, the withholding agent
may repay the beneficial owner or payee by applying the amount
overwithheld against any amount which otherwise would be required under
chapter 3 or 4 of the Internal Revenue Code or the regulations
thereunder to be withheld from the amount paid by the withholding agent
to such person before the earlier of the due date (without regard to
extensions) for filing the Form 1042-S for the calendar year of
overwithholding or the date that the Form 1042-S is actually filed with
the IRS. For purposes of making a return on Form 1042 or 1042-S (or an
amended form) for the calendar year of overwithholding and for purposes
of making a deposit of the amount withheld, the reduced amount shall be
considered the amount required to be withheld from such payment under
chapter 3 or 4, respectively, and the regulations thereunder.
(5) Examples. The principles of paragraph (a) of this section are
illustrated by the following examples:
Example 1. (i) Fund A, organized as a United Kingdom
corporation, is a unit investment trust that is an FFI and that is a
resident that qualifies for the benefits of the income tax treaty
between the United States and the United Kingdom. On December 1,
2014, domestic corporation C pays a dividend of $100 to Fund A, at
which time C withholds $30 of tax pursuant to Sec. 1.1471-2(a) and
remits the balance of $70 to Fund A because it does not hold valid
documentation that Fund A is a participating FFI or deemed-compliant
FFI. On February 10, 2015, prior to the time that C is obligated to
file its Form 1042, Fund A furnishes a valid Form W-8BEN described
in Sec. Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(2)(i) and 1.1471-3(c)(3)(ii) upon which C
may rely to treat Fund A as the beneficial owner of the income and
as a participating FFI so that C may reduce the rate of withholding
to 15% under the provisions of the United States-United Kingdom
income tax treaty with respect to the payment. C repays the excess
tax withheld of $15 to Fund A.
(ii) During the 2014 calendar year, C makes no other payments
upon which tax is required to be withheld under chapter 3 or 4 of
the Code; accordingly, its Form 1042 for such year, filed on March
15, 2015, shows total tax withheld of $30, an adjusted total tax
withheld of $15, and tax deposited of $30 for such year. Pursuant to
Sec. 1.6414-1, C claims a credit for the overpayment of $15 shown
on the Form 1042 for 2014. Accordingly, C is permitted to reduce by
$15 any deposit required by Sec. 1.6302-2 to be made of tax
withheld during the 2015 calendar year with respect to taxes due
under chapters 3 or 4. The Form 1042-S required to be filed by C
with respect to the dividend of $100 paid to Fund A in 2014 is
required to show tax withheld of $30 and tax repaid of $15 to Fund
A.
Example 2. (i) In November 2014, Bank A, a foreign bank
organized in the United Kingdom that is a nonqualified intermediary,
receives on behalf of one of its account holders, Z, an individual,
a $100 dividend payment from C, a domestic corporation. At the time
of payment, C withholds $30 pursuant to Sec. 1.1471-2(a) and remits
the balance of $70 to Bank A, because it does not hold valid
documentation that it may rely on to treat Bank A as a participating
FFI or deemed-compliant FFI. On December 2014, prior to the time
that C files its Forms 1042 and 1042-S, Bank A furnishes a valid
Form W-8IMY and FFI withholding statement described in Sec. 1.1471-
3(c)(3)(iii) that establishes Bank A's status as a participating FFI
that is a nonqualified intermediary, as well as a valid Form W-8BEN
that has been completed by Z as described in Sec. 1.1471-
3(c)(2)(ii) and Sec. 1.1441-1(e)(2)(i) upon which C may rely to
treat the payment as made to Z, a nonresident alien individual who
is a resident of the United Kingdom eligible for a reduced rate of
withholding of 15% under the income tax treaty between the United
States and United Kingdom. Although C has already deposited the $30
that was withheld, as required by Sec. 1.6302-2(a)(1)(iv), C remits
the amount of $15 to Bank A for the benefit of Z.
(ii) During the 2014 calendar year, C makes no other payments
upon which tax is required to be withheld under chapters 3 or 4;
accordingly, its return on Form 1042 for such year, which is filed
on March 15, 2015, shows total tax withheld of $30, an adjusted
total tax withheld of $15, and tax deposited of $30. Pursuant to
Sec. 1.6414-1(b), C claims a credit for the overpayment of $15
shown on the Form 1042 for 2014. Accordingly, it is permitted to
reduce by $15 any deposit required by Sec. 1.6302-2 to be made of
tax withheld during the 2015 calendar year. The Form 1042-S required
to be filed by C for 2014 with respect to the dividend of $100
beneficially owned by Z is required to show tax withheld of $30 and
tax repaid of $15 to Z.
(b) Withholding of additional tax when underwithholding occurs. A
withholding agent that has underwithheld under chapter 4, may apply the
procedures described in Sec. 1.1461-2(b) (by substituting the term
``chapter 4'' for ``chapter 3'') to satisfy its withholding obligations
under chapter 4 with respect to a payee or beneficial owner.
(c) Effective/applicability date. The rules of this section apply
on [EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 13. Section 1.1474-3 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1474-3 Withheld tax as credit to beneficial owner of income.
(a) Creditable tax. The entire amount of the income, if any,
attributable to a payment from which tax is required to be withheld
under chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code (including income deemed
paid by a withholding agent under Sec. 1.1473-1(a)(2)(v)) shall be
included in gross income in a return required to be made by the
beneficial owner of the income, without deduction for the amount
required to be or actually withheld, but the amount of tax actually
withheld shall be allowed as a credit against the total income tax
computed in the beneficial owner's return.
(b) Amounts paid to persons that are not the beneficial owners.
Amounts actually deducted and withheld under chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code on payments made to a fiduciary, agent, partnership,
trust, or intermediary are deemed to have been paid by the beneficial
owner of the item of income or other payment subject to withholding
under chapter 4 except when the fiduciary, agent, partnership, trust,
or intermediary pays the tax from its own funds and does not in turn
withhold with respect to the payment made to such person. Thus, for
example, if a beneficiary of a trust is subject to the taxes imposed by
section 1, 2, 3, or 11 of the Internal Revenue Code upon any amount of
distributable net income or other taxable distribution received from a
foreign trust, the part of any amount withheld at source under chapter
4 of the Code that is properly allocable to the income so taxed to such
beneficiary shall be credited against the amount of the income tax
computed upon the beneficiary's return, and any excess shall be
refunded to the beneficiary in accordance with Sec. 1.1474-5 and
chapter 65 of the Code.
(c) Effective/applicability date. The rules of this section apply
on [EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 14. Section 1.1474-4 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1474-4 Tax paid only once.
(a) Tax paid. If the tax required to be withheld under chapter 4 on
a payment is paid by the payee, beneficial owner,
[[Page 9107]]
or the withholding agent, it shall not be re-collected from any other,
regardless of the original liability therefor. However, this section
does not relieve the person that did not withhold tax from liability
for interest or any penalties or additions to tax otherwise applicable.
(b) Effective/applicability date. The rules of this section apply
on [EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 15. Section 1.1474-5 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1474-5 Refunds or credits.
(a) Refund and credit--(1) In general. Except to the extent
otherwise provided in this section, a refund or credit under chapter 65
of tax which has actually been withheld at the source at the time of
payment under chapter 4 shall be made to the beneficial owner of the
payment to which the amount of withheld tax is attributable if the
beneficial owner or payee meets the requirements of this paragraph (a).
To the extent that the amount withheld under chapter 4 of the Internal
Revenue Code is not actually withheld at source, but is later paid by
the withholding agent to the IRS, the refund or credit under chapter 65
of the Code shall be made to the withholding agent to the extent the
withholding agent can provide documentation with respect to the
beneficial owner or payee described in paragraphs (a)(2) and (3) of
this section sufficient for the beneficial owner or payee to have
obtained a refund of the tax and sufficient for the withholding agent
to have applied a reduced rate or exemption from withholding under
chapter 4 of the Code. The preceding sentence shall not, however, apply
to a nonparticipating FFI that is acting as a withholding agent with
respect to one or more of its account holders. In such a case, only the
account holders of the nonparticipating FFI will be entitled to a
credit or refund of an amount withheld upon under chapter 4, to the
extent otherwise allowable under this section.
(2) Limitation to refund and credit for a nonparticipating FFI.
Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a nonparticipating
FFI (determined as of the time of payment) that is the beneficial owner
of an item of income or other payment that is subject to withholding
under chapter 4 of the Code shall not be entitled to any credit or
refund pursuant to section 1474(b)(2) and this section unless it is
entitled to a reduced rate of tax with respect to the income or other
payment by reason of any treaty obligation of the United States. If the
nonparticipating FFI is entitled to a reduced rate of tax with respect
to an item of income or other payment by reason of any treaty
obligation of the United States, the amount of any credit or refund
with respect to such tax shall not exceed the amount of credit or
refund attributable to such reduction in rate on the item of income or
other payment, and no interest otherwise allowable under section 6611
shall be allowed or paid with respect to such credit or refund
(3) Requirement to provide additional documentation for certain
beneficial owners--(i) In general. Except as provided in paragraph
(a)(3)(ii) of this section, no refund or credit shall be allowed under
paragraph (a)(1) of this section to a beneficial owner from whose
income or other payment to which the amount of such withheld tax was
attributable if such beneficial owner is an NFFE, unless the NFFE
attaches to its income tax return the information described in
paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section.
(ii) Claim of reduced withholding under an income tax treaty.
Paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section does not apply to a beneficial
owner that is entitled to a reduced rate of tax with respect to the
income or other payment by reason of any treaty obligation of the
United States.
(iii) Additional documentation to be furnished to the IRS for
certain NFFEs. The information described in this paragraph (a)(3)(iii)
is--
(A) A certification that the beneficial owner does not have any
substantial U.S. owners;
(B) The form described in Sec. 1.1472-1(e)(2) relating to each
substantial U.S. owner of such entity; or
(C) Other appropriate documentation to establish withholding was
not required under chapter 4.
(b) Tax repaid to payee. For purposes of this section and Sec.
1.6414-1, any amount of tax withheld under chapter 4, which, pursuant
to Sec. 1.1474-2(a)(1), is repaid by the withholding agent to the
beneficial owner of the income or payment to which the withheld amount
is attributable shall be considered as tax which, within the meaning of
sections 1474 and 6414, was not actually withheld by the withholding
agent.
(c) Effective/applicability date. The rules of this section apply
on [EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 16. Section 1.1474-6 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1474-6 Coordination of chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code
with other withholding provisions.
(a) In general. This section coordinates the withholding
requirements of a withholding agent when a withholdable payment or
passthru payment is subject to withholding under both chapter 4 and
another provision of the Code. See Sec. 1.1473-1(a) for the definition
of withholdable payment and see Sec. 1.1471-5(h) for the definition of
passthru payment.
(b) Coordination of withholding for amounts subject to withholding
under sections 1441, 1442, and 1443--(1) In general. In the case of a
withholdable payment or passthru payment that is both subject to
withholding under chapter 4 and is an amount subject to withholding
under Sec. 1.1441-2(a), a withholding agent may credit the withholding
applied under chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code against its
liability for any tax due under sections 1441, 1442, or 1443. See Sec.
1.1474-1(c) and (d) for the income tax return and information return
reporting requirements that apply in the case of a payment that is a
withholdable payment subject to withholding under chapter 4 of the Code
that is also an amount subject to withholding under Sec. 1.1441-2(a).
(2) When withholding is applied. For purposes of paragraph (b)(1)
of this section, withholding is applied by a withholding agent under
section 1441 (or section 1442 or 1443) or chapter 4 of the Code (as
applicable) when the withholding agent has withheld on the payment and
has designated the withholding as having been made under section 1441
(or section 1442 or 1443) or chapter 4 to the extent required in the
reporting described in Sec. 1.1474-1(b) and (c). For purposes of
allowing an offset of withholding and allowing a credit to a
withholding agent against its liability for such tax as described in
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, withholding is treated as applied for
purposes of paragraph (a) of this section only when the withholding
agent has actually withheld on a payment and has not made any
adjustment for overwithheld tax applicable to the amount withheld that
would be otherwise permitted with respect to the payment.
(c) Coordination with amounts subject to withholding under section
1445--(1) In general. An amount subject to withholding under section
1445 is not subject to withholding under chapter 4.
(2) Determining amount of distribution from certain domestic
corporations subject to section 1445 or chapter 4 withholding--(i)
Distribution from qualified investment entity. In the case of a
passthru payment (including a withholdable payment) subject to
withholding under chapter 4 that is a distribution with respect to the
stock of a qualified investment entity as
[[Page 9108]]
described in section 897(h)(4)(A), withholding under chapter 4 does not
apply when withholding under section 1445 applies to such amounts. With
respect to the portion of such distribution that is not subject to
withholding under section 1445 but is subject to withholding under
section 1441 (or section 1442 or 1443) and chapter 4, the coordination
rule described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall apply.
(ii) Distribution from a United States Real Property Holding
Corporation. A distribution (or portion of a distribution) from a
United States real property holding corporation (or from a corporation
that was a United States real property holding corporation at any time
during the five-year period ending on the date of the distribution)
with respect to its stock that is a United States real property
interest under section 897(c) is subject to withholding under chapter 4
and is also subject to the withholding provisions of section 1441 (or
section 1442 or 1443) and section 1445. In such a case, to the extent
that the United States real property holding corporation chooses to
withhold on a distribution only under section 1441 (or section 1442 or
1443) pursuant to Sec. 1.1441-3(c)(4)(i)(A), the coordination rule
described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall apply to such
distribution. Alternatively, to the extent that the United States real
property holding corporation chooses to withhold under both section
1441 (or section 1442 or 1443) and section 1445 pursuant to Sec.
1.1441-3(c)(4)(i)(B), the coordination rule described in paragraph
(b)(1) of this section shall apply to the portion of such distribution
described in Sec. 1.1441-3(c)(4)(i)(B)(1), and withholding under
section 1445 shall apply to the amount of such distribution described
in Sec. 1.1441-3(c)(4)(i)(B)(2). A withholding agent other than a
United States real property holding corporation may, absent actual
knowledge or reason to know otherwise, rely on the representations of
the United States real property holding corporation making the
distribution regarding the portion of the distribution that is
estimated to be a dividend under Sec. 1.1441-3(c)(2)(ii)(A) and in the
case of a failure by the withholding agent to withhold under chapter 4
the required amount shall be imputed to the United States real property
holding corporation.
(d) Coordination with section 1446--(1) In general. Except as
otherwise provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, a withholdable
payment or a passthru payment subject to withholding under section 1446
shall not be subject to withholding under chapter 4. See Sec. 1.1473-
1(a)(4)(ii) for the exclusion from withholdable payment and the
requirements for such exclusion for any item of income that is taken
into account under section 871(b)(1) or 882(a)(1) for the taxable year.
(2) Determining amount of distribution subject to section 1446.
[Reserved].
(e) Coordination of withholding under section 3406. [Reserved].
(f) Example. Chapter 4 withholding satisfies chapter 3
withholding obligation. WA, a U.S. withholding agent, makes a
payment consisting of a dividend from sources within the United
States to NPFFI. NPFFI is a nonparticipating FFI that is a resident
of country X, a country that has an income tax treaty in force with
the United States that would allow WA to reduce the rate of
withholding for section 1442 purposes on a payment of U.S. source
dividends paid to NPFFI to 15%. Because the payment is a
withholdable payment and NPFFI is a nonparticipating FFI, WA
withholds on the payment at the rate of 30% under chapter 4. WA does
not make any adjustment for overwithholding that is otherwise
permitted with respect to this payment. Although the payment is also
an amount subject to withholding under section 1442, WA is not
required to withhold any tax on this payment under section 1442. WA
may credit its withholding applied under chapter 4 against the
amount of tax otherwise required to be withheld on this payment
under section 1442. See Sec. 1.1474-5(a)(2) for the credit and
refund procedures for nonparticipating FFIs that are entitled to a
reduced rate of tax with respect to an amount subject to withholding
under chapter 4 by reason of any treaty obligation of the United
States.
(g) Effective/applicability date. The rules of this section apply
on [EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
Par. 17. Section 1.1474-7 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1474-7 Confidentiality of information.
(a) Confidentiality of information. Pursuant to section 1474(c)(1),
the provisions of Sec. 3406(f)-1(a) shall apply (substituting
``sections 1471 through 1474'' for ``section 3406'') to information
obtained or used in connection with the requirements of chapter 4.
(b) Exception for disclosure of participating FFIs. Pursuant to
section 1474(c)(2), the identity of a participating FFI or deemed-
compliant FFI shall not be treated as return information for purposes
of section 6103.
(c) Effective/applicability date. The rules of this section apply
on [EFFECTIVE DATE OF FINAL RULE].
PART 301--PROCEDURE AND ADMINISTRATION
Par. 18. The authority citation for part 301 is amended by adding
an entry, in numerical order, to read as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Section 301.1474-1 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1474(f). * * *
Par. 19. Section 301.1474-1 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 301.1474-1 Required use of magnetic media for financial
institutions filing Form 1042-S.
(a) Financial institutions filing of information returns on Form
1042-S. If a financial institution is required to file a Form 1042-S,
Foreign Person's U.S. Source Income Subject to Withholding under Sec.
1.1474-1(d) of this chapter, the financial institution must file the
information required by the applicable forms and schedules on magnetic
media. Returns filed on magnetic media must be made in accordance with
applicable regulations, revenue procedures, publications, forms,
instructions and the IRS.gov Internet site. In prescribing regulations,
revenue procedures, publications, forms, and instructions, including
those on the IRS.gov Internet site, the Commissioner may direct the
type of magnetic media filing. See Sec. 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter.
(b) Waiver. The Commissioner may grant waivers from the
requirements of this section in cases of undue hardship. A request for
waiver must be made in accordance with applicable revenue procedures or
publications. The waiver also will be subject to the terms and
conditions regarding the method of filing as may be prescribed by the
Commissioner.
(c) Failure to file. If a financial institution fails to file a
Form 1042-S on magnetic media when required to do so by this section,
the financial institution is deemed to have failed to comply with the
information reporting requirements under section 6723 of the Internal
Revenue Code. See section 6724(c) for failure to meet magnetic media
requirements. In determining whether there is reasonable cause for
failure to file the return, Sec. 301.6651-1(c) and rules similar to
the rules in Sec. 301.6724-1(c)(3) (undue economic hardship related to
filing information returns on magnetic media) will apply.
(d) Meaning of terms. The following definitions apply for purposes
of this section--
(1) Magnetic media. The term magnetic media means any magnetic
media permitted under applicable
[[Page 9109]]
regulations, revenue procedures, or publications. These generally
include magnetic tape, tape cartridge, and diskette, as well as other
media, such as electronic filing, specifically permitted under the
applicable regulations, procedures, publications, forms, or
instructions. See Sec. 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter.
(2) Financial institution. The term financial institution has the
meaning set forth in section 1471(d)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code
and the regulations thereunder.
(e) Effective/applicability date. This section applies to any Form
1042-S filed with respect to taxable years ending after December 31,
2013.
Steven T. Miller,
Deputy Commissioner for Services and Enforcement.
[FR Doc. 2012-2979 Filed 2-8-12; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4830-01-P